As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2021
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________________
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
_____________________________________
AGILETHOUGHT, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_____________________________________
Delaware |
7372 |
87-2302509 |
||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer
|
222 W. Las Colinas Blvd. Suite 1650E
Irving, Texas 75039
(971) 501-1440
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
_____________________________________
Manuel Senderos Fernández
Chief Executive Officer
AgileThought, Inc.
222 W. Las Colinas Blvd. Suite 1650E
Irving, Texas 75039
(971) 501-1440
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
_____________________________________
Copies to:
Jennifer J. Carlson
|
Derek J. Dostal
|
_____________________________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
Accelerated filer |
☐ |
|||||
Non-accelerated filer |
☒ |
Smaller reporting company |
☒ |
|||||
Emerging growth company |
☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered |
Proposed
|
Amount of
|
||||
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share(3) |
$ |
28,566,000 |
$ |
2,648 |
____________
(1) Including shares of Class A Common Stock that are subject to the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the shares of Class A Common Stock registered hereby also include an indeterminate number of additional shares of Class A Common Stock as may from time to time become issuable by reason of stock splits, distributions, recapitalizations or other similar transactions.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Subject to Completion, Dated November 30, 2021
2,400,000 Shares of
AgileThought, Inc.
Class A Common Stock
_____________
This is an offering of 2,400,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of AgileThought, Inc. (the “Class A Common Stock”). We are offering all of the Class A Common Stock to be sold in this offering.
Our Class A Common Stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Nasdaq”) under the symbol “AGIL.” On November 26, 2021, the last sales price of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq was $10.35 per share.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements. This prospectus complies with the requirements that apply to an issuer that is an emerging growth company.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risks. You should review carefully the risks and uncertainties described in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus, and under similar headings in any amendments or supplements to this prospectus.
Per Share |
Total |
|||||
Public offering price |
$ |
|
$ |
|
||
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) |
$ |
|
$ |
|
||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ |
|
$ |
|
____________
(1) We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $0.6 million, including reimbursing the underwriter for certain of its expenses in an amount up to $200,000. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
The underwriter has the option to purchase up to an additional 360,000 shares of our Class A common stock from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
_____________
The underwriter expects to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock against payment on , 2021, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
_____________
Sole Book-Running Manager
A.G.P.
_____________
The date of this prospectus is , 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE |
||
1 |
||
2 |
||
7 |
||
12 |
||
14 |
||
60 |
||
61 |
||
62 |
||
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
64 |
|
90 |
||
105 |
||
112 |
||
128 |
||
138 |
||
141 |
||
148 |
||
152 |
||
156 |
||
156 |
||
157 |
||
158 |
||
F-1 |
________________
We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that included in this prospectus. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Since the date of this prospectus, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed.
i
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
The registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part and that we have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), includes exhibits that provide more detail of the matters discussed in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the related exhibits filed with the SEC, together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information.”
We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We do not take responsibility for, or provide any assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you. We will not make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
We may also provide a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any post-effective amendment to the registration statement together with the additional information to which we refer you in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”
On August 23, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), LIVK, our predecessor company, consummated the business combination (as defined below), which was previously announced, pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 9, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and between LIVK and AgileThought, Inc., a Delaware corporation (when referred to in its pre-business combination capacity, “Legacy AT”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Legacy AT merged with and into LIVK, whereupon the separate corporate existence of Legacy AT ceased and LIVK became the surviving company (the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). On the Closing Date, and in connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), LIVK changed its name to AgileThought, Inc.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “AgileThought,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to AgileThought, Inc. (f/k/a LIV Capital Acquisition Corp.) and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “Legacy AT” refer to our predecessor company prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.
1
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. All statements, other than statements of present or historical fact included in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial performance, strategy, future operations, future operating results, estimated revenues, losses, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. Any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, we disclaim any duty to update any forward-looking statements, all of which are expressly qualified by the statements in this section, to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. We caution you that these forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control.
Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:
• changes in domestic and foreign business, market, financial, political, regulatory and legal conditions;
• our ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition and our ability to grow and manage growth profitably;
• costs related to the Business Combination;
• changes in applicable laws or regulations;
• the financial and business performance of the Company;
• our ability to repay and/or continue to service its indebtedness;
• our ability to develop, maintain and expand client relationships, including relationships with our largest clients;
• our ability to successfully identify and integrate any future acquisitions;
• our ability to attract and retain highly skilled information technology professionals;
• our ability to maintain favorable pricing, utilization rates and productivity levels for our information technology professionals and their services;
• our ability to innovate successfully and maintain our relationships with key vendors;
• our ability to provide our services without security breaches and comply with changing regulatory, legislative and industry standard developments regarding privacy and data security matters;
• our ability to operate effectively in multiple jurisdictions in Latin America and in the United States in the different business, market, financial, political, legal and regulatory conditions in the different markets;
• changes in our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects and plans;
• developments and projections relating to our competitors and industry;
• the impact of health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our business and the actions we may take in response thereto;
2
• expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012;
• our future capital requirements and sources and uses of cash;
• our ability to obtain funding for future operations;
• our business, expansion plans and opportunities;
• the outcome of any known and unknown litigation or legal proceedings and regulatory proceedings involving us;
• our ability to maintain the listing of our securities; and
• other risks and uncertainties set forth in the prospectus in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of the prospectus, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Given these risks and uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties described in this prospectus, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results and plans could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Additional information concerning these and other factors that may impact the operations and projections discussed herein can be found in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and in our periodic filings with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available publicly on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity and performance as well as other events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
3
Certain Defined Terms
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to:
• “A.G.P.” are to Alliance Global Partners, acting as the sole book-running manager in this offering;
• “amended and restated registration rights agreement” are to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2021, by and among LIVK, the sponsor and certain other of our equity holders;
• “board of directors” or “directors” are to the Company’s board of directors;
• “Business Combination” are to the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement;
• “bylaws” are to the Bylaws of the Company that were adopted by our board of directors effective on August 23, 2021;
• “CARES Act” are to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act;
• “certificate of merger” are to the certificate of merger filed in Delaware on the Closing Date evidencing the merger, at the effective time, of Legacy AT with and into LIVK, whereupon the separate corporate existence of Legacy AT ceased, LIVK was the surviving corporation and the name of LIVK changed to “AgileThought, Inc.”;
• “Cayman Islands Companies Act” are to the Cayman Islands Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended;
• “charter” are to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company that became effective at the effective time of the merger;
• “Class A Common Stock” are to the shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share;
• “Class A ordinary shares” are to LIVK’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share;
• “Class B ordinary shares” are to LIVK’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share;
• “closing” are to the closing of the Business Combination;
• “Code” are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
• “conversion agreement” are to the conversion agreement, dated as of May 9, 2021, by and among Legacy AT and the Second Lien Lenders;
• “CSAM Mexico” are to Credit Suisse Asset Management Mexico;
• “CS Investors” are to collectively, (i) Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17938-6, an investment vehicle managed by CSAM Mexico and (ii) Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17937-8, an investment vehicle managed by CSAM Mexico;
• “CS Lender” are to Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Integrante del Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, como fiduciario del fideicomiso irrevocable F/17937-8, as Tranche A Lender and Tranche A-2 Lender;
• “DGCL” are to the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended;
• “effective time” are to the time at which the certificate of merger was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;
• “Equity Contribution Agreement” are to the agreement between Legacy AT and certain investment funds affiliated with the sponsor (collectively, “LIV Fund IV”) pursuant to which such funds made, on March 19, 2021, an investment in 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock of Legacy AT that, by their terms, which was converted into 2,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the Business Combination at the Closing;
4
• “Exchange Act” are to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
• “First Lien Facility” are to the amended and restated credit agreement, dated as of July 18, 2019 and as amended from time to time, among Legacy AT, the other Legacy AT-related entities that are parties thereto, Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions listed therein, as lenders;
• “founder shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially purchased by the sponsor in a private placement prior to LIVK’s IPO and the shares of Class A Common Stock that were issued upon the automatic conversion of such Class B ordinary shares at the time of the domestication (and for the avoidance of doubt, founder shares do not include the representative shares (as defined below));
• “GAAP” are to United States generally accepted accounting principles;
• “IT” are to information technology;
• “IPO” or “initial public offering” are to LIVK’s initial public offering of units, which closed on December 13, 2019;
• “Legacy AT” are to AgileThought, Inc., a Delaware corporation, prior to the consummation of the Business Combination;
• “Legacy AT equity holders” are to holders of shares of Legacy AT common stock and Legacy AT preferred stock immediately prior to the closing;
• “LIVK” are to LIV Capital Acquisition Corp., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands;
• “management” or our “management team” are to our offıcers and directors;
• “merger” are to the merger evidenced by a certificate of merger between LIVK and Legacy AT pursuant to which Legacy AT merged with and into LIVK, whereupon the separate corporate existence of Legacy AT ceased and LIVK became the surviving corporation and changed its name to “AgileThought, Inc.”;
• “merger agreement” are to the agreement and plan of merger, dated as of May 9, 2021 as amended or modified from time to time, by and between LIVK and Legacy AT;
• “Monroe” are to Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC;
• “Nasdaq” are to The Nasdaq Capital Market;
• “Nexxus” are to Nexxus Capital, S.C.;
• “Nexxus Funds” are to collectively, (i) Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the irrevocable trust No. F/173183 and (ii) Nexxus Capital Private Equity Fund VI, L.P.;
• “ordinary shares” are to LIVK’s Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares prior to the domestication in connection with the Business Combination;
• “PIPE subscription financing” are to the aggregate $27,600,000 of proceeds from the issuance of the subscription shares;
• “private warrants” are to the warrants issued to the sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of LIVK’s IPO (which from time to time may be transferred to certain of the sponsor’s permitted transferees in accordance with the terms of the sponsor IPO letter agreement);
• “organizational documents” are to our charter and bylaws;
• “public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares;
• “public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in LIVK’s IPO (whether they were purchased in LIVK’s IPO or thereafter in the open market);
5
• “public warrants” are to our redeemable warrants sold as part of the units in the LIVK IPO (whether they were purchased in LIVK’s IPO or thereafter in the open market), with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50;
• “registration rights agreement” are to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 10, 2019, between LIVK and the sponsor;
• “related party” are to each of our directors, officers and substantial security holders;
• “representative shares” are to the 70,000 Class B ordinary shares that we have issued to EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. (and/or its designees), which representative shares automatically converted into Class A Common Stock at the time of consummation of the Business Combination;
• “Second Lien Facility” are to the amended and restated credit agreement, dated as of July 18, 2019 and as amended, by and among Legacy AT, AN Extend, S.A. de C.V., AN Global LLC, GLAS USA LLC, as administrative agent, GLAS AMERICAS LLC, as collateral agent, and the Second Lien Lenders;
• “Second Lien Lenders” are to Nexxus Capital Private Equity Fund VI, L.P., Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, Division Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the trust “Nexxus Capital VI” and identified with number No. F-173183, as Tranche B Lender and Tranche B-2 Lender and Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Integrante del Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, como fiduciario del fideicomiso irrevocable F/17937-8, as Tranche A Lender and Tranche A-2 Lender;
• “Securities Act” are to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
• “sponsor” are to LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P., a Delaware limited liability company;
• “sponsor IPO letter agreement” are to the letter agreement entered into between us and the sponsor on December 9, 2019;
• “sponsor letter agreement” are to the letter agreement entered into between us, the sponsor, Alex Rossi, Humberto Zesati, Miguel Ángel Dávila and Legacy AT on May 9, 2021;
• “subscription agreements” are to the subscription agreements by and among LIVK and the subscription investors, pursuant to which the subscription investors purchased subscription shares in a privately negotiated transaction in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination;
• “subscription investors” are to the accredited investors with whom LIVK entered into the subscription agreements, pursuant to which the subscription investors purchased subscription shares in a privately negotiated transaction in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination;
• “subscription shares” are to the shares issued to the subscription investors pursuant to the subscription agreements;
• “units” are to LIVK’s units sold in the IPO, each of which consists of one Class A ordinary share and one warrant;
• “warrant agent” are to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent;
• “warrant agreement” are to the Warrant Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2019, by and between LIVK and the warrant agent;
• “warrants” are to the public warrants and the private warrants; and
• “voting and support agreements” are to those certain Voting and Support Agreements, each dated as of May 9, 2021, by and among LIVK, Legacy AT and certain Legacy AT equity holders, certain of whom are employees of Legacy AT.
6
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A Common Stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “AgileThought,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to AgileThought, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries.
Overview
We are a pure-play leading provider of agile-first, end-to-end, digital technology solutions in the North American market using onshore and nearshore delivery. Our mission is to fundamentally change the way people and organizations view, approach and achieve digital transformation. We help our clients transform their businesses by innovating, building, continually improving and running new technology solutions at scale. Our services enable our clients to more effectively leverage technology, optimize cost, grow, and compete.
In recent years, technological advances have altered business and competitive landscapes at a pace and scale that are unprecedented in modern industry. The proliferation of new digital technologies, such as cloud computing, mobile, social media, artificial intelligence, machine learning, advanced analytics and automation delivered in an omni-channel way, and the ability to rent them as-a-service instead of acquiring them outright at significant upfront cost, have diminished the scale and infrastructure advantages of incumbent businesses. This, in turn, has enabled the rise of a new breed of companies, known as digital disruptors, across different industries. Digital disruptors build technology platforms by deploying an agile methodology, which is user-driven and focuses on continuous delivery of small upgrades with multi-disciplinary software development teams rapidly designing, developing, testing, delivering and continually monitoring updates to software. The agile method also enables enterprises to innovate and improve products and processes continuously with greater speed than ever before. The traditional waterfall method, premised on a sequential and siloed approach to building software, results in long development cycles, fails to quickly integrate user feedback and is often more expensive than the agile method. Due to these factors, incumbent enterprises have a critical need to digitally transform their businesses in order to compete with new entrants in their markets, enhance customer experiences, drive differentiation, optimize operations and regain their competitive advantages.
Incumbent enterprises face numerous challenges in attempting to digitally transform their businesses. These challenges include significant existing investment in legacy technology infrastructure, lack of expertise in next-generation technologies, inexperience with agile development and an inability to find sufficient talent to drive innovation and execution. Incumbent enterprises have invested in core technology infrastructure over the last several decades and typically rely on it for running their day-to-day operations. This can result in engrained methods, data silos and high levels of complexity, which can hinder innovation and impair organizational agility and efficiency. Implementing an agile methodology at scale requires intense collaboration, transparency and communication among cross-functional teams of both technology and business users. Many enterprises lack the knowledge and understanding of next-generation technologies necessary to sufficiently evaluate new technologies through pilot and proof-of-concept programs, implement them at scale and maintain and use them once an investment has been made. Professionals with significant experience in agile development and next generation technologies are valued by our management and, accordingly, enterprises can struggle to acquire talent at scale and at a reasonable cost.
We combine our agile-first approach with expertise in next-generation technologies to help our clients overcome the challenges of digital transformation to innovate, build, run and continually improve solutions at scale using DevOps tools and methodologies. We offer client-centric, onshore and nearshore digital transformation services that include consulting, design and user experience, custom enterprise application development, DevOps, cloud computing, mobile, data management, advanced analytics and automation expertise. Our professionals have direct industry operating expertise that allows them to understand the business context and the technology pain points that enterprises encounter. We leverage this expertise to create customized frameworks and solutions throughout clients’ digital transformation journeys. We invest in understanding the specific needs and requirements of our clients and tailor our services for them. We believe our personalized, hands-on approach allows us to demonstrate our differentiated capabilities and build trust and confidence with new clients and strengthen relationships with current ones, which enables a trusted
7
client advisor relationship. By leveraging our AgileThought Scaled Framework and our industry expertise, we rapidly and predictably deliver enterprise-level software solutions at scale. Our deep expertise in next-generation technologies facilitates our ability to provide enterprise-class capabilities in key areas of digital transformation.
We have built a culture of empowerment that allows employees to be entrepreneurial and nimble. We provide services from onshore and nearshore delivery locations to facilitate increased interaction, responsiveness and close-proximity collaboration, which are necessary to deliver agile services.
We have a history of strategically acquiring complementary businesses. We have a focused and proven acquisition methodology in which we seek to acquire capabilities not currently within our portfolio. For example, in November 2018, we acquired 4th Source, Inc., or 4th Source, and, in July 2019, we acquired AgileThought, LLC, or AgileThought, both U.S. headquartered and operated companies, which further supported our transition into the U.S. market. The acquisition of 4th Source added strong capabilities and expertise in the healthcare industry while the acquisition of AgileThought enhanced our agile delivery capabilities and expertise in the professional services industry.
Background
LIV Capital Acquisition Corp. (“LIVK”) was a blank check company incorporated on October 2, 2019 in the Cayman Islands for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or similar business combination with one or more businesses.
On August 23, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), AgileThought, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “AgileThought”) (f/k/a LIVK), consummated the previously announced merger (the “Closing”) pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 9, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among LIVK and AgileThought, Inc., a Delaware corporation (when referred to in its pre-Business Combination (as defined below) capacity, “Legacy AT”). The Company’s shareholders approved the business combination (the “Business Combination”) and the change of LIVK’s jurisdiction of incorporation from the Cayman Islands to the State of Delaware by deregistering as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands and domesticating and continuing as a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”) at a special meeting of stockholders held on August 18, 2021 (the “Special Meeting”). In connection with the Special Meeting and the Business Combination, holders of 7,479,065 of LIVK’s Class A ordinary shares (“Class A Ordinary Shares”), or 93% of the shares with redemption rights, exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.07 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of $75,310,929.45.
On August 20, 2021, the business day prior to the Closing Date, LIVK effectuated the Domestication, pursuant to which each of LIVK’s currently issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B ordinary shares (“Class B Ordinary Shares”) automatically converted by operation of law, on a one-for-one basis, into shares of Class A Common Stock. Similarly, all of LIVK’s outstanding warrants became warrants to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, and no other changes were made to the terms of any outstanding warrants.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Business Combination was effected through the merger of Legacy AT with and into LIVK (the “Merger”), whereupon the separate corporate existence of Legacy AT ceased and LIVK was the surviving corporation. On the Closing Date, the Company changed its name from LIV Capital Acquisition Corp. to AgileThought, Inc. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, an aggregate of 34,557,480 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued to holders of Legacy AT common stock and 2,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued to holders of Legacy AT preferred stock as merger consideration.
On the Closing Date, a number of purchasers subscribed to purchase from the Company an aggregate of 2,760,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “PIPE Shares”), for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $27,600,000, pursuant to separate subscription agreements (each, a “Subscription Agreement”). The sale of PIPE Shares was consummated immediately prior to the Closing.
8
Recent Developments
Amendments to the First Lien Facility
We entered into three amendments to the First Lien Facility since September 30, 2021 to extend the due date of a $4 million dollar amortization payment originally due on September 30, 2021 to, most recently, November 19, 2021. On November 15, 2021, we entered into an additional amendment to reset the First Lien Facility’s Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenants for the quarterly periods of September 30, 2021 to December 31, 2022. In return, we were required to make a $20 million principal prepayment, which included the $4 million principal payment due November 19, 2021, payable November 29, 2021. We made the $20 million principal payment with proceeds from the New Second Lien Facility, as described below. Furthermore, we agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock (the “First Lien Shares”) to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 17, 2021 who, subject to certain regulatory restrictions, may sell the First Lien Shares upon the earlier of August 29, 2022 and an event of default and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, we will issue warrants (the “First Lien Warrants”) to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of our Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the resale of the First Lien Shares and the shares underlying the First Lien Warrants.
In addition, on November 22, 2021, we entered into an eleventh amendment to the First Lien Facility to provide that sixty percent (60%) of the proceeds from any equity issuance by the Company, including this offering, must be used to repay the outstanding balance under the First Lien Facility.
The First Lien lenders charged an additional $2.9 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. As of November 30, 2021, total fees payable at the end of the term loan, including fees recognized from prior amendments, totaled $6.9 million.
New Second Lien Facility
We entered into a new Second Lien Facility on November 22, 2021, which was funded on November 29, 2021 (the “New Second Lien Facility”) with GLAS USA LLC, as administrative agent, GLAS AMERICAS LLC, as collateral agent, and entities affiliated with the CS Investors and Nexxus Funds and Manuel Senderos, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “New Second Lien Lenders”). The New Second Lien Facility is secured by a second lien on substantially all of our assets and provides for a term loan facility in an initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $20.1 million, accruing interest at a rate per annum equal to approximately 11%. The Second Lien Facility has an original maturity date of March 15, 2023. If the First Lien Facility remains outstanding on December 15, 2022, the maturity date of the New Second Lien Facility will be extended to May 10, 2024.
Each New Second Lien Lender under the Second Lien Facility has the right, but not the obligation, to convert all or any portion of its outstanding loans into our Class A Common Stock on or after December 15, 2022 or earlier, upon our request, at a conversion price equal to the closing price of one share of our Class A Common Stock on the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date. In addition, we expect that the principal amount of approximately $11.5 million will be converted upon the closing of this Offering into approximately 1,110,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, based on the last sales price of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021. We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the resale of these shares. Unless we receive shareholder approval pursuant to applicable Nasdaq rules, the amounts outstanding under the New Second Lien Facility will only convert into up to 2,098,545 shares of our Class A Common Stock (approximately 5% of our currently outstanding shares) and will only convert at a price per share equal to the then-current market value.
The proceeds from the New Second Lien Facility were used to pay the $20 million principal prepayment under the First Lien Facility, with the remainder to be used for general corporate purposes.
In addition, Manuel Senderos, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, has pledged certain of his shares of our Class A Common Stock to a lender to obtain a loan in the amount of $4.5 million used by him to provide the Company with his portion of the New Second Lien Facility. See “Principal Stockholders.”
9
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we are exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can choose not to take advantage of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, and any such election to not take advantage of the extended transition period is irrevocable. LIVK previously elected to avail itself of the extended transition period, and following the consummation of the Business Combination, AgileThought is an emerging growth company at least until December 31, 2021 and is taking advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period its emerging growth company status permits. During the extended transition period, it may be difficult or impossible to compare AgileThought’s financial results with the financial results of another public company that complies with public company effective dates for accounting standard updates because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
AgileThought will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of: (a) December 31, 2024, (b) the last date of our fiscal year in which we have a total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (c) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.
Summary Risk Factors
The following is a summary of select risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect AgileThought and its business, financial condition and results of operations. Before you invest in our Class A Common Stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”
• We have a substantial amount of indebtedness under our First Lien Facility and we may not have sufficient cash flows from operating activities to service such indebtedness and other obligations which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
• We may need additional capital, and failure to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to meet our debt and other obligations, grow our business or develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.
• We may not have sufficient cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand and available borrowings under current or new credit arrangements to finance required capital expenditures and other costs under new contracts and meet other cash needs, including earnout obligations in connection with prior acquisitions.
• We have significant fixed costs related to lease facilities.
• The currently evolving outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease, or COVID-19, pandemic, has impacted demand for our services and disrupted our operations and may continue to do so.
• We are dependent on our largest clients, and if we fail to maintain these relationships or successfully obtain new engagements, we may not achieve our revenue growth and other financial goals.
• We generally do not have long-term contractual commitments from our clients, and our clients may terminate engagements before completion or choose not to enter into new engagements with us.
• Recent acquisitions and potential future acquisitions could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and strain our resources, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
10
• We must attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals. Failure to hire, train and retain IT professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
• Our revenue is dependent on a limited number of industry verticals, and any decrease in demand for IT services in these verticals or our failure to effectively penetrate new verticals could adversely affect our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
• Our operating results could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable pricing.
• If we do not maintain adequate employee utilization rates and productivity levels, our operating results may suffer and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
• We are focused on growing our client base in the United States and may not be successful.
• We face intense competition.
• We are dependent on members of our senior management team.
• Forecasts of our market size may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, there can be no assurance that our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.
• Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will suffer if we are not successful in delivering contracted services.
• If we do not successfully manage and develop our relationships with key partners or if we fail to anticipate and establish new partnerships in new technologies, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
• We are subject to stringent and changing regulatory, legislative and industry standard developments regarding privacy and data security matters, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
• Cybersecurity attacks, breaches or other technological failures or security incidents, and changes in laws and regulations related to the internet or changes in the internet infrastructure itself, may diminish the demand for our services and could have a negative impact on our business.
• We may not secure sufficient intellectual property rights or obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce such rights sufficiently to comply with our obligations to our clients or protect our brand and we may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of or otherwise protect our intellectual property, thereby eroding our competitive advantages and harming our business.
• If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.
• General economic conditions in Mexico may have an adverse effect on our operations and business.
• Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by the various conflicting legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 222 W. Las Colinas Blvd. Suite 1650E, Irving, Texas 75039, and our telephone number is (971) 501-1440. Our corporate website address is www.agilethought.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
“AgileThought” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks are property of AgileThought, Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols.
11
THE OFFERING
Issuer |
AgileThought, Inc. |
|
Class A Common Stock offered by us |
2,400,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (2,760,000 shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriter elects to exercise its option to purchase additional shares in full). |
|
Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
|
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $22.5 million (or approximately $26.0 million if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon an assumed offering price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021, and, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $13.5 million of our obligations under the First Lien Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 60 of this prospectus. |
|
Risk factors |
Before investing in our securities, you should carefully read and consider the information set forth in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus. |
|
Lock-up agreements |
We have agreed with the underwriter not to offer for sale, issue, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into Class A Common Stock for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriter. Certain of our directors and executive officers are also subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with the closing of our Business Combination. See “Underwriting — Lock-up Agreements.” |
|
Listing |
Our Class A Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “AGIL.” |
|
Dividend Policy |
We have never declared or paid any dividends on shares of our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. |
The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering as shown above is based on 41,970,915 shares outstanding as of November 26, 2021 and excludes:
• 68,960 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance upon settlement of restricted stock units outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and 2,328,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying restricted stock units awarded to employees in August and November 2021;
• 2,955,216 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan;
12
• 10,861,250 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2021, at an exercise price of $11.50 per share;
• 2,898,551 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable to the administrative agent under the First Lien Facility on December 17, 2021 pursuant to the terms of the First Lien Facility, based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021;
• up to 676,329 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the First Lien Warrants, based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021; and
• up to 1,942,099 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Second Lien Facility, excluding up to 599,054 shares that may be payable-in-kind in lieu of cash interest payments, in each case based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes (1) no exercise of outstanding warrants or settlement of unvested restricted stock units referred to above, (2) no issuance of approximately 1,110,000 shares of Class A Common stock upon the conversion of approximately $11.5 million of the Second Lien Facility and (3) no exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase from us up to an additional 360,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering.
13
Risk Factors
Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding to invest in our Class A Common Stock. If any of the events or developments described below were to occur, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our Class A Common Stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness under our First Lien Facility. We may not have sufficient cash flows from operating activities to service such indebtedness and other obligations which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In November 2018, in connection with the acquisition of 4th Source, we entered into a credit agreement with Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC, as administrative agent and the financial institutions listed therein, as lenders. The credit agreement provided for a $5.0 million credit facility and $75.0 million term loan facility. In July 2019, in connection with the acquisition of AgileThought, we amended and restated the credit agreement and entered into the First Lien Facility, whereby we incurred an additional $23.0 million term loan facility, to a total of $98.0 million of term loan borrowings.
As of September 30, 2021, reflecting the $20 million prepayment made with the proceeds of the New Second Lien Facility, principal and interest outstanding under the First Lien Facility was $50.9 million, plus the $6.9 million in total fees, to a total of $57.8 million. We continue to be required to make scheduled payments of principal and interest under the First Lien Facility. Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and other obligations and our ability to comply with the applicable covenants thereto depends on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, which in turn are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond its control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness and other obligations. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against any collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be materially adversely affected.
In addition, our level of indebtedness could affect our ability to obtain financing or refinance existing indebtedness, require us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operations to interest and principal payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, growth initiatives and other general corporate purposes, increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic, industry or competitive developments or conditions and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its businesses and the industries in which we operate or in pursuing our strategic objectives.
The First Lien Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets and will require us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:
• dispose of assets;
• complete mergers or acquisitions;
• incur or guarantee indebtedness;
• sell or encumber certain assets;
• pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our shares;
• make specified investments;
• engage in different lines of business; and
• engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
14
Under the terms of the First Lien Facility, we are also required to comply with net leverage ratio and fixed charge coverage covenants and other covenants, including providing financial information to our lenders at the times specified in the First Lien Facility. Our ability to meet these ratios and covenants can be affected by events beyond our control. We have not always met these ratios and covenants in the past and have had to obtain consents from the lenders under and amend the First Lien Facility to adjust the ratios and covenants so that we could remain in compliance. We may not meet these ratios and covenants in the future and may not be able to obtain consent from the lenders and amend the First Lien Facility to remain in compliance then should that happen again. A failure by us to comply with the ratios or covenants contained in the First Lien Facility could result in an event of default, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the terms of the First Lien Facility, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, the lenders could elect to declare any amounts outstanding to be due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in the First Lien Facility.
We entered into three amendments to the First Lien Facility since September 30, 2021 to extend the due date of a $4 million dollar amortization payment originally due on September 30, 2021 to, most recently, November 19, 2021. On November 15, 2021, we entered into an additional amendment to reset the First Lien Facility’s Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenants for the quarterly periods of September 30, 2021 to December 31, 2022. In return, we were required to make a $20 million principal prepayment, which included the $4 million principal payment due November 19, 2021, payable November 29, 2021. We made the $20 million principal payment with proceeds from the New Second Lien Facility. Furthermore, we agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock (the “First Lien Shares”) to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 17, 2021 who, subject to certain regulatory restrictions, may sell the First Lien Shares upon the earlier of August 29, 2022 and an event of default and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, we will issue warrants (the “First Lien Warrants”) to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of our Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the resale of the First Lien Shares and the shares underlying the First Lien Warrants.
In addition, on November 22, 2021, we entered into an eleventh amendment to the First Lien Facility to provide that sixty percent (60%) of the proceeds from any equity issuance by the Company, including this offering, must be used to repay the outstanding balance under the First Lien Facility.
The First Lien lenders charged an additional $2.9 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. As of September 30, 2021, total fees payable at the end of the term loan, including fees recognized from prior amendments, totaled $6.9 million. To date, none of the indebtedness under the First Lien Facility has been accelerated, although we can provide no assurances that the lenders will not elect to accelerate any indebtedness if we were to be in default again in the future. If any indebtedness under our First Lien Facility were to be accelerated, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be materially adversely affected.
Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.
At September 30, 2021, we had negative working capital of $33.2 million and available cash and cash equivalents of $3.9 million. Going forward, if we are unable to obtain sufficient funding to support our operations, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate all of our research and development programs, expansion or commercialization efforts, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected, and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
We may need additional capital, and failure to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to meet our debt and other obligations, grow our business or develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow in the future to meet commitments, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing or restructuring indebtedness, selling material assets or operations or seeking to raise additional debt or equity capital. If we need to refinance all or part of our indebtedness at or before maturity, to the extent such indebtedness remains outstanding after the consummation of the Business Combination,
15
the PIPE subscription financing and the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain new financing or to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We have at times entered into informal arrangements with suppliers under which we paid our suppliers later than the terms of our agreements required to manage our cash flows. If we are not able to meet our commitments in the future for any reason, our creditors could seek to enforce remedies against us, including actions to put us into bankruptcy proceedings or receivership, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may also require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including our growth initiatives and any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue, or to refinance our existing indebtedness. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities, or obtain another credit facility. If we raise additional capital through the issuance of equity or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences, or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock. If we raise additional capital through equity, our existing stockholders may experience dilution. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would further restrict our operations, and the instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including investors’ perception of, and demand for, securities of IT services companies, conditions in the capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds, our future results of operations and financial condition, the terms of our credit facilities and general economic and political conditions. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.
In addition, on November 15, 2021 we entered into a tenth amendment to the First Lien Facility, which provides that one hundred percent (100%) of the net cash proceeds from any asset disposition as well as any cash received not in the ordinary course of business must be used to repay the outstanding balance under the First Lien Facility. On November 22, 2021, we entered into an eleventh amendment to the First Lien Facility to provide that sixty percent (60%) of the proceeds from any equity issuance by the Company, including this offering, must be used to repay the outstanding balance under the First Lien Facility. Until we have paid the First Lien Facility in full, we are extremely limited in how we may raise cash to operate or grow our business.
We may not have sufficient cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand and available borrowings under current or new credit arrangements to finance required capital expenditures and other costs under new contracts and meet other cash needs, including earnout obligations in connection with prior acquisitions.
Our business generally requires significant upfront working capital and/or capital expenditures for software customization and implementation, systems and equipment installation and telecommunications configuration. In connection with the signing or renewal of a service contract, a customer may seek to obtain new equipment or impose new service requirements, which may require additional capital expenditures or other costs in order to enter into or retain the contract. Historically, we have funded these upfront costs through cash flows generated from operations, available cash on hand and borrowings under the First Lien Facility.
In addition, since we currently utilize third-party consultants to deliver a large portion of our services, we may incur upfront costs (which may be significant) prior to receipt of any revenue under such arrangements. Our ability to generate revenue and to continue to procure new contracts will depend on, among other things, our then present liquidity levels or our ability to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms.
In connection with prior acquisitions, we are required to make earnout payments to the sellers if certain metrics relating to the acquired businesses have been achieved. As of September 30, 2021, we had accrued $8.6 million in earnout payments as liabilities that we owe in connection with prior acquisitions. The $8.6 million balance accrues interest at an annual interest rate of 12%. The contingent earnout liability accrued is measured to fair value by an independent third-party expert. In order for us to make those earnout payments, in addition to having sufficient cash resources to make the payments themselves, we must be in pro forma compliance after giving effect to the earnout payments with liquidity and other financial and other covenants included in the First Lien Facility. We have not been able to satisfy those covenants to date in connection with the accrued earnout payments. If we are unable to satisfy those covenants and the First Lien Facility remains outstanding, or if we otherwise have insufficient cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand or access to borrowed funds, we will be unable to make the accrued earnout
16
payments as well as future earnout payments that may accrue. As of December 31, 2020, under our agreements for prior acquisitions, there are up to $11 million in potential earnout payments that may become due based on metrics relating to the performance of the AgileThought LLC acquisition for the 2021 fiscal year, which would be payable in 2022 if the applicable metrics are achieved. As of September 30, 2021, no amounts have been accrued for the 2021 performance metric due to the assessment that there is a low probability that such performance metric will be achieved. There can be no assurance that in the event we are unable to make any such earnout payments, the sellers will not seek legal action against us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we do not have adequate liquidity or are unable to obtain financing for these upfront costs and other cash needs on favorable terms or at all, we may not be able to pursue certain contracts, which could result in the loss of business or restrict the ability to grow. Moreover, we may not realize the return on investment that we anticipate on new or renewed contracts due to a variety of factors, including lower than anticipated scope of or expansion in the services we provide to the applicable clients under the contracts, higher than anticipated capital or operating expenses and unanticipated regulatory developments or litigation. We may not have adequate liquidity to pursue other aspects of our strategy, including increasing our sales activities directed at the U.S. market or pursuing acquisitions. In the event we pursue significant acquisitions or other expansion opportunities or refinancing or repaying existing debt or other obligations, we may need to raise additional capital either through the public or private issuance of equity or debt securities, by entering into new credit facilities or by attempting to access the revolver portion of the First Lien Facility, which sources of funds may not necessarily be available on acceptable terms, if at all.
We have significant fixed costs related to lease facilities.
We have made and continue to make significant contractual commitments related to our leased facilities. Our operating lease expense related to land and buildings for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $1.6 million, net of reimbursements, and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $2.5 million and $1.7 million, net of reimbursements respectively. These expenses will have a significant impact on our fixed costs, and if we are unable to grow our business and revenue proportionately, our operating results may be negatively affected.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
The currently evolving outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease, or COVID-19, pandemic, has impacted demand for our services and disrupted our operations and may continue to do so.
The COVID-19 outbreak has emerged as a serious threat to the health and economic well-being of our customers, employees, and the overall economy. Since the beginning of the outbreak, many countries and states have taken dramatic action including, without limitation, ordering all non-essential workers to stay home, mandating the closure of schools and non-essential business premises and imposing isolation measures on large portions of the population. These measures, while intended to protect human life, have had serious adverse impacts on domestic and foreign economies and the severity and the duration of these is highly uncertain. The effectiveness of economic stabilization efforts, including proposed government payments to affected citizens and industries, continue to be uncertain and many economists are predicting extended local or global recessions. The accelerating number of deaths and hospitalizations resulting from this disease are further exacerbating the uncertainties and challenges facing our business.
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on several of our customers during 2020, as several larger customers either postponed projects or developed or undertook internally technology initiatives instead of using our services to do so. This has adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect our opportunities for growth, whether through an increase in business or through acquisitions. The effects of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic in the global financial markets may also reduce our ability to access capital and could negatively affect our liquidity in the future. The financial uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic may also negatively impact pricing for our services or cause our clients to again reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly and/or in the long-term, which may, in turn, lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenue, profitability and cash flows, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Furthermore, if any of our employees become ill with COVID-19 and are unable to work, then our ability to deliver for our clients and run our business could be negatively affected, which may in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
17
In addition, to the extent the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks and uncertainties described in this “Risk Factors” section which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We have taken certain precautions due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic that could harm our business.
From the beginning of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken precautionary measures intended to help minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, our customers, and the communities in which we participate, which we intend to continue and could negatively impact our business. As a company with employees, customers, partners and investors in many countries, we believe in upholding our company value of being good citizens by doing our part to help slow the spread of the virus. To this end, we have enabled substantially all of our employees to work remotely in compliance with relevant government advice and have generally suspended all non-essential travel worldwide for our employees. In addition, we have cancelled or postponed company-sponsored events, including employee attendance at industry events and non-essential in-person work-related meetings. While we have a distributed workforce and our employees are accustomed to working remotely or working with other remote employees, our workforce is not fully remote. Our employees travel frequently to establish and maintain relationships with one another and with our customers, and many of our business processes assume that employees can meet with customers and prospective customers in person. Although we continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies and practices as more information and guidance become available, temporarily suspending travel and doing business in-person could negatively impact our marketing efforts, challenge our ability to enter into customer contracts in a timely manner, slow down our recruiting efforts, or create operational or other challenges, including decreased productivity, as we adjust to a fully-remote workforce, any of which could harm our business. There is no guarantee that any of these precautions will fully protect our employees and/or customers or enable us to maintain our productivity. The full extent to which the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and our precautionary measures related thereto may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will depend on future developments, which are still uncertain and cannot be fully predicted at this time.
We are dependent on our largest clients, and if we fail to maintain these relationships or successfully obtain new engagements, we may not achieve our revenue growth and other financial goals.
Historically, a significant percentage of our annual revenue has come from our existing client base. For example, during 2020 and 2019, 92.5% and 77.5% of our revenue came from clients from whom we also generated revenue during the prior fiscal year, respectively. However, the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we generally do not have long-term contractual commitments from our clients and are often not our clients’ exclusive IT services provider. A major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenue for us in any subsequent year. Further, one or more of our significant clients could be acquired, and there can be no assurance that the acquirer would choose to use our services to the same degree as previously, if at all. Our largest client for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 accounted for 17.6% and 13.1% of our revenue, respectively, and our ten largest clients for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 accounted for 67.0% and 66.3% of our revenue, respectively.
In addition, the services we provide to our clients, and the revenue and income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide changes over time. In addition, our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenue may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when re-negotiating contracts and terms of service. In order to successfully perform and market our services, we must establish and maintain multi-year, close relationships with our clients and develop a thorough understanding of their businesses. Our ability to maintain these close relationships is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. If we fail to maintain these relationships or successfully obtain new engagements from our existing clients, we may not achieve our revenue growth and other financial goals.
We generally do not have long-term contractual commitments from our clients, and our clients may terminate engagements before completion or choose not to enter into new engagements with us.
We generally do not have long-term contractual commitments with our clients. Our clients can terminate many of our master services agreements and work orders with or without cause, in some cases subject only to 30 days’ prior notice in the case of termination without cause. Although a substantial majority of our revenue is typically generated
18
from existing clients, our engagements with our clients are typically for projects that are singular in nature. Large and complex projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements.
Even if we successfully deliver on contracted services and maintain close relationships with our clients, a number of factors outside of our control could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenue from our existing clients. These factors include, among other things:
• the business or financial condition of that client or the economy generally;
• a change in strategic priorities of that client, resulting in a reduced level of spending on IT services;
• changes in the personnel at our clients who are responsible for procurement of IT services or with whom we primarily interact;
• a demand for price reductions by that client;
• mergers, acquisitions or significant corporate restructurings involving that client; and
• a decision by that client to move work in-house or to one or more of our competitors.
The loss or diminution in business from any of our major clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The ability of our clients to terminate agreements exacerbates the uncertainty of our future revenue. We may not be able to replace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us. Further, terminations or delays in engagements may make it difficult to plan our project resource requirements.
We may not be able to recover our or sustain revenue growth rate consistent with the rate prior to COVID-19 pandemic.
We have experienced rapid revenue growth in recent periods. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our revenue increased by 57.2% from $110.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $173.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Our business was adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, and we experienced a decline in our revenue from $173.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $164.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. Our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $116.6 million, a 10.0% decrease from $129.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We may not be able to recover our revenue growth consistent with the rate prior to the COVID-19 pandemic or at all. You should not consider our revenue growth in periods prior to the COVID-19 pandemic as indicative of our future performance. As we seek to grow our business, our future revenue growth rate may be impacted by a number of factors, such as the ongoing impact of COVID-19 pandemic fluctuations in demand for our services, increasing competition, difficulties in integrating acquired companies, decreasing growth of our overall market, our inability to engage and retain a sufficient number of information technology, or IT, professionals or otherwise scale our business, rising wages in the markets in which we operate or our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Recent acquisitions and potential future acquisitions could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and strain our resources, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In July 2019 we (under our previous corporate name AN Global Inc.) completed our acquisition of AgileThought, LLC, or AgileThought, and in November 2018 we completed our acquisition of 4th Source, Inc., or 4th Source, both of which expanded our client base and business operations in the United States. In addition, we have completed nine other acquisitions during the last five fiscal years. In the future, we plan to acquire additional businesses that we believe could complement or expand our business. Integrating the operations of acquired businesses successfully or otherwise realizing any of the anticipated benefits of acquisitions, including anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, involves a number of potential challenges. In addition, we have previously and may in the future use earn-out arrangements in connection with acquisitions. Using earn-out arrangements to consummate an acquisition, pursuant to which we agree to pay additional amounts of contingent consideration based on the achievement of a predetermined metric, has at times and may continue to make our integration efforts more complicated. We have also
19
previously and may in the future negotiate restructured earn-out arrangements following the closing of acquisitions, which causes a diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns and may result in additional cost in connection with the applicable acquisitions.
The failure to meet the integration challenges stemming from our acquisitions could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. Realizing the benefits of acquisitions depends in part on the integration of operations and personnel. These integration activities are complex and time-consuming, and we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs, including:
• our inability to achieve the operating synergies anticipated in the acquisitions;
• diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns to integration matters or earn-out calculations, restructurings or disputes;
• challenges in consolidating and rationalizing IT platforms and administrative infrastructures;
• complexities associated with managing the geographic separation of the combined businesses and consolidating multiple physical locations;
• difficulties in retaining IT professionals and other key employees and achieving minimal unplanned attrition;
• difficulties in integrating personnel from different corporate cultures while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality service;
• our inability to exert control of acquired businesses that include earn-out payments or the risk that actions incentivized by earn-out payments will hinder integration efforts;
• our inability to demonstrate to our clients and to clients of acquired businesses that the acquisition will not result in adverse changes in client service standards or business focus;
• possible cash flow interruption or loss of revenue as a result of transitional matters; and
• inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs.
Acquired businesses may have liabilities or adverse operating issues that we fail to discover through due diligence prior to the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of any acquired businesses or properties failed to comply with or otherwise violated applicable laws or regulations, or failed to fulfill their contractual obligations to clients, we, as the successor owner, may be financially responsible for these violations and failures and may suffer financial or reputational harm or otherwise be adversely affected. Our acquisition targets may not have as robust internal controls over financial reporting as would be expected of a public company. Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairment in the future that could harm our financial results. We took impairment charges of $16.7 million and $6.6 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively, primarily related to prior acquisitions in Latin America, and we may take material impairment charges in the future related to acquisitions. We may also become subject to new regulations as a result of an acquisition, including if we acquire a business serving clients in a regulated industry or acquire a business with clients or operations in a country in which we do not already operate. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by incurring debt under credit facilities or issuing notes and are unable to realize the expected benefits of those acquisitions for any reason, we may be unable to repay, refinance or restructure that indebtedness when payment is due, and the lenders of that indebtedness could proceed against any collateral granted to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we finance acquisitions by issuing convertible debt or equity securities, our existing stockholders may also be diluted, which could affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. Acquisitions frequently involve benefits related to the integration of operations of the acquired business. The failure to successfully integrate the operations or otherwise to realize any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition could seriously harm our results of operations.
20
Strategic acquisitions to complement and expand our business have been and will likely remain an important part of our competitive strategy. If we fail to acquire companies whose prospects, when combined with our company, would increase our value, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
We have expanded, and may continue to expand, our operations through strategically targeted acquisitions of additional businesses. On occasion, selective acquisitions have expanded our service capabilities, geographic presence, or client base. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional businesses or successfully integrate any acquired businesses without substantial expense, delays or other operational or financial risks and problems. In addition, any client satisfaction or performance problems within an acquired business could have a material adverse impact on our corporate reputation and brand. We cannot assure you that any acquired businesses will achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. Any failure to manage our acquisition strategy successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We must attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals. Failure to hire, train and retain IT professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In order to sustain our growth, we must attract and retain a large number of highly skilled and talented IT professionals. While our headcount decreased from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, the decrease is primarily attributable to actions implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and our headcount increased in the three quarters of 2021 and we anticipate that we will need to significantly increase our headcount as our business grows. Our business is driven by people and, accordingly, our success depends upon our ability to attract, train, motivate, retain and effectively utilize highly skilled IT professionals in our delivery locations, which currently are principally located in Mexico and the United States. We believe that there is significant competition for technology professionals in the geographic regions in which our offices are located and in locations in which we intend to establish future offices and that such competition is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. Additionally, given our delivery locations in the United States, we must attract and retain a growing number of IT professionals with English language proficiency, which could further limit the talent base from which we can hire. Increased hiring by technology companies and increasing worldwide competition for skilled IT professionals may lead to a shortage in the availability of suitable personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. Our ability to properly staff projects, maintain and renew existing engagements and win new business depends, in large part, on our ability to recruit, train and retain IT professionals. We are currently focused on growing our workforce through university recruiting; however, this strategy and any other strategies we employ to hire, train and retain our IT professionals may be inadequate or may fail to achieve our objectives. Failure to hire, train and retain IT professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Furthermore, the technology industry generally experiences a significant rate of turnover of its workforce. There is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our company. We compete for such talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as healthcare, financial services and technology generally. High attrition rates of IT personnel would increase our hiring and training costs, reduce our revenues and could have an adverse effect on our ability to complete existing contracts in a timely manner, meet client objectives and expand our business.
We may not be successful in building a university recruiting and hiring program, which could hamper our ability to scale our business and grow revenue.
As part of our growth strategy, we are focused on growing our workforce through university recruiting. In particular, we intend to focus our university recruitment efforts on Mexico and the United States. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified university hires or that we will be successful in retaining these future employees. We may not be successful in building a reputable brand on college campuses or deepening and sustaining relationships with university administrations which could hinder our ability to grow our workforce through university hiring. Increased university hiring by technology companies, particularly in Latin America and the United States, and increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals may lead to a shortage in the availability of qualified university personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. Failure to hire and train or retain qualified university graduates in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
21
Increases in our current levels of attrition may increase our operating costs and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The technology industry generally experiences a significant rate of turnover of its workforce. Adjusting our calculation to exclude the effects of business dispositions or discontinued business and non-core projects, our total adjusted attrition rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was 28.8% and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 it was 17.0% and 20.8%, respectively. If our attrition rate were to increase, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease. We compete for talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, among others. High attrition rates of IT personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business, may cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs, and may otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our revenue is dependent on a limited number of industry verticals, and any decrease in demand for IT services in these verticals or our failure to effectively penetrate new verticals could adversely affect our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Historically, we have focused on developing industry expertise and deep client relationships in a limited number of industry verticals. As a result, a substantial portion of our revenue has been generated by clients operating in financial services, healthcare and professional services industries. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in the financial services, healthcare and professional services industries, and any slowdown or reversal of the trend to spend on IT services in these verticals could result in a decrease in the demand for our services and materially adversely affect our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In the verticals in which we operate, there are numerous competitors that may be entrenched with potential clients we target and which may be difficult to dislodge. As a result of these and other factors, our efforts to expand our client base may be expensive and may not succeed, and we therefore may be unable to grow our revenue. If we fail to further penetrate our existing industry verticals or expand our client base into new verticals, we may be unable to grow our revenue and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed.
Other developments in the verticals in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services, and we may not be able to successfully anticipate and prepare for any such changes. For example, consolidation or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may adversely affect our business. Our clients and potential clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us from clients and potential clients to lower our prices, which could adversely affect our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our contracts could be unprofitable, and any failure by us to accurately estimate the resources required to complete a contract on time and on budget could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We perform our services primarily on a time-and-materials basis. Revenue from our time-and-materials contracts represented 87.5% and 88.2%, respectively, of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. We charge out the services performed by our employees under these contracts at daily or hourly rates that are specified in the contract. The rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are highly dependent on our internal forecasts of our operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors, as well as the volume of work provided by the client. Our predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate, resulting in contracts that may not be profitable. Typically, we do not have the ability to increase the rates established at the outset of a client project other than on an annual basis and often subject to caps. Independent of our right to increase our rates on an annual basis, client expectations regarding the anticipated cost of a project may limit our practical ability to increase our rates for ongoing work.
In addition to time-and-materials contracts, we also perform our services under fixed-price and managed services contracts. Revenue from our fixed-price and managed services contracts represented 12.5% and 11.8%, respectively, of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. Our pricing in fixed-price and managed services contracts is highly dependent on our assumptions and forecasts about the costs we expect to incur to complete the related project, which are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Any failure by us to accurately
22
estimate the resources, including the skills and seniority of our employees, required to complete a fixed-price or managed services contract on time and on budget or meet a service level on a managed services contract, or any unexpected increase in the cost of our employees assigned to the related project, office space or materials could expose us to risks associated with cost overruns and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Customers may be unable or unwilling to recognize phases or partial delivery of our services, thereby delaying their recognition of our work, which would impact our cash collection cycles. Customers may also not be able or willing to recognize phases or partial delivery of our services, which may delay payment for work we delivery, and which could negatively impact our cash collection cycles. In addition, any unexpected changes in economic conditions that affect any of our assumptions and predictions could render contracts that would have been favorable to us when signed unfavorable.
Our operating results could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable pricing.
Our operating results are dependent, in part, on the rates we are able to charge for our services. Our rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
• our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;
• our competitors’ pricing policies;
• bid practices of clients and their use of third-party advisors;
• the ability of large clients to exert pricing pressure;
• employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs;
• employee utilization levels;
• our ability to charge premium prices when justified by market demand or the type of service; and
• general economic conditions.
If we are not able to maintain favorable pricing for our services, our operating results could suffer.
If we do not maintain adequate employee utilization rates and productivity levels, our operating results may suffer and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Our operating results and the cost of providing our services are affected by the utilization rates of our employees in our delivery locations. If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our employees involved in delivery of our services, our operating results may suffer. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
• our ability to promptly transition our employees from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate new employees;
• our ability to forecast demand for our services and maintain an appropriate number of employees in each of our delivery locations;
• our ability to deploy employees with appropriate skills and seniority to projects;
• our ability to maintain continuity of existing resources on existing projects;
• our ability to manage the attrition of our employees; and
• our need to devote time and resources to training, including language training, professional development and other activities that cannot be billed to our clients.
Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause us to lose contracts or clients. Further, to the extent that we lack a sufficient number of employees with lower
23
levels of seniority and daily or hourly rates, we may be required to deploy more senior employees with higher rates on projects without the ability to pass such higher rates along to our clients, which could adversely affect our operating results.
Additionally, our revenue could suffer if we experience a slowdown or stoppage of service for any clients or on any project for which we have dedicated employees and we are not be able to efficiently reallocate these employees to other clients to keep their utilization and productivity levels high. If we are not able to maintain high resource utilization levels without corresponding cost reductions or price increases, our operating results will suffer and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
We are focused on growing our client base in the United States and may not be successful.
We are focused on geographic expansion, particularly in the United States. In 2019 and 2020, 48.9% and 69.0% of our revenue came from clients in the United States, respectively.
We have made significant investments to expand our business in the United States, including our acquisitions of 4th Source in November 2018 and of AgileThought in July 2019, which increased our sales presence in the United States and added onshore and nearshore delivery capacity in Latin America and in the United States. However, our ability to acquire new clients will depend on a number of factors, including market perception of our services, our ability to successfully add nearshore capacity and pricing, competition and overall economic conditions. If we are unable to retain existing clients and attract new clients in the United States or if our expansion plans take longer to implement than expected or their costs exceed our expectations, we may be unable to grow our revenue and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
We may be unable to effectively manage our growth or achieve anticipated growth, which could place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources.
We have experienced growth and significantly expanded our business over the past several years, both organically and through acquisitions. We intend to continue to grow our business in the foreseeable future and to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. We have also increased the size and complexity of the projects that we undertake for our clients and hope to continue being engaged for larger and more complex projects in the future. As we add new delivery sites, introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth or successfully execute large and complex projects, which could materially adversely affect our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our future growth depends on us successfully recruiting, hiring and training IT professionals, expanding our delivery capabilities, adding effective sales staff and management personnel, adding service offerings, maintaining and expanding our engagements with existing clients and winning new business. Effective management of these and other growth initiatives will require us to continue to improve our infrastructure, execution standards and ability to expand services.
If we cannot maintain our culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our culture, which is the foundation that supports and facilitates our distinctive approach. As we grow and are required to add more employees and infrastructure to support our growth, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain our corporate culture. If we fail to maintain a culture that fosters career development, innovation, creativity and teamwork, we could experience difficulty in hiring and retaining IT professionals and other valuable employees. Failure to manage growth effectively could adversely affect the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to attract and retain IT professionals and other valuable employees, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, as we continue to integrate and acquire business as part of our growth strategy we risk preserving our culture, values and our entrepreneurial environment. Integrating acquisitions into our business can be particularly difficult due to different corporate cultures and values, geographic distance and other intangible factors.
24
We face intense competition.
The market for IT services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards and we expect competition to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors that we face are the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; delivery location; price; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; and responsiveness to clients’ business needs.
Our primary competitors include next-generation IT service providers, such as EPAM Systems, Inc., Endava Plc, Infosys Limited and Globant S.A., global consulting and traditional global IT service companies such as Accenture plc, Capgemini SE, Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation and International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM; and in-house IT and development departments of our existing and potential clients. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources and greater name recognition than we do. As a result, they may be able to compete more aggressively on pricing or devote greater resources to the development and promotion of IT services. Companies based in some emerging markets also present significant price competition due to their competitive cost structures and tax advantages.
In addition, there are relatively few barriers to entry into our markets and we have faced, and expect to continue to face, competition from new market entrants. Further, there is a risk that our clients may elect to increase their internal resources to satisfy their IT service needs as opposed to relying on third-party service providers. The IT services industry may also undergo consolidation, which may result in increased competition in our target markets from larger firms that may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources, may be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands, and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can. Increased competition could also result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of our market share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors or that competitive pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are dependent on members of our senior management team.
Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team. We currently do not maintain key person life insurance for any of the members of our senior management team. In addition, we do not have employment agreements with all of the members of our senior management team. Even those employees with whom we have employment agreements or other arrangements may terminate their employment with us with or without cause, often with limited notice. If one or more of our senior executives are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives or attract and retain new senior executives in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted, and our financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
If any of our senior management team joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our sales executives or other sales personnel, who generally maintain close relationships with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients to that company, and our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, business practices or procedures by such personnel. Any non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreements we have with our senior executives or key employees might not provide effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements.
Forecasts of our market size may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, there can be no assurance that our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.
Growth forecasts included in this prospectus relating to our market opportunity and the expected growth in the market for our services are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on both internal and third-party assumptions and estimates which may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets meet our size estimates and experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many risks and uncertainties, including our success in implementing our business strategy. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.
25
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will suffer if we are not successful in delivering contracted services.
Our operating results are dependent on our ability to successfully deliver contracted services in a timely manner. We must consistently build, deliver and support challenging and complex projects and managed services. Failure to perform or observe any contractual obligations could damage our relationships with our clients and could result in cancellation or non-renewal of a contract. Some of the challenges we face in delivering contracted services to our clients include:
• maintaining high-quality control and process execution standards;
• maintaining planned resource utilization rates on a consistent basis;
• maintaining employee productivity and implementing necessary process improvements;
• controlling costs;
• maintaining close client contact and high levels of client satisfaction;
• maintaining physical and data security standards required by our clients;
• recruiting and retaining sufficient numbers of skilled IT professionals; and
• maintaining effective client relationships.
If we are unable to deliver contracted services, our relationships with our clients will suffer and we may be unable to obtain new engagements. In addition, it could damage our reputation, cause us to lose business, impact our operating margins and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as subject us to breach of contract claims.
If we do not successfully manage and develop our relationships with key partners or if we fail to anticipate and establish new partnerships in new technologies, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
We have partnerships with companies whose capabilities complement our own. A significant portion of our revenue and services and solutions are based on technology or software provided by a few major partners.
The business that we conduct through these partnerships could decrease or fail to grow for a variety of reasons. The priorities and objectives of our partners may differ from ours, and our partners are not prohibited from competing with us or forming closer or preferred arrangements with our competitors. In addition, some of our partners are also large clients or suppliers of technology to us. The decisions we make vis-à-vis a partner may impact our ongoing relationship. In addition, our partners could experience reduced demand for their technology or software, including, for example, in response to changes in technology, which could lessen related demand for our services and solutions.
We must anticipate and respond to continuous changes in technology and develop relationships with new providers of relevant technology. We must secure meaningful partnerships with these providers early in their life cycle so that we can develop the right number of certified people with skills in new technologies. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with current partners and identify new and emerging providers of relevant technology to expand our network of partners, we may not be able to differentiate our services or compete effectively in the market.
If we do not obtain the expected benefits from our partnerships for any reason, we may be less competitive, our ability to offer attractive solutions to our clients may be negatively affected, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
Our sales of services and operating results may experience significant variability and our past results may not be indicative of our future performance.
Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.
26
Factors that are likely to cause these variations include:
• the number, timing, scope and contractual terms of projects in which we are engaged;
• delays in project commencement or staffing delays due to difficulty in assigning appropriately skilled or experienced professionals;
• the accuracy of estimates on the resources, time and fees required to complete projects and costs incurred in the performance of each project;
• inability to retain employees or maintain employee utilization levels;
• changes in pricing in response to client demand and competitive pressures;
• the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services or spending on technology;
• the ability to further grow sales of services from existing clients and the ability to substitute revenue from engagements with governmental clients as we discontinue new engagements with governmental entities;
• seasonal trends and the budget and work cycles of our clients;
• delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities or infrastructure;
• our ability to estimate costs under fixed price or managed services contracts;
• employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs;
• unanticipated contract or project terminations;
• the timing of collection of accounts receivable;
• our ability to manage risk through our contracts;
• the continuing financial stability of our clients;
• changes in our effective tax rate or unanticipated tax assessments;
• impacts of any acquisitions and our ability to successfully integrate any acquisitions;
• the implementation of new laws or regulations and/or changes to current applicable laws or regulations or their interpretation or application;
• uncertainly and disruption to the global markets including due to public health pandemics, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic;
• fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and
• general economic conditions.
As a result of these factors, our operating results may from time to time fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors.
We operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful.
The IT services industry is competitive and continuously evolving, subject to rapidly changing demands and constant technological developments. As a result, success and performance metrics are difficult to predict and measure in our industry. Because services and technologies are rapidly evolving and each company within the industry can vary greatly in terms of the services it provides, its business model, and its results of operations, it can be difficult to predict how any company’s services, including ours, will be received in the market. Neither our past financial performance nor the past financial performance of any other company in the IT services industry is indicative of how our company will fare financially in the future. Our future profits may vary substantially from those of other companies and those we
27
have achieved in the past, making an investment in our company risky and speculative. If our clients’ demand for our services declines as a result of economic conditions, market factors or shifts in the technology industry, our business would suffer and our financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, a long selling and implementation cycle with respect to certain projects that require us to make significant resource commitments prior to realizing revenue for our services.
We have experienced, and may in the future experience, a long selling cycle with respect to certain projects that require significant investment of human resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients may require us to allocate substantial time and resources educating them on the value of our services and our ability to meet their requirements. Therefore, our selling cycle is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients’ decision to choose alternatives to our services (such as other IT service providers or in-house resources) and the timing of our clients’ budget cycles and approval processes. If our sales cycle unexpectedly lengthens for one or more projects, it could affect the timing of our recognition of revenue and hinder or delay our revenue growth. For certain clients, we may begin work and incur costs prior to executing the contract. A delay in our ability to obtain a signed agreement or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement, or to complete certain contract requirements in a particular financial period, could reduce our revenue in that financial period or render us entirely unable to collect payment for work already performed.
Implementing our services also involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays associated with technology, thereby further delaying the implementation process. Our current and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources. Any significant failure to generate revenue or delays in recognizing revenue after incurring costs related to our sales or services process could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we provide inadequate service or cause disruptions in our clients’ businesses, it could result in significant costs to us, the loss of our clients and damage to our corporate reputation, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Any defects or errors or failure to meet clients’ expectations in the performance of our contracts could result in claims for substantial damages against us. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for intellectual property infringement and breaches of data protection and security requirements, for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, could be substantial. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those covered by our then-current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement, in addition to subjecting us to breach of contract claims, could seriously damage our corporate reputation and limit our ability to attract new business.
In certain contracts, we agree to complete a project by a scheduled date or maintain certain service levels. We may suffer reputational harm and loss of future business if we do not meet our contractual commitments. In addition, if the project experiences a performance problem, we may not be able to recover the additional costs we will incur to remediate the problem, which could exceed revenue realized from a project. Under our managed services contracts, we may be required to pay liquidated damages if we are unable to maintain agreed-upon service levels, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Our business depends on a strong brand and corporate reputation. Damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements resulting in a loss of business and could adversely affect our employee recruitment and retention efforts, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Since many of our specific client engagements involve highly tailored solutions, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our clients’ and prospective clients’ determination of whether to engage us. We believe our brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our
28
competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented IT professionals. Successfully maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to provide reliable services that continue to meet the needs of our clients at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our clients’ trust, our ability to continue to develop new services, and our ability to successfully differentiate our services and capabilities from those of our competitors. Our brand promotion activities may not generate client awareness or yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may suffer.
Our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employees or clients, competitors, vendors and adversaries in legal proceedings, as well as members of the investment community and the media. In addition, if errors are discovered in our historical financial data, we could suffer reputational damage. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our employee recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of our brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of next-generation technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Our success depends on delivering innovative solutions that leverage emerging next-generation technologies and emerging market trends to drive increased revenue. Technological advances and innovation are constant in the IT services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver solutions that our clients will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technology developments, enhance our existing services or develop and introduce new services to keep pace with such changes and meet changing client needs, we may lose clients and our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer. Our results of operations would also suffer if our employees are not responsive to the needs of our clients, not able to help clients in driving innovation and not able to help our clients in effectively bringing innovative ideas to market. Our competitors may be able to offer design and innovation services that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to reduce our prices and to allocate significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do profitably or at all. Because many of our clients and potential clients regularly contract with other IT service providers, these competitive pressures may be more acute than in other industries.
Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements could be affected to the extent we enter into agreements with clients containing non-competition clauses.
We have in the past and may in the future enter into agreements with clients that restrict our ability to accept assignments from, or render similar services to, those clients’ customers, require us to obtain our clients’ prior written consent to provide services to their customers or restrict our ability to compete with our clients, or bid for or accept any assignment for which those clients are bidding or negotiating. These restrictions could hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in a specific industry in which we have expertise and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our cash flows and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to collect on billed and unbilled receivables from clients, which may in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects.
Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain provisions against receivables. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we may need to adjust our provisions. We may not accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as a potential credit crisis in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our clients, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy. Such conditions could cause clients to delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default on
29
their payment obligations to us, all of which could increase our receivables balance. Timely collection of fees for client services also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and subsequently bill for and collect our contractual service fees. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations, we might experience delays in the collection of or be unable to collect our client balances, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our cash flows. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time required to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows and results of operations could be adversely affected, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects.
If we are unable to comply with our security obligations or our computer systems are or become vulnerable to security breaches, we could face reputational damage and lose clients and revenue, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
The services we provide are often critical to our clients’ businesses. Certain of our client contracts require us to comply with security obligations, which could include breach notification and remediation obligations, maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our network is virus-free, maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. Any failure in a client’s system, whether or not a result of or related to the services we provide, or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the client, could adversely affect our business, including by damaging our reputation or resulting in a claim for substantial damages against us. Our liability for security breaches of our or a client’s systems or breaches of data security requirements, for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, may be extensive. Any failure of our equipment or systems, or any disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Additionally, our failure to continuously upgrade or increase the reliability and redundancy of our infrastructure to meet the demands of our customers could adversely affect the functioning and performance of our services and could in turn affect our results of operations. Any steps we take to increase the security, reliability and redundancy of our systems may be expensive and may not be successful in preventing system failures.
In addition, we often have access to or are required to collect, store and otherwise process confidential client data. If any person, including any of our employees or former employees, accidentally or intentionally, penetrates our network security, exposes our data or code, or misappropriates data or code that belongs to us, our clients, or our clients’ customers, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or our clients’ customers for breaching contractual obligations or applicable privacy laws, rules and regulations. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, including personal data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of confidential information or intellectual property belonging to our clients or our clients’ customers, or otherwise, could damage our brand and reputation, cause us to lose clients and revenue, and result in financial and other potential losses by us. For more information, see “Risk Factors — We are subject to stringent and changing regulatory, legislative and industry standard developments regarding privacy and data security matters, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.”
We are also subject to numerous commitments in our contracts with our clients. Significant unavailability of our services due to attacks could cause users to claim breach of contract and cease using our services, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We also may be subject to liability claims if we breach our contracts, including as a result of any accidental or intentional breach of our security.
Despite the procedures, systems and internal controls we have implemented to comply with our contracts, we may breach these commitments, whether through a weakness in these procedures, systems and internal controls, the negligence or the willful act of an employee or contractor. Our insurance policies, including our errors and omissions insurance, which we only maintain in select jurisdictions, may be inadequate to compensate us for the potentially significant losses that may result from claims arising from breaches of our contracts, disruptions in our services, failures of or disruptions to our infrastructure, catastrophic events and disasters or otherwise. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or our insurance could undergo a change in policy including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.
30
We are subject to stringent and changing regulatory, legislative and industry standard developments regarding privacy and data security matters, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
We, along with a significant number of our clients, are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and international laws, rules, regulations and industry standards related to data privacy and cybersecurity, and restrictions or technological requirements regarding the processing, collection, use, storage, protection, retention or transfer of data. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and, as a result, implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future.
For example, the European Union General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, came into force in May 2018 and contains numerous requirements and changes from prior EU law, including more robust obligations on data processors and data controllers, heavier documentation requirements for data protection compliance programs, greater control over personal data by data subjects (e.g., the “right to be forgotten”), increased data portability for data subjects, data breach notification requirements and increased fines. In particular, under the GDPR, fines of up to €20 million or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater, could be imposed for violations of certain of the GDPR’s requirements. The GDPR requirements apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between us and our subsidiaries, including employee information.
If our efforts to comply with GDPR or other applicable EU laws and regulations are not successful, or are perceived to be unsuccessful, it could adversely affect our business in the EU. Further, in July 2020, the European Court of Justice, or the ECJ, invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield, which had enabled the transfer of personal data from the EU to the U.S. for companies that had self-certified to the Privacy Shield. The ECJ decision also raised questions about the continued validity of one of the primary alternatives to the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield, namely the European Commission’s Standard Contractual Clauses, and EU regulators have issued additional guidance regarding considerations and requirements that we and other companies must consider and undertake when using the Standard Contractual Clauses. Although the EU has presented a new draft set of contractual clauses, at present, there are few, if any, viable alternatives to the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield and the Standard Contractual Clauses. To the extent that we were to rely on the EU-U.S. or Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield programs, we will not be able to do so in the future, and the ECJ’s decision and other regulatory guidance or developments may impose additional obligations with respect to the transfer of personal data from the EU and Switzerland to the U.S., each of which could restrict our activities in those jurisdictions, limit our ability to provide our products and services in those jurisdictions, or increase our costs and obligations and impose limitations upon our ability to efficiently transfer personal data from the EU and Switzerland to the U.S.
Further, the exit of the United Kingdom, or the UK, from the EU, often referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the UK. Specifically, the UK exited the EU on January 31, 2020, subject to a transition period that ended December 31, 2020. As of January 1, 2021, following the expiry of such transition period, data processing in the UK is governed by a UK version of the GDPR (combining the GDPR and the UK’s Data Protection Act 2018), exposing us to two parallel regimes, each of which authorizes similar fines and other potentially divergent enforcement actions for certain violations. With respect to transfers of personal data from the EEA to the UK, the European Commission has published a decision finding that the UK ensures an adequate level of data protection, although such decision is subject to renewal and may be revised or revoked in the interim, resulting in uncertainty and the potential for increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the UK and EEA.
Another example is the recently adopted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA, in the United States, which became effective on January 1, 2020. The CCPA establishes a new privacy framework for covered businesses by creating an expanded definition of personal information, establishing new data privacy rights for California residents, imposing special rules on the collection of data from minors, and creating a new and potentially severe statutory damages framework for violations of the CCPA and for businesses that fail to implement reasonable security procedures and practices to prevent data breaches. The CCPA provides for severe civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. In addition, it is anticipated the CCPA will be expanded on January 1, 2023, when the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, or the CPRA, becomes operative. The CPRA will, among other things, give California residents the ability to limit use of certain sensitive personal information, further restrict the use of cross-contextual advertising, establish restrictions on the retention of personal information, expand the types of data breaches subject to the CCPA’s private right of action, provide for increased penalties for CPRA violations concerning California residents under the age of 16, and establish a new California Privacy Protection
31
Agency to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA. While aspects of the CPRA and its interpretation remain to be determined in practice, they create further uncertainty and may result in additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Additionally, on March 2, 2021, the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, or the CDPA, was signed into law. The CDPA becomes effective beginning January 1, 2023, and contains provisions that require businesses to conduct data protection assessments in certain circumstances, and that require opt-in consent from consumers to process certain sensitive personal information. These laws could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business. Additionally, all 50 states now have data breach laws that require timely notification to individuals, and at times regulators, the media or credit reporting agencies, if a company has experienced the unauthorized access or acquisition of personal information. More than a dozen states require that reasonable information security protections be used to protect personal information. If we fail to comply with any applicable privacy laws, rules, regulations, industry standards and other legal obligations, we may be subject to the aforementioned penalties, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
Also, in the United States, further laws, rules and regulations to which we may be subject include those promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission, the Gramm Leach Bliley Act and state cybersecurity and breach notification laws, as well as regulator enforcement positions and expectations. Globally, governments and agencies have adopted and could in the future adopt, modify, apply or enforce laws, rules, policies, regulations and standards covering user privacy, data security, technologies such as cookies that are used to collect, store or process data, marketing online, the use of data to inform marketing, the taxation of products and services, unfair and deceptive practices, and the collection, including the collection, use, processing, transfer, storage or disclosure of data associated with unique individual internet users. New regulation or legislative actions regarding data privacy and security, together with applicable industry standards, may increase the costs of doing business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
While we have taken steps to mitigate the impact of the GDPR and other laws, rules, regulations and standards on us, including by implementing certain security measures and mechanisms, the efficacy and longevity of these mechanisms remains uncertain. Despite our ongoing efforts to bring practices into compliance, we may not be successful either due to various factors within our control, such as limited financial or human resources, or other factors outside our control. Our efforts could fail and result in unauthorized access to or disclosure, modification, misuse, loss or destruction of data. It is also possible that local data protection authorities may have different interpretations of the GDPR and other laws, rules, regulations and standards to which we are subject, leading to potential inconsistencies amongst various EU member states. Because the interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws, rules and regulations along with contractually imposed industry standards are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our services and platform capabilities. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits, regulatory investigations, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, other claims and penalties, significant costs for remediation and damage to our reputation, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our services and platform capabilities, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Certain of our clients require solutions that ensure security given the nature of the content being distributed and associated applicable regulatory requirements. In particular, our U.S. healthcare industry clients may rely on our solutions to protect information in compliance with the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the 2009 Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, the Final Omnibus Rule of January 25, 2013, and related regulations, which are collectively referred to as HIPAA, and which impose privacy and data security standards that protect individually identifiable health information by limiting the uses and disclosures of individually identifiable health information and requiring that certain data security standards be implemented to protect this information. As a “business associate” to “covered entities” that are subject to HIPAA, such as certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, we also have our own compliance obligations directly under HIPAA and pursuant to the business associate agreements that we are required to enter into with our clients that are HIPAA-covered entities and any vendors we engage that access, use, transmit or store individually identifiable health information in connection with our business operations. Compliance efforts can be expensive and burdensome, and if we fail to comply with our obligations under HIPAA, our required business associate agreements or applicable state data privacy laws and regulations, we could be subject to regulatory investigations and orders, significant fines and penalties, mitigation and breach notification expenses, private litigation and contractual damages, corrective action plans and related regulatory oversight and reputational harm.
32
We make public statements about our use and disclosure of personal information through our privacy policies, information provided on our website and press statements. Although we endeavor to comply with our public statements and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. The publication of our privacy policies and other statements that provide promises and assurances about data privacy and security can subject us to potential government or legal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair or misrepresentative of our actual practices. Any concerns about our data privacy and security practices, even if unfounded, could damage the reputation of our business and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any failure or perceived failure, including as a result of deficiencies in our policies, procedures, or measures relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, client communications or information security, by us to comply with laws, rules, regulations, policies, legal or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to data privacy or security, may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, significant fines and penalties or adverse publicity, and could cause our clients and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, rules, regulations and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, client communications and information security in the United States, the EU and other jurisdictions, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, rules, regulations and standards may have on our business. Current and future laws, rules, regulations, standards and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws, rules, regulations or standards could impair our ability to develop and market new services and maintain and grow our client base and increase revenue.
Our client relationships, revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected if we experience disruptions in our internet infrastructure, telecommunications or IT systems.
Disruptions in telecommunications, system failures, internet infrastructure issues, computer attacks, natural disasters, terrorism and loss of adequate power could damage our reputation and harm our ability to deliver services to our clients, which could result in client dissatisfaction, a loss of business, damage to our brand and reputation and related reduction of our revenue. We may not be able to consistently maintain active voice and data communications between our various global operations and with our clients due to disruptions in telecommunication networks and power supply, system failures or computer attacks. Any failure in our ability to communicate could result in a disruption in business, which could hinder our performance and our ability to complete projects on time. Such failure to perform our client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected by negative publicity about offshore outsourcing or anti-outsourcing legislation in the countries in which our clients operate.
Concerns that offshore outsourcing has resulted in a loss of jobs, sensitive technologies and information to foreign countries have led to negative publicity concerning outsourcing in some countries. Many organizations and public figures in the United States have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing IT service providers and the loss of jobs. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform services that we offer, or may be discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers, to avoid any negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider or for data privacy and security concerns. As a result, our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate primarily out of facilities located in the United States could be harmed. Legislation enacted in the United States and certain other jurisdictions in which we operate and any future legislation in countries in which we have clients that restricts the performance of services from an offshore location could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Cybersecurity attacks, breaches or other technological failures or security incidents, and changes in laws and regulations related to the internet or changes in the internet infrastructure itself, may diminish the demand for our services and could have a negative impact on our business.
The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. International, federal state and foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws, rules, regulations and standards affecting the use of the internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws, rules, regulations and standards could adversely affect the demand for our services or require us to modify our solutions in order to comply with these changes. In
33
addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the internet or commerce conducted via the internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of internet-related commerce or communications generally, resulting in reductions in the demand for IT services.
We and our vendors and outsourced data center operations are subject to cybersecurity attacks, breaches or other technological failures which can include ransomware, viruses, worms, malware, phishing attacks, data breaches, denial or degradation of service attacks, social engineering attacks, terrorism, service disruptions, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, unauthorized access attempts, including third parties gaining access to systems or client accounts using stolen or inferred credentials and similar malicious programs, behavior, and events. Our systems and our vendors’ systems are also subject to compromise from internal threats, such as theft, misuse, unauthorized access or other improper actions by employees and other third parties with otherwise legitimate access. In addition, we have experienced outages and other delays. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, a majority of our office employees are working remotely, which may increase the risk of cyber incidents or data breaches. We could experience a security breach resulting in the unauthorized use or disclosure of certain types of data, including client data, and personal information, that could put individuals at risk of identity theft and financial or other harm, resulting in costs to us, including as related to loss of business, severe reputational damage, reduced demand for our services, regulatory investigations or inquiries, remediation costs, indemnity obligations, legal defense costs and liability to parties who are financially harmed, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Such events could also compromise our trade secrets or other confidential, proprietary or sensitive information and result in such information being disclosed to third parties and becoming less valuable. A cybersecurity attack could also result in significant degradation or failure of our computer systems, communications systems or any other systems in the performance of our services, which could cause our clients or their employees to suffer delays in their receipt of our services. These delays could cause substantial losses for our clients and their employees, and we could be liable to parties who are financially harmed by those failures. In addition, such failures could cause us to lose revenues, lose clients or damage our reputation, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The frequency and impact of cybersecurity attacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase and evolve in nature. Given the unpredictability of the timing, nature and scope of data security-related incidents and fraudulent activity, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent, detect or mitigate system failures, breaches in our systems or other cyber incidents or that we can remediate any such incidents in an effective or timely manner. Furthermore, because the methods of attack and deception change frequently, are increasingly complex and sophisticated, and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties such as vendors and even nation-state actors, despite our reasonable efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems and website, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate, detect, appropriately react and respond to, or implement effective preventative measures against, all security breaches and failures and fraudulent activity. In the event we experience significant disruptions, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. If our services or security measures are perceived as weak or are actually compromised as a result of third-party action, employee or client error, malfeasance, or otherwise, our clients may curtail or stop using our services, our brand and reputation could be damaged, our business may be harmed, and we could incur significant liability. As we increase our client adoption and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for third parties seeking to compromise our security systems or gain unauthorized access to our or our clients’ data.
We also cannot ensure that insurance coverage will be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims related to a security incident or breach, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could adversely affect our reputation and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may not be entitled to forgiveness of our recently received PPP Loans, and our application for the PPP Loans could in the future be determined to have been impermissible or could adversely affect our reputation and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In May 2020, we received aggregate proceeds of approximately $9.3 million from loans under the Paycheck Protection Program of the CARES Act, or the PPP Loans, some of which have been and an additional portion of which may in the future be forgiven, which we used to retain current employees, maintain payroll and make lease
34
and utility payments. The PPP Loans mature in May 2022 and bears annual interest at a rate of 1%. We submitted forgiveness applications on our four PPP Loans in November 2020 and January 2021, and have received $1.4 million in forgiveness on three PPP Loans that had an original loan value of $1.7 million, including the forgiveness in full of one of the PPP Loans. A portion of the $7.6 million remaining PPP Loan may be forgiven by the SBA based upon our submitted application. We will be required to repay any portion of the outstanding principal that is not forgiven, along with accrued interest, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will be eligible for loan forgiveness, or that any additional amount of the PPP Loans will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA. Under the CARES Act, as amended by the Flexibility Act, loan forgiveness is available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the 8 week or 24 week (at our election) period beginning on the date of loan approval. Not more than 40% of the forgiven amount may be for non-payroll costs. The amount of the PPP Loans eligible for forgiveness will be reduced if our full-time headcount declined, or if salaries and wages for employees with salaries of $100,000 or less annually were reduced by more than 25%. Furthermore, on April 28, 2020, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury stated that the SBA will perform a full review of any PPP loan over $2.0 million before forgiving the loan. We received notice from the SBA that our outstanding $7.6 million PPP loan is being fully reviewed by the SBA. In accordance with the Flexibility Act, PPP loans received prior to June 5, 2020 may be extended to a five-year maturity if both the lender and the recipient agree. There can be no assurances made that we will seek a five-year term or if we ask for a five-year term, that it will be agreed upon and granted by the lender.
In order to apply for the PPP Loans, we were required to certify, among other things, that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP Loan request necessary to support our ongoing operations. We made this certification in good faith after analyzing, among other things, our financial situation and access to alternative forms of capital, and believe that we satisfied all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loans, and that our receipt of the PPP Loans is consistent with the broad objectives of the Paycheck Protection Program of the CARES Act, as amended by the Flexibility Act. The certification described above does not contain any objective criteria and is subject to interpretation. The lack of clarity regarding loan eligibility under the Paycheck Protection Program has resulted in significant media coverage and controversy, particularly with respect to large or public companies applying for and receiving loans. If, despite our good-faith belief that given our circumstances we satisfied all eligible requirements for the PPP Loans, we are later determined to have violated any of the laws or governmental regulations that apply to us in connection with the PPP Loans, such as the False Claims Act, or it is otherwise determined that we were ineligible to receive the PPP Loans, we may be subject to penalties, including significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties and could be required to repay the PPP Loans in their entirety. In addition, receipt of the PPP Loans may result in adverse publicity and damage to reputation, and a review or audit by the SBA or other government entity or claims under the False Claims Act could consume significant financial and management resources. Should we be audited or reviewed by federal or state regulatory authorities as a result of filing an application for forgiveness of the PPP Loan or otherwise, such audit or review could result in the diversion of management’s time and attention and legal and reputational costs. If we were to be audited or reviewed and receive an adverse determination or finding in such audit or review, we could be required to return the full amount of the PPP Loans. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We may not secure sufficient intellectual property rights or obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce such rights sufficiently to comply with our obligations to our clients or protect our brand and we may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of or otherwise protect our intellectual property, thereby eroding our competitive advantages and harming our business.
Our contracts generally require, and our clients typically expect, that we will assign to them all intellectual property rights associated with the deliverables that we create in connection with our engagements. In order to validly assign these rights to our clients, we must ensure that we obtain all intellectual property rights that our employees and contractors may have in such deliverables. We endeavor to enter into agreements with our employees and contractors in order to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information, as well as to assign to us all intellectual property rights they develop in connection with their work for us. However, we cannot ensure that all employees and independent contractors — or any other party who has access to our confidential information or contributes to the development of our intellectual property — have signed assignment of inventions agreements with us validly assigning such rights to us or that we will be able to enforce our rights under any such agreements. Such agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. Given that we
35
operate in a variety of jurisdictions with different and evolving legal regimes, particularly in Latin America and the United States, we face increased uncertainty regarding whether we fully own all intellectual property rights in such deliverables and whether we will be able to avail ourselves of the remedies provided for by applicable law.
Further, our current and former employees could challenge our exclusive rights to the software they have developed in the course of their employment. In certain countries in which we operate, an employer is deemed to own the copyrightable work created by its employees during the course, and within the scope, of their employment, but the employer may be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use and dispose of such works. We cannot ensure that we have complied with all such requirements or fulfilled all requirements necessary to acquire all rights in software developed by our employees and independent contractors. These requirements are often ambiguously defined and enforced. As a result, we may not be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former employees or independent contractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works those employees or independent contractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works. Protecting our intellectual property is thus a challenge, especially after our employees or our contractors end their relationships with us, and, in some cases, decide to work for our competitors.
Our success also depends in part on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, including our trademarks and certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise we utilize in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other intellectual property rights. In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements as well as trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, though we have not sought patent protection for any of our proprietary technology. However, the steps we take to obtain, maintain, protect, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property rights if we are unable to enforce our rights, detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights or, with respect to our trademarks and brand name, obtain registered trademarks in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Other parties, including our competitors, may independently develop similar technology, duplicate our services or design around our intellectual property and, in such cases, we may not be able to assert our intellectual property rights against such parties and our business, financial condition, results of operation or prospects may be harmed. Any trademarks or other intellectual property rights that we have or may obtain may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated, narrowed in scope or held unenforceable through administrative process or litigation. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country in which our services are available. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets and intellectual property may be difficult, expensive and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights.
We regard our intellectual property, including our trademarks, trade names and service marks, as having significant value, and our brand is an important factor in the marketing of our services. We intend to rely on both registration and common law protection for our trademarks. We own trademark registrations for the AGILETHOUGHT trademark and logo in the United States. We also own pending trademark applications and registrations for the AGILETHOUGHT trademark in other jurisdictions in which we operate or may operate in the future; for example, Mexico, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Argentina, Costa Rica and Colombia.
We cannot assure you that any future trademark registrations will be issued from pending or future trademark applications or that any registered trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights, including with respect to branding. Our trademarks or trade names have in the past and may in the future be opposed, challenged, infringed, circumvented, diluted, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on other marks. For example, Sistemas Globales S.A. d/b/a Globant has opposed our application for AGILETHOUGHT in Argentina, based on its prior registration for AGILE PODS (Reg. No. 2706379). Opposition proceedings typically take 3-4 years to resolve in Argentina, and we cannot assure you that our application will survive such proceedings. We also own registrations for AGILETHOUGHT INSIGHTFUL SOLUTIONS INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGIES and HUMAN POTENTIAL, DIGITALLY DELIVERED in the United States. During the trademark registration process, we have and may in the future receive Office Actions or other objections from the U.S. Patent and Trademark office,
36
or the USPTO, or equivalent foreign offices objecting to the registration of our trademarks. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those objections, we may be unable to overcome such objections. Additionally, in the USPTO and equivalent foreign offices in many jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek the cancellation of registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings.
The value of our intellectual property could diminish if others assert rights in or ownership of our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, or trademarks that are similar to our trademarks. We may be unable to successfully resolve these types of conflicts to our satisfaction. In some cases, litigation or other actions may be necessary to protect, defend or enforce our trademarks and other intellectual property rights. We may not be able to protect our rights to our trademarks and trade names, which we need for name recognition by our current and potential clients. We may be subject to liability, required to enter into costly license agreements, required to rebrand our services or prevented from selling some of our services if third parties successfully oppose or challenge our trademarks or successfully claim that we infringe or otherwise violate their trademarks or other intellectual property rights. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar or identical to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we are unable to obtain a registered trademark, establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names or otherwise enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to our trademarks or other intellectual property, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and enforce these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. An adverse determination of any litigation proceedings could put our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential or sensitive information could be compromised by disclosure in the event of litigation. In addition, during the course of litigation there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Negative publicity related to a decision by us to initiate such enforcement actions against a client or former client, regardless of its accuracy, may adversely impact our other client relationships or prospective client relationships, harm our brand and business and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Our failure to obtain, maintain, protect, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.
We consider proprietary trade secrets and confidential know-how to be important to our business. However, trade secrets and confidential know-how can be difficult to maintain as confidential. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into confidentiality agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Moreover, no assurance can be given that any confidentiality agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution, use, misuse, misappropriation, reverse engineering or disclosure of our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Such agreements may also be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies, including equitable remedies, for any such breach. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data, trade secrets and know-how by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our IT systems. While we have confidence in such systems and tools, agreements or security measures may be breached.
Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. We cannot guarantee that our trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information have not or will not be disclosed or that competitors have not or will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets. Current or former employees, consultants, contractors and advisers may unintentionally
37
or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and used trade secrets or confidential know-how could be expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. Trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the enforceability of confidentiality agreements and the criteria for protection of trade secrets may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our trade secrets from being exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand to foreign markets or require costly efforts to protect our proprietary rights. Furthermore, if a competitor lawfully obtained or independently developed any of our trade secrets, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information, which could harm our competitive position. If the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating our trade secrets.
Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our trade secrets and other confidential business information could substantially harm the value of our brand and business. The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the differentiation of our services, substantially and adversely impact our commercial operations and harm our business. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our trade secret rights and related confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions. If we fail to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or if our competitors otherwise obtain our trade secrets, our competitive market position could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, some courts are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets and agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and might not be enforceable in certain cases. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we, our employees or companies we have acquired, have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property, which may be costly and time consuming. Unfavorable results of legal and administrative proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may be subject to claims by third parties that we, our employees or companies that we have acquired, have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the intellectual property of such third parties. We cannot assure you that the services and technologies that we have developed, are developing or may develop in the future will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate existing or future intellectual property rights owned by third parties. Our employees may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property of their former employers. Many of our employees were previously employed at our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed such information of any such employee’s former employer. Time-consuming and expensive litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. In addition, we are subject to additional risks as a result of our recent acquisitions and any future acquisitions we may complete. The developers of the technology that we have acquired or may acquire may not have appropriately created, obtained, protected, maintained or enforced intellectual property rights in such technology. Indemnification and other rights under acquisition documents may be limited in term and scope and may therefore provide little or no protection from these risks.
If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel or sustain damages. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, and if such defenses, counterclaims, or countersuits are successful, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party. Regardless, policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and we may not detect all such use. Even if we successfully prosecute or defend against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs, damage to our brand and reputation and distraction of management and key personnel. This type of litigation or proceeding could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain
38
the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property-related litigation or proceedings could adversely affect our ability to compete in the marketplace.
In addition, we may be unsuccessful in executing intellectual property assignment agreements with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
If we are sued for alleged infringement, misappropriation or other violations of the intellectual property rights of others, our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. However, we may not be aware that our products or services are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating third-party intellectual property rights. Third parties may claim that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, their intellectual property rights and we may be subject to litigation involving claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights of third parties. As competition in our market grows, the possibility of infringement, misappropriation and other intellectual property claims against us increases. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology involving the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, intellectual property litigation can be expensive and time-consuming and could divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among others things, require us to pay substantial damages (including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed third-party intellectual property), develop substitute non-infringing technology, or rebrand our name or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all, and could require us to cease making, licensing or using products that may have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated a third party’s intellectual property rights. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential clients deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our services until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our clients against infringement claims in certain instances. In addition, during the course of litigation there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, which could, among other things, distract our management and employees from our business. Additionally, if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Any intellectual property claim or litigation, whether we ultimately win or lose, could cause us to incur significant expenses, damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, we typically indemnify clients who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. Some of our customer agreements provide for uncapped liability and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims, and are often not subject to liability limits or exclusion of consequential, indirect or punitive damages. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients, redesign or cease offering our allegedly infringing services or solutions, or obtain licenses for the intellectual property such services or solutions allegedly infringe. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may stop using our services or solutions.
We use third-party software, hardware and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, technologies from third parties that may be difficult to replace or that may cause errors or defects in, or failures of, the services or solutions we provide.
We rely on software, hardware and both hosted and cloud-based SaaS applications from various third parties to deliver our services and solutions. If any of these software, hardware or SaaS applications become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions, system failures, cybersecurity attacks, software or hardware errors, financial
39
insolvency or natural disasters or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, we could experience delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available from a third party, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could increase our expenses or otherwise harm our business. In addition, any errors or defects in or failures of this third-party software, hardware or SaaS applications could result in errors or defects in or failures of our services and solutions, which could harm our business, be costly to correct, and subject us to breach of contract claims with our clients. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have additional liability to our clients or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.
In the future we may identify additional third-party intellectual property we may need to license in order to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new products or services. However, such licenses may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and other companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. Other companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us on reasonable pricing terms or at all. If we are unable to enter into the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or at all, it could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We incorporate third-party open source software into our client deliverables and our failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could adversely impact our clients or our ability to sell our services, subject us to litigation or create potential liability.
Our client deliverables often contain software licensed by third parties under so-called “open source” licenses, including the GNU General Public License, or GPL, the GNU Lesser General Public License, or LGPL, the BSD License and others, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our services in the future. Moreover, we cannot ensure that we have not incorporated open source software in our services in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable license or our current policies and procedures. There have been claims against companies that distribute or use open source software in their products and services asserting that the use of such open source software infringes the claimants’ intellectual property rights. As a result, we and our clients could be subject to suits by third parties claiming that what we believe to be licensed open source software infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates such third parties’ intellectual property rights, and we are generally required to indemnify our clients against such claims. Additionally, if an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we or our clients could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our services that contain the open source software and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on these services, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of these services. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our services. Use of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code, including with respect to security vulnerabilities. In addition, certain open source licenses require that source code for software programs that interact with such open source software be made available to the public at no cost and that any modifications or derivative works to such open source software continue to be licensed under the same terms as the open source software license, and we may be subject to such terms.
We cannot ensure that we have effectively monitored our use of open source software or that we are in compliance with the terms of all applicable open source licenses. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by courts in relevant jurisdictions, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose certain conditions or restrictions on our clients’ ability to use the software that we develop for them and operate their businesses as they intend. The terms of certain open source licenses may require us or our clients to release the source code of the software we develop for our clients and to make such software available under the applicable open source licenses. In the event that portions of client deliverables are determined to be subject to an open source license, we or our clients could be required to publicly release the affected portions of source code or re-engineer all, or a portion of, the applicable software. Disclosing our proprietary source code could allow our clients’ competitors to create similar
40
products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of sales for our clients. Any of these events could create liability for us to our clients and damage our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and the market price of our shares of common stock.
Risks Related to Our International Operations
General economic conditions in Mexico may have an adverse effect on our operations and business.
We have key facilities and personnel located in Mexico. The Mexican market and economy are influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries. Moreover, financial turmoil in any emerging market country tends to adversely affect prices in capital markets of emerging market countries, including Mexico, as investors move their money to more stable, developed markets. Financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies could dampen foreign investment in Mexico and adversely affect the Mexican economy. A loss of investor confidence in the financial systems of other emerging markets may cause volatility in Mexican financial markets and to the Mexican economy in general, which may have an adverse effect on our business and operations. The economy in Mexico remains uncertain. Weak economic conditions could result in lower demand for our services, resulting in lower sales, revenue, earnings and cash flows.
Government intervention in the Mexican economy could adversely affect the economy and our results of operations or financial condition.
The ability of companies to efficiently conduct their business activities is subject to changes in government policy or shifts in political attitudes within Mexico that are beyond our control. Government policy may change to discourage foreign investment, nationalization of industries may occur or other government limitations, restrictions or requirements not currently foreseen may be implemented. During recent years, the Mexican government has frequently intervened in the Mexican economy, including through discretionary interventions on government spending.
For example, in January 2019, Mexico’s president, Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador, officially suspended the construction of the partly-built $13.0 billion dollar Mexico City International Airport. This decision impacted not only the directly involved construction and development companies, advisors and contractors, but also investors and debtholders who had financially supported the project.
Interventions by the Mexican government, such as that relating to the new Mexico City International Airport, can have an adverse impact on the level of foreign investment in Mexico, the access of companies with significant Mexican operations to the international capital markets and Mexico’s commercial and diplomatic relations with other countries and, consequently, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
A significant number of individuals in our workforce in Mexico are employed by third-party service providers. If our third-party service providers fail to comply with applicable Mexican law, or if we are unable to comply with recent changes to Mexican law requiring reclassification of these individuals as our employees, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We historically have generally utilized specialized third-party consulting services to support specific developments within the delivery of our specialized solutions to customers. At June 30, 2021, approximately 56.4% of the 1,783 personnel in our Mexican workforce were individuals hired by third-party service providers. Although our service providers are legally and contractually required to comply with applicable labor, tax and social security laws, it is a challenge to monitor our service providers’ compliance with such laws given the significant number of individuals employed by our service providers and the administrative complexities involved. Such laws are complex and subject to interpretation, which may vary from time to time, and it is also possible that a governmental authority could ultimately determine that we are subject to liability imposed under former and/or applicable Mexican law and regulations regarding our past and current commercial relationship with third-party consultants if such relationships are found to be non-compliant, and/or to the extent such third-party consultants do not absorb any liabilities imposed
41
for such non-compliance, and our business and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. We also cannot provide any assurance that the service providers’ employees will not initiate legal actions against us seeking indemnification from us as the ultimate beneficiary of their services.
In April 2021, the Mexican government passed a new law that will require us to integrate our third-party service structure into our own workforce. The new law allows tax deductions from third-party service expenses only if they meet certain requirements, which are still to be fully defined. As of August 31, 2021, we have finalized the conversion of 100% of the third-party consultants in Mexico into full time employees (“FTE´s”) in order to comply with the new law, with 357 service export resources that are not FTEs. We currently expect an increase in payroll costs of approximately $3.4 million per year related to the conversion from third-party consultant to employee status. We cannot assure you that our compliance efforts with respect to the new law or the new law’s interpretation and application by governmental authorities will not result in additional costs or liabilities to us or other adverse impacts on our operating performance or will not make it more difficult for us to establish, maintain and grow client relationships. We also cannot assure you that the Mexican government will not pursue further regulatory changes that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, we cannot assure the Mexican government will not pursue further labor related laws that can result in further significantly material impact to us, nor that it could not apply retroactive reviews and assess the structure we have used in the past.
The Mexican government may order salary increases to be paid to employees in the private sector, which could increase our operating costs and adversely affect our results of operations.
In the past, the Mexican government has passed laws, regulations and decrees requiring companies in the private sector to increase wages and provide specified benefits to employees, and may do so again in the future. Mexican employers, both in the public and private sectors, have experienced significant pressure from their employees and labor organizations to increase wages and to provide additional employee benefits. The Mexican government, as a result, increased the minimum salary by 16% in January 2019.
If future salary increases in the Mexican peso exceed the pace of the devaluation of the Mexican peso, such salary increases could have a material adverse effect on our expenses and business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Corruption in Mexico could have an adverse effect on our business and operations.
Corruption could result in our competitors having an unfair advantage over us in securing business. In addition, false accusations of corruption or other alleged wrongdoing by us or our officers or directors may be spread by newspapers, competitors or others to gain a competitive advantage over us or for other reasons. Mexican press reports have also alleged selective investigations and prosecutions by the government to further its interests. In the event we become the target of corruption allegations, we may need to cease or alter certain activities or embark on expensive litigation to protect our business and employees, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Doing business with government clients could negatively impact our reputation, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
While our current contracts with governmental entities, including the Mexican federal government and related entities, does not constitute a substantial portion of our revenue, nor do we expect it to constitute a substantial portion of our revenue in the future, there are risks associated with doing business with government clients. Agreements with governmental entities may be subject to periodic funding approval. Funding reductions or delays could adversely impact public sector demand for our products and services. Also, some agreements may contain provisions allowing the client to terminate without cause and providing for higher liability limits for certain losses. In addition, government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations by government agencies. If the government discovers improper or illegal activities or contractual non-compliance (including improper billing), we may be subject to various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from doing business with the government, which could negatively impact our reputation, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
42
If relations between the United States and foreign governments deteriorate, it could cause our business or potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
The relationship between the United States and foreign governments, including Mexico, could be subject to sudden fluctuation and periodic tension. For instance, the United States may announce its intention to impose quotas on certain imports. Such import quotas may adversely affect political relations between the two countries and result in retaliatory countermeasures by the foreign government in industries that may affect our ultimate target business. The Biden administration in the United States has recently proposed far-ranging federal tax legislation in the United States that could impact business like ours with substantial presences in Mexico that provide extensive services in the United States .Changes in political conditions in foreign countries and changes in the state of U.S. relations with such countries are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or cause our business or potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, there is no basis for you to evaluate the possible extent of any impact on our ultimate operations if relations are strained between the United States and a foreign country in which we acquire a target business or move our principal manufacturing or service operations.
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially adversely affected if general economic conditions in Latin America and the United States or the global economy worsen.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from clients located in Latin America and the United States. The IT services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment, and tends to decline during general economic downturns. If the United States or Latin American economies weaken or slow, pricing for our services may be depressed and our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may, in turn, lower the demand for our services, negatively affect our revenue and profitability and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business is dependent to a certain extent upon the economic conditions prevalent in the United States and Latin American countries in which we operate. Latin American countries have historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth, as well as recession, periods of high inflation and economic instability. As a consequence of adverse economic conditions in global markets and diminishing commodity prices, the economic growth rates of the economies of many Latin American countries have slowed and some have entered mild recessions. Adverse economic conditions in any of these countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. To the extent that the prospect of national debt defaults in Latin America and other adverse economic conditions continue or worsen, they would likely have a negative effect on our business. If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and increased inflation could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We have offices located in Mexico, Costa Rica, Brazil, Argentina and the United States. As a result of the international scope of our operations, fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the Mexican peso and the U.S. dollar, may adversely affect us. The value of our common stock may be affected by the foreign exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Mexican peso, and between those currencies and other currencies in which our revenues and assets may be denominated. For example, a depreciation of the Mexican peso relative to the U.S. dollar will temporarily impact our operations in the following ways: (i) the operations in the United States that have a nearshore cost component will benefit at the gross margin level from a lower U.S. dollar denominated cost until the point where salary inflation in Mexico offsets that benefit; and (ii) on the Mexico operations side, a depreciation of the Mexican peso will result in an overall reduction of the value of our business in Mexico when translated to U.S. dollars for consolidation purposes, as the same number of Mexican pesos will now represent fewer U.S. dollars. While our current exposure is relatively balanced at the operating profit (loss) level — meaning the benefit on the U.S. operations from a Mexican peso depreciation on operating profit (loss) would largely offset the impact of our operating income (loss) of a reduction in the value of our business in Mexico, this may change in the future as our nearshore operations
43
grow. If our operations in the United States and Mexico grow at different rates, fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Mexican peso and U.S. dollar could have negative impacts on our financial condition and results of operations and could materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
The banking and financial systems in less developed markets where we hold funds remain less developed than those in some more developed markets, and a banking crisis could place liquidity constraints on our business and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We have cash in banks in countries such as Mexico, Brazil, Argentina and Costa Rica, where the banking sector remains subject to periodic instability, banking and other financial systems generally do not meet the banking standards of more developed markets, and bank deposits made by corporate entities are not insured. A banking crisis, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of banks through which we receive or with which we hold funds, particularly in Mexico and Brazil, may result in the loss of our deposits or adversely affect our ability to complete banking transactions in that region, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our international operations involve risks that could increase our expenses, adversely affect our results of operations and require increased time and attention from our management.
Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. As of September 30, 2021, we had 2,604 employees and contractors, approximately 86% of whom work in nearshore offices in Mexico and other Latin American countries. We have operations in a number of countries, including Mexico and the United States, and we serve clients primarily in the United States and Latin America. As a result, we are subject to risks inherently associated with international operations. Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal, tax and regulatory requirements, and violations or unfavorable interpretation by the respective authorities of these regulations could harm our business. Risks associated with international operations include difficulties in enforcing contractual rights, potential difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, repatriation of earnings or capital and the risk of asset seizures by foreign governments. In addition, we may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations. Such companies may have long-standing or well-established relationships with desired clients, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. Our international expansion plans may be unsuccessful and we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively impact our financial and operational performance. These factors could impede the success of our international expansion plans and limit our ability to compete effectively in other countries.
From time to time, some of our employees and contractors spend significant amounts of time at our clients’ facilities, often located outside our employees’ and contractors’ countries of residence, which exposes us to certain risks.
Some of our projects require a portion of the work to be undertaken at our clients’ facilities, which are often located outside our employees’ and contractors’ countries of residence. The ability of our employees and contractors to work in such locations may depend on different countries’ regulations relating to international travel in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which may eliminate or severely curtail our employees’ and contractors’ ability to work on-site at clients’ facilities, as well as our employees’ and contractors’ ability to obtain the required visas and work permits, which process can be lengthy and difficult. Immigration laws are subject to legislative changes, as well as to variations in standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. In addition, we may become subject to taxation in jurisdictions where we would not otherwise be so subject as a result of the time that our employees spend in any such jurisdiction in any given year. While we seek to monitor the number of days that our employees spend in each country or state to avoid subjecting ourselves to any such taxation, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in these efforts.
We also incur risks relating to our employees and contractors working at our clients’ facilities, including: claims of misconduct, negligence or intentional malfeasance on the part of our employees. Some or all of these claims may
44
lead to litigation and these matters may cause us to incur negative publicity with respect to these alleged problems. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these lawsuits or any other proceeding, and our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us.
If we are faced with immigration or work permit restrictions in any country where we currently have personnel onsite at a client location or would like to expand our delivery footprint, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
The success of our business is dependent on our ability to attract and retain talented and experienced professionals and be able to mobilize them to meet our clients’ needs. Immigration laws in the countries we operate in are subject to legislative changes, as well as to variations in the standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. A few countries have introduced new provisions and standards in immigration law which can impact our ability to provide services in those countries due to restrictive policies and additional costs involved. Our and our contractors’ future inability to obtain or renew sufficient work permits and/or visas due to the impact of these regulations, including any changes to immigration, work permit and visa regulations in jurisdictions such as the United States, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. It is difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws, or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or renewing work visas for our employees or contractors.
Latin American governments have exercised and continue to exercise significant influence over the economies of the countries where we operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Historically, governments in Latin America have frequently intervened in the economies of their respective countries and have occasionally made significant changes in policy and regulations. Governmental actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations have often involved price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and tariffs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by:
• changes in government policies or regulations, including such factors as exchange rates and exchange control policies;
• inflation rates and measures taken by the governments of these countries to control or otherwise address inflation;
• interest rates;
• tariff and inflation control policies;
• price control policies;
• liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets;
• electricity rationing;
• tax policies, royalty and tax increases and retroactive tax claims; and
• other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting the countries where we operate.
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by the various conflicting legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate.
Since we maintain operations and provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, anti-bribery, whistle blowing, internal and disclosure control obligations, data protection and privacy and labor relations. Our failure to comply with these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business, unfavorable publicity, adverse impact on our reputation and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights.
45
We are also subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local laws including multiple tax regimes, labor laws, employee health safety and wages and benefits laws. Many of our employees and consultants, including members of our senior management team, perform services for us in multiple jurisdictions, making us subject to multiple, and sometimes conflicting labor law regimes. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees or contractors individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification, improper income tax or other withholding or other violations of labor law or related tax laws or other alleged conduct. We may also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of non-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’ former employment agreements with such third parties. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Foreign, national and local governments may also adopt new laws, regulations or requirements, or make changes to existing laws or regulations, that could impact the demand for, or value of, our services. If we are unable to adapt the solutions we deliver to our clients to changing legal and regulatory standards or other requirements in a timely manner, or if our solutions fail to allow our clients to comply with applicable laws and regulations, our clients may lose confidence in our services and could switch to services offered by our competitors, or threaten or bring legal actions against us, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Many commercial laws and regulations in Latin America are relatively new and have been subject to limited interpretation. As a result, their application can be unpredictable. Government authorities have a high degree of discretion in certain countries in which we have operations and at times have exercised their discretion in ways that may be perceived as selective or arbitrary, and sometimes in a manner that is seen as being influenced by political or commercial considerations. These governments also have the power, in certain circumstances, to interfere with the performance of, nullify or terminate contracts. Selective or arbitrary actions against others have included withdrawal of licenses, sudden and unexpected tax audits, criminal prosecutions and civil actions. Federal and local government entities have also used common defects in documentation as pretexts for court claims against others and other demands to invalidate and/or to void transactions, possibly for political purposes. In this environment, our competitors could receive preferential treatment from the government, potentially giving them a competitive advantage. Selective or arbitrary government action could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Changes and uncertainties in the tax system in the countries in which we have operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including: changing tax laws, regulations and treaties, or the interpretation thereof (including based on advice from our tax advisers); tax policy initiatives and reforms under consideration (such as those related to the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s, Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project and other initiatives); the practices of tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we operate; the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties; and our income before taxes being lower than anticipated in countries with lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries with higher statutory tax rates. Such changes may include the taxation of operating income, investment income, dividends received or, in the specific context of withholding tax, dividends paid, and changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
In particular, there have been significant changes to the taxation systems in Latin American countries in recent years as the authorities have gradually replaced or introduced new legislation regulating the application of major taxes such as corporate income tax, value-added tax, corporate property tax, personal income taxes and payroll taxes.
There have been significant changes to United States tax laws in recent years, some of which are being reconsidered by Congress and interpretations of which are being considered by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and the courts. Moreover, legislation in the United States has recently been proposed that may result in additional significant changes to United States tax laws.
We are unable to predict what tax reforms may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such changes could have on our business, but such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies or practices in jurisdictions in which we operate, could increase the estimated tax liability that we have expensed to
46
date and paid or accrued on our balance sheets, and otherwise affect our financial position, future results of operations, cash flows in a particular period and overall or effective tax rates in the future in countries where we have operations, reduce post-tax returns to our stockholders and increase the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance, which may adversely affect our business and prospects.
Tax authorities may examine or audit our tax returns, disagree with our positions and conclusions regarding certain tax positions, or may apply existing rules in an unforeseen manner, resulting in unanticipated costs, taxes or non-realization of expected benefits.
We are subject to the continuous examination of our tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities around the world. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provisions for taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these examinations will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, as a result of examinations by applicable tax authorities relating to our previous acquisition of 4th Source, we may have a contingent sales tax obligation in Tennessee which in aggregate total approximately $200,000 which, if applicable, anticipate paying in 2022.
In addition, U.S. state and local and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. Further, these jurisdictions’ rules regarding tax nexus are complex and vary significantly. As a result, we could face the possibility of audits that could result in tax assessments, including associated interest and penalties. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, value added or other taxes in those jurisdictions where we have not historically done so could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past transactions, discourage customers from using our services or otherwise harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, Mexican authorities recently issued assessments against us for $1.5 million in additional value added taxes and penalties that we are in the process of reviewing and may challenge, and regularly assess our returns for possible additional value added or other tax liability.
A tax authority may also disagree with tax positions that we have taken, which could result in increased tax liabilities. For example, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the Mexican taxing authorities or another tax authority could challenge our allocation of income by tax jurisdiction and the amounts paid between our affiliated companies pursuant to our intercompany arrangements and transfer pricing policies, including methodologies for valuing developed technology and amounts paid with respect to our intellectual property development. Similarly, a tax authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where we believe we have not established a taxable connection, often referred to as a “permanent establishment” under international tax treaties, and such an assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions. Due to uncertainty in the application and interpretation of applicable tax laws in various jurisdictions, we may be exposed to sales and use, value added or other transaction tax liability, including with respect to transactions of the businesses we have acquired.
Tax authorities may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest and penalties are payable by us, where there has been a technical violation of contradictory laws and regulations that are relatively new and have not been subject to extensive review or interpretation, in which case we expect that we might contest such assessment. High-profile companies can be particularly vulnerable to aggressive application of unclear requirements. Many companies must negotiate their tax bills with tax inspectors who may demand higher taxes than applicable law appears to provide. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and if we were unsuccessful in disputing the assessment, the implications could increase our anticipated effective tax rate, where applicable. These uncertainties with respect to the application of tax laws, as well as the outcomes of tax examinations and audits and related tax assessments and liabilities, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Emerging markets are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, and financial turmoil in any emerging market could disrupt our business.
Latin American countries are generally considered to be emerging markets, which are subject to rapid change and greater legal, economic and political risks than more established markets. Financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies could dampen foreign investment in Latin America and adversely affect the economy of the region. Political instability could result in a worsening overall
47
economic situation, including capital flight and slowdown of investment and business activity. Current and future changes in governments of the countries in which we have or develop operations, as well as major policy shifts or lack of consensus between various branches of the government and powerful economic groups, could lead to political instability and disrupt or reverse political, economic and regulatory reforms, which could adversely affect our business and operations in those countries. In addition, political and economic relations between certain of the countries in which we operate are complex, and recent conflicts have arisen between certain of their governments. Political, ethnic, religious, historical and other differences have, on occasion, given rise to tensions and, in certain cases, military conflicts among Latin American countries which can halt normal economic activity and disrupt the economies of neighboring regions. The emergence of new or escalated tensions in Latin American countries could further exacerbate tensions between such countries and the United States and the European Union, which may have a negative effect on their economy, our ability to develop or maintain our operations in those countries and our ability to attract and retain employees, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, banking and other financial systems in certain countries in which we have operations are less developed and regulated than in some more developed markets, and legislation relating to banks and bank accounts is subject to varying interpretations and inconsistent application. Banks in these regions often do not meet the banking standards of more developed markets, and the transparency of the banking sector lags behind international standards. Furthermore, in certain countries in which we operate, bank deposits made by corporate entities generally either are not insured or are insured only to specified limits. As a result, the banking sector remains subject to periodic instability. A banking crisis, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of banks through which we receive or with which we hold funds may result in the loss of our deposits or adversely affect our ability to complete banking transactions in certain countries in which we have operations, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Wage inflation and other compensation expense for our IT professionals could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Wage costs for IT professionals in Latin American countries are lower than comparable wage costs in more developed countries. However, wage costs in the IT services industry in these countries may increase at a faster rate than in the past and wage inflation for the IT industry may be higher than overall wage inflation within these countries. We may need to increase the levels of compensation for our personnel more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive, and we may not be able to pass on these increased costs to our clients. Unless we are able to continue to increase the efficiency and productivity of our personnel as well as the prices we can charge for our services, wage inflation may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, as well as export control laws, import and customs laws, trade and economic sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations.
Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. §201, the U.S. Travel Act, the Ley General de Responsabilidades Administrativas in Mexico and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper or prohibited payments, or anything else of value, to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations, such as Mexico and Brazil. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.
We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United States and Mexico, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes on certain countries and persons, anti-money laundering laws, import and customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws. We may not be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all such applicable laws, which could result in our being subject
48
to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of such laws by the United States, Mexico, or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Because many of our agreements may be governed by laws of jurisdictions other than the United States, we may not be able to enforce our rights within such jurisdictions or elsewhere, which could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.
Many of our agreements are governed by laws of jurisdictions other than the United States, such as agreements governed under Mexican law. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws and contracts in such jurisdictions may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The judiciaries in Mexico, Brazil and other Latin American countries are relatively inexperienced in enforcing corporate and commercial law, leading to a higher than usual degree of uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. As a result, the inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our current or future agreements could result in a significant loss of business and business opportunities and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by human-made problems such as terrorism.
A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, or a significant power outage could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For instance, we have key facilities in Mexico City, which has been the site of numerous earthquakes. In the event we are hindered by any of the events discussed above, our ability to provide our services to clients could be delayed.
In addition, our facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, pandemics, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster, power failure or an act of terrorism, vandalism or other misconduct could result in lengthy interruptions in provision of our services and failure to comply with our obligations to our clients. The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could damage our systems and hardware or could cause them to fail completely, and our insurance may not cover such events or may be insufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential harm to the future growth of our business, that may result from interruptions in the provision of our services to clients as a result of system failures.
All of the aforementioned risks may be exacerbated if any of our various disaster recovery plans, which we maintain in select jurisdictions, prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above results in delayed or reduced sales or increase our cost of sales, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
Our management has limited experience in operating a public company.
Our executive officers have limited experience in the management of a publicly traded company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under federal securities laws. Our management team may not successfully or effectively manage our transition to a public company. Their limited experience in dealing with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies could be a significant disadvantage in that it is likely that an increasing amount of their time may be devoted to these activities which will result in less time being devoted to our management and growth. We may not have adequate personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in the accounting policies, practices or internal controls over financial reporting required of public companies in the United States. It is possible that will be required to expand its employee base and hire additional employees to support our operations as a public company, which will increase its operating costs in future periods.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and if our remediation of such material weaknesses is not effective, or if we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.
As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended
49
December 31, 2020, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses identified relate to the timely reconciliation and analysis of certain key accounts (including income taxes), the segregation of duties and review of journal entries, proper application of revenue recognition, and information technology general controls specific to logical access. We have concluded that these material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting occurred because we have been a highly acquisitive private company and did not have the necessary business processes, systems, personnel and formalized internal controls necessary to satisfy the accounting and financial reporting requirements of a public company.
While we are currently working to implement a plan to remediate these material weaknesses, we cannot predict the success of such plan or the outcome of our assessment of this plan at this time, and we can give no assurance that our planned implementation of a new financial system will remediate the deficiencies in internal control or that additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to successfully remediate the material weaknesses and otherwise establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause covenant breaches under our debt and/or other agreements, cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations, reduce investor confidence in us, materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements, cause covenant breaches under our debt and/or other agreements, cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations, reduce investor confidence in us, materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance efforts.
We will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of being a public company. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as well as related rules implemented by the SEC, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition, rules that the SEC is implementing or is required to implement pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to require additional changes. We expect that compliance with these and other similar laws, rules and regulations, including compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, will substantially increase our expenses, including legal and accounting costs, and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these laws, rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage, which may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as officers. Although the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) may, for a limited period of time, somewhat lessen the cost of complying with these additional regulatory and other requirements, we nonetheless expect a substantial increase in legal, accounting, insurance and certain other expenses in the future, which will negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.
We qualify as an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they
50
may deem important. We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the date of LIVK’s IPO, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our shares of Class A Common Stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700,000,000 as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.
Risks Related to Investing in Our Securities
The market price and trading volume of our Class A Common Stock may be volatile and could decline significantly.
The stock markets, including Nasdaq on which we have listed the shares of our Class A Common Stock under the symbol “AGIL,” have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. Even if an active, liquid and orderly trading market is sustained for our securities, the market price of our securities may be volatile and could decline significantly. In addition, the trading volume in our securities may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our securities declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the market price of our securities at which your purchased our securities. We cannot assure you that the market price of our securities will not fluctuate widely or decline significantly in the future in response to a number of factors, including, among others, the following:
• the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this prospectus;
• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
• changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;
• our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts of investors in a particular period;
• operating and share price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
• the volume of shares of Class A Common Stock available for public sale;
• future issuances, sales, resales or repurchases or anticipated issuances, sales, resales or repurchases of our securities;
• our ability to effectively service any current and future outstanding debt obligations;
• the announcement of new services or enhancements by us or our competitors;
• developments concerning intellectual property rights;
• changes in legal, regulatory and enforcement frameworks impacting our business;
51
• changes in the prices of our services;
• announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions or new offerings;
• our involvement in any litigation;
• changes in senior management or key personnel;
• changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;
• actual or perceived data security incidents or breaches;
• any delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq due to any failure to meet listing requirements;
• actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
• our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;
• publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
• changes in the market valuations of similar companies;
• overall performance of the equity markets;
• speculation in the press or investment community;
• sales of Class A Common Stock by us or our stockholders in the future;
• the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;
• general political and economic conditions, including health pandemics, such as COVID-19; and
• other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.
In the past, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.
Our Class A Common Stock and public warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq. However, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future. It is possible that our Class A Common Stock and public warrants will cease to meet the Nasdaq listing requirements in the future.
If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are unable to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect that our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
• a limited availability of market quotations for its securities;
• reduced liquidity for its securities;
• a determination that our Class A Common Stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the Class A Common Stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
• a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
• a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
52
The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because the Class A Common Stock and public warrants are listed on Nasdaq, they are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state, other than the State of Idaho, having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.
Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a delisting of our securities.
If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum share price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our securities. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of the securities and would impair your ability to sell or purchase the securities when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our securities to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our securities, prevent our securities from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum share price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements. Additionally, if our securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in future agreements and financing instruments, business prospects and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
The market price of our Class A Common Stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile in the future and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
The Legacy AT equity holders and the sponsor own a significant portion of our outstanding voting shares, and representatives of the sponsor and two of Legacy AT’s largest stockholders occupy a total of five of the eleven seats on our board of directors. Concentration of ownership among the Legacy AT equity investors and the sponsor may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
As of the Closing Date, the Legacy AT equity holders, including LIV Fund IV with respect to its shares held as a Legacy AT equity holder, held approximately 87.1% of our Class A Common Stock, the subscription investors held approximately 6.6% of our Class A Common Stock, the sponsor and its affiliates (excluding LIV Fund IV solely with respect to its shares held as a Legacy AT equity holder) and its and their respective permitted transferees held approximately 4.8% of our Class A Common Stock and the holders of representative shares and their permitted transferees held approximately 0.2% of our Class A Common Stock. Furthermore, the Legacy AT equity holders, which include the New Second Lien Lenders, could increase their ownership percentage to the extent they choose to convert all or a portion of the New Second Lien Facility into Class A Common Stock.
53
In addition, upon completion of the Business Combination, our board of directors included one representative from the sponsor, and two from each of the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors, each of which hold large amounts of Class A Common Stock following the Business Combination, for a total of five directors out of a total of 11 directors. Pursuant to the sponsor letter agreement, for so long as the sponsor and its affiliates and its and their respective permitted transferees continue to own, directly or indirectly, our securities representing more than 4% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities, the sponsor will be entitled to nominate one director designee to serve on our board of directors. As long as the Legacy AT equity holders (including the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors), LIV Fund IV and the sponsor own or control a significant percentage of outstanding voting power, they will have the ability to strongly influence all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors, any amendment of our organizational documents, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. In addition, as long as the sponsor, the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors retain five of the 11 seats on our board of directors, they will have the ability to strongly influence all corporate action requiring approval of our board of directors, including calling special meetings of stockholders, any amendment of our organizational documents, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including financing transactions and a sale of substantially all of our assets.
The interests of the Legacy AT equity holders, including the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors, LIV Fund IV and the sponsor and affiliates and their respective permitted transferees may not align with the interests of our other stockholders. Certain of the Legacy AT equity holders, including the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors, LIV Fund IV and the sponsor are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Certain of the Legacy AT equity holders, including the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors, LIV Fund IV and the sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Certain of our executive officers and directors have received waivers from our insider trading policy in order to pledge shares of our common stock as collateral for loans, which may cause their interests to conflict with the interests of our other stockholders and may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Manuel Senderos, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, has pledged certain of his shares of our Class A Common Stock to lenders to obtain a loan in the amounts of $4.5 million, used by him to provide the Company with his portion of the New Second Lien Facility. In addition, Mauricio Garduño, our Vice President, Business Development and a Director, has pledged certain of his shares of our Class A Common Stock to a lender as security for indebtedness.
We are not a party to these loans, which are full recourse against Messrs. Senderos and Garduño and are secured by pledges of a portion of our Class A Common Stock currently beneficially owned by them. The terms of these loans were negotiated directly between Messrs. Senderos and Garduño and the lender. In order for Messrs. Senderos and Garduño to pledge their securities, our board of directors had to approve a waiver to our insider trading policy, which provides for a prohibition on pledging securities, restrictions on trading securities during blackout periods, and a requirement that all trades made by Messrs. Senderos and Garduño be pre-cleared in advance of trading.
Because of these pledges made by Messrs. Senderos and Garduño, their interests may not align with the interests of other stockholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their interests and not necessarily those of our other stockholders. The occurrence of certain events under these loan agreements could result in the future sales of such shares and significantly reduce Messrs. Senderos’s and Garduño’s ownership in us. Such sales could occur while Messrs. Senderos and Garduño are in possession of material non-public information without prior permission from the Company. Such sales could expose Messrs. Senderos and Garduño to an investigation or litigation for insider trading, which could, among other things, distract our management and employees from our business. Such sales could also adversely affect the market and trading price of our common stock. In addition, if the value of our common stock declines, the lender may require additional collateral for the loans, which could cause Messrs. Senderos and Garduño to pledge additional shares of our common stock. We can give no assurances that Messrs. Senderos and Garduño will not pledge additional shares of our common stock in the future, as a result of lender calls requiring additional collateral.
54
Future resales of Class A Common Stock may cause the market price of our securities to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Pursuant to the sponsor letter agreement, subject to certain exceptions, the sponsor, its permitted transferees and the insiders are contractually restricted from selling or transferring any of its shares of Class A Common Stock for a period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 180 days from the Closing Date and (b) the date on which the closing price of shares of Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the Closing Date, with respect to any securities of the Company that they held as of immediately following the Closing. In addition, pursuant to the voting and support agreements, subject to certain exceptions, certain Legacy AT equity holders will be contractually restricted from selling or transferring any of their respective shares of Class A Common Stock for a period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 180 days from the Closing Date and (b) the date on which the closing price of shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the Closing Date, with respect to any securities of the Company that they receive as merger consideration under the merger agreement.
However, following the expiration of the applicable lockups described in the preceding paragraph, the sponsor and the restricted Legacy AT equity holders will not be restricted from selling shares of our Class A Common Stock held by them, other than by applicable securities laws. The restricted Legacy AT equity holders include the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors, each of which will hold large amounts of our Class A Common Stock and which may sell those shares, when allowed to do so under applicable securities laws, in block trades or other large dispositions, the timing for which may be influenced for each of the Nexxus Funds and CS Investors by considerations particular to its specific fund, for example end of fund life considerations. Additionally, the subscription investors and LIV Fund IV with respect to its shares held as a pre-merger Legacy AT equity holder are not restricted from selling any of their shares of our Class A Common Stock, other than by applicable securities laws.
In addition, we agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock (the “First Lien Shares”) to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 17, 2021 who, subject to certain regulatory restrictions, may sell the First Lien Shares upon the earlier of August 29, 2022 and an event of default and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, we will issue warrants (the “First Lien Warrants”) to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of our Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. Furthermore, each New Second Lien Lender under the Second Lien Facility has the right, but not the obligation, to convert all or any portion of its outstanding loans into our Class A Common Stock on the maturity date or earlier, upon our request. We will enter into registration rights agreements with respect to the resale of the First Lien Shares, the shares underlying the First Lien Warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of the New Second Lien Facility.
As such, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A Common Stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
The shares held by the sponsor and the restricted Legacy AT equity holders may be sold after the expiration of the applicable lock-up period under registration statements filed pursuant to the amended and restated registration rights agreement. As restrictions on resale end and registration statements are available for use, the sale or possibility of sale of these shares could have the effect of increasing the volatility in our share price or the market price of our Class A Common Stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A Common Stock could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.
We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the near future to continue our planned operations. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A Common Stock in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A Common Stock.
55
As noted in the prior risk factor, we agreed to issue the First Lien Shares to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 17, 2021 who, subject to certain regulatory restrictions, may sell the First Lien Shares upon the earlier of August 29, 2022 and an event of default and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. Moreover, to the extent our warrants and the First Lien Warrants are exercised or the New Second Lien Lenders chose to convert some or all of the New Second Lien Facility into shares of Class A Common Stock, additional shares of our Class A Common Stock will be issued. The issuance of these shares will result in dilution to the holders of our Class A Common Stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Pursuant to the amended and restated registration rights agreement and the subscription agreements, on September 14, 2021 we filed a resale shelf registration statement covering the resale of all registrable securities and PIPE Shares, which was declared effective on September 27, 2021. We have also agreed to register the First Lien Shares, the shares underlying the First Lien Warrants and the shares issuable upon conversion of the Second Lien Facility for resale by the holders thereof.
Furthermore, after this offering, holders of our securities or their transferees, may be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such securities under the Securities Act. Registration of the offer and sale of such shares of Class A Common Stock under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration.
We may issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock, including under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.
We may issue a substantial number of shares of Class A Common Stock, including under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or preferred stock.
Any such issuances of additional shares of Class A Common Stock or preferred stock:
• may significantly dilute the equity interests of our investors;
• may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A Common Stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A Common Stock;
• could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our Class A Common Stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
• may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A Common Stock.
Anti-takeover provisions contained in our charter and our bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.
Our charter and our bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions include:
• no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
• the exclusive right of the board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director by stockholders, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on the board of directors;
• the ability of the board of directors to determine whether to issue shares of our preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
• a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
• the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer or the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
56
• limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;
• controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of stockholder meetings;
• providing for a classified board, in which the members of the board of directors are divided into three classes to serve for a period of three years from the date of their respective appointment or election;
• granting the ability to remove directors with cause by the affirmative vote of 66 2⁄3% in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote at an election of directors;
• requiring the affirmative vote of at least 66 2⁄3% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, to amend the bylaws or Articles V, VI, VII and VIII of the charter; and
• advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to the board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control of us or changes in our board of directors and our management.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the DGCL, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding Class A Common Stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of the Class A Common Stock. Any provision of the charter, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of Class A Common Stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for Class A Common Stock.
Our charter designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, to the fullest extent permitted by law, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents.
Our charter provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for:
• any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of us;
• any claim or cause of action for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company to us or our stockholders;
• any claim or cause of action against us or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our charter or our bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time);
• any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our charter or our bylaws (including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder);
• any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or
• any claim or cause of action asserting a claim against us, or any director, officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. However, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder and this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
57
Our charter also provides that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this forum provision providing for exclusive jurisdiction of federal district courts with respect to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act.
If a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, We may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our Class A Common Stock could decline.
The trading market for our Class A Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our Class A Common Stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease their coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
We will use a substantial portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the First Lien Facility and the remainder may be used in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.
We intend to use the majority of the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of our obligations under the First Lien Facility and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth, develop new businesses, products, services or technologies or fund capital expenditures. Consequently, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of approximately forty percent (40%) of the net proceeds and may use such proceeds in a way in which our investors disagree. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
The failure by our management to apply and invest these funds effectively may not yield a favorable return to our investors and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.
We anticipate the public offering price of our Class A Common Stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $12.21 per share, based on an assumed public offering price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A Common Stock and the net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2021, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering.
We are an emerging growth company and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A Common Stock less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial disclosure obligations, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously
58
approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.
We are permitted to take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) December 31, 2024, (b) the last date of our fiscal year in which we have a total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (c) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.
We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting requirements. If we take advantage of any of these reduced reporting requirements in future filings, the information that we provide our security holders may be different than the information you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A Common Stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions.
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our shares of Class A Common Stock.
FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for certain customers.
FINRA requirements will likely make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our shares of Class A Common Stock, which may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in our common stock. As a result, fewer broker-dealers may be willing to make a market in our Class A Common Stock, reducing a stockholder’s ability to resell shares of our Class A Common Stock.
59
Use of Proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering will be approximately $22.5 million, based upon an assumed offering price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on 23, 2021, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, or approximately $26.0 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase the additional shares in full.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed offering price of $10.35 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $2.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $9.6 million, assuming an offering price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $13.5 million of our obligations under the First Lien Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes.
As of September 30, 2021, we had $70.9 million of indebtedness under our First Lien Facility, which bears interest at 10.0% per annum and matures on November 10, 2023.
60
MARKET INFORMATION FOR SECURITIES AND DIVIDEND POLICY
Market Information
Our common stock and public warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “AGIL” and “AGILW,” respectively. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, our Class A Common Stock and our public warrants were listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “LIVK” and “LIVKW,” respectively. As of August 23, 2021, following the completion of the Business Combination, there were 351 holders of record of the Class A Common Stock and 15 holders of record of our warrants. We currently do not intend to list the private warrants offered hereby on any stock exchange or stock market.
Market Price
On November 26, 2021, the last sales price of our Class A Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq was $10.35 per share.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any dividends on shares of our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Equity Compensation Plan
In connection with the Business Combination, our stockholders approved AgileThought, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) and the AgileThought, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Employee Stock Purchase Plan”) on August 18, 2021, which became effective immediately upon the Closing.
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable under the 2021 Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will become effective automatically upon filing. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the 2021 Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Once these shares are registered, they can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to applicable restrictions.
61
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of September 30, 2021 as follows:
• on an actual basis;
• on an as adjusted basis, giving effect to the New Second Lien Facility and the application of the proceeds thereof;
• on an as further adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the sale and issuance by us of 2,400,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021, assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us; (ii) the repayment by us of $13.5 million principal amount of our First Lien Facility; and (iii) the conversion of approximately $11.5 million of outstanding principal amount of our New Second Lien Facility into approximately 1,110,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, based on an assumed conversion price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021. See “Use of Proceeds.”
You should read this table, which contains unaudited information, together with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included in this prospectus.
As of September 30, 2021 |
||||||||||||
Actual |
As Adjusted |
As Further Adjusted(1) |
||||||||||
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||
(in thousands USD, except share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
$ |
4,126 |
|
$ |
4,227 |
|
$ |
13,220 |
|
|||
Debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Borrowing under bank credit agreements(2) |
|
65,095 |
|
|
45,095 |
|
|
31,605 |
|
|||
Paycheck Protection Program loans |
|
7,722 |
|
|
7,722 |
|
|
7,722 |
|
|||
Subordinated promissory note payable, guaranteed by related party |
|
673 |
|
|
673 |
|
|
673 |
|
|||
Subordinated debt with related party(2) |
|
3,394 |
|
|
3,394 |
|
|
3,394 |
|
|||
New Second Lien Facility |
|
— |
|
|
20,101 |
|
|
8,627 |
|
|||
Total debt |
|
76,884 |
|
|
76,985 |
|
|
52,020 |
|
|||
Stockholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 210,000,000 shares authorized, 41,970,915 shares issued, actual and as adjusted, 45,480,915 shares issued, as further adjusted |
|
4 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
7 |
|
|||
Treasury stock, 151,950 shares at cost |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
173,815 |
|
|
173,815 |
|
|
207,770 |
|
|||
Accumulated deficit |
|
(80,234 |
) |
|
(80,234 |
) |
|
(80,234 |
) |
|||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
(17,109 |
) |
|
(17,109 |
) |
|
(17,109 |
) |
|||
Total stockholders’ equity attributable to the Company |
|
76,476 |
|
|
76,476 |
|
|
110,434 |
|
|||
Noncontrolling interests |
|
(152 |
) |
|
(152 |
) |
|
(152 |
) |
|||
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
76,324 |
|
|
76,324 |
|
|
110,282 |
|
|||
Total capitalization |
$ |
153,208 |
|
|
153,309 |
|
|
162,302 |
|
____________
(1) As further adjusted to give effect to the receipt of net proceeds of approximately $22.5 million from this offering, after deducting estimated commissions, fees and other offering expenses payable by us, assuming no sale of the additional shares pursuant to the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares.
(2) Net of unamortized debt issuance costs. Debt issuance costs are presented as a reduction of the Company’s debt in its unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet. $1.5 million of debt issuance cost amortization was charged to interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021.
62
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed offering price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by $2.4 million, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional shares and assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by $9.6 million, assuming an assumed offering price of $10.35 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, as further adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, total capitalization and shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021 would be $14.6 million, $211.2 million, $113.9 million, $163.7 million, and 45,840,915 shares, respectively.
The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding on an actual, as adjusted and as further adjusted basis includes approximately 1,110,000 issuable upon the conversion of approximately $11.5 million of outstanding principal amount of our New Second Lien Facility and excludes:
• 68,960 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance upon settlement of restricted stock units outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and 2,328,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying restricted stock units awarded to employees in August and November 2021;
• 2,955,216 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan;
• 10,861,250 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2021, at an exercise price of $11.50 per share;
• 2,898,551 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable to the administrative agent under the First Lien Facility on December 17, 2021 pursuant to the terms of the First Lien Facility, based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021;
• up to 676,329 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the First Lien Warrants, based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021; and
• up to 832,099 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Second Lien Facility, excluding up to 261,899 shares that may be payable-in-kind in lieu of cash interest payments, in each case based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021.
63
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors,” our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. Please also see the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
We are a leading provider of agile-first, end-to-end digital transformation services in the North American market using onshore and nearshore delivery. We offer client-centric, onshore and nearshore agile-first digital transformation services that help our clients transform by building, improving and running new solutions at scale. Our services enable our clients to leverage technology more effectively to obtain better business outcomes. From consulting to application development and cloud services to data management and automation, we strive to create a transparent, collaborative, and responsive experience for our clients.
Since our inception, we have added a variety of services, acquired several businesses and expanded our operations throughout North America:
• 2000: Founded in Mexico.
• 2015 – 2016: Partnered with Nexxus, completed five acquisitions and established capabilities in digital transformation, cloud solutions, advanced analytics and digital marketing. Also launched digital transformation services.
• 2017: Partnered with Credit Suisse, completed three acquisitions and established capabilities in ecommerce.
• 2018: Acquired 4th Source, expanded U.S. footprint and enhanced presence with clients from the healthcare industry.
• 2019: Acquired AgileThought, LLC, expanded U.S. footprint, enhanced delivery capabilities and presence with large clients within the professional services industry, relocated global headquarters to Dallas, Texas and changed name to AgileThought, Inc.
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2021, we had 181 active clients, and for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2021, we had 204 active clients.
As of September 30, 2021 we had 7 delivery centers across the United States, Mexico, Brazil, Argentina and Costa Rica from which we deliver services to our clients. As of September 30, 2021, we had 2,231 billable employees providing services remotely, from our talent centers or directly at client locations in the United States and Latin America. The breakdown of our employees by geography is as follows for the dates presented:
As of
|
As of December 31, |
|||||
Employees by Geography |
2021 |
2020 |
2020 |
|||
United States |
376 |
375 |
409 |
|||
Latin America |
2,228 |
1,931 |
1,873 |
|||
Total |
2,604 |
2,306 |
2,282 |
Total headcount increased by 298 people from September 30, 2020 to September 30, 2021. The increase is related mainly to the hiring of 236 billable employees as a result of the increasing demand observed during 2021. Our Latin America based headcount increased by 297 people from September 30, 2020 to September 30, 2021 whereas our United States based headcount increased by one person from September 30, 2020 to September 30, 2021, mainly as a result of our strategy to hire nearshore resources to staff new sold contracts during the first half of 2021.
64
The following table presents our revenue by geography for the periods presented:
Three Months
|
Nine Months
|
|||||||||||
Revenue by Geography |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||
United States |
$ |
26,925 |
$ |
28,212 |
$ |
76,868 |
$ |
88,927 |
||||
Latin America |
$ |
13,495 |
$ |
11,902 |
$ |
39,705 |
$ |
40,586 |
||||
Total |
$ |
40,420 |
$ |
40,114 |
$ |
116,573 |
$ |
129,513 |
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, our revenue was $40.4 million and $116.6 million respectively, as compared to $40.1 million and $129.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. We generated 66.6% and 70.3% of our revenue from clients located in the United States and 33.4% and 29.7% of our revenue from clients located in Latin America for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We generated 65.9% and 68.7% of our revenue from clients located in the United States for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 34.1% and 31.3% of our revenue from clients located in Latin America and Other for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The following table presents our loss before income taxes for the periods presented:
Three Months
|
Nine Months
|
|||||||||||||||
Revenue by Geography |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
$ |
(10,691 |
) |
$ |
(9,343 |
) |
$ |
(14,087 |
) |
$ |
(17,223 |
) |
Our loss before income taxes was $10.7 million and $9.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and, for the same periods, our loss as a percentage of revenue was 26.7% and 25.8%, respectively. Our loss before income taxes was $14.1 million and $17.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and, for the same periods, our loss as a percentage of revenue was 12.1% and 15.2%, respectively.
Impact of COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic continued to cause substantial global public health and economic challenges during 2020 and 2021 and our employees, communities and business operations, as well as the global economy and financial markets continue to be affected. We cannot accurately predict the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to directly and indirectly impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. Future developments and actions to contain the public health and economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the markets we serve are rapidly evolving and highly uncertain.
To the extent that the remainder of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, refers to a financial or performance metric that has been affected by a trend or activity, that reference is in addition to any impact of the COVID-19 pandemic disclosed in and supplemented by this section. The information contained in this section is accurate as of the date hereof but may become outdated due to changing circumstances beyond our present awareness or control.
Our COVID-19 Pandemic Response
Since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have made the safety and well-being of our employees our top priority. As governments lift and re-impose restrictions on group gatherings, commercial operations, and travel, and as vaccines and therapeutics become available, we have applied those changing requirements to our business to maintain the health and safety of our employees and serve our customers in a manner consistent with appropriate public health considerations.
Our Employees
The vast majority of our employees can productively and securely work from a remote location. Our remaining personnel are providing services from our offices or our customers’ facilities. We therefore do not expect that COVID-19 related restrictions on group gatherings and non-essential businesses will have a material adverse effect
65
on our ability to operate our business or productively deliver services to our customers, nor on our financial reporting systems, internal control over financial reporting, or disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, with the increase in remote access to our systems and networks, we have accelerated some ongoing security initiatives and programs.
Many countries where our personnel regularly conduct business have extended or expanded restrictions on travel and immigration from other countries, including a suspension of most immigration and non-immigration visas issued by the United States. Further extensions or tightening of these travel and immigration restrictions may continue to impact our operations. However, we do not believe that the current travel and immigration restrictions will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.
Our Customers
Our adaptive global delivery model enables us to deliver our services and solutions to our customers from remote locations. We continue to provide our customers with the products, services, and solutions they seek to deliver their business results. In addition, we continually assess our customers’ current and future needs for our personnel to work at their facilities and our global delivery centers so that we can deploy resources safely and in accordance with COVID-19 mitigation efforts.
The prolonged deterioration of economic conditions for some of our customers could materially reduce our revenue and profitability. Reduced demand from our customers, persistent financial distress in our customer base, and the continued volatility in macroeconomic conditions have and could continue to adversely impact revenues and decrease the collectability of our trade receivables. Any or all of these factors could negatively impact our results of operations. Depending on the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and the timing and speed of economic recovery, reduced revenue growth relative to prior years could extend beyond 2021.
We expect continued uncertainty around the pandemic’s impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We actively monitor our business and the needs of our employees, customers, and communities to determine the appropriate actions to protect their health and safety and our ongoing operations. This includes actions informed by the requirements and recommendations of public health authorities. Economic and demand uncertainty in the current environment may impact our future results. We continue to monitor the demand for our services including the duration and degree to which we see declines or delays in new customer projects and payment for services performed. Although signs of recovery are starting to be observed during the first nine months of 2021, the demand for our services mainly in our U.S. operations, our ability to staff such demand and build capacity are key factors that continue to impact our business and results of operations.
We continue to assess how the effects of COVID-19 on the economy may impact human capital allocation, revenues, profitability, and operating expenses.
Acquisitions
We have historically pursued acquisitions that expanded our services capabilities, industry-specific expertise and onshore and nearshore footprint. We plan to selectively pursue “tuck-in” transactions in the future that will help us augment our capabilities, establish new and deeper client relationships and expand our cross-selling opportunities.
In November 2018, we acquired 4th Source, Inc., or 4th Source, headquartered in Tampa, Florida, for a total consideration of $52.8 million. In connection with the acquisition, we agreed to pay certain continuing employees of 4th Source, Inc., up to an aggregate of 8,394 shares of our common stock based on the achievement of certain EBITDA-based performance metrics during each of the following fiscal years: up to 3,222 shares for 2018, up to 4,528 shares for 2019, and up to 644 shares for 2020. The EBITDA-based performance metric was not met in 2020 and the related PSUs were cancelled. The grant fair value of these performance stock units was approximately $2.9 million. The acquisition of 4th Source enhanced our offerings for our healthcare and retail clients and supported our transition into the U.S. market. The acquisition of 4th Source also provided us with more than 500 highly trained bi-lingual consultants located in Merida, Colima, and Mexico City, Mexico, who provide nearshore services to clients in the U.S.
In July 2019, we acquired AgileThought, LLC, headquartered in Tampa, Florida. The fair value of the aggregate consideration on the acquisition date was $60.8 million. In addition, in connection with the acquisition, we have agreed to pay certain continuing employees of AgileThought, LLC up to an aggregate of 3,150 shares of our common stock based on the achievement of certain EBITDA -based performance metrics during each of the following fiscal years: up
66
to 1,050 shares for 2020, up to 1,050 shares for 2021, and up to 1,050 shares for 2022. The EBITDA-based performance metric was not met in 2020 and the related awards were cancelled. The grant fair value of these performance stock units was approximately $1.2 million. The acquisition of AgileThought, LLC enhanced our delivery capabilities to clients in the professional services industry and further supported our transition into the U.S. market. The acquisition of AgileThought, LLC also provided us with approximately 330 employees based primarily across Florida. Following the acquisition, we changed our name from AN Global Inc. to AgileThought, Inc.
Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe that the key factors affecting our performance and results of operations include our ability to:
Expand Our Client Footprint in the United States
We are focused on growing our client footprint in the United States and furthering the application of our proven business capabilities in the U.S. market. We acquired 4th Source in 2018 and AgileThought, LLC in 2019, both of which are U.S. headquartered and operated companies. These acquisitions have accelerated our growth in the U.S. market. For the three month periods ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, we had 59 and 63 active clients in the United States, respectively, for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively, we had 75 and 83 active clients in the United States, and for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2021 we had 82 active clients in the United States. We define an active client at a specific date as a client with whom we have recognized revenue for our services during the preceding 12-month period. As of September 30, 2021, we had 376 employees located in the United States. We believe we have a significant opportunity to penetrate the U.S. market further and expand our U.S. client base. Our ability to expand our footprint in the United States will depend on several factors, including the U.S. market perception of our services, our ability to increase nearshore delivery successfully, our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions, as well as pricing, competition and overall economic conditions, and to a lesser extent our ability to complete future complementary acquisitions.
Penetrate Existing Clients via Cross-Selling
We seek to strengthen our relationships with existing clients by cross-selling additional services. We have a proven track record of expanding our relationship with clients by offering a wide range of complementary services. Our ten largest active clients based on revenue accounted for $26.3 million, or 65.1%, and $27.3 million, or 68.1%, of our total revenue in the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our ten largest active clients based on revenue accounted for $76.3 million, or 65.5%, and $87.0 million, or 67.2%, of our total revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The average revenue from our ten largest clients was $2.6 million and $2.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and was $7.6 million and $8.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table shows the active clients concentration from the top client to the top twenty clients, for the periods presented:
Percent of
|
Percent of
|
|||||||||||
Client Concentration |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||
Top client |
13.0 |
% |
15.3 |
% |
13.2 |
% |
19.1 |
% |
||||
Top five clients |
45.5 |
% |
53.7 |
% |
44.7 |
% |
55.6 |
% |
||||
Top ten clients |
65.1 |
% |
68.1 |
% |
65.5 |
% |
67.2 |
% |
||||
Top twenty clients |
79.8 |
% |
81.8 |
% |
79.4 |
% |
79.4 |
% |
The following table shows the number of our active clients by revenue for the periods presented:
For Three Months
|
For Nine Months
|
|||||||
Active Clients by Revenue |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||
Over $5 Million |
1 |
2 |
8 |
5 |
||||
$2 – $5 Million |
5 |
2 |
3 |
5 |
||||
$1 – $2 Million |
3 |
4 |
13 |
14 |
||||
Less than $1 Million |
129 |
165 |
157 |
216 |
||||
Total |
138 |
173 |
181 |
240 |
67
The decrease in the total number of active clients from September 30, 2020 to September 30, 2021 is mainly related to the completion of smaller customer projects and maintenance engagements in 2020 that were not subsequently renewed as a result of COVID-19 pandemic effects.
We believe we have the opportunity to further cross-sell our clients with additional services that we have enhanced through recent acquisitions. However, our ability to increase sales to existing clients will depend on several factors, including the level of client satisfaction with our services, changes in clients’ strategic priorities and changes in key client personnel or strategic transactions involving clients, as well as pricing, competition and overall economic conditions.
Attract, Develop, Retain and Utilize Highly Skilled Employees
We believe that attracting, training, retaining and utilizing highly skilled employees with capabilities in next-generation technologies will be key to our success. As of September 30, 2021, we had 2,604 employees. From December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2020, our number of employees decreased from 2,743 to 2,282. The decline is related to COVID-19 pandemic effects on our business, as two of our largest customers in the U.S. reduced their IT spending, combined with the contract transition with our largest client in Latin America that prompted certain cost-saving actions such as a headcount reduction. We continuously invest in training our employees and offer regular technical and language training, as well as other professional advancement programs. These programs not only help ensure our employees are well trained and knowledgeable, but also help enhance employee retention.
Strengthen Onshore and Nearshore Delivery with Diversification in Regions
In order to drive digital transformation initiatives for our clients, we believe that we need to be near the regions in which our clients are located and in similar time zones. We have established a strong base for our onshore and nearshore delivery model across Mexico. We also have offices in Argentina, Brazil, Costa Rica and the United States to source diverse talent and be responsive to clients in our core markets. Since January 1, 2018, we have added 4 new delivery centers including one in the United States (Tampa, Florida) and three in Mexico (one in Mexico City and the other two in Merida and Colima as a result of the acquisitions). From December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2020, our delivery headcount decreased by 319 employees, or 14.0%. The decrease is mainly explained by the headcount reductions implemented during 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic impacts on our business. However, from December 31, 2020 to September 30, 2021, our delivery headcount increased by 271 employees, driven by the demand recovery observed during the first nine months of 2021. As we continue to grow our relationships, we will expand our delivery centers in other cities in Mexico and other countries in similar time zones, such as Argentina and Costa Rica. While we believe that we currently have sufficient delivery center capacity to address our near-term needs and opportunities, as the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic continues to materialize, and as we continue to expand our relationships with existing clients, attract new clients and expand our footprint in the United States, we will need to expand our teams through remote work opportunities and at existing and new delivery centers in nearshore locations with an abundance of technical talent. As we do so, we compete for talented individuals with other companies in our industry and companies in other industries.
COVID-19 Related Updates
In December 2019, a novel coronavirus COVID-19 was reported in China, and in March 2020, the World Health Organization declared it a pandemic. This contagious disease has continued to spread across the globe, including extensively within the United States, and is impacting worldwide economic activity and financial markets, significantly increasing economic volatility and uncertainty. In response to this global pandemic, several local, state, and federal governments have been prompted to take unprecedented steps that include, but are not limited to, travel restrictions, closure of businesses, social distancing, and quarantines.
Starting in March 2020, headwinds to our business related to the pandemic were largely centered around our U.S. customers operating in the professional services industry, as two of our largest customers reduced their IT spending as a result of the negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. After witnessing a low point in December 2020, our business with these two customers started to recover, although recovery to pre-COVID levels is still uncertain. We continue to take precautionary measures intended to minimize the health risk to our employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. A significant proportion of our employees continue to work remotely while a few are serving customers directly at their locations. Even as certain local governments in the countries in which we
68
operate are beginning to lift restrictions, we have not yet declared a generalized return to our facilities as the safety and health of our team is our top priority. As vaccines and therapeutics become available, we will evaluate a gradual return to our U.S. and Latin America facilities. We continue to deliver services to our customers in this hybrid model and this has resulted in minimal disruption in our operational and delivery capabilities.
In the nine months ended September 30, 2021, we did not recognize any material allowances to doubtful accounts due to risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers’ ability to make payments. We continue to be engaged with all our customers regarding their ability to fulfill their payment obligations. A non-significant number of customers requested extended payment terms during the second and third quarters of 2020, however they have already reverted to their original payment terms. We continue to review our accounts receivable on a regular basis and established processes to ensure payments from our customers.
Key Business Metrics
We regularly monitor several financial and operating metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. Our key non-GAAP and business metrics may be calculated in a different manner than similarly titled metrics used by other companies. See “— Non-GAAP Measures” for additional information on non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measures.
Nine Months
|
||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||
Gross Profit Margin |
|
29.0 |
% |
|
32.2 |
% |
||
Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands) |
$ |
3,124 |
|
$ |
17,143 |
|
||
Number of large active clients (at or above $1.0 million of revenue in prior 12-month period) as of end of period |
|
28 |
|
|
31 |
|
||
Revenue concentration with top 10 clients |
|
65.5 |
% |
|
67.2 |
% |
Gross Profit Margin
We monitor gross profit margin to understand the profitability of the services we provide to our clients. Gross profit margin is calculated as net revenues for the period minus cost of revenue for the period, divided by net revenues.
Adjusted EBITDA
We monitor Adjusted EBITDA to understand the overall operating profitability of our business. We define and calculate EBITDA as net loss plus income tax expense (benefit), plus interest expense, net, plus depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA further adjusted to exclude the change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities, plus change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations, plus the change in fair value of warrant liability, plus equity-based compensation expense, plus impairment charges, plus restructuring expenses, plus foreign exchange loss (gain), plus gain on business disposition, plus gain on debt extinguishment or debt forgiveness, plus certain transaction costs, plus certain other expense, net. These adjustments also include certain costs and transaction related items that are not reflective of the underlying operating performance of the Company.
See “— Non-GAAP Measures” for additional information and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
Number of Large Active Clients
We monitor our number of large active clients to better understand our progress in winning large contracts on a period-over-period basis. We define the number of large active clients as the number of active clients from whom we generated more than $1.0 million of revenue in the prior 12-month period. For comparability purposes, we include the clients of the acquired businesses that meet these criteria to properly evaluate total client spending evolution.
69
Revenue Concentration with Top 10 clients
We monitor our revenue concentration with top 10 clients to understand our dependence on large clients on a period-over-period basis and to monitor our success in diversifying our revenue base. We define revenue concentration as the percent of our total revenue derived from our ten largest active clients.
Components of Results of Operations
Our business is organized into a single reportable segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the CEO, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.
Net Revenues
Revenue is derived from the several types of integrated solutions we provide to our clients. Revenue is organized by contract type and geographic location. The type of revenue we generate from customers is classified based on: (i) time and materials, and (ii) fixed price contracts. Time and materials are transaction-based, or volume-based contracts based on input method such as labor hours incurred. Fixed price contracts are contracts where price is contractually predetermined. Revenue by geographic location is derived from revenue generated in the United States and Latin America and Other, which includes Mexico, Argentina, Brazil, Costa Rica, Spain and the United Kingdom.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of employee-related costs associated with our personnel and fees from third-party vendors engaged in the delivery of our services, including: salaries, bonuses, benefits, project related travel costs, software licenses and any other costs that relate directly to the delivery of our services.
Gross Profit
Gross profit represents net revenues less cost of revenue.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consists primarily of employee-related costs associated with our sales, marketing, legal, accounting and administrative personnel. Selling, general and administrative expenses also includes legal costs, external professional fees, brand marketing, provision for doubtful accounts, as well as expenses associated with our back-office facilities and office infrastructure, information technology, and other administrative expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization consist of depreciation and amortization expenses related to customer relationships, computer equipment, leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment, and other assets.
Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration Obligations
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration obligations consists of changes in estimated fair value of earnout arrangements entered into as part of our business acquisition process.
Change in Fair Value of Embedded Derivative Liabilities
Changes in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities consists of changes in the fair value of redemption and conversion features embedded within our preferred stock.
Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability
Changes in fair value of warrant liability consist of changes to the outstanding public and private placement warrants assumed upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
70
Equity-based Compensation Expense
Equity-based compensation expense consists of compensation expenses recognized in connection with performance incentive awards granted to our employees and board members.
Impairment Charges
Impairment charges relate to losses on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets.
Restructuring (Income) Expenses
Restructuring (income) expenses consists of costs associated with business realignment efforts and strategic transformation costs resulting from value creation initiatives following business acquisitions, which primarily relates to severance costs from back-office headcount reductions.
Other Operating (Income) Expenses, Net
Other operating (income) expenses, net consists primarily of acquisition related costs and transaction costs related, including legal, accounting, valuation and investor relations advisors, and compensation consultant fees, as well as other operating expenses.
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists of interest incurred in connection with our long-term debt obligations, and amortization of debt issuance costs.
Other (Expense) Income
Other (expense) income consists of interest income on invested funds, impacts from foreign exchange transactions, gain on disposition of business, gain on loan forgiveness and other expenses.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit) represents expenses or benefits associated with our operations based on the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our calculation of income tax expense (benefit) is based on tax rates and tax laws at the end of each applicable reporting period.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the presented periods:
Three Months
|
Nine Months
|
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ |
40,420 |
|
$ |
40,114 |
|
$ |
116,573 |
|
$ |
129,513 |
|
||||
Cost of revenue |
|
29,666 |
|
|
26,018 |
|
|
82,709 |
|
|
87,850 |
|
||||
Gross profit |
|
10,754 |
|
|
14,096 |
|
|
33,864 |
|
|
41,663 |
|
||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
11,188 |
|
|
8,978 |
|
|
30,145 |
|
|
23,403 |
|
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
1,746 |
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
5,239 |
|
|
5,254 |
|
||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations |
|
— |
|
|
(555 |
) |
|
(2,200 |
) |
|
(6,046 |
) |
||||
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities |
|
(1,884 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(4,406 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
(759 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(759 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
Equity-based compensation expense |
|
6,469 |
|
|
55 |
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
180 |
|
||||
Impairment charges |
|
— |
|
|
7,565 |
|
|
— |
|
|
16,699 |
|
71
Three Months
|
Nine Months
|
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||||
Restructuring (income) expenses |
|
(135 |
) |
|
1,084 |
|
|
(113 |
) |
|
2,559 |
|
||||
Other operating (income) expenses, net |
|
(96 |
) |
|
3,205 |
|
|
1,011 |
|
|
3,704 |
|
||||
Total operating expenses |
|
16,529 |
|
|
22,041 |
|
|
35,398 |
|
|
45,753 |
|
||||
Loss from operations |
|
(5,775 |
) |
|
(7,945 |
) |
|
(1,534 |
) |
|
(4,090 |
) |
||||
Interest expense |
|
(4,065 |
) |
|
(4,400 |
) |
|
(12,117 |
) |
|
(12,803 |
) |
||||
Other (expense) income |
|
(851 |
) |
|
3,002 |
|
|
(436 |
) |
|
(330 |
) |
||||
Loss before income tax |
|
(10,691 |
) |
|
(9,343 |
) |
|
(14,087 |
) |
|
(17,223 |
) |
||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
96 |
|
|
1,012 |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
2,460 |
|
||||
Net loss |
|
(10,787 |
) |
|
(10,355 |
) |
|
(14,074 |
) |
|
(19,683 |
) |
||||
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
|
(188 |
) |
|
(28 |
) |
|
(21 |
) |
|
(127 |
) |
||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ |
(10,599 |
) |
$ |
(10,327 |
) |
$ |
(14,053 |
) |
$ |
(19,556 |
) |
The following table sets forth our condensed consolidated statements of operations information expressed as a percentage of net revenues for the periods presented:
Three Months
|
Nine Months
|
|||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||||
Net revenues |
100.0 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
||||
Cost of revenue |
73.4 |
% |
64.9 |
% |
71.0 |
% |
67.8 |
% |
||||
Gross profit |
26.6 |
% |
35.1 |
% |
29.0 |
% |
32.2 |
% |
||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
27.7 |
% |
22.4 |
% |
25.9 |
% |
18.1 |
% |
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4.3 |
% |
4.3 |
% |
4.5 |
% |
4.1 |
% |
||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations |
— |
% |
(1.4 |
)% |
(1.9 |
)% |
(4.7 |
)% |
||||
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities |
(4.7 |
)% |
— |
% |
(3.8 |
)% |
— |
% |
||||
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
(1.9 |
)% |
— |
% |
(0.7 |
)% |
— |
% |
||||
Equity-based compensation expense |
16.0 |
% |
0.1 |
% |
5.6 |
% |
0.1 |
% |
||||
Impairment charges |
— |
% |
18.9 |
% |
— |
% |
12.9 |
% |
||||
Restructuring (income) expenses |
(0.3 |
)% |
2.7 |
% |
(0.1 |
)% |
2.0 |
% |
||||
Other operating (income) expenses, net |
(0.2 |
)% |
8.0 |
% |
0.9 |
% |
2.9 |
% |
||||
Total operating expenses |
40.9 |
% |
55.0 |
% |
30.4 |
% |
35.4 |
% |
||||
Loss from operations |
(14.3 |
)% |
(19.9 |
)% |
(1.4 |
)% |
(3.2 |
)% |
||||
Interest expense |
(10.1 |
)% |
(11.0 |
)% |
(10.4 |
)% |
(9.9 |
)% |
||||
Other (expense) income |
(2.1 |
)% |
7.5 |
% |
(0.4 |
)% |
(0.3 |
)% |
||||
Loss before income tax |
(26.5 |
)% |
(23.4 |
)% |
(12.2 |
)% |
(13.4 |
)% |
||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
0.2 |
% |
2.4 |
% |
— |
% |
1.8 |
% |
||||
Net loss |
(26.7 |
)% |
(25.8 |
)% |
(12.2 |
)% |
(15.2 |
)% |
||||
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(0.5 |
)% |
(0.1 |
)% |
— |
% |
(0.1 |
)% |
||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
(26.2 |
)% |
(25.7 |
)% |
(12.2 |
)% |
(15.1 |
)% |
Comparison of Three Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||
Net revenues |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||
Net Revenues |
$ |
40,420 |
$ |
40,114 |
0.8 |
% |
72
Net revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased $0.3 million, or 0.8%, to $40.4 million from $40.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was mainly due to the project scope increases with our existing clients, and new projects that began during the third quarter of 2021.
Net Revenues by Geographic Location
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||
United States |
$ |
26,925 |
$ |
28,212 |
(4.6 |
)% |
|||
Latin America |
|
13,495 |
|
11,902 |
13.4 |
% |
|||
Total |
$ |
40,420 |
$ |
40,114 |
0.8 |
% |
Net revenues from our United States operations for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $1.3 million, or 4.6%, to $26.9 million from $28.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The change was mainly driven by a $5.9 million decrease in information technology spending from two customers in the professional services industry and service volume reduction with other smaller clients due to the COVID-19 pandemic, offset by a $4.6 million increase related to extended scope of work with existing customers, as well as new customers.
Net revenues from our Latin America operations for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased $1.6 million, or 13.4%, to $13.5 million from $11.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The change was driven by an increase of $2.2 million related to increased volume in retail and financial services clients, offset by a $0.6 million decrease in revenues from other customers as a result of project scope reductions due to the COVID-19 pandemic or project terminations.
Revenues by Contract Type
The following table sets forth net revenues by contract type and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||
Time and materials |
$ |
33,858 |
$ |
34,730 |
(2.5 |
)% |
|||
Fixed price |
|
6,562 |
|
5,384 |
21.9 |
% |
|||
Total |
$ |
40,420 |
$ |
40,114 |
0.8 |
% |
Net revenues from our time and materials contracts for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased approximately $0.9 million, or 2.5%, to $33.9 million from $34.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The main driver of the net variation is related to the project scope reductions and suspensions with our US clients within the professional services industry due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the shift from time and material services to fixed price Agile pods with one of our clients within the financial services industry. Net revenues from our fixed price contracts for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased $1.2 million, or 21.9%, to $6.6 million from $5.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The main driver of the net increase is related to the shift to fixed price Agile pods with one of our clients from the financial services industry.
Cost of revenue
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ |
29,666 |
|
$ |
26,018 |
|
14.0 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
73.4 |
% |
|
64.9 |
% |
|
73
Cost of revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased $3.7 million, or 14.0%, to $29.7 million from $26.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by the costs of non-billable onboarding time of new hires and lower utilization due to preparation for new bookings and the effects of the new labor law in Mexico which increased the payroll cost of the Mexican workforce.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
$ |
11,188 |
|
$ |
8,978 |
|
24.6 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
27.7 |
% |
|
22.4 |
% |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased $2.2 million, or 24.6%, to $11.2 million from $9.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a $2.0 million increase in employee costs mostly driven by increased sales headcount and the effect of a new variable compensation plan for the sales and delivery teams.
Depreciation and amortization
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
$ |
1,746 |
|
$ |
1,709 |
|
2.2 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
4.3 |
% |
|
4.3 |
% |
|
Depreciation and amortization for three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, was $1.7 million, respectively.
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(555 |
) |
(100.0 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
— |
% |
|
(1.4 |
)% |
|
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decrease $0.6 million. The change is due to the AgileThought LLC business not meeting some of the 2020 and 2021 performance metrics established as part of contingent consideration associated with the acquisition, thus adjusting the fair value of the earnouts of subsequent periods.
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities
Three Months Ended September 30, |
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities |
$ |
(1,884 |
) |
$ |
— |
|
100.0 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(4.7 |
)% |
|
— |
% |
|
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities for the three months ended September 30, 2021 resulted in a gain of $1.9 million. The gain was primarily driven by settlement of embedded derivative liabilities that occurred as a result of the Business Combination.
74
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
$ |
(759 |
) |
$ |
— |
|
100.0 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(1.9 |
)% |
|
— |
% |
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability for the three months ended September 30, 2021 resulted in a gain of $0.8 million. The gain was primarily driven by a decrease in market price of public stock, increase in risk-free rate of return and increased volatility used to estimate the fair value of our warrant liability from August 23, 2021 to September 30, 2021.
Equity-based compensation expense
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Equity-based compensation expense |
$ |
6,469 |
|
$ |
55 |
|
>1000.0 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
16.0 |
% |
|
0.1 |
% |
|
Equity-based compensation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased $6.4 million, or over 1000.0%, to $6.5 million from $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. In connection with the Business Combination, the Company granted stock awards covering shares of Class A common stock and accelerated previously granted restricted stock units, which resulted in $6.5 million equity-based compensation expense that was recognized during the three months ended September 30, 2021. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, equity-based compensation expense was recognized in connection with board members’ restricted stock units.
Impairment charges
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Impairment charges |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
7,565 |
|
(100.0 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
— |
% |
|
18.9 |
% |
|
Impairment charges for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $7.6 million, or 100.0%. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we recognized $6.7 million of goodwill impairment and $0.9 million of indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment, resulting from negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the disposition of a business within our Latin America reporting unit.
Restructuring (income) expenses
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Restructuring (income) expenses |
$ |
(135 |
) |
$ |
1,084 |
|
(112.5 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(0.3 |
)% |
|
2.7 |
% |
|
Restructuring (income) expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $1.2 million, or 112.5%, to $(0.1) million from $1.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to costs incurred during the three months ended September 30, 2020 associated with the restructuring implemented in the first quarter 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
75
Other operating (income) expenses, net
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Other operating (income) expense, net |
$ |
(96 |
) |
$ |
3,205 |
|
(103.0 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(0.2 |
)% |
|
8.0 |
% |
|
Other operating (income) expenses, net for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $3.3 million, or 103.0%, to $(0.1) million from $3.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was mainly driven by a decline in transaction expenses in connection with preparation to become a public company.
Interest expense
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Interest expense |
$ |
(4,065 |
) |
$ |
(4,400 |
) |
(7.6 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(10.1 |
)% |
|
(11.0 |
)% |
|
Interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $0.3 million, or 7.6%, to $4.1 million from $4.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to the creditors exercising their option to convert the combined $38.1 million of debt outstanding into shares of the Company’s common stock that occurred in connection with the Business Combination. In addition, the additional principal payments reduced the outstanding balance of term loans.
Other (expense) income
Three Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Other (expense) income |
$ |
(851 |
) |
$ |
3,002 |
|
(128.3 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(2.1 |
)% |
|
7.5 |
% |
|
Other (expense) income for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $3.9 million, or 128.3%, to $(0.9) million from $3.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The change was driven by a $3.9 million decrease in net foreign currency exchange gains derived mainly from exchange rate fluctuations during the three months ended September 30, 2021.
Income tax expense (benefit)
Three Months Ended September 30, |
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Income tax expense |
$ |
96 |
|
$ |
1,012 |
|
(90.5 |
)% |
|||
Effective income tax rate |
|
(0.9 |
)% |
|
(10.8 |
)% |
|
Income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $0.9 million, or 90.5%, to $0.1 million from $1.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 due to discrete tax items recorded in the third quarter of 2020. For additional information, see Note 10, Income Taxes, to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus.
76
Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020
Net revenues
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||
Net Revenues |
$ |
116,573 |
$ |
129,513 |
(10.0 |
)% |
Net revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $12.9 million, or 10.0%, to $116.6 million from $129.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decline was mainly due to the suspension or scope reductions in major projects driven by the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Net Revenues by Geographic Location
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||
United States |
$ |
76,868 |
$ |
88,927 |
(13.6 |
)% |
|||
Latin America |
|
39,705 |
|
40,586 |
(2.2 |
)% |
|||
Total |
$ |
116,573 |
$ |
129,513 |
(10.0 |
)% |
Net revenues from our United States operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $12.0 million, or 13.6%, to $76.9 million from $88.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The change was driven by a $20.4 million decrease in information technology spending of our two largest customers in the professional services industry, offset by a $8.4 million increase in scope of work of existing customers, as well as new customers.
Net revenues from our Latin America operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $0.9 million, or 2.2%, to $39.7 million from $40.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The net decrease in revenue is a result of $6.0 million of scope reductions in major projects and projects that were not renewed driven by negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, offset by $5.1 million of increase in service volumes with existing clients and new clients.
Net Revenues by Contract Type
The following table sets forth net revenues by contract type and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||
Time and materials |
$ |
96,650 |
$ |
112,786 |
(14.3 |
)% |
|||
Fixed price |
|
19,923 |
|
16,727 |
19.1 |
% |
|||
Total |
$ |
116,573 |
$ |
129,513 |
(10.0 |
)% |
Net revenues from our time and materials contracts for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $16.1 million, or 14.3%, to $96.7 million from $112.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The main driver of the decline was related to the suspension of certain projects and scope reductions due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic in the two largest clients in the professional services industry in the United States and the shift from time and material services to fixed price Agile pods with one of our clients within the financial services industry. Net revenues from our fixed price contracts for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $3.2 million, or 19.1%, to $19.9 million from $16.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The main drivers of the increase were the recognition of a license sale during January 2021 for $0.9 million, a fixed price project with a new customer in the financial services industry for $1.5 million and the shift to fixed price Agile pods with one of our clients within the financial services industry.
77
Cost of revenue
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ |
82,709 |
|
$ |
87,850 |
|
(5.9 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
71.0 |
% |
|
67.8 |
% |
|
Cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased by approximately $5.1 million, or 5.9%, to $82.7 million from $87.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven the scope reductions in major projects that had a corresponding decline in net revenues. Cost as a percentage of net revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased 3.2%, to 71.0% from 67.8% for the nine months ended September 30,2020. The increase was mainly driven by the costs of non-billable onboarding time of new hires and lower utilization due to preparation for new bookings, the effects of the new labor law in Mexico that came to effect during the third quarter, and the effects of salary increases and promotions to delivery employees, that will be gradually offset by corresponding price increases.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
$ |
30,145 |
|
$ |
23,403 |
|
28.8 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
25.9 |
% |
|
18.1 |
% |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $6.7 million, or 28.8%, to $30.1 million from $23.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a $3.8 million increase in employee costs driven mainly by increased headcount and the effect of a new variable compensation plan for the sales and delivery teams, $1.2 million credit recorded in the second quarter of 2020 related to a Tennessee sales tax matter, $1.2 million increase in external professional service related to legal, accounting, audit and tax advisory, and $0.2 million in increased cost related to IT infrastructure improvement costs.
Depreciation and amortization
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
$ |
5,239 |
|
$ |
5,254 |
|
(0.3 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
4.5 |
% |
|
4.1 |
% |
|
Depreciation and amortization for nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020 was $5.2 million and $5.3 million, respectively.
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations |
$ |
(2,200 |
) |
$ |
(6,046 |
) |
(63.6 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(1.9 |
)% |
|
(4.7 |
)% |
|
78
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $3.8 million, or 63.6%, to $(2.2) million from $(6.0) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The change is due to the AgileThought LLC business not meeting some of the 2020 and 2021 performance metrics established as part of contingent consideration associated with the acquisition, thus adjusting the fair value of the earnouts of subsequent periods.
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities |
$ |
(4,406 |
) |
$ |
— |
|
100.0 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(3.8 |
)% |
|
— |
% |
|
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 resulted in a gain of $4.4 million. The gain was primarily driven by settlement of embedded derivative liabilities that occurred as a result of the Business Combination.
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
$ |
(759 |
) |
$ |
— |
|
100.0 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(0.7 |
)% |
|
— |
% |
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 resulted in a gain of $0.8 million. The gain was primarily driven by a decrease in market price of public stock, increase in risk-free rate of return and increased volatility used to estimate the fair value of our warrant liability from August 23, 2021 to September 30, 2021.
Equity-based compensation expense
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Equity-based compensation expense |
$ |
6,481 |
|
$ |
180 |
|
>1000.0 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
5.6 |
% |
|
0.1 |
% |
|
Equity-based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $6.3 million, or over 1000.0%, to $6.5 million from $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. In connection with the Business Combination, the Company granted stock awards covering shares of Class A common stock and accelerated previously granted restricted stock units, which resulted in $6.5 million equity-based compensation expense that was recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, equity-based compensation expense was recognized in connection with board members’ restricted stock units.
Impairment charges
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Impairment charges |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
16,699 |
|
(100.0 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
— |
% |
|
12.9 |
% |
|
79
Impairment charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $16.7 million, or 100.0%. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we recognized $11.6 million of goodwill impairment, $3.5 million of customer relationships impairment and $1.6 million of indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment, resulting from negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the disposition of a business within our Latin America reporting unit.
Restructuring (income) expenses
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Restructuring (income) expenses |
$ |
(113 |
) |
$ |
2,559 |
|
(104.4 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(0.1 |
)% |
|
2.0 |
% |
|
Restructuring (income) expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $2.7 million, or 104.4%, to $(0.1) million from $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to costs incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 associated with the restructuring implemented in the first quarter 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. At this time, we do not anticipate any additional restructuring charges related to the COVID-19 plan.
Other operating (income) expenses, net
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Other operating expense, net |
$ |
1,011 |
|
$ |
3,704 |
|
(72.7 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
0.9 |
% |
|
2.9 |
% |
|
Other operating expenses, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $2.7 million, or 72.7%, to $1.0 million from $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was mainly driven by transaction expenses in connection with the preparation to become a public company that were expensed in 2020 but capitalized and netted against equity in 2021.
Interest expense
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Interest expense |
$ |
(12,117 |
) |
$ |
(12,803 |
) |
(5.4 |
)% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(10.4 |
)% |
|
(9.9 |
)% |
|
Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $0.7 million, or 5.4%, to $12.1 million from $12.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was due to the $27.5 million partial repayment of First Lien Facility and the conversion of $38.1 million of convertible debt into shares of the Company’s common stock that occurred in connection with the Business Combination.
Other expense (income)
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Other expense (income) |
$ |
(436 |
) |
$ |
(330 |
) |
32.1 |
% |
|||
% of net revenues |
|
(0.4 |
)% |
|
(0.3 |
)% |
|
80
Other expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $0.1 million, or 32.1%, to $0.4 million from $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a $1.3 million gain on forgiveness of a Paycheck Protection Program loan recorded in 2021, as well as an increase of $0.1 million in other non-operating expenses, which was partially offset by a $1.3 million gain on disposition of businesses in 2020.
Income tax expense (benefit)
Nine Months
|
% Change |
||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 vs. 2020 |
|||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
$ |
(13 |
) |
$ |
2,460 |
|
(100.5 |
)% |
|||
Effective income tax rate |
|
0.1 |
% |
|
(14.3 |
)% |
|
Income tax (benefit) expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $2.5 million, or 100.5%, to a nominal amount from $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to discrete tax items recorded in the third quarter of 2020. For additional information, see Note 10, Income Taxes, to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus.
Non-GAAP Measures
To supplement our consolidated financial data presented on a basis consistent with U.S. GAAP, we present certain non-GAAP financial measures, including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We have included the non-GAAP financial measures because they are financial measures used by our management to evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital and new investments and are among the factors analyzed in making performance-based compensation decisions for key personnel. The measures exclude certain expenses that are required under U.S. GAAP. We exclude certain non-cash expenses and certain items that are not part of our core operations.
We believe this supplemental performance measurement is useful in evaluating operating performance, as they are similar to measures reported by our public industry peers and those regularly used by security analysts, investors and other interested parties in analyzing operating performance and prospects. The non-GAAP financial measures are not intended to be a substitute for any GAAP financial measures and, as calculated, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of performance of other companies in other industries or within the same industry.
There are significant limitations associated with the use of non-GAAP financial measures. Further, these measures may differ from the non-GAAP information, even where similarly titled, used by other companies and therefore should not be used to compare our performance to that of other companies. We compensate for these limitations by providing investors and other users of our financial information a reconciliation of our non-GAAP measures to the related GAAP financial measure. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure and to view our non-GAAP measures in conjunction with GAAP financial measures.
We define and calculate our non-GAAP financial measures as follows:
• EBITDA: Net loss plus income tax expense (benefit), plus interest expense, net, and plus depreciation and amortization.
Adjusted EBITDA: EBITDA further adjusted to exclude the change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities, plus the change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations, plus the change in fair value of warrant liability, plus equity-based compensation expense, plus impairment charges, plus restructuring expenses, plus foreign exchange loss (gain), plus gain on business disposition, plus gain on debt extinguishment or debt forgiveness, plus certain transaction costs, plus certain other expense, net.
81
The following table presents the reconciliation of our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for the annual periods indicated:
Three Months
|
Nine Months
|
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ |
(10,787 |
) |
$ |
(10,355 |
) |
$ |
(14,074 |
) |
$ |
(19,683 |
) |
||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
96 |
|
|
1,012 |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
2,460 |
|
||||
Interest expense, net |
|
4,045 |
|
|
4,365 |
|
|
12,051 |
|
|
12,718 |
|
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
1,746 |
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
5,239 |
|
|
5,254 |
|
||||
EBITDA |
|
(4,900 |
) |
|
(3,269 |
) |
|
3,203 |
|
|
749 |
|
||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations |
|
— |
|
|
(555 |
) |
|
(2,200 |
) |
|
(6,046 |
) |
||||
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liability |
|
(1,884 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(4,406 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
(759 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(759 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
Equity-based compensation expense |
|
6,469 |
|
|
55 |
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
180 |
|
||||
Impairment charges |
|
— |
|
|
7,565 |
|
|
— |
|
|
16,699 |
|
||||
Restructuring expenses1 |
|
(135 |
) |
|
1,084 |
|
|
(113 |
) |
|
2,559 |
|
||||
Foreign exchange loss (gain)2 |
|
790 |
|
|
(3,109 |
) |
|
1,530 |
|
|
1,289 |
|
||||
Gain on business dispositions3 |
|
— |
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(1,381 |
) |
||||
Gain on debt extinguishment4 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,306 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
Transaction costs5 |
|
(177 |
) |
|
2,579 |
|
|
618 |
|
|
3,088 |
|
||||
Other expense, net |
|
(1 |
) |
|
(16 |
) |
|
76 |
|
|
6 |
|
||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ |
(597 |
) |
$ |
4,205 |
|
$ |
3,124 |
|
$ |
17,143 |
|
____________
1. Represents restructuring expenses associated with the ongoing reorganization of our business operations and realignment efforts. Refer to Note 12, Restructuring, within our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.
2. Represents foreign exchange loss (gain) due to foreign currency transactions.
3. Represents a gain on disposition of eProcure during 2020. Refer to Note 9, Other Income (Expense), within our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.
4. Represents a $1.3 million gain on forgiveness of PPP loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. Refer to Note 9, Other Income (Expense), within our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.
5. Represents professional service fees primarily comprised of consulting, transaction services, accounting and legal fees in connection with the merger transaction with LIVK and preparation for becoming and being a public company.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our main sources of liquidity have been our cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operations, issuance of preferred stock and proceeds from debt issuance. Our main uses of cash are funds to operate our business, capital expenditures, and business acquisitions.
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate. Over the past several years, operating expenses have increased as we have invested in growing our business. Payments of principal and interest on our debt and earnout cash payments following our acquisitions have also been cash outflows. Our operating cash requirements may increase in the future as we continue to invest in the growth of our Company.
As of September 30, 2021, we had $3.9 million of available cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $5.3 million from December 31, 2020. We believe that we will have sufficient financial resources to fund our operations for the next 12 months. In connection with the amendment to the First Lien Facility dated November 15, 2021, the Company was required to make a $20 million principal prepayment, which included the $4 million principal payment due November 19, 2021, payable November 29, 2021. We made the $20 million principal payment with proceeds from the New Second Lien Facility. Furthermore, the Company agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 17, 2021 who, subject to certain terms, may sell the Company’s Class A Common Stock and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of the Company’s Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full
82
on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. The First Lien lenders charged an additional $2.9 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. As of September 30, 2021, total fees payable at the end of the term loan, including fees recognized from prior amendments, totaled $6.9 million.
Debt
First Lien Facility
In 2018, we entered into a revolving credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) with Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC for a revolving credit facility that permits us to borrow up to $1.5 million through November 10, 2023. In 2019, we amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to increase the borrowing limit to $5.0 million. Interest is paid monthly and calculated as LIBOR plus a margin of 8.0% to 9.0%, based on the Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) as calculated in the most recent compliance certificate. An additional 2.0% interest may be incurred during periods of loan covenant default.
At September 30, 2021, the interest rate was 10.0%. We are required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the commitment. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had no availability under the revolving credit facility.
In 2018, we entered into the term loan credit agreement with Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC pursuant to which we were permitted to borrow up to $75.0 million through November 10, 2023. On July 18, 2019, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement for the First Lien Facility to increase the borrowing amount to $98.0 million. Interest is paid monthly and calculated as LIBOR plus a margin of 8.0% to 9.0%, based on the total leverage ratio (as defined in the First Lien Facility) as calculated in the most recent compliance certificate (as defined in the First Lien Facility) delivered quarterly. An additional 2.0% interest may be incurred during periods of loan covenant default. At September 30, 2021, the interest rate was 10.0%. Principal payments of $0.6 million are due quarterly until maturity, at which time the remaining outstanding balance is due. At December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 10.0%. The amended and restated credit agreement for the First Lien Facility was further amended on February 2, 2021, pursuant to which we agreed to pay in lieu of the first two regular quarterly principal installments in 2021 (February 2021 through and including July 2021), six monthly principal payments of $1.0 million from February 2021 through and including July 2021. Further, the Total Leverage Ratio covenant was modified for the periods ending from December 31, 2020 to March 31, 2022.
The amended and restated credit agreement for the First Lien Facility was further amended on April 30, 2021, pursuant to which were permitted to defer, at our election, the $1.0 million monthly installment payments for April and May 2021, and in the event of such election, we would incur a fee of $0.5 million for each such deferred payment that would be payable to the lender upon the maturity date. We elected to defer the April and May 2021 payments and incurred a total of $1.0 million fee payable to the lender. Additionally, the Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio (as defined in the First Lien Facility) covenants were modified for the period ended December 31, 2020 and thereafter.
On June 24, 2021, the amended and restated credit agreement for the First Lien Facility was amended to permit the incurrence of indebtedness (the “June Subordinated Debt”) of up to $8.0 million aggregate principal amount (the “Fifth Amendment to First Lien Facility”). Pursuant to the terms of the amendment and a related subordination agreement, the Subordinated Promissory Note will be subordinated in right of payment to the First Lien Facility. In addition, the amendment modifies our Total Leverage Ratio covenant and Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio covenant to accommodate the incurrence of the Subordinated Promissory Note. In consideration therefor and for the option to defer the $1.0 million monthly installment payment for April, May, June and July until September, we agreed to pay a fee of $4.0 million that is payable to the lender on the maturity date, which includes the $1.0 million fee payable to the lender pursuant to the April 30, 2021 amendment. Additionally, the $0.5 million fee per deferral that was previously established as part of the April 30, 2021 amendment was removed.
The amended and restated credit agreement for the First Lien Facility was further amended on July 26, 2021 to permit the incurrence of the Exitus Credit Facility.
83
On September 30, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to extend the due date of the $4.0 million in principal payments previously due for April, May, June and July, from September 30, 2021 to October 15, 2021. On October 14, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to extend the due date from October 15, 2021 to October 29, 2021. On October 29, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to further extend the due date from October 29, 2021 to November 19, 2021.
On November 15, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to reset the First Lien Facility’s Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenants for the quarterly periods of September 30, 2021 to December 31, 2022. In return, we were required to make a $20 million principal prepayment, which included the $4 million principal payment due November 19, 2021, payable November 29, 2021. We made the $20 million principal payment with proceeds from the New Second Lien Facility. Furthermore, the Company agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 17, 2021 who, subject to certain terms and regulatory restrictions, may sell the Company’s Class A Common Stock and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of the Company’s Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. The First Lien lenders charged an additional $2.9 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. As of September 30, 2021, total fees payable at the end of the term loan, including fees recognized from prior amendments, totaled $6.9 million.
As of September 30, 2021, the Company was in default of the Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenants. The closing of the amendment dated November 15, 2021, reset the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio covenant ratios for the compliance periods between September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2022, effectively waiving the Company’s default of the Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the period September 30, 2021. For additional information, see Note 8, Long-term Debt, to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus.
Second Lien Facility
On July 18, 2019, we entered into the Second Lien Facility which permitted us to borrow $25.0 million at 13.73% interest. On January 30, 2020, the Second Lien Facility was amended to increase the borrowing amount by $4.1 million. Interest is capitalized every six months and is payable at termination or conversion. The Second Lien Lenders had the option at their election to convert the loan into common shares of Legacy AgileThought (a) before January 31, 2022 if we filed for an initial public offering or entered into a merger agreement or (b) on or after January 31, 2022.
Concurrently with the execution of the merger agreement, we entered into the conversion agreement with the Second Lien Lenders, pursuant to which all of the outstanding total obligations due to each Second Lien Lender under that the Second Lien Facility were converted into shares of common stock of Legacy AgileThought immediately prior to the Business Combination. Subsequently, at the effective time of the Business Combination, such shares of common stock of Legacy AgileThought were automatically converted into the applicable portion of the common merger consideration and each Second Lien Lender was entitled to receive their proportionate interest of the common merger consideration as a holder of Legacy AgileThought common stock. At close of the Business Combination, the Second Lien Lenders received 115,923 shares of Legacy AgileThought common stock immediately prior to the Business Combination.
The Credit Suisse Lender also agreed, with certain exceptions, to a lock-up for a period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 180 days from the closing and (b) the date on which the closing price of shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the date of the closing, with respect to any securities of AgileThought that they receive as merger consideration under the merger agreement.
For additional information, see Note 8, Long-term Debt, to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus.
84
Paycheck Protection Program Loans
On April 30, 2020, and May 1, 2020, the Company received, through four of its subsidiaries, Paycheck Protection Program loans, or the PPP loans, for a total amount of $9.3 million. The PPP loans bear a fixed interest rate of 1.0% over a two-year term, are guaranteed by the United States federal government, and do not require collateral from the Company. The loans may be forgiven, in part or in full, if the proceeds were used to retain and pay employees and for other qualifying expenditures. The $9.3 million in PPP loans are eligible for forgiveness. The Company submitted its forgiveness applications to the Small Business Administration between November 2020 and January 2021. The monthly repayment terms and/or forgiven amount will be established in the notification letters. On December 25, 2020, $0.1 million of a $0.2 million PPP loan was forgiven. On March 9, 2021, $0.1 million of a $0.3 million PPP loan was forgiven. On June 13, 2021, $1.2 million of a $1.2 million PPP loan was forgiven. The Company is awaiting a response on its forgiveness application related to a $7.6 million PPP loan.
Subordinated Promissory Note
On June 24, 2021, the Company entered into a credit agreement with AGS Group LLC (“AGS Group”) for a principal amount of $0.7 million. The principal amount outstanding under this agreement matures on December 20, 2021 (“Original Maturity Date”) but can be extended until May 19, 2022 (“Extended Maturity Date.”) Interest is due and payable in arrears on the Original Maturity Date at a 14.0% per annum until and including December 20, 2021 and at 20% per annum from the Original Maturity Date to the Extended Maturity Date calculated on the actual number of days elapsed.
Exitus Credit Facility
On July 26, 2021, the Company entered into a zero-coupon subordinated credit facility with Exitus Capital (the “Exitus Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to $3.7 million. There are no regular interest payments on the debt, however in the event of a payment default, interest will accrue on the overdue balance at a rate equal to 36.0% per annum until such balance is paid. The principal balance of the loan is payable at maturity, which is six months from the date of execution. The Exitus Credit Facility is secured by a pledge by Diego Zavala of certain of his real property located in Mexico City and is subordinated in right of payment to the First Lien Facility.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows for the periods presented:
Nine Months
|
||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
$ |
(21,163 |
) |
$ |
282 |
|
||
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
(732 |
) |
|
(977 |
) |
||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
16,672 |
|
|
7,218 |
|
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased by approximately $21.5 million to ($21.2) million from $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease was mainly driven by a decrease of $21.8 million resulting from changes in our operating assets and liabilities, a decrease of $5.3 million in non-cash items, offset by an increase of $5.6 million in net loss.
The decrease of $21.8 million resulting from changes in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily driven by (i) an increase of $22.5 million in accounts receivable, (ii) an increase $3.0 million in prepaid expenses and guarantee deposits, (iii) a decreased of approximately $1.8 million in accrued liabilities, and (iv) a decrease of $0.7 million in income tax payable, partially offset by (i) an increase of $5.0 million in accounts payable, (ii) an increase of $0.8 million of deferred revenue, and (iii) a $0.4 million change in lease liability.
The decrease of $5.3 million in non-cash items was driven by (i) the decrease of $16.7 million in impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, (iii) the decrease of $4.4 million from the fair value of embedded derivative liabilities, (iii) the decrease of $1.3 million gain on forgiveness of debt, (iv) the increase of $0.8 million of changes
85
in fair value of warrant liability, (v) decrease of $0.4 million in amortization of right-of-use assets, and (vi) decrease of $0.1 million in other items, partially offset by (i) the increase of $6.3 million of share-based compensation, (ii) the increase of $4.4 million in obligations for contingent purchase price, (iii) the increase of $3.8 million in deferred income tax provision, (iv) the increase of $1.8 million in foreign currency remeasurement, (v) the decrease on the recognition of $1.3 million in gain on divestiture of eProcure (a non-strategic business), and (vi) the increase of $0.8 million in amortization of debt issuance costs.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $0.3 million to $0.7 million from $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as a result of a decrease in capital expenditures.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $9.5 million to $16.7 million from $7.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in net cash provided was primarily driven by (i) proceeds from $27.6 million of PIPE financing, (ii) an increase of $20.0 million in share capital due to the issuance of preferred stock, which was subsequently converted into Class A common stock, (iii) an increase of $5.7 million in share capital as a result of the Business Combination, (iv) a $4.3 million decrease in the payment of contingent consideration, offset by (i) an increase of $25.7 million in repayment of borrowings mainly on the First Lien Facility, (ii) the repayment of deferred issuance costs as a result of the Business Combination; and a (iii) decrease of $9.0 million in proceeds from PPP loans.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2021:
Payments Due By Period |
|||||||||||||||
Total |
Less than
|
1-3 Years |
3-5 Years |
More than 5 Years |
|||||||||||
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||
Long-term debt obligations |
$ |
82,966 |
$ |
39,545 |
$ |
43,421 |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
|||||
Operating lease obligations |
|
7,709 |
|
5,522 |
|
980 |
|
1,207 |
|
— |
|||||
Total |
$ |
90,675 |
$ |
45,067 |
$ |
44,401 |
$ |
1,207 |
$ |
— |
The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty.
For additional information, see Note 8, Long-term Debt, to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus.
Earnout obligations
The Company records its obligations for contingent purchase price at fair value, based on the likelihood of making contingent earnout payments and stock issuances based on the underlying agreement terms. The earnout payments and value of stock issuances are subsequently remeasured to fair value each reporting date using an income approach determined based on the present value of future cash flows using internal models. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company does not have any outstanding stock issuance based earnout obligations.
As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, outstanding cash earnouts were $8.6 million and $10.3 million, respectively. Outstanding balance accrues interest at an annual interest rate of 12%. The balance shown at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 includes the related accrued interest. In order for the Company to make payments for its contingent purchase price obligations, in addition to having sufficient cash resources to make the payments themselves, the Company must be in compliance with liquidity and other financial and other covenants included in the First Lien Facility. The Company has not been able to satisfy those covenants to date. Whether the Company is able to satisfy those covenants will depend on the Company’s overall operating and financial performance.
86
There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand or access to borrowed funds to be able to make any contingent purchase price payments when required to do so, and any failure to do so at such time could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Critical Accounting Policies
We believe that the following accounting policies involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Final Prospectus, as well as unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus for a description of our other significant accounting policies. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Account Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
Revenue is recognized when or as control of promised products or services are transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. In instances where revenue is recognized over time, the Company uses an appropriate input or output measurement method, typically based on the contract or labor volume.
The Company applies judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intention to pay based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience. If there is uncertainty about the receipt of payment for the services, revenue recognition is deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved. Our payment terms are based on customary business practices and can vary by region and customer type, but are generally 30-90 days. Since the term between invoicing and expected payment is less than a year, we do not adjust the transaction price for the effects of a financing component.
The Company may enter into arrangements that consist of any combination of our deliverables. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised deliverables, the Company determines whether promised deliverables are distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria are not met, the promised deliverables are accounted for as a single performance obligation. For arrangements with multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate consideration among the performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. The standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service on an individual basis to a customer. When not directly observable, the Company generally estimates standalone selling price by using the expected cost plus a margin approach. The Company reassesses these estimates on a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change.
Revenues related to software maintenance services are recognized over the period the services are provided using an output method that is consistent with the way in which value is delivered to the customer.
Revenues related to cloud hosting solutions, which include a combination of services including hosting and support services, and do not convey a license to the customer, are recognized over the period as the services are provided. These arrangements represent a single performance obligation.
For software license agreements that require significant customization of third-party software, the software license and related customization services are not distinct as the customization services may be complex in nature or significantly modify or customize the software license. Therefore, revenue is recognized as the services are performed in accordance with an output method which measures progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation.
Revenues related to our non-hosted third-party software license arrangements that do not require significant modification or customization of the underlying software are recognized when the software is delivered as control is transferred at a point in time.
87
Revenues related to consulting services (time-and-materials), transaction-based or volume-based contracts are recognized over the period the services are provided using an input method such as labor hours incurred.
The Company may enter into arrangements with third party suppliers to resell products or services, such as software licenses and hosting services. In such cases, the Company evaluates whether the Company is the principal (i.e., report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., report revenues on a net basis). In doing so, the Company first evaluates whether it controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer. In instances where the Company controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, the Company is the principal; otherwise, the Company is the agent. Determining whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the customer may require judgment.
Some of our service arrangements are subject to customer acceptance clauses. In these instances, the Company must determine whether the customer acceptance clause is substantive. This determination depends on whether the Company can independently confirm the product meets the contractually agreed-upon specifications or if the contract requires customer review and approval. When a customer acceptance is considered substantive, the Company does not recognize revenue until customer acceptance is obtained.
Client contracts sometimes include incentive payments received for discrete benefits delivered to clients or service level agreements and volume rebates that could result in credits or refunds to the client. Such amounts are estimated at contract inception and are adjusted at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, by recognizing the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquired business, measured at their acquisition date fair values. Contingent consideration is included within the acquisition cost and is recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date. A liability resulting from contingent consideration is re-measured to fair value as of each reporting date until the contingency is resolved, and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred within other operating expenses, net.
Equity-Based Compensation
We recognize and measure compensation expense for all equity-based awards based on the grant date fair value.
For performance share units (“PSUs”), we are required to estimate the probable outcome of the performance conditions in order to determine the equity-based compensation cost to be recorded over the vesting period. Vesting is tied to performance conditions that include the achievement of EBITDA-based metrics and/or the occurrence of a liquidity event.
The grant date fair value is determined based on the fair market value of the Company’s shares on the grant date of such awards. Because there is no public market for the Company’s equity prior to the Business Combination, the Company determines the fair value of shares by using an income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow method, and in consideration of a number of objective and subjective factors, including the Company’s actual operating and financial performance, expectations of future performance, market conditions and liquidation events, among other factors.
Determining the fair value of equity-based awards requires estimates and assumptions, including estimates of the period the awards will be outstanding before they are exercised and future volatility in the price of our common shares. We periodically assess the reasonableness of our assumptions and update our estimates as required. If actual results differ significantly from our estimates, equity-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially affected. The Company’s accounting policy is to account for forfeitures of employee awards as they occur.
88
Warrants
We account for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
For warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are recorded as liabilities. At the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value during the period are recognized as a component of results of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in the fair value until the earlier of a) the exercise or expiration of the warrants or b) the redemption of the warrants.
Our public warrants meet the criteria for equity classification and accordingly, are reported as a component of stockholders’ equity while our private warrants do not meet the criteria for equity classification and are thus classified as a liability.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Final Prospectus, as well as our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus, for a description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations.
89
Business
Overview
We are a pure-play leading provider of agile-first, end-to-end, digital technology solutions in the North American market using onshore and nearshore delivery. Our mission is to fundamentally change the way people and organizations view, approach and achieve digital transformation. We help our clients transform their businesses by innovating, building, continually improving and running new technology solutions at scale. Our services enable our clients to more effectively leverage technology, optimize cost, grow, and compete.
In recent years, technological advances have altered business and competitive landscapes at a pace and scale that are unprecedented in modern industry. The proliferation of new digital technologies, such as cloud computing, mobile, social media, artificial intelligence, machine learning, advanced analytics and automation delivered in an omni-channel way, and the ability to rent them as-a-service instead of acquiring them outright at significant upfront cost, have diminished the scale and infrastructure advantages of incumbent businesses. This, in turn, has enabled the rise of a new breed of companies, known as digital disruptors, across different industries. Digital disruptors build technology platforms by deploying an agile methodology, which is user-driven and focuses on continuous delivery of small upgrades with multi-disciplinary software development teams rapidly designing, developing, testing, delivering and continually monitoring updates to software. The agile method also enables enterprises to innovate and improve products and processes continuously with greater speed than ever before. The traditional waterfall method, premised on a sequential and siloed approach to building software, results in long development cycles, fails to quickly integrate user feedback and is often more expensive than the agile method. Due to these factors, incumbent enterprises have a critical need to digitally transform their businesses in order to compete with new entrants in their markets, enhance customer experiences, drive differentiation, optimize operations and regain their competitive advantages. Based on management’s research, direct digital transformation investment is growing at a 17.1% CAGR (2018-2023) and expected to approach $7.4 trillion between 2020-2023 as companies build on existing strategies and investments.
Incumbent enterprises face numerous challenges in attempting to digitally transform their businesses. These challenges include significant existing investment in legacy technology infrastructure, lack of expertise in next-generation technologies, inexperience with agile development and an inability to find sufficient talent to drive innovation and execution. Incumbent enterprises have invested in core technology infrastructure over the last several decades and typically rely on it for running their day-to-day operations. This can result in engrained methods, data silos and high levels of complexity, which can hinder innovation and impair organizational agility and efficiency. Implementing an agile methodology at scale requires intense collaboration, transparency and communication among cross-functional teams of both technology and business users. Many enterprises lack the knowledge and understanding of next-generation technologies necessary to sufficiently evaluate new technologies through pilot and proof-of-concept programs, implement them at scale and maintain and use them once an investment has been made. Professionals with significant experience in agile development and next generation technologies are valued by our management and, accordingly, enterprises can struggle to acquire talent at scale and at a reasonable cost.
We combine our agile-first approach with expertise in next-generation technologies to help our clients overcome the challenges of digital transformation to innovate, build, run and continually improve solutions at scale using DevOps tools and methodologies. We offer client-centric, onshore and nearshore digital transformation services that include consulting, design and user experience, custom enterprise application development, DevOps, cloud computing, mobile, data management, advanced analytics and automation expertise. Our professionals have direct industry operating expertise that allows them to understand the business context and the technology pain points that enterprises encounter. We leverage this expertise to create customized frameworks and solutions throughout clients’ digital transformation journeys. We invest in understanding the specific needs and requirements of our clients and tailor our services for them. We believe our personalized, hands-on approach allows us to demonstrate our differentiated capabilities and build trust and confidence with new clients and strengthen relationships with current ones, which enables a trusted client advisor relationship. By leveraging our AgileThought Scaled Framework and our industry expertise, we rapidly and predictably deliver enterprise-level software solutions at scale. Our deep expertise in next-generation technologies facilitates our ability to provide enterprise-class capabilities in key areas of digital transformation.
90
We have built a culture of empowerment that allows employees to be entrepreneurial and nimble. We provide services from onshore and nearshore delivery locations to facilitate increased interaction, responsiveness and close-proximity collaboration, which are necessary to deliver agile services. As of September 30, 2021, we had 7 delivery centers across the United States, Mexico, Costa Rica, Brazil and Argentina. As of September 30, 2021, we had an aggregate of 1,615 delivery and consulting employees in Mexico, representing 72.4% of our total of 2,231 delivery and consulting employees. Our onshore delivery centers in the United States employed 299 delivery and consulting employees as of September 30, 2021, and our nearshore delivery centers in Brazil and Argentina employed 267 delivery and consulting employees as of September 30, 2021.
We have a history of strategically acquiring complementary businesses. We have a focused and proven acquisition methodology in which we seek to acquire capabilities not currently within our portfolio. For example, in November 2018, we acquired 4th Source, Inc., or 4th Source, and, in July 2019, we acquired AgileThought, LLC, or AgileThought, both U.S. headquartered and operated companies, which further supported our transition into the U.S. market. The acquisition of 4th Source added strong capabilities and expertise in the healthcare industry while the acquisition of AgileThought enhanced our agile delivery capabilities and expertise in the professional services industry.
We have an ample base of clients. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2021, we had 181 active clients, and for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2021, we had 204 active clients, compared to 282 active clients as of December 31, 2019, with the decline from 2019 being primarily due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, and the disposition of our European operations. We define an active client at a specific date as a client with whom we have recognized revenue for our services during the preceding 12-month period. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our revenue was $164.0 million, $173.7 million and $110.5 million, respectively, representing an increase of 48% comparing 2020 to 2018. Our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $116.6 million, a 10.0% decrease from $129.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We generated 69.0% and 48.9% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, from clients located in the United States, and we generated 51.1% and 31.0% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, from clients located in Latin America and others. We generated 65.9% of our revenue for the nine month period ended September 30, 2021 from clients located in the United States, and we generated 34.1% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from clients located in the Latin America and others.
Industry Background
In recent years, technological advances have altered business and competitive landscapes at a pace and at a scale that are unprecedented in modern industry. The proliferation of new technologies, such as cloud computing, mobile, social media, artificial intelligence, machine learning, advanced analytics and automation delivered in an omni-channel way, and the ability to rent them as-a-service instead of acquiring them outright at significant upfront cost, have diminished the scale and infrastructure advantages of incumbent businesses. This, in turn, has enabled the rise of a new breed of companies, known as “digital disruptors,” across different industries. Digital disruptors use digital technology platforms that are essentially software applications to enable innovative ways of providing products and services to clients. Digital disruptors often differentiate themselves with their extensive expertise in developing and using software. New technologies also provide customers and employees with more information and choices, changing how and where they engage with enterprises.
Best-in-class software developers have also re-imagined the process of software development. Today, digital disruptors build software by deploying an agile methodology. The traditional waterfall method, premised on a sequential and siloed approach to building software, results in long development cycles, fails to quickly integrate user feedback and is often more expensive than the agile method. The agile method is user-driven and focuses on continuous delivery of small upgrades with multi-disciplinary software development teams rapidly designing, developing, testing, delivering and continually monitoring updates to software. The agile method also enables enterprises to innovate and improve products and processes continuously with greater speed than ever before.
Due to these factors, incumbent enterprises with cumbersome processes have a critical need to digitally transform their businesses in order to compete with new entrants in their markets, enhance customer experiences, drive differentiation, optimize operations and regain their competitive advantages. This requires re-imagining and
91
re-engineering their businesses. In order to undertake digital transformation, enterprises need to devise new business strategies, alter their organization structures and cultures, and, most importantly, modernize their technology infrastructures.
Challenges to Digital Transformation
Digital transformation is about investing in and adopting new technologies and business models to enhance the value delivered to end-users. The challenges to digital transformation include significant existing investment in legacy technology infrastructure, lack of expertise in next-generation technologies and experience in agile development and the need to find talent to drive innovation and execution.
Enterprises have a significant investment in existing technology infrastructure
Incumbent enterprises have invested in core technology infrastructure over the last several decades and typically rely on it for running their day-to-day operations. For example, banks and insurance companies use core banking and insurance systems built on legacy technologies, while enterprises in other industries use enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. These are deployed on-premise, co-located, or outsourced computing infrastructure. That includes mainframe computers and other legacy computing and storage infrastructure. The legacy software applications can result in data silos and high levels of complexity across enterprises. This not only results in significant portions of information technology budgets being allocated to maintenance, support, security and compliance of legacy infrastructure, but also hinders innovation and organizational agility and efficiency.
Lack of expertise in next-generation technologies
Over the last decade technological developments have revolutionized the technology stack. On-premise, co-located and outsourced hardware is being replaced by “infrastructure-as-a-service” or public cloud, multi-cloud, private cloud and hybrid cloud. On-premise application software is being replaced with “software-as-a-service.” Custom software applications are being built using agile methodology and are being tested, deployed, and managed using automation. These applications are designed to reside in public, multi, or hybrid cloud environments, and are powered by big data and consumed simultaneously on a variety of next-generation devices such as mobile phones. As a result, enterprises have many difficult choices in prioritizing the technology investments they need to make. They need knowledge and understanding of next-generation technologies, with not only the ability to evaluate them through pilots and proofs-of-concept, but also the ability to implement them at scale, maintain and use these technologies once an investment has been made.
Inexperience with agile development
Agile development is a customer-focused, iterative approach enabling continuous delivery of incremental enhancements. Unlike traditional waterfall or plan-driven approaches, agile development requires intense collaboration, transparency and communication among cross-functional teams of both technology and business users. In order to adopt new technologies, it is becoming imperative for enterprises to adopt agile frameworks and rapidly deliver on innovative initiatives. Large enterprises often struggle with implementing agile development at scale given their traditional structures and culture.
Enterprises need to find talent
Digital transformation requires a combination of technology and talent. Enterprises need architects, programmers, data scientists and other professionals who are proficient in next-generation technologies. Given the relatively new nature of some of these technologies, professionals with significant experience are scarce. It is not easy to acquire such talent at scale and at a reasonable cost. Some technology companies, particularly IT services providers, are capable of hiring college graduates in different countries around the world and training them in next-generation technologies. However, it is not easy for an enterprise in other industries, such as healthcare, professional services, financial services and consumer packaged goods, retail and industrial services, to do this on their own. In addition, for technology companies, particularly IT services providers, the COVID-19 pandemic has proven that development and engineering teams do not need to be co-located and remote work can be enabled via distributed teams. However for enterprises in other industries, with traditional structures and cultures that might not be agile-ready, this is not the same reality. Their limitations on managing distributed teams could drive the need to source talent solely in their existing cities of
92
operations so they are co-located with business team members to enable agile development. This practice hinders their access to talent potentially available to them and often contributes to higher talent costs relative to lower cost nearshore locations.
Our Opportunity
Given strong secular drivers, we expect the demand in key industries, such as healthcare, financial services, and professional services to remain robust, driven by the need to modernize legacy systems and ensure compliance with evolving and complex regulations and customer requirements.
Due to increased demand for AI, data analytics, and technologies, we anticipate global IT services spend in the healthcare and financial sectors to increase in the next five years by 20% and 7.8% respectively. Additionally, big four professional services firms have announced a $9 billion spend in various technologies in the next five years.
Our Approach
We are a pure-play provider of agile-first end-to-end digital transformation services in the North American market using onshore and nearshore delivery. Our nearshore delivery provides clients with access to competitive costs and talent that is able to work and collaborate seamlessly during the clients’ typical hours of operation, due to similar time zones. We combine our agile-first approach with expertise in next-generation technologies and our clients’ existing technology investments to help our clients overcome the challenges of digital transformation to innovate, build, run and continually improve new solutions at scale. We offer client-centric, onshore and nearshore services that we categorize in three main solution streams:
• Innovate — through Strategic Consulting
• Build — through Digital Delivery
• Run — through Digital Operations
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths differentiate us in the marketplace:
Agile-First Capabilities
We embody an agile-first culture that drives us to provide a range of IT services and business solutions to our clients. By leveraging our AgileThought Scaled Framework and our deep industry expertise, we rapidly and predictably deliver enterprise-level software solutions at scale. We coach our clients, including senior leadership, on the critical role they need to play to enable the successful adoption of agile development practices. Our services span across the entire application lifecycle. We help our clients innovate, build, run and continually improve new technology solutions at scale. Our teams are able to collect feedback at every step of the process. Whether we are helping our clients to rapidly release minimum viable products or build global enterprise solutions at scale, we strive to consistently and predictably help our clients deliver higher-quality products and services.
We have a deep DevOps mind-set. Our consultants establish tight feedback loops with our clients’ operations teams to better ensure, through collaborative agile events and automation practices, that the software they build can be supported effectively in production.
Domain Expertise in Attractive, High Growth, Large Addressable Markets
We have expertise in industry verticals with large and growing addressable markets for our services. Currently, we have strong expertise in healthcare, professional services, financial services, consumer packaged goods and retail, and industrial services. We focus on verticals where we can leverage our industry knowledge with next-generation technologies to build new technology applications and drive the digital transformation of clients’ technology infrastructure. Many of our executives have direct industry operating experience that allows them to understand the business context and the technology pain points that enterprises encounter. We capitalize on this expertise in creating customized frameworks and solutions throughout clients’ digital transformation journeys. For example, we have deep knowledge and experience in the healthcare industry, particularly specialty pharma and pharmacy benefit
93
management, and had 18 active clients in this industry as of the last twelve month period ended September 30, 2021. We define an active client at a specific date as a client with whom we have recognized revenue for our services during the preceding 12-month period.
Customized, Client-Centric Approach
We believe our client-centric approach is a key competitive advantage. We invest in understanding the specific needs and requirements of our clients and tailor our services for them. We believe our customized, hands-on approach allows us to demonstrate our differentiated capabilities and build trust and confidence with new clients and strengthen relationships with current ones, enabling a trusted client advisor relationship status. We utilize our capabilities, combined with our personalized approach, to solve our clients’ innovation challenges and to broaden the scope of our relationship over time.
Enterprise-Class Expertise in Next-Generation IT Services
Our deep expertise in next-generation technologies facilitates our ability to provide enterprise-class capabilities in key areas of digital transformation. Our expertise extends to technologies in omni-channel commerce and content management, data management, business intelligence (BI), machine learning (ML), and artificial intelligence (AI). We have built strategic relationships with key vendors in next-generation technologies. We invest in employee training in the latest technologies that are deployed broadly throughout enterprises. For example, in public cloud services, we have deep capabilities in Microsoft Azure. In analytics, we have deep capabilities in tools like Cloudera, Informatica, MicroStrategy and QlikView. During 2019, we were recognized by Microsoft as one of four global finalists for the “Microsoft AI and Machine Learning Partner of the Year Award” for machine-learning solutions we co-developed and deployed for IntelAgree. Using Microsoft Azure, we built an AI solution for IntelAgree’s contract management platform that blends deep learning and natural language processing techniques to interpret uploaded contracts and extract essential information, greatly reducing a time intensive manual process.
Expertise in Leveraging Existing Technology Systems to Enable Digital Transformation
Digital transformation is a holistic process orchestrating the intersection of next-generation technology, human capital, and a firm’s existing technology investments while unlocking the data siloed therein. By constructing digital platforms that are enriched by existing investments, we are able to rapidly overlay new domain models enabling our client’s workforce to focus on high value work and pivot to new business models not afforded by legacy systems. Tactically, we believe this allows accelerated time to market and encourages a feedback loop informing long term investments. As an organization’s digital strategy evolves, and when justified by business drivers, the legacy applications can be modernized to compete in the new digital ecosystem.
When constructing digital platforms for our clients, we incorporate technologies including telemetry capture, API management, and application insights with legacy technology systems. Telemetry capture allows the platform to understand how it is being utilized by end users and what their experience is. API management allows us to understand application consumption across business units and lines of service. Application insights support platform scaling and predictive consumption models. These cross functional capabilities extend to all components of the digital platform and allow informed business decisions on when and if legacy systems should be modernized and where our client’s future investments will yield the highest return.
By taking a human-first approach to digital transformation, we help our clients maximize existing investments while building an informed strategic future on next-generation technologies.
Values and Culture
Our employees are our greatest asset. We have built a culture of empowerment that allows employees to be entrepreneurial and nimble. This culture, combined with strong and pragmatic management oversight and processes, institutional goals and defined key performance metrics, form the basis of our value system. We believe our culture and value system are paramount to best serving our clients. We strive to ensure that our culture of transparency, openness and collaboration is preserved through efforts such as our quarterly town hall, our Ask Me Anything — AMA-recurring forums, and our mentorship programs between our management team and junior professionals. Added to this is our
94
company-wide program where individuals are recognized by their peers for behavior that reflects company values such as prioritizing client-building relationships, taking on new initiatives, going beyond the call of duty to ensure the team’s success and confidently speaking up about a particular subject.
The culture we have built allows us to rapidly absorb organizations we acquire by identifying and integrating the best of their processes and empowering their people to grow within our larger organization. We believe our strong culture and overarching values system have led to our successful track record of acquisitions. The ability to assimilate ideas and retain people differentiates us as a potential acquirer for entrepreneurs and employees seeking a larger platform to grow their businesses.
Founder-Led Experienced Management Team
Our management team is led by our co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Manuel Senderos Fernández, who has significant experience in the technology and services industry. Members of our senior management team have 20+ years of industry experience on average and have been at AgileThought or with its predecessors for an average of over 6 years, giving them a deep understanding of our culture and the industries in which we operate.
Strategy
Key elements of our growth strategy include:
Expand Our Client Footprint in the United States
We are focused on growing our client footprint in the United States and furthering the application of our proven business capabilities in the U.S. market. We acquired 4th Source in 2018 and AgileThought in 2019, both of which are U.S. headquartered and operated companies. These acquisitions have accelerated our growth in the U.S. market. Our 2020 and 2019 revenue from U.S. clients were 69.0% and 48.9% of our total revenue, respectively. With these acquisitions, we have grown our presence in the United States to 376 employees as of September 30, 2021. We had 20 salespeople dedicated to new client acquisitions in the United States as of September 30, 2021 and we believe that our efforts to expand this sales force will be pivotal in further growing our client footprint and revenue in the United States.
Penetrate Existing Clients via Cross-Selling
We seek to deepen our relationships with existing clients through relation-based selling and moving ourselves to a trusted client advisor relationship. We also seek to expand wallet share by cross-selling our additional services. Our client relationships generally begin with a proof-of-concept, or a pilot, to address a specific business challenge. After this initial phase, we are able to more easily cross-sell our portfolio of services across organizations. We believe we have a successful track record of expanding our relationships with clients by offering a wide range of complementary services.
Continue to Identify and Build Competencies in Next-Generation Technologies
We are dedicated to remaining at the forefront of market trends and next-generation technologies. We intend to maintain, improve and extend our expertise and delivery capabilities across next-generation and commercially-proven technologies, in order to enhance our clients’ competitive advantage. As we continue to expand, we will remain focused on attracting engineers with next-generation technologies skill-sets, specifically cloud, predictive analytics and causality analysis, and AI, as well as continue to train and update our existing workforce through classroom, on-the-job, and online training programs in key next-generation technologies including Adobe, Appian, ServiceNow and Microsoft Azure.
95
Strengthen Onshore and Nearshore Delivery with Diversification in Regions
In order to drive digital transformation initiatives for our clients, we believe that we need to be near the regions in which our clients are located and in similar time zones. Our onshore and nearshore agile methodology not only facilitates efficient and reliable client communication and collaboration, but also facilitates our engineers being onsite quickly when required. We have established a strong base for our onshore and nearshore delivery model across Mexico, and we also have offices in Argentina, Brazil, Costa Rica and the United States in order to source diverse talent and be responsive to clients in our core markets. We have strategically located our onshore and nearshore delivery centers in areas that are desirable for employees to live, have ample access to innovative technical and industry-experienced talent pools, and have lower IT recruiting competition. However, one of the positive outcomes of the COVID-19 pandemic has been that we have further proven our leading agile delivery capabilities via distributed teams working remotely. This outcome has broadened our capacity to attract and recruit talent located in cities different from where our delivery centers are currently located. As we continue to grow our relationships, we will keep looking for the best talent to expand our footprint in other cities in Mexico as well as other countries in similar time zones such as Argentina and Costa Rica, either by establishing additional delivery centers or by using a remote delivery model.
Attract, Develop, Retain and Utilize Highly Skilled Employees
We believe attracting, training, retaining and utilizing highly skilled employees with capabilities in next-generation technologies is key to our success. Historically, we have relied primarily on hiring experienced employees to meet our demand for talent. Today, we are focused on growing our workforce through university recruiting. University recruiting helps us diversify our talent base, build-out our delivery capabilities and lower our overall delivery costs. Our strategy is to grow our university recruiting program in Mexico, which is one of the top countries in the world in terms of the number of engineering, math and science graduates. We will also leverage and deepen our existing relationships with universities in Mexico such as Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Instituto Politecnico Nacional, Instituto Tecnologico de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey and Universidad del Valle de Mexico in Mexico.
Selectively Pursue Tuck-in Acquisitions
We have historically pursued acquisitions that expanded our services capabilities, vertical expertise and onshore and nearshore footprint. For example, our acquisition of AgileThought in July 2019 expanded our client base and delivery capabilities in the United States and significantly enhanced our consulting, agile coaching, design and agile software development capabilities. We have a track record of successfully identifying and seamlessly integrating acquired companies into our core business. We plan to selectively pursue “tuck-in” transactions in the future that will help us augment our capabilities, establish new and deeper client relationships, and expand our cross-selling opportunities.
AgileThought Scaled Framework
We use a framework called AgileThought Scaled Framework for continuously and rapidly building the right software at scale. It helps us deliver measurable business value to our clients in a fashion that supports client ownership and shared accountability. AgileThought Scaled Framework is based on common frameworks enhanced by certain elements such as Continuous Discovery, Opportunity Prioritization, and Team Health.
Continuous Discovery allows agile frameworks to be extended to product management and is critical for ensuring that the teams are building viable products in a rapid fashion. In order to achieve this, our teams work in sprints, which are short, focused periods of time (typically one week) in which a small team iterates rapidly to validate customer problems and potential solutions. Opportunity Prioritization and Team Health indicators enable stakeholders to create and prioritize business opportunities long before development work begins. We measure Team Health by monitoring whether a team has everything it needs to achieve its specific goal during a sprint. The Team Health indicators allow stakeholders to visualize the health status of those teams assigned to the specific feature. The Team Health indicators also ensure participation by all stakeholders in the agile development process.
Through the AgileThought Scaled Framework we share accountability with our clients that enables partnership and allows the identification of issues or bottlenecks in near real time. The framework also helps us to retain top talent by cultivating a transparent and forward-thinking work environment. The framework allows enterprise clients to
96
validate and build the right products and features rapidly in an evolving market environment with multiple stakeholders who often have competing priorities. The framework dictates a process that aligns these stakeholders on their product strategies and drives clients to innovative solutions.
Certifications and Methodologies
We deploy industry standard quality and process management methodologies to guarantee our delivery process for our clients. We are ISO CMMI N3-certified, to help ensure secure and timely delivery of our digital product development services.
Our Services
We offer client-centric, onshore and nearshore agile-first digital transformation services that help our clients transform by innovating with them, building solutions and applications, continually improving those solutions and applications, and running new solutions at scale. Our services are delivered through a three-phased continuum:
• Innovate — Strategic Consulting
Our Innovate practice is built on the basis of providing agile transformation consulting services leveraged in our deep expertise in industry specific technology trends in order to help our clients solve complex business problems, devise new products and applications, and develop tailored solutions. We combine our deep domain expertise with our knowledge of leading next-generation tools and technologies as well as our technical proficiency in legacy technology systems, to create road maps for our clients to transform their businesses. We provide coaching and training services to clients to help them transition from traditional waterfall software development methods to agile development.
We have accelerators for product management, which we refer to as AgileIgnite and DevOpsIgnite, that allow our clients to assess benefits and viability of using these services in short sprints from a two to a four-week period.
Working with our clients, the breadth of our expertise across tools and technologies allows us to deliver transformation consulting services that enhance and broaden the scope of our role with clients from that of a vendor to a long-term trusted advisor.
AgileIgnite
AgileIgnite helps our clients assess their readiness to transition to an agile culture. AgileIgnite begins with an assessment of our clients’ current capabilities and tailors interactive training and workshop sessions to gauge the transition of their workflow to a true agile approach. To help make the development process transition more transparent and efficient, AgileIgnite also produces a custom agile implementation roadmap for each client.
DevOpsIgnite
DevOpsIgnite, our assessment framework, measures and benchmarks our clients’ DevOps maturity against peers to identify strengths and challenges and enables us to create a roadmap for our clients. Our DevOps services focus on quickly building, testing and releasing entirely new applications and new features within existing applications in order to help our clients compete effectively. Post-competitive assessment, our DevOps experts build an action plan to resolve issues and implement a robust continuous delivery release pipeline for targeted software systems.
97
• Build — Digital Delivery
Our mission is to deliver business value safely, predictably, and fast, which includes efficiencies and cost optimization to drive growth in our clients’ digital operations. Effective team organization and next-gen technologies allow us to validate and deliver our clients’ most critical business needs at scale while reducing time to market.
Our Digital Delivery services offer a broad range of services to address our client´s business needs and build and deliver their desired solutions. From User Experience, Application Engineering, Modernization and Mobility, Advanced Data Analytics, Cloud Architecture and Migration, Automation and AI and ML, we are the trusted partner for our clients’ digital transformation business initiatives.
User Experience
Our expertise in design and understanding the evolution of user interactions and client demands allows us to bring-to-life enhanced modern designs that help our clients maintain and grow their competitive advantage. We provide extensive analysis and expertise on the usability of our clients’ products and applications, with a focus on designing seamless user interactions. From rapid prototyping and design-thinking workshops to application performance management, our designers have technical expertise in a wide range of collaborative tools, design software and front-end frameworks using digital technologies.
Application Engineering, Modernization and Mobility
We provide comprehensive software application development services that leverage next-generation technologies and proven processes to deliver custom enterprise-grade and scaled software within an agile framework. Our enterprise application services include software product innovation and validation, application software development, software architecture design, systems integration, performance engineering, DevOps, analytics, automation, optimization and testing, pipeline creation, and software quality assurance. Next-generation technologies such as AI, ML, robotic process automation, or RPA, and the internet of things, which leverage capabilities such as data science and causality, are core to our development processes and allow us to develop applications for our clients that enhance their ability to improve internal efficiencies, optimize cost, leverage competitive business insights and make smarter decisions to drive growth.
We take our clients’ complex business challenges and turn them into opportunities using our end-to-end software development and maintenance services that support our clients’ ability to innovate within their lines of business and run mission critical systems and platforms. We leverage our clients’ current technology investments and provide migration and application modernization services which enrich and transform our clients’ legacy systems into cloud-first modern applications within a variety of industries.
Our mobility service offering complements the cycle as we collaborate with clients to develop innovative mobile applications with interactive user interfaces such as data analytics, newsfeeds and video that can be deployed on multiple platforms, such as iOS and Android, and devices in a way that compliments their overall technology strategy. We leverage our deep familiarity with next-generation and legacy technologies to harness the power of mobile connectivity for our clients enabling speed and agility. Our team of highly-skilled software design and development professionals provides insight and guidance to develop and support mobile functionality.
We also have significant expertise in mobile digital banking capabilities that incorporate omni-channel platforms, digital payments, biometrics, digital banking strategic consulting, and Know Your Customer, or KYC, cloud-based solutions to enable the transition from traditional banking to digital banking.
Advanced Data Analytics
We provide services for data architecture, causality, data science and data visualization to enable our clients to harness and leverage big data within their organization. We design systems that can learn from data, identify patterns, make decisions and improve business performance with minimal or limited human intervention in order to quickly and automatically produce models that can analyze bigger, more complex data and deliver faster, more accurate results, even on a very large scale, enabling our clients’ to draw insights and optimize performance. We use cloud-based and on-premise tools that align with our clients’ IT and data workloads and leverage advanced analytics techniques such
98
as machine-learning algorithms and AI in order to provide our clients with data-driven services and solutions. This process of developing algorithms from data allows our clients to automate key processes in an intelligent manner while lowering business costs.
For example, we were admitted to Microsoft’s AI Inner Circle program, which recognizes our unique expertise in specific industries and our ability to drive business transformation using the power of AI and data. As an example, we co-developed and deployed an AI solution for IntelAgree’s contract management platform. This platform helps enterprises automate and optimize their contract management system by blending deep learning and natural language processing techniques to interpret uploaded contracts and extract essential information, ultimately reducing a time intensive manual process. AgileThought was recognized by Microsoft as a global finalist for the 2019 AI and Machine Learning Partner of the Year Award for this project.
Cloud Architecture and Migration
We provide cloud planning, implementation, security, and managed services for public cloud, private cloud, on-premise and multi-cloud hybrid environments. Our next-generation cloud solutions typically include an initial assessment phase where we generate an in-depth report for our clients outlining the current state of their technology, the key risks associated with their transformation to the cloud, and a timeline for cloud migration based on their stated objectives. We leverage different Microsoft Azure cloud services (platform-as-a-service, infrastructure-as-a-service, software-as-a-service and function-as-a-service) both as an end solution and across nearly all of our consulting projects to provide cost-effective solutions and real-time delivery of highly scalable resources, such as storage space, virtualization (virtual machines), containerized hosting, as well as data analytics to minimize development time and effort. For example, we recently helped a leading accounting and professional services firm increase their speed and agility and reduce downtime by 85% through automation of their deployment processes and the creation of predictable, agile support frameworks. This enabled the client to adapt their software on-demand to accommodate user feedback, market shifts, or any changes to requirements, which resulted in increased productivity and more frequent deployments, reducing code release time from 3 hours to 30 minutes.
Automation
We help clients automate their core business operations. We help identify functions that are most likely to benefit from automation and design and implement solutions to address their specific needs. We believe that through RPA we reduce the need for human intervention in testing and decision-making. Our automated functions and processes can include code deployment tasks, testing automation, quality assurance, regression testing and test data management. Our testing approach speeds up processes, reduces the potential for human error and saves man-hours by increasing efficiency.
We help clients plan and implement cloud-computing strategies that integrate with their on-premises legacy systems and provide managed services to support, monitor, and safeguard information and will ensure that users are able to access services 24/7.
AI and ML
We help our clients to apply better AI strategies and deploy production-quality machine learning programs that drive better customer experiences and can generate cost-savings. Our teams of data scientists are experts at corralling big data using cloud-based or on-premise tools.
We focus our work on finding optimization strategies for predictive analytics and machine learning by testing use cases and prioritizing initiatives based on early discoveries so that our clients can be equipped with new product and customer insights within a few weeks.
• Run — Digital Operations
Our mission is to continue to deliver business value safely, predictably, and fast. Digital operations allow us to leverage agile and DevOps practices to deliver frequent functionality improvements, automate customer business operations and support user personas, while driving down total cost of ownership.
99
We offer Digital Operations services to help our clients run their operations in a seamless manner. From DevOps & Application Optimization to Application Lifecycle Management Support, we provide a reliable and predictable breadth of services to support our clients mission-critical IT initiatives.
DevOps & Application Optimization
We help our clients by running their applications through a continuous delivery model which we believe allows for higher predictability, fosters agile development, and adaptability to new technologies. Through DevOps, new features are delivered faster, code quality is higher, risks are mitigated, and costs are lower.
Application optimization services focus on establishing standards for application performance and determining what to re-architect, optimize, or develop. After diagnosing performance issues and mitigating the associated risks, we bolster our clients’ operations with process automation.
Lifecycle Management Support
We help our clients ensure their business continuity with a fully supported and responsive integrated services stack focused on actively addressing mission-critical software challenges, generating superior outcomes and delivering compelling cost savings. Our end-to-end ITIL-aligned processes and SOC 2 Type II audit compliant methodologies provide full-stack support for all technologies and environments 24x7x365.
A recent success story of our Lifecycle Management Support services is a leading gaming developer — creator of one the most-played PC games in the world and a key driver in the explosive growth of e-sports. The client engaged with AgileThought to be the first contact support for its players gaming platform, and perform community platform moderation, project management and organizational change management services. As a result of our involvement, there was a 50% reduction in ticket response and solution, and player support on all levels was automated.
Our Delivery Model
We use a combination of onshore and nearshore delivery to provide digital transformation services to our clients. We are a pure-play, agile-first digital transformation company using enabling digital technologies. Agile requires real time interaction between team members. Therefore, our success depends on onshore and nearshore delivery models. Our delivery model facilitates increased interaction, responsiveness, and close-proximity collaboration, which are necessary to deliver agile services. Our onshore and nearshore model also allows us to quickly travel to our clients’ locations when required. In addition, our ability to collaborate remotely without disruption due to similar time zones propels our productivity and further enhances our agile delivery. The need for enhanced collaboration often means our employees need to travel to spend some time working closer to long-term clients. The ability to move seamlessly between a nearshore base and a co-location facility creates a delivery model that is responsive to client needs and maintains our operational flexibility to deploy from a deep nearby talent market.
As of September 30, 2020, we had 7 delivery centers across United States, Mexico, Central and South America. In addition, we have delivery employees at client locations in Brazil, Mexico and United States. The breakdown of our employees by geography is as follows for the dates presented:
Employees by Geography |
As of
|
As of
|
||||||
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
||||||
United States |
376 |
409 |
464 |
90 |
||||
Latin America and Other |
2,228 |
1,873 |
2,230 |
2,653 |
||||
Total |
2,604 |
2,282 |
2,694 |
2,743 |
We believe Mexico’s proximity to the United States, its similar time zone and its availability of talent, make it an attractive delivery location to serve clients across North America. In Mexico, over 160,000 students graduated with a STEM major in 2020 from over 1,100 universities. Since 2014, in Mexico, over 790,000 STEM professionals have entered the workforce. We have leveraged our management team’s extensive knowledge of Mexico in building and growing our delivery operations in Merida and Colima. These cities are attractive given the high concentration of universities with engineering graduates, and attractive cost structure, desirable living attributes and low employee turnover observed by management. There are over 30 universities with STEM programs near Merida giving us access
100
to a pool of over 2,200 STEM graduates every year. There are 6 universities and over 800 STEM graduates annually in Colima. Based on management’s assessment, we believe that in Merida, we are one of the largest IT employers and have built a reputation as a preferred information technology employer for STEM graduates.
In addition to our strong reputation and hiring capabilities in the aforementioned cities, and mainly as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have amplified our talent sourcing strategy to other cities in Mexico and the United States that we previously did not focus on as they were farther from our delivery centers or client locations. We have proven that our agile delivery model is effective when working with distributed teams and have opened our scope to focus on finding the best talent, attributing less relevance as to where it is located.
As we grow, we will plan to take advantage of both strategies, and look to expand our delivery centers in other attractive onshore and nearshore locations in Mexico as well as other countries in similar time zones such as Argentina and Costa Rica, as well as continue looking for talented individuals in those same countries (to ensure the time zone alignment), regardless of the city in which they reside.
We believe one of our differentiators for our onshore delivery services is what we refer to as our AgileThought Studios. Our AgileThought Studios in Tampa, Florida are immersive, hands-on, high performance environments where teams work with our design, agile and development experts to discover and deliver usable and iterative products and services. AgileThought Studios leverage a repeatable, scalable, delivery system while building measurable value for clients, organization, teams, and customers. We believe that our multiple client engagements benefits us through aligned transformational and technology strategies, higher performance execution, increased speed to market, and removed silos among internal teams. Our client, who supports multiple customer loyalty programs for more than 250 of the world’s largest travel and retail brands were challenged to react faster to their customers, shifting the focus from individual projects to work completed.
Our Clients
We have built our reputation as a dedicated and trusted partner to our clients on a foundation of deep relationships and a client-centric approach to IT services. We typically start our relationships with large enterprise clients by taking on projects that involve difficult, yet critical, technology problems and build long-term relationships with them.
We focus on enterprise clients based in the United States and Latin America. Our clients operate across a broad range of industries, including includes the healthcare, professional services, financial services, consumer packaged goods, retail, and industrial services industries. As of December 31, 2020, we had 250 active clients across the United States and Latin America, defined as clients from whom we generated revenue over the prior 12 months.
During 2020, 2019 and 2018, our largest 10 clients by revenue accounted for 67.0%, 66.3% and 65.1% of our total revenue, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, our largest 10 clients by revenue accounted for 65.5% of our total revenue. Historically, excluding the acquisition of AgileThought, LLC, our largest client in 2020 accounted for 17.6% of total revenue, and in 2019 our largest client accounted for 13.1% of total revenue. Our second and third largest clients in 2020, excluding the acquisition of AgileThought, LLC, accounted for 13.1% and 11.8% of our total revenue, respectively, and our second and third largest clients in 2019 accounted for 12.7% and 11.5% of our total revenue, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, our largest client accounted for 13.2% of our revenue, while our second and third largest clients accounted for 10.5% and 8.8% of our total revenue, respectively.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing strategy is focused on a client-centric operating model that seeks to drive revenue growth from new client acquisitions and expanding relationships with existing clients. We utilize our capabilities, combined with our customized approach to solve our clients’ innovation challenges, to broaden the scope of our relationship with existing clients over time, moving to trusted client advisor status. Our emphasis is on generating long-term relationships with enterprise clients that have complex businesses to run, and partnering with them in outcome-based deals to solve their business issues while expanding our footprint of global enterprise clients across our large and growing addressable markets.
Our approach to marketing is based on Account-Based Marketing, or ABM, which provides us with a targeted demand generation approach for our marketing campaigns. Through ABM we focus on key accounts and our ideal
101
customer profile, creating targeted content and campaigns. Our demand generation campaigns target the acquisition, retention, and growth of high value clients. This framework delivers a customized experience, which results in generating marketing qualified leads that convert into sales qualified leads. This approach provides us not only with the ability to align sales and marketing, but also clear and consistent reporting that allows us to establish goals and metrics and measure campaign effectiveness, best practices and revenue growth in client relationships over time. Additionally, this approach allows to monitor marketing and sales engagement levels and measure ROI.
As of September 30, 2021, our sales and marketing organization included 84 employees (37 in sales, 34 in client services, and 13 in marketing) primarily located in Mexico City and throughout the United States. Our team of marketing professionals actively promotes our thought leadership, brand and capabilities through a variety of digital channels which includes our website, blogs, digital events such as podcasts and webinars, various social media platforms, participation in technology conferences through speaking engagements and sponsorships, and technology industry research briefings with industry analysts.
Competition
We are a strong provider of digital transformation services in North America. We believe we are well positioned to compete effectively due to our ability to combine our agile-first approach with expertise in next-generation technologies and our clients’ existing technology investments and our onshore and nearshore delivery capabilities. The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, fragmented, and characterized by rapidly changing client needs.
Our competitors include:
• Next-generation IT services providers such as Endava Plc, EPAM Systems, Inc., Grid Dynamics and Globant S.A.;
• Large global consulting and traditional global IT services companies such as Accenture plc, Capgemini SE, Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, and IBM; and,
• In-house IT and product development departments of our existing and potential clients.
We believe that the principal differentiating factors in our industry include quality and breadth of product and service offerings for large enterprises; technical prowess in both next-generation technologies and legacy technology systems; domain expertise in large and high-growth addressable markets; track record of high-quality, long-term relationships and on-time delivery of work; price; and scalable agile framework that combines onshore, nearshore and on-location delivery capabilities.
Our People
As of September 30, 2021 we had 2,604 employees. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we had 2,282, 2,694 and 2,743 employees, respectively.
Attract
We recognize that our ability to grow our business is dependent on our ability to attract and retain talent and industry-experienced professionals. We have primarily relied on hiring employees with prior relevant experience. Historically, we have hired a small number of employees from university campuses. Going forward, we intend to increase our focus on hiring college graduates. We have leveraged our management team’s extensive knowledge of Mexico in strategically placing our delivery operations in locations such as Merida and Colima that have high concentrations of universities with engineering graduates, attractive cost structure, desirable living attributes and low employee turnover.
In Mexico, over 160,000 students graduated with a STEM major in 2020 from over 1,100 universities. We are well positioned to benefit from access to talent in Mexico through our relationships with leading universities in Mexico, including the Universidad Tecnologica de Mexico, Universidad Anahuac Mexico and Instituto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey and we plan to expand our recruiting efforts at the following universities: Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Instituto Politecnico Nacional, Instituto Tecnologico de La Piedad and Universidad del Valle de Mexico.
102
Train and Retain
We invest in training our employees and offer regular technical and language training as well as other professional advancement programs. Our training includes programs dedicated to enhance our employees’ abilities and includes language proficiency courses, an Analytics-focused three-week academy and a two-week condensed Agile Boot Camp program. Additionally, during 2020 we launched our “AT University” program, which is a program that focuses on providing continuous training tools to our employees through online courses and in-house training in both technical and soft-skill topics. These programs not only help ensure our employees are well trained and knowledgeable, but also help enhance employee retention. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2021, our voluntary attrition rate was 28.8%. The increase in the rate as compared to December 30, 2020 was related to demand recovery in the IT industry. We have implemented several retention strategies relating to attrition.
We believe our ability to attract and retain talent is further enhanced by our strategic placement of our onshore and nearshore delivery centers in areas that are desirable for employees to live, have ample access to innovative technical and industry-experienced talent pools, and have reduced IT recruiting competition. Additionally, the work-from-home, or WFH, modality that was implemented during the COVID-19 pandemic has created two benefits for our ability to attract and retain talent. First, the ability of our distributed teams to effectively WFH for our clients has led us to search for and hire talented professionals outside the cities where we have our delivery centers, providing greater employment opportunities with us to individuals that would otherwise have had to relocate and reducing potential effects on our business from region-related attrition. Second, WFH has also reduced commuting and increased family and personal time for many individuals, which management believes has resulted in higher employee satisfaction which we anticipate translating into higher retention rates.
We foster a work environment that rewards entrepreneurial initiative and offers employees’ opportunities to learn and work with cutting-edge technologies on U.S. headquartered multinational accounts. In 2020, our voluntary attrition rate was 20.8%, excluding business dispositions and first year/non-core project departures, which are typically trainees or very junior employees. If we were to normalize the 2020 voluntary attrition rate by excluding client related transitions due to COVID-19 or departures related to discontinued operations, including divested businesses (Eprocure in 2020), and non-core, high-turnover projects, the regular course-of-business attrition rate would be 14%.
We have been recognized as a desirable firm to work at by several organizations, including Great Place to Work in 2020 and being named as one of the 250 Most Successful Companies in Florida in 2020, both recognitions that help us to attract talent to our organization. Prior to our acquisition of AgileThought, LLC, AgileThought, LLC had been recognized by the Great Place to Work Institute as the 25th best place to work in technology and the 10th best place to work for millennials among small and medium companies in 2019.
Intellectual Property
Our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, defend and enforce our intellectual property is important to our success. We rely on intellectual property laws in the U.S. and certain other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to protect our intellectual property. We own or have applied for registration of various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we believe are important to our business.
Despite our efforts to obtain, maintain, protect, defend and enforce our trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property rights, our trademarks, service marks or other intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, declared generic, circumvented, infringed or otherwise violated. Opposition or cancellation proceedings have in the past and may in the future be filed against our trademark or service mark applications and registrations, and our trademarks and service marks may not survive such proceedings. Additionally, although we take reasonable steps to safeguard our trade secrets, trade secrets can be difficult to protect, and others may independently discover our trade secrets and other confidential information. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, in part, by executing confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, contractors and other third parties. The confidentiality agreements we enter into are designed to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, and the agreements or clauses requiring assignment of inventions to us are designed to grant us ownership of all intellectual property and technology that the applicable counterparties develop in connection with their work for us. We cannot guarantee, however, that we have executed such agreements with all applicable counterparties, such agreements will not be breached or that these agreements will afford us adequate protection of our intellectual property, trade secrets and proprietary rights. From time to time, legal action by us may be necessary to enforce or protect our
103
intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual property rights of others, and we may also be required from time to time to defend against third-party claims of infringement, misappropriation, other violation or invalidity.
For more information on the risks associated with our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”
Facilities
We have offices in two U.S. cities, three cities in Mexico and three additional cities outside the United States and Mexico. Our headquarters are located in Irving, Texas. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our ongoing needs, and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management time and resources and other factors.
104
Management
Directors and Executive Officers
Our directors and executive officers and their ages as of the date of this prospectus are as follows:
Name |
Age |
Position(s) |
||
Executive Officers |
||||
Manuel Senderos Fernández |
48 |
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors |
||
Jorge Pliego Seguin |
57 |
Chief Financial Officer |
||
Kevin Johnston |
54 |
Chief Revenue Officer |
||
Federico Alberto Tagliani |
54 |
Global Chief Operating Officer |
||
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo |
53 |
Vice President, Business Development and Director |
||
Diego Zavala |
59 |
Vice President, M&A and Director |
||
Non-Employee Directors |
||||
Alexander R. Rossi |
53 |
Director |
||
Alejandro Rojas Domene |
48 |
Director |
||
Mauricio Jorge Rioseco Orihuela |
58 |
Director |
||
Arturo José Saval Pérez |
63 |
Director |
||
Roberto Langenauer Neuman |
48 |
Director |
||
Andrés Borrego y Marrón |
52 |
Director |
||
Gerardo Benítez Peláez |
44 |
Director |
||
Marina Diaz Ibarra |
40 |
Director |
Executive Officers
Manuel Senderos Fernández. Mr. Senderos Fernández has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Senderos Fernández served as the Chief Executive Officer of Legacy AT from 2000 to 2010 and again from July 2019 to August 2021. He served as Chairman of the board of directors of Legacy AT since 2000. Before that, Mr. Senderos Fernández served from 1996 to 2000 on the board of directors of Desc Corporativo, S.A. de C.V., a publicly traded industrial conglomerate trading on The Mexican Stock Exchange (BMV) as Grupo Kuo, S.A.B. de C.V. (KUO). From 1993 to 2000, Mr. Senderos Fernández held various positions in strategic planning and business management at Desc S.A. de C.V. Mr. Senderos Fernández received a Bachelor of Business Administration from the Universidad Iberoamericana in Mexico City, Mexico, and attended the program for Executive Development at IMD Business School in Lausanne, Switzerland.
We believe that Mr. Senderos Fernández is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience leading Legacy AT through years of business and geographic expansions, his experience as a co-founder of Legacy AT and his extensive knowledge of Legacy AT’s business and innovation, technology, strategic business management and software.
Jorge Pliego Seguin. Mr. Pliego has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2021. Mr. Pliego served as the Chief Financial Officer of Legacy AT from July 2016 to August 2021. Prior to joining Legacy AT, Mr. Pliego served as Senior Vice President of Finance for West Latin America at Diageo from May 2013 through October 2015. From September 2010 through April 2013, Mr. Pliego was Senior Vice President of Audit & Risk for the Americas at Diageo. Prior to joining Diageo, Mr. Pliego was Director of Finance for the South America region for Avery Dennison. From July 2000 to May 2001, Mr. Pliego served as Treasury Manager for Kellogg Company. Mr. Pliego earned a finance administration degree from the Instituto Tecnológico Autónomo de México (ITAM) and an MBA in international finance from European University in Barcelona and completed an executive education program in global strategy at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
105
Kevin Johnston. Mr. Johnston has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since August 2021. Mr. Johnston served as the Chief Revenue Officer of Legacy AT from February 2020 to August 2021. Prior to joining Legacy AT, Mr. Johnston served as the Chief Sales & Revenue Officer, Americas Region for DXC Technology, a publicly held business-to-business IT services company, from July 2019 to February 20. Mr. Johnston previously held various executive and management positions at HP Inc. from March 2007 to May 2013 and at Hewlett Packard Enterprise from June 2013 to April 2017, most recently as Vice President & General Manager, Americas Workload and Cloud Practice. Mr. Johnston holds a B.S. in Agricultural Business and Management from Iowa State University.
Federico Alberto Tagliani. Mr. Tagliani has served as our Global Chief Operations Officer since August 2021. Mr. Tagliani served as the global Chief Operations Officer and Managing Director of the Latin America business of Legacy AT from July 2019 to August 2021. Mr. Tagliani previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of Legacy AT from March 2017 through June 2019 and as Chief Operations Officer from October 2016 through March 2017. Prior to joining Legacy AT, from September 1992 to September 2016, Mr. Tagliani served as Regional VP and Brazil President of Grupo ASSA (sold to Globant). From 1990 to December 1991, Mr. Tagliani served as a consultant for Ernst & Young. Mr. Tagliani obtained a degree in Industrial Engineering from Universidad Nacional de Lomas de Zamora (UNLZ) in Argentina and an MBA from IAE, Argentina.
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo. Mr. Garduño has served as our Vice President, Business Development and as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Garduño served as the VP of Business Development of Legacy AT from April 2000 to August 2021. Prior to joining Legacy AT, Mr. Garduño co-founded Ncubo Capital, a private payment processing company, and Kio Networks, a private data center company. Mr. Garduño is married to a first cousin of Alejandro Rojas Domene, a member of the board of directors of Legacy AT.
We believe that Mr. Garduño is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience leading Legacy AT’s business development, his experience as a co-founder of the Legacy AT for more than 20 years, his extensive knowledge of Legacy AT’s business, and his experience in innovation, technology and software.
Diego Zavala. Mr. Zavala has served as our Vice President, M&A and as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Zavala served as President of Legacy AT from July 2017 to August 2021 and as Vice President of M&A of Legacy AT from March 2014 to August 2021. Prior to joining the Legacy AT, from September 1986 to March 2013, Mr. Zavala served as Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Hildebrando SA de CV, an information technology services firm, partially sold to the global private equity firm Advent International in Dec-2002 and rebought their shares in 2008. In 2013 Mr. Zavala led the team to sell Hildebrando to América Móvil (Telmex). Mr. Zavala holds a Bachelor Degree in Electronics Engineering from the Universidad Anahuac in Mexico and attended and got the Certificate of Professional Development (CPD) at The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
We believe that Mr. Zavala is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience leading Legacy AT’s mergers and acquisitions, his extensive knowledge of Legacy AT’s business, and his deep experience in technology.
Non-Employee Directors
Alexander Roger Rossi. Mr. Rossi has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Rossi had served as Chairman of the board of directors of LIVK since its inception on October 2, 2019. From 2006 to present, Mr. Rossi has served as Managing Partner of LIV Capital Group, a leading private investment firm in Mexico. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Rossi served as Managing Director of Communications Equity Associates, LLC (“CEA”), a merchant and investment bank specializing in the media, communications and technology sectors. Prior to joining CEA, Mr. Rossi held position at Banoomer securities International, a Mexican Investment Bank, Smith Berney International and PaineWebber Incorporated. Mr. Rossi currently serves on the board of several Mexican companies. Mr. Rossi has an MBA from New York University’s Stern School of Business (1995) and a BA in Economics and Art History from Williams College (1990).
We believe Mr. Rossi’s more than 25 years of experience make him well qualified to serve as a director.
106
Alejandro Rojas Domene. Mr. Domene has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Domene has served on the board of directors of Legacy AT from November 2014 to August 2021. Mr. Rojas is a founder and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Armada Investment Management Ltd., a private investment management firm since September 2007. From 2003 to 2018, Mr. Rojas served on the board of directors of Rotoplas SA de CV, a publicly-traded water solutions company listed on the BMV as AGUA.MX. Mr. Rojas currently serves on the board of directors of Armada Investment Management, Maya Capital, S.A. de C.V., Juganu LTD, Tactile Mobility LTD, Gasngo Latam, and Gasngo de Mexico. Mr. Rojas is a first cousin of the wife of Mr. Garduño, who is also a member of the board of directors of Legacy AT.
We believe that Mr. Rojas is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor in both private and public companies and his experience as an entrepreneur advising on acquisitions and corporate strategy.
Mauricio Jorge Rioseco Orihuela. Mr. Rioseco has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Rioseco served on the board of directors of Legacy AT from November 2014 to August 2021. Mr. Rioseco is the Managing Partner of RW Consulting S.A. de C.V., a private consulting firm he founded in 1997, and sits in the board of directors of several companies in Mexico, United States and Europe, Mr. Rioseco holds a Bachelor’s degree in Economics and Accounting from the ITAM and an MBA from the IPADE in Mexico.
We believe that Mr. Rioseco is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the financial services industry and advising high-growth businesses.
Arturo José Saval Pérez. Mr. Saval has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Saval served on the board of directors of Legacy AT from May 2015 to August 2021. Mr. Saval is a founding partner and Chairman of Nexxus Capital, a private equity investment firm. He has over 35 years of experience in private equity, investment and commercial banking, and has participated in numerous debt and equity transactions, both private and public, as well as in multiple advisory assignments. Before joining Nexxus in 1998 as co-founder, he held senior positions at Grupo Santander Mexico and top positions in international, corporate, commercial and investment banking at Grupo GBM, Interacciones, and Grupo Serfin, where he served as a director and member of multiple investment committees. Mr. Saval currently serves on the board of directors of Nexxus (along with each of its funds), Grupo Hotelero Santa Fe (BMV: HOTEL), Grupo Traxion (BMV: TRAXION), Cox Energy America (BIVA: COXA), Price Travel, Maak Holding, Modatelas, Portafolio Inmobiliario Estrella (in association with ZKC, real estate developer), Pumping Team Holding, Translatum Holding, Grupo Turistore and Redwood Ventures. Mr. Saval also serves as Chairman of the Corporate Practices board of Grupo Hotelero Santa Fe, Chairman of the Corporate Practices board of Traxion, and Chairman of the board of directors of Taco Holding and Immuno Holding. Mr. Saval also serves as a member of the board of Consejo de la Comunicación. He was a member of the board from 2010 to 2012 and later became Chairman of the board of the Mexican Private Equity Association (AMEXCAP) from 2012 to 2014, and he is currently a member of the executive committee. Mr. Saval also served as a member of the board of the Latin American Venture Capital Association, LAVCA, from 2011 to 2014. Mr. Saval studied Industrial Engineering at Universidad Iberoamericana in Mexico.
We believe that Mr. Saval is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge and experience in corporate finance and advisory roles.
Roberto Langenauer Neuman. Mr. Langenauer has served as a member of the board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Langenauer has served on the board of directors of Legacy AT from May 2015 to August 2021. Mr. Langenauer is a Senior Managing Partner and Chief Executive Officer of Nexxus Capital. He has participated in the completion of all Nexxus´s investment cycles since 1996 and has extensive experience in Private Equity investing. Mr. Langenauer has also extensive experience in private debt, mergers and acquisitions and initial public offerings, participating in several offers of this type. Among his responsibilities, he has been in charge of the design of investment strategies in private equity, mezzanine debt and the evaluation of investment opportunities. Mr. Langenauer currently serves on the board of directors of Nexxus Capital (along with each of its funds), Grupo Traxion (BMV:TRAXIONA), plus ten board positions of the Nexxus’ portfolio companies. Mr. Langenauer obtained a Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Engineering from the Universidad Iberoamericana in Mexico.
We believe that Mr. Langenauer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in venture capital and private equity investments and advising on corporate strategy.
107
Andrés Borrego y Marrón. Mr. Borrego has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Borrego has served on the board of directors of Legacy AT from December 2017 to August 2021. Mr. Borrego has served as CEO and Co-Portfolio Manager of the Mexico Credit Opportunities funds since 2012 and is the head of the Asset Management business for Credit Suisse in Mexico. As part of the funds responsibilities, Mr. Borrego serves on the board of several of the public and private portfolio companies. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Borrego was the co-head of the Credit Suisse Emerging Markets business with in Fixed Income for Latin America (ex-Brazil) and prior to that he was the County Head for Credit Suisse in Mexico based in Mexico City. Mr. Borrego obtained a degree in Industrial Engineering from Universidad Iberoamericana in Mexico City.
We believe that Mr. Borrego is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his financial services experience and his experience in investment management and corporate finance.
Gerardo Benítez Peláez. Mr. Benítez has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Benítez served on the board of directors of Legacy AT from October 2019 to August 2021. Mr. Benítez is a private equity investment professional at Credit Suisse Asset Management Mexico, and is responsible for managing the portfolios private equity portfolio in Mexico. Mr. Benitez is a seasoned private equity investor and operator having invested and participated in global private equity and M&A over the last 20 years. Mr. Benitez began is private equity career as an investment professional at TPG Capital and served on the board of directors of a number of TPG Capital portfolio companies. Mr. Benítez obtained a Bachelor of Science degree, a Bachelor of Arts degree and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.
We believe that Mr. Benítez is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in finance with high-growth companies.
Marina Diaz Ibarra. Ms. Ibarra has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Ms. Ibarra served on the board of directors of Legacy AT from July 2021 to August 2021. Ms. Ibarra has represented the International Finance Corporation as an independent member of the board of directors of Grupo Los Grobo LLC since May 2021 and has served as a member of the board of directors of Gentera SAB de CV and Grupo Rotoplas SAB de CV since March 2021 and February 2019, respectively. Since June 2020, Ms. Ibarra also has served as an independent member of the advisory board of Bitso SAPI de CV. Previously, Ms. Ibarra served as managing director of Wolox Inc. from January 2017 to March 2020 and as General Manager for Argentina, Chile and Peru for MercadoLibre, Inc. from May 2015 to December 2016. Ms. Ibarra holds a Bachelor of Economics from Torcuato Di Tella University, a Master of Science degree in project valuation and management from the Buenos Aires Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.
We believe that Ms. Ibarra is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience in finance.
Family Relationships
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no family relationships among any of the anticipated executive officers or directors of the Company, with the exception that Mr. Rojas is the first cousin of Mr. Garduño’s wife.
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors consists of eleven members. Mr. Senderos currently serves as the Chairman of our board of directors. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors is to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required.
In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors are divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term, except with respect to the election of directors at the special meeting related to the Business Combination, the Class I directors were elected to an initial term that will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Business Combination (and three-year terms subsequently), the Class II directors will be elected to an initial term that will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Business Combination (and three-year terms subsequently) and the Class III directors will be elected to an initial term that will expire at our third
108
annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Business Combination (and three-year terms subsequently). There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.
Our board of directors is divided into the following classes:
• Class I, which consists of Gerardo Benitez, Roberto Langenauer and Mauricio Garduño, whose terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Business Combination;
• Class II, which consists of Marina Diaz Ibarra, Mauricio Rioseco, Alejandro Rojas and Diego Zavala, whose terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Business Combination; and
• Class III, which consists of Andres Borrego, Alexander R. Rossi, Arturo Saval and Manuel Senderos, whose terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Business Combination.
Director Independence
Our board of directors have determined that Arturo Saval, Roberto Langenauer, Andres Borrego, Gerardo Benitez, Alexander R. Rossi, Alejandro Rojas and Marina Diaz Ibarra qualify as “independent directors,” as defined under the listing rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (the “Nasdaq listing rules”), and the board of directors of consist of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq listing rules relating to director independence requirements. In addition, we are subject to the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq relating to the membership, qualifications and operations of the audit committee, as discussed below.
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee. Our board of directors adopted a charter for each of these committees, which will comply with the applicable requirements of current Nasdaq listing rules. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they will be applicable to us. Copies of the charters for each committee are available on the investor relations portion of our website.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Alexander R. Rossi, Alejandro Rojas and Marina Diaz Ibarra. Our board examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment and determined that each of the members of the audit committee satisfy the independence requirements of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Each member of the audit committee is able to read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with Nasdaq audit committee requirements.
Mr. Rojas serves as chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors determined that each of Alexander R. Rossi and Marina Diaz Ibarra qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of Nasdaq listing rules. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.
The functions of this committee will include, among other things:
• evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;
• helping ensure the independence and performance of our independent auditors;
• helping to maintain and foster an open avenue of communication between management and our independent auditors;
• discussing the scope and results of the audit with our independent auditors, and reviewing, with management, our interim and year-end operating results;
• developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable account or audit matters;
109
• reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;
• reviewing related party transactions;
• obtaining and reviewing a report by our independent auditors at least annually, that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and
• approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Alexander R. Rossi, Alejandro Rojas and Marina Diaz Ibarra. Mrs. Ibarra serves as chair of the compensation committee. Our board of directors determined that each of the members of the compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and satisfies the independence requirements of Nasdaq.
The functions of this committee will include, among other things:
• approving the retention of compensation consultants and outside service providers and advisors;
• reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approves, the compensation, individual and corporate performance goals and objectives and other terms of employments of our executive officers, including evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer, and, with his assistance, that of our other executive officers;
• reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;
• administering our equity and non-equity incentive plans;
• reviewing our practices and policies of employee compensation as they relate to risk management and risk-taking incentives;
• reviewing and evaluating succession plans for the executive officers;
• reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans;
• helping our board of directors oversee our human capital management policies, plans and strategies; and
• reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.
Director Nominations
On the Closing Date, our board of directors adopted a board resolution establishing that director nominees must either be selected, or recommended for the board’s selection, by the independent directors of the board of directors constituting a majority of the board’s independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate.
Non-Employee Director Compensation
Our board of directors review director compensation periodically to ensure that director compensation remains competitive such that we are able to recruit and retain qualified directors. We intend to develop a board of directors compensation program that is designed to align compensation with our business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling us to attract, retain, incentivize and reward directors who contribute to the long-term success of the Company.
110
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors
Our board of directors have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at https://agilethought.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on its website.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been our executive officer or employee. None of our executive officers currently serve, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers that will serve as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification
Our charter eliminates our directors’ liability for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The DGCL provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:
• for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;
• for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
• for any unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
• for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.
If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
Our charter requires us to indemnify and advance expenses to, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its directors, officers and agents. We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. Finally, our charter prohibits any retroactive changes to the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.
In addition, we entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
We believe these provisions in our charter are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our directors and officers.
111
Executive Compensation
As used in this section, “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Legacy AT prior to the closing of the Business Combination and to AgileThought, Inc. (f/k/a LIV Capital Acquisition Corp.) following the closing the Business Combination. All unit counts in this section are shown on a pre-business combination basis.
Our named executive officers, including our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, as of December 31, 2020, were:
• Manuel Senderos Fernández, our Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the board of directors;
• Kevin Johnston, our Chief Revenue Officer; and
• Jorge Pliego Seguin, our Chief Financial Officer.
2020 Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding compensation earned by or paid to our named executive officers with respect to the year ended December 31, 2020.
Name and
|
Year |
Salary
|
Bonus
|
Stock
|
Non-Equity
|
All
|
Total
|
|||||||||
Manuel Senderos Fernández
|
2020 |
450,000 |
(1) |
— |
|
1,249,416 |
— |
— |
1,699,416 |
|||||||
Kevin Johnston
|
2020 |
350,000 |
(2) |
140,000 |
(3)(2) |
399,813 |
— |
6,575 |
896,388 |
|||||||
Jorge Pliego Seguin
|
2020 |
330,000 |
|
— |
|
499,766 |
— |
40,491 |
870,257 |
____________
(1) For 2020, we paid Mr. Senderos’ salary to Invertis LLC, or Invertis, an entity controlled by Mr. Senderos, and Mr. Senderos received his salary by an invoice to Invertis.
(2) The amount represents Mr. Johnston’s base salary, pro-rated for the portion of 2020 during which he provided services to us. Mr. Johnston commenced services with us in February 2020.
(3) This amount represents guaranteed quarterly bonuses paid to Mr. Johnston for the quarters ended March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement.
(4) Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted in 2020, in accordance with ASC 718 and excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. For information regarding assumptions underlying the value of equity awards, see Note 17 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officers. See the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020” for additional information.
(5) The amounts represent for Messrs. Johnston and Pliego (a) $6,000 and $2,576 in company discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan as described under the section titled “401(k) Plan” and (b) $575 and $2,995 in life insurance premiums paid by us for the benefit of each such named executive officer, and with respect to Mr. Pliego, $34,920 in housing and other living expenses at his principal residence.
112
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
For 2020, the compensation programs for our named executive officers primarily consisted of base salary and incentive compensation delivered in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted under the AgileThought, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”).
Base Salary
Base salary is set at a level that is intended to reflect the executive’s duties, authorities, contributions, prior experience and performance.
Performance Bonus Opportunity
We seek to motivate and reward its executives for achievements relative to its corporate goals and expectations for each calendar quarter. Each of our named executive officers was eligible to receive a quarterly performance bonus in 2020 based on the achievement of pre-established corporate performance goals relating to EBIDTA growth measured on a quarterly basis. The target bonus amount for each named executive officer was as follows: for Mr. Senderos, $112,500 per quarter; for Mr. Pliego, $49,500 per quarter, and for Mr. Johnston, $70,000 per quarter. The quarterly bonus was not earned for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 and due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, we cancelled our bonus program for the year ended December 31, 2020 during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. As a result, none of our named executive officers received a bonus based on 2020 performance. However, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Johnston received a guaranteed cash bonus payment of $140,000 in 2020.
Equity-Based Incentive Awards
Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. We believe that equity awards provide our executives with a strong link to long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and stockholders. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, we used RSUs for this purpose. We believe that equity awards are an important retention tool for our executive officers, as well as for our other employees.
Prior to the Business Combination, all of the equity awards we granted were made pursuant to the 2020 Plan, the terms of which are described under the section titled “Employee Benefit Plans” below.
Health and Welfare and Retirement Benefits; Perquisites
We pay premiums for medical insurance and dental insurance for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers who are full-time employees. We also pay premiums for life insurance and long-term disability insurance benefits for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers who are full-time employees. These benefits are available to all full-time employees, subject to applicable laws. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. In addition, we provide the opportunity to participate in a 401(k) plan to our employees, including each of our named executive officers who are employees, as discussed under the section titled “401(k) Plan.”
401(k) Plan
We maintain the AgileThought, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) plan”), a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to make pre-tax or Roth deferrals from their compensation up to certain limits imposed by the Code. We have the ability to make discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan to participants who are employed on the last day of the year and who have also completed at least 1,000 hours of service during the year. Employee contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their own contributions and in any discretionary contributions we make to the participant’s accounts. In 2020, we made discretionary contributions on behalf of Messrs. Johnston and Pliego, as further described under “Summary Compensation Table” above. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, with the related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are generally not taxable to a participating employee until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.
113
Executive Consulting and Employment Arrangements
In September 2020, Mr. Senderos entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with AgileThought, LLC, which was subsequently amended and restated on July 13, 2021. Prior to his employment agreement being amended and restated on July 13, 2021, Mr. Senderos provided the services and received the compensation contemplated under the employment agreement as a consultant pursuant to a consulting agreement entered into in October 2020 between Legacy AT and Invertis LLC, an entity Mr. Senderos controls. The key terms of Mr. Senderos’ employment agreement, and the employment arrangements with Messrs. Johnston and Pliego, are described below. Each of its named executive officers provides his services to us on an at-will basis. Each has executed our standard confidential information, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition agreement.
Manuel Senderos Fernández
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Senderos is entitled to an annual base salary of $450,000, and is eligible to receive a quarterly target bonus, which for 2020 was in the amount of $112,500 per quarter, payable based on the achievement of performance objectives as described above under the section titled “Performance Bonus Opportunity.” Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Senderos was entitled to an RSU award with a grant date fair value in the amount of $2,500,000 assuming that Legacy AT’s equity value (net of debt) as of the grant date was $700,000,000, which was granted in August 2020, the terms of which are described below under “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.” Mr. Senderos is also entitled to certain severance benefits, as described below under the section titled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” Mr. Senderos is eligible for certain standard benefits such as paid time off, reimbursement of business expenses, and participation in employee benefit plans and programs.
Kevin Johnston
Effective as of March 2, 2020, AgileThought, LLC, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Johnston, which governs the current terms of his employment. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Johnston is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000, and is eligible to receive a quarterly target bonus, which for 2020 was in the amount of $70,000 per quarter, payable based on the achievement of performance objectives as described above under the section titled “Performance Bonus Opportunity.” Mr. Johnston’s employment agreement provided for a guaranteed bonus for the first two quarters in 2020 regardless of performance, which amounts were paid in August and November 2020, respectively. Mr. Johnston is eligible for a relocation reimbursement of up to $50,000, which has not yet been paid, if he relocates his primary residence to Tampa Bay, Florida by September 2021. In addition, Mr. Johnston was entitled to an RSU award with a grant date fair value in the amount of $800,000 assuming that Legacy AT’s equity value (net of debt) as of the grant date was $700,000,000, which was granted in August 2020, the terms of which are described above under the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.” Mr. Johnston is also entitled to certain severance benefits, as described below under the section titled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” Mr. Johnston is eligible for standard benefits such as paid time off, reimbursement of business expenses, and participation in employee benefit plans and programs.
Jorge Pliego Seguin
Effective as of August 4, 2020, AgileThought, LLC, entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Pliego, which governs the current terms of his employment. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Pliego is entitled to an annual base salary of $330,000, and is eligible to receive a quarterly target bonus, which for 2020 was in the amount of $49,500 per quarter, payable based on the achievement of performance objectives as described above under the section titled “Performance Bonus Opportunity.” Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Pliego was entitled to a RSU award with a grant date fair value in the amount of $1,000,000 assuming that Legacy AT’s equity value (net of debt) as of the grant date was $700,000,000, which was granted in August 2020, the terms of which are described above under the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.” Mr. Pliego is also entitled to certain severance benefits, as described below under the section titled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” Mr. Pliego is eligible for standard benefits such as paid time off, reimbursement of business expenses, and participation in employee benefit plans and programs.
114
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
Each of our named executive officers is entitled to severance benefits upon (i) a “regular termination” and (ii) a “change in control termination” (each as described below). Upon a regular termination, each of our named executive officers is entitled to (i) continued payment of his base salary for 12 months, (ii) COBRA premiums for up to 12 months, and (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of the all quarterly bonus amounts for the calendar year of his termination, paid at target level, with the amount applicable to the calendar quarter in which the executive ceases employment prorated to reflect the portion of the calendar quarter in which he remained employed (reduced for any quarterly bonus amounts already earned and paid for such calendar year). Upon a change in control termination, each of our named executive officers is entitled to (i) continued payment of his base salary for 12 months, (ii) COBRA premiums for up to 12 months, (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of the all quarterly bonus amounts for the calendar year of his termination, paid at target level, and (iv) accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive. All severance benefits are subject to the applicable named executive’s execution of an effective release of claims.
For purposes of its named executive officers’ severance benefits, a “regular termination” is an involuntary termination (i.e., a termination other than for cause or a resignation for good reason, as defined in the employment agreements) that does not occur within 12 months following the effective date of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2020 Plan), or the “change in control period.” A “change in control termination” is a regular termination that occurs during the change in control period.
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020
The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020. As described in the section entitled “The Business Combination Agreement — General; Structure of the Merger — Conversion of Securities” in the Business Combination Proposal above, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that are outstanding at the effective time will be adjusted to reflect the Business Combination. All of the stock awards were granted under the 2020 Plan.
Stock Awards |
|||||||||||||
Name |
Grant
|
Vesting
|
Number
|
Market
|
Equity
|
Equity
|
|||||||
Manuel Senderos Fernández |
8/4/2020 |
8/4/2020 |
— |
— |
1,675 |
(2) |
1,249,416 |
||||||
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors(1) |
|
||||||||||||
Kevin Johnston |
8/4/2020 |
8/4/2020 |
— |
— |
536 |
(2) |
399,813 |
||||||
Chief Revenue Officer(3) |
|
||||||||||||
Jorge Pliego Seguin |
8/4/2020 |
3/1/2017 |
— |
— |
376 |
(4) |
134,608 |
||||||
Chief Financial Officer(1) |
8/4/2020 |
1/1/2018 |
— |
— |
308 |
(4) |
91,670 |
||||||
8/4/2020 |
8/4/2020 |
— |
— |
670 |
(2) |
499,766 |
____________
(1) In May 2021, Mr. Senderos and Mr. Pliego entered into RSU cancellation agreements with Legacy AT and agreed to forfeit the equity awards granted to them under the 2020 Plan, contingent and effective upon the closing of the Business Combination.
(2) The shares underlying this RSU vest only if both a Time-Based Requirement and a Liquidity Event Requirement (each as defined below) are satisfied within 10 years of the grant date and are also subject to a liquidity event valuation modifier. The “Time-Based Requirement” will be satisfied as to one-third of the RSUs on each of the first three anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, subject to the executive remaining in continuous service as of each such date. The “Liquidity Event
115
Requirement” will be satisfied on the first to occur of either: (i) a change in control (as defined in the 2020 Plan); or (ii) the first business day following the expiration of the lock-up period specified in the applicable award agreement, provided that the executive is in continuous service immediately prior to such event. None vested as of December 31, 2020.
(3) In May 2021, the Legacy AT board of directors approved time-based vesting acceleration of the equity awards granted to Mr. Johnston pursuant to the 2020 Plan, contingent and effective upon the conversion of all outstanding total obligations pursuant to that certain Conversion Agreement by and between Legacy AT and the Second Lien Lenders, dated May 9, 2021. In August 2021, the Legacy AT board of directors additionally approved acceleration of such award such that the liquidity-event requirement applicable to the award was deemed satisfied, contingent and effective immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.
(4) The shares underlying this RSU vest only if both a Time-Based Requirement and a Liquidity Event Requirement (each as defined above) are satisfied within 10 years of the grant date. None vested as of December 31, 2020. The grant date fair value is determined based on the fair market value of Legacy AT’s shares on the grant date of such awards. Because there was no public market for Legacy AT’s equity, Legacy AT determined the fair value of shares by using an income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow method, and in consideration of a number of objective and subjective factors, including Legacy AT’s actual operating and financial performance, expectations of future performance, market conditions and liquidation events, among other factors.
Employee Benefit Plans
2020 Equity Incentive Plan
Legacy AT’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2020 Plan, was adopted by Legacy AT’s board of directors in August 2020 and approved by the Legacy AT stockholders in September 2020. The 2020 Plan was terminated in connection with the Business Combination, and no additional awards are being granted under the 2020 Plan.
Stock Awards. The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to Legacy AT’s employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other forms of stock awards to Legacy AT employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of Legacy AT’s affiliates.
Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2020 Plan is 48,000 shares. The maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs under the 2020 Plan is 144,000 shares. Shares subject to stock awards granted under the 2020 Plan that, under certain circumstances, expire or terminate or are forfeited back to or repurchased by Legacy AT will become available for future grant under the 2020 Plan while it remains in effect. As of April 15, 2021, there were restricted stock unit awards covering 7,510 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2020 Plan, of which restricted stock unit awards covering 3,785 shares of common stock will be cancelled immediately before the closing.
Plan Administration. The Legacy AT board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of the board of directors, administers the 2020 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. The plan administrator may also delegate to one or more of Legacy AT’s officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under the 2020 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to determine award recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.
Under the 2020 Plan, the plan administrator also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding award and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Legacy AT board of directors and permissible under applicable law.
116
Restricted stock unit awards may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason. With limited exceptions for domestic relations orders, official marital settlement agreements or other specified divorce or separation instruments and the laws of descent and distribution, restricted stock unit awards granted under the 2020 Plan are generally non-transferable.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in Legacy AT’s capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs and (3) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.
Corporate Transactions. The 2020 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between Legacy AT and the award holder or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant of a stock award, the plan administrator may take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards:
• arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring corporation;
• arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by Legacy AT to the surviving or acquiring corporation;
• accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination if not exercised (if applicable) at or before the effective time of the transaction;
• arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by Legacy AT;
• cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or not exercised before the effective time of the transaction, in exchange for a cash payment, if any; and
• make a payment equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the participant would have received on exercise of the award immediately before the effective time of the transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.
The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner and is not obligated to treat all participants in the same manner.
Change in Control. A stock award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control as may be provided in the award agreement or other written agreement between Legacy AT and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.
2021 Plan
In August 2021 our board of directors adopted the AgileThought, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) and our stockholders approved the 2021 Plan in August 2021. The 2021 Plan became effective immediately upon the Closing.
Purpose of the 2021 Plan
The purpose of the 2021 Plan is to secure and retain the services of employees and directors of, and consultants to, us or our affiliates, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for our success and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Class A Common Stock through the granting of awards thereunder. We believe that the equity-based awards to be issued under the 2021 Plan will motivate award recipients to offer their maximum effort to us and help focus them on the creation of long-term value consistent with the interests of our stockholders. We believes that grants of incentive awards are necessary to enable us to attract and retain top talent.
117
Eligibility. Employees and directors of, and consultants to, us or our affiliates, are eligible to receive awards under the equity incentive plan.
Award Types. The equity incentive plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) to employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards and other forms of stock awards to employees, directors and consultants.
Share Reserve. 5,283,216 shares of Class A Common Stock are initially reserved for issuance under the equity incentive plan. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance under the equity incentive plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2022 continuing through January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs under the equity incentive plan is equal to 300% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock initially reserved under the equity incentive plan. Shares issuable under the equity incentive plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Class A Common Stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market or otherwise. Shares subject to awards granted under the equity incentive plan that expire or terminate without the shares covered by such portion of the award having been issued, that are settled in cash rather than in shares, the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an award, or the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the equity incentive plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to awards under the equity incentive plan that are repurchased or forfeited because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, shares that are reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to an award, will be added back to the share reserve and become available for future grant under the equity incentive plan.
Plan Administration. Our board of directors will administer the equity incentive plan unless and until it delegates administration to a committee or committees thereof (as applicable, the “plan administrator”). The plan administrator may also delegate to one or more persons who are our officers (as defined in Section 16 of the Exchange Act) the authority to (i) designate employees other than officers to receive specified awards and (ii) determine the number of shares to be subject to such awards up to the total number of shares determined by the plan administrator that may be granted by such officer.
Subject to the terms of the equity incentive plan, the plan administrator has the authority to determine from time to time the terms of awards, including recipients, when and how each award will be granted, the type or combination of awards granted, the provisions of each award (which need not be identical), the number of shares or cash equivalent subject to each award, the fair market value of a share applicable to an award, and the terms of any performance award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Class A Common Stock. The plan administrator has the power to, among other things, construe and interpret the equity incentive plan and awards, establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the administration thereof, settle all controversies in connection therewith, accelerate the time at which an award may first exercised or the time during which it will vest, prohibit the exercise of any exercisable award during a period of up to 30 days prior to certain transactions or changes affecting the Class A Common Stock, suspend or terminate the equity incentive plan at any time, amend the equity incentive plan at any time subject to any stockholder approval required by applicable law and to generally exercise such powers and to perform such acts it deems necessary or expedient to promote our best interests and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the equity incentive plan or awards. Subject to the terms of the equity incentive plan, the plan administrator also has the authority to reduce the exercise (or strike) price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock awards covering the same or a different number of shares of Class A Common Stock, cash and/or other valuable consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant.
Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the equity incentive plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant (however, a stock option may be granted with an
118
exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant of such award if such award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option pursuant to a corporate transaction, as such term is defined in the equity incentive plan, and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code). Options granted under the equity incentive plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the equity incentive plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship ceases for any reason other than disability, death or for cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies during the period that an option is otherwise exercisable following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months. In the event an optionholder’s service relationship ceases due to disability the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months. Options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of an optionholder’s service for cause. The period of exercise for an option following a separation from service may be extended as set forth in the equity incentive plan in the event that the exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term. Acceptable consideration for the purchase of Class A Common Stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (i) cash, check, bank draft, or money order, (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (iii) the tender of shares of Class A Common Stock previously owned by the optionholder, (iv) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO and (v) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.
Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of Class A Common Stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all stock plans maintained by us may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. No ISOs may be granted after the earlier of the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the equity incentive plan and the date the equity incentive plan is approved by our stockholders.
Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past services, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the plan administrator and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. Additionally, dividends or dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by restricted stock as determined by the plan administrator and specified in the award agreement. Except as provided otherwise in the applicable award agreement, if a participant’s service relationship ends for any reason, we may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares held by the participant under his or her restricted stock award that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock units are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock units will generally be granted in consideration for the participant’s services. A restricted stock unit may be settled by cash or the issuance of Class A Common Stock, or a combination of cash and Class A Common Stock as determined by the plan administrator and specified in the award agreement. Additionally, dividends or dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit as determined by the plan administrator and specified in the award agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.
Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator and will be denominated in shares of Class A Common Stock equivalents. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant (however, a stock appreciation right may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant of such award if such award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option pursuant to a corporate transaction, as such term is defined in the equity incentive plan, and in a manner consistent with the
119
provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code). A stock appreciation right granted under the equity incentive plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of the aggregate fair market value on the date of exercise of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Class A Common Stock equivalents that are vested and being exercised, over the strike price of such stock appreciation right Such appreciation distribution may be paid in the form of Class A Common Stock or cash, any combination thereof, or in any other form of payment, as determined by the plan administrator and specified in the stock appreciation grant agreement.
Performance Awards. The equity incentive plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The plan administrator may structure awards so that the shares of Class A Common Stock, cash, or other property will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. The performance criteria that will be used to establish such performance goals may be based on any one of, or combination or, the following as determined by the plan administrator: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; number of users, including unique users; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of our products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the plan administrator whether or not listed in the equity incentive plan.
The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, the plan administrator will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the plan administrator may establish or provide for other adjustment items in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the performance goals are established. In addition, the plan administrator retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the performance goals. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the applicable award agreement or the written terms of a performance cash award. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.
120
Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to Class A Common Stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid by us to any individual for service as a non-employee director with respect to any period commencing on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders for a particular year and ending on the day immediately prior to the date of our annual meeting of stockholders for the next subsequent year (such period, the “annual period”), including awards granted under the equity incentive plan and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed $1,000,000 in total value. For purposes of this limitation, the value of any such stock awards is calculated based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes. This limitation will apply commencing with the first annual period that begins on our first annual meeting of stockholders following the effective date of the equity incentive plan.
Non-Exempt Employees. No option or stock appreciation right, whether or not vested, granted to an employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, will be first exercisable for any shares of Class A Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of such award. However, in accordance with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, any vested portion of such award may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant of such Award in the event of such participant’s death or disability, a corporate transaction, as defined in the equity incentive plan, in which such award is not assumed, continued or substituted, a change in control, as defined in the equity incentive plan, or such participant’s retirement.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a change in or other events that occur with respect to the Class A Common Stock without receipt of consideration by us through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, appropriate and proportional adjustments will be made to (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the equity incentive plan and the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may annually increase; (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs; and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and exercise price, strike price or purchase price of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding awards.
Corporate Transactions. The following applies to awards under the equity incentive plan in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the equity incentive plan, unless otherwise provided in a participant’s award agreement or other written agreement with us or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant. In the event of a corporate transaction, any awards outstanding under the equity incentive plan (or a portion thereof) may be assumed, continued or substituted by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute such awards, then with respect to any such awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (“current participants”), the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such awards will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and such awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the transaction). With respect to performance awards that are not assumed and that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a corporate transaction and that have multiple vesting levels depending on performance level, unless otherwise provided by an award agreement, the award will accelerate at 100% of target. If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute such awards, then with respect to any such awards that are held by persons other than current participants, such awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all awards or portions of awards in the same manner and is not obligated to take the same actions with respect to all participants. In the event an award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, the plan administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such award may not exercise such award but
121
instead will receive a payment equal in value, at the effective time, to the excess (if any) of the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the award over any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.
Plan Termination. Our board of directors will have the authority to suspend or terminate the equity incentive plan at any time. No awards may be granted under the equity incentive plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Aspects of Awards Under the Equity Incentive Plan
This is a brief summary of the federal income tax aspects of awards that may be made under the equity incentive plan based on existing U.S. federal income tax laws. This summary provides only the basic tax rules. It does not describe a number of special tax rules, including the alternative minimum tax and various elections that may be applicable under certain circumstances. It also does not reflect provisions of the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which a holder may reside, nor does it reflect the tax consequences of a holder’s death. The tax consequences of awards under the equity incentive plan depend upon the type of award.
Incentive Stock Options. The recipient of an ISO generally will not be taxed upon grant of the option. Federal income taxes are generally imposed only when the shares of Class A Common Stock from exercised ISOs are disposed of, by sale or otherwise. If the ISO recipient does not sell or dispose of the shares of Class A Common Stock until more than one year after the receipt of the shares and two years after the option was granted, then, upon sale or disposition of the shares, the difference between the exercise price and the market value of the shares of Class A Common Stock as of the date of exercise will be treated as a long-term capital gain, and not ordinary income. If a recipient fails to hold the shares for the minimum required time the recipient will recognize ordinary income in the year of disposition generally in an amount equal to any excess of the market value of the Class A Common Stock on the date of exercise (or, if less, the amount realized or disposition of the shares) over the exercise price paid for the shares. Any further gain (or loss) realized by the recipient generally will be taxed as short-term or long-term gain (or loss) depending on the holding period. We will generally be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount as ordinary income is recognized by the option recipient.
Nonstatutory Stock Options. The recipient of an NSO generally will not be taxed upon the grant of the option. Federal income taxes are generally due from a recipient of NSOs when the options are exercised. The excess of the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock purchased on such date over the exercise price of the option is taxed as ordinary income. Thereafter, the tax basis for the acquired shares is equal to the amount paid for the shares plus the amount of ordinary income recognized by the recipient. We will generally be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount as ordinary income is recognized by the option recipient by reason of the exercise of the option.
Other Awards. Recipients who receive restricted stock unit awards will generally recognize ordinary income when they receive shares upon settlement of the awards in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares at that time. Recipients who receive awards of restricted shares subject to a vesting requirement will generally recognize ordinary income at the time vesting occurs in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares at that time minus the amount, if any, paid for the shares. However, a recipient who receives restricted shares which are not vested may, within 30 days of the date the shares are transferred, elect in accordance with Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize ordinary compensation income at the time of transfer of the shares rather than upon the vesting dates. If a restricted share award subject to the Section 83(b) election is subsequently canceled, no tax deduction will be allowed for the amount previously recognized as income, and no tax previously paid will be refunded. Unless a participant makes a Section 83(b) election, dividends paid to a participant on unvested restricted shares will be taxable to the participant as ordinary income. If the participant made a Section 83(b) election, the dividends will be taxable to the participant as dividend income. Recipients who receive stock appreciation rights will generally recognize ordinary income upon exercise in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of Class A Common Stock on the exercise date over the exercise price. We will generally be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount as ordinary income is recognized by the recipient. Unless a participant has made a Section 83(b) election, we will also be entitled to a tax deduction for dividends paid on unvested restricted shares.
122
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In August 2021 our board of directors adopted the AgileThought, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Employee Stock Purchase Plan”) and our stockholders approved the Employee Stock Purchase Plan in August 2021. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan became effective immediately upon the Closing.
Purpose of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The purpose of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is to provide eligible employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company by purchasing Class A Common Stock from us on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. We believe by providing eligible employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan will motivate recipients to offer their maximum effort to us and help focus them on the creation of long-term value consistent with the interests of our stockholders.
Overview. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan includes a component that is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code (the “423 component”) and also authorizes the grant of purchase rights under a component that is not intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code (the “non-423 component”).
Share Reserve. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of 1,056,643 shares of Class A Common Stock. Such shares may be issued under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, from January 1, 2022 through January 1, 2031, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, and (ii) the number of shares equal to 200% of the initial share reserve unless prior to the date of any such increase, our board of directors determines that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (i) and (ii). If purchase rights granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan terminate without having been exercised, the shares of Class A Common Stock not purchased under such purchase rights will again become available for issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The stock purchasable under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Class A Common Stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market.
Plan Administration. Our board of directors will have the authority to administer the Employee Stock Purchase Plan unless and until it delegates administration to a committee or committees thereof (as applicable, the “ESPP plan administrator”). To the extent not prohibited by law, the ESPP plan administrator may also delegate some or all of its authority to one or more of our officers or other persons or groups as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation. The ESPP plan administrator has the power to, among other things, determine how and when purchase rights will be granted and the provisions of each offering (which need not be identical), construe and interpret the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and purchase rights thereunder, establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the administration thereof, settle all controversies in connection therewith, suspend or terminate the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time, amend the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time, to generally exercise such powers and to perform such acts it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of us and to carry out the intent that the Employee Stock Purchase Plan be treated as an employee stock purchase plan with respect to the 423 Component, and to adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States.
Purchase Rights; Offering. Generally, all regular employees, including officers and directors who are employed for purposes of Code Section 423(b)(4), employed by us or by certain of our affiliates designated by the ESPP plan administrator as “related corporations” under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, will be eligible to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and may purchase, normally through payroll deductions, Class A Common Stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the ESPP plan administrator, Class A Common Stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at a price per share equal to not less than the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the first trading date of an offering or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the date of purchase.
123
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the ESPP plan administrator may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of Class A Common Stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be terminated under certain circumstances.
Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as determined by the ESPP plan administrator, including: (i) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week; (ii) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year; or (iii) continuous employment for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the 423 component of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of Class A Common Stock based on the fair market value per share of Class A Common Stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the 423 component of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code. The plan administrator may also exclude highly compensated employees, within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there is a change in or other events that occur with respect to the Class A Common Stock without receipt of consideration by us through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transactions, the ESPP plan administrator will make appropriate and proportional adjustments to (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares reserved under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares and purchase price applicable to all outstanding offerings and purchase rights and (iv) the class(es) and number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.
Corporate Transactions. In the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, any then-outstanding rights to purchase shares under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock within ten business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors have the authority to amend the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We must obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan to the extent required by applicable law or listing rules. Our board of directors have the authority to suspend or terminate the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. No such amendment, suspension or termination of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan may materially impair any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding purchase rights previously granted except with the consent of the participant, as necessary to facilitate compliance with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations, or as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment.
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of Participating in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The following brief summary of the effect of U.S. federal income taxation upon the participant and us with respect to the shares purchased under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan does not purport to be complete and does not discuss the tax consequences of a participant’s death or the income tax laws of any state or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the participant may reside.
The 423 component of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and the right of U.S. participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Sections 421 and 423 of the Code. Under these provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the shares purchased under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan are sold or otherwise disposed of. Upon sale or other disposition of the shares, the participant generally will be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon whether the sale occurs before or after expiration of the holding periods described in the following sentence. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of more than two years from the first day of the
124
applicable offering and one year from the applicable date of purchase, the participant will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price, or (2) the excess of the fair market value of a share on the offering date that the right was granted over the purchase price for the right as determined on the offering date. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of either of these holding periods, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares have been held from the date of purchase. We generally will not entitled to a deduction for amounts taxed as ordinary income or capital gain to a participant, except to the extent of ordinary income recognized by participants upon a sale or disposition of shares prior to the expiration of the holding periods described above.
If a purchase right is granted under the non-423 component of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, then to the extent a participant is subject to U.S. federal income tax, the participant will recognize ordinary income, in the year of purchase, in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the purchase date over the purchase price. The amount of such ordinary income will be added to the participant’s basis in the shares, and any additional gain or resulting loss recognized on the disposition of the shares, after such basis adjustment, will be a capital gain or loss. A capital gain or loss will be long-term if the participant holds the shares for more than one year after the purchase date. We may be entitled to a deduction in the year of purchase equal to the amount of ordinary income realized by the participant.
2020 Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the compensation that Legacy AT earned or awarded during the year ended December 31, 2020 to each of its directors who served on the Legacy AT board of directors during 2020. Mr. Senderos did not receive any additional compensation for his service on the Legacy AT board of directors during 2020.
Name |
Fees
|
Stock Awards ($)(1) |
Non-equity
|
Total
|
|||||||
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo(2) |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
Alejandro Rojas Domene |
$ |
75,000 |
$ |
75,000 |
$ |
150,000 |
|||||
Mauricio Jorge Rioseco Orihuela |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
Arturo José Saval Pérez |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
Roberto Langenauer Neuman |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
Andrés Borrego y Marrón |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
Gerardo Benítez Peláez |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
Michael Monahan(3) |
$ |
75,000 |
$ |
75,000 |
15,000 |
$ |
165,000 |
||||
Lewis Wirshba(4) |
$ |
75,000 |
$ |
75,000 |
20,000 |
$ |
170,000 |
____________
(1) Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted in 2020, in accordance with ASC 718. For information regarding assumptions underlying the value of equity awards, see Note 17 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate number of shares underlying unvested stock awards held by Legacy AT’s non-employee directors were: Mr. Rojas, 100 RSUs; Mr. Monahan, 100 RSUs, and Mr. Wirshba, 100 RSUs.
(2) Mr. Garduño was an executive officer and employee director of Legacy AT.
(3) Mr. Monahan resigned from the board of directors of Legacy AT in April 2021.
(4) Mr. Wirshba resigned from the board of directors of Legacy AT in April 2021.
In 2020, prior to their resignations, Mr. Monahan and Mr. Wirshba were parties to a letter agreement with Legacy AT. Mr. Rojas entered into a letter agreement with Legacy AT in March 2020. Pursuant to such letter agreements, each of Mr. Monahan, Mr. Wirshba and Mr. Rojas received an annual cash retainer for 2020 in the amount of $75,000, as well as an RSU award with a grant date value of $75,000, which was granted in August 2020. None of the other members of the board of directors received compensation for their service in 2020.
125
Executive Officer and Director Compensation
We intend to develop an executive compensation program that is designed to align compensation with our business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling us to attract, retain, incentivize and reward individuals who contribute to our long-term success. Decisions on the executive compensation program will be made by our board of directors and specifically through the compensation committee of our board of directors.
We intend to develop a board of directors’ compensation program that is designed to align compensation with our business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling us to attract, retain, incentivize and reward directors who contribute to our long-term success.
Executive Compensation
Our policies with respect to the compensation of our executive officers are administered by our board of directors in consultation with the compensation committee of our board of directors. Our compensation policies are designed to provide for compensation that is sufficient to attract, motivate and retain executives of the Company and to establish an appropriate relationship between executive compensation and the creation of stockholder value.
In addition to the guidance provided by the compensation committee, our board of directors may utilize the services of third parties from time to time in connection with the recruiting, hiring and determination of compensation awarded to executive employees.
Director Compensation
The compensation committee of our board of directors will determine the annual compensation to be paid to the members of our board of directors.
Value Generation RSUs
On the Closing Date, our board of directors authorized and approved the grant of restricted stock unit awards (the “value generation RSUs”) under the 2021 Plan, contingent and effective upon the filing of a Form S-8 with the SEC, to certain consultants and employees of the Company, including to the executive officers in the amounts noted below, subject to the terms and conditions described below.
Grantee |
Number of
|
Vesting
|
||
Manuel Senderos Fernández
|
1,050,000 |
(1) |
||
Kevin Johnston
|
50,000 |
(1) |
||
Jorge Pliego Seguin
|
50,000 |
(1) |
||
Federico Alberto Tagliani
|
50,000 |
(1) |
||
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo
|
180,000 |
(1) |
||
Diego Zavala
|
670,000 |
(1) |
____________
(1) The value generation RSUs will vest in accordance with the schedule set forth below. Upon the date of the achievement of the applicable Milestone (as defined below), the specified number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the value generation RSUs will vest, subject to the grantee’s continuous service (as defined in the 2021 Plan) as of applicable vesting date.
126
Grantee |
Shares Vesting at
|
Shares Vesting at
|
Shares Vesting at
|
Shares Vesting at
|
||||
Manuel Senderos Fernández |
||||||||
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
|
367,500 |
262,500 |
210,000 |
210,000 |
||||
Kevin Johnston
|
17,500 |
12,500 |
10,000 |
10,000 |
||||
Jorge Pliego Seguin
|
17,500 |
12,500 |
10,000 |
10,000 |
||||
Federico Alberto Tagliani
|
17,500 |
12,500 |
10,000 |
10,000 |
||||
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo |
||||||||
Vice President, Business Development and Director |
63,000 |
45,000 |
36,000 |
36,000 |
||||
Diego Zavala
|
234,500 |
167,500 |
134,000 |
134,000 |
For purposes of this vesting schedule, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
• “Milestone” refers to each of the Stock Price Target 1, Stock Price Target 2, Stock Price Target 3 and Stock Price Target 4.
• The applicable “Stock Price Level” will be considered achieved only when the dollar volume weighted average price of a share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds the applicable threshold during a period of 21 consecutive trading days commencing on or following the expiration of the lock-up period applicable to the grantee pursuant to the terms of any voting and support agreement. Each Stock Price Level shall be adjusted appropriately in light of any stock dividend, share capitalization, subdivision, reclassification, recapitalization, split, combination, consolidation or exchange of shares, or any similar event related to the shares of Class A Common Stock.
• “Stock Price Target 1” means a $15.00 Stock Price Level is reached during the six year period following the date of grant.
• “Stock Price Target 2” means a $20.00 Stock Price Level is reached during the eight year period following the date of grant.
• “Stock Price Target 3” means a $25.00 Stock Price Level is reached during the ten year period following the date of grant.
• “Stock Price Target 4” means a $30.00 Stock Price Level is reached during the ten year period following the date of grant.
Emerging Growth Company Status
As an emerging growth company, we are exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our chief executive officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
127
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below is a description of transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we, LIVK or Legacy AT were a party or will be a party, in which:
• The amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
• Any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
New Second Lien Facility
We entered into a new Second Lien Facility on November 22, 2021, which was funded on November 29, 2021 (the “New Second Lien Facility”) with GLAS USA LLC, as administrative agent, GLAS AMERICAS LLC, as collateral agent, and entities affiliated with the CS Investors and Nexxus Capital and Manuel Senderos, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “New Second Lien Lenders”). The New Second Lien Facility will be secured by a second lien on substantially all of our assets and will provide for a term loan facility in an initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $20.1 million, accruing interest at a rate per annum equal to approximately 11%. The Second Lien Facility has an original maturity date of March 15, 2023. If the First Lien Facility remains outstanding on December 15, 2022, the maturity date of the New Second Lien Facility will be extended to May 10, 2024.
Each New Second Lien Lender under the Second Lien Facility has the right, but not the obligation, to convert all or any portion of its outstanding loans into our Class A Common Stock on or after December 15, 2022 or earlier, upon our request, at a conversion price equal to the closing price of one share of our Class A Common Stock on the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date. In addition, we expect that the outstanding principal amount of approximately $11.5 million will be converted upon the closing of this Offering into approximately 1,110,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, based on the last sales price of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021. We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the resale of these shares. Unless we receive shareholder approval pursuant to applicable Nasdaq rules, the amounts outstanding under the New Second Lien Facility will only convert into up to 2,098,545 shares of our Class A Common Stock (approximately 5% of our currently outstanding shares) and will only convert at a price per share equal to the then-current market value.
The proceeds from the New Second Lien Facility were used to pay the $20 million principal prepayment under the First Lien Facility, with the remainder to be used for general corporate purposes.
In addition, Manuel Senderos, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors has pledged certain of his shares of our Class A Common Stock to a lender to obtain a loan in the amount of $4.5 million used by him to provide the Company with his portion of the New Second Lien Facility. See “Principal Stockholders.”
Voting and Support Agreements
Concurrently with the execution of the merger agreement, certain Legacy AT equity holders entered into voting and support agreements in favor of LIVK and Legacy AT and their respective successors. In the voting and support agreements, the Legacy AT support agreement equity holders (the “Legacy AT support agreement equity holders”) agreed to vote all of their Legacy AT equity interests in favor of the merger agreement, the Business Combination and related transactions and to take certain other actions in support of the merger agreement, the Business Combination and related transactions. The voting and support agreements also prevent the Legacy AT support agreement equity holders from transferring their voting rights with respect to their Legacy AT equity interests or otherwise transferring their Legacy AT equity interests prior to the closing, except for certain permitted transfers. The Legacy AT support agreement equity holders also each agreed, with certain exceptions, to a lock-up for a period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 180 days from the closing and (b) the date on which the closing price of shares of Class A Common stock on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the Closing Date, with respect to any of our securities that they receive as merger consideration
128
under the merger agreement. In connection with the amendment of the First Lien Facility on November 15, 2021, certain Legacy AT equity holders agreed to extend their lock-up period to end on the earlier of (a) the date the Company pays the First Lien Facility in full and (b) the first day on or after June 30, 2022 on which the Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the First Lien Facility) is less than 2.00 to 1 or, with respect to certain Legacy AT equity holders, 3.00 to 1.
Sponsor Letter Agreement
Concurrently with the execution of the merger agreement, the sponsor, its permitted transferees and the insiders entered into the sponsor letter agreement with LIVK and Legacy AT pursuant to which they agreed to vote all of their respective Class B ordinary shares of LIVK in favor of the Business Combination and related transactions and to take certain other actions in support of the merger agreement, the Business Combination and related transactions. Sponsor and the insiders also agreed that, in the event that the amount of available cash was less than $50,000,000 at the closing the Business Combination, then up to 20% of the sponsor shares would be deemed to be “deferred sponsor shares.” The sponsor, its permitted transferees and the insiders also agreed that each of them would not transfer and, subject to the failure to achieve certain milestones, may be required to forfeit, any such deferred sponsor shares, subject to the terms of the sponsor letter agreement. The sponsor also waived certain anti-dilution protection to which it would otherwise be entitled in connection with the PIPE subscription financing.
The sponsor and each of the insiders also agreed, with certain exceptions, to a lock-up for a period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 180 days from the closing and (b) the date on which the closing price of shares of Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the Closing Date, with respect to any securities of the Company that they will hold as of immediately following the Closing. Permitted transferees of the sponsor are also subject to the lock-up period.
The sponsor letter agreement also provides that, for so long as sponsor and its affiliates and its and their respective permitted transferees continue to own, directly or indirectly, our securities representing more than 4% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities, sponsor will be entitled to nominate one director designee to serve on our board of directors. No separate consideration was provided to the sponsor or the insiders in exchange for their execution of the sponsor letter agreement.
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
On the Closing Date, the sponsor and certain other holders of Class A Common Stock entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with the Company. As a result, the sponsor and such holders of Class A Common Stock are able to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or a portion of their registrable securities, subject to a maximum of two such demand registrations for the sponsor and five such demand registrations for such holders of Class A Common Stock party thereto, in each case so long as such demand includes a number of registrable securities with a total offering price in excess of $10.0 million. Any such demand may be in the form of an underwritten offering and will be subject to customary restrictions and conditions as contemplated in the amended and restated registration rights agreement. In addition, the holders of registrable securities will have “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us subsequent to the consummation of the Business Combination. On September 14, 2021, we filed a resale shelf registration statement covering the resale of all registrable securities, which was declared effective on September 27, 2021.
PIPE Subscription Agreements
In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into subscription agreements with certain subscription investors pursuant to which we have agreed to issue and sell to the subscription investors, in the aggregate, $27,600,000 or 2,760,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share. The sale of PIPE Shares was consummated immediately prior to the Closing.
Pursuant to the subscription agreements with the subscription investors, we agreed that we will use our reasonable best efforts to:
• file within 30 calendar days after the closing of the Business Combination a resale shelf registration statement with the SEC covering the resale of all shares of the Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the subscription agreements; and
129
• maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of (A) the fourth anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination, (B) the date on which the subscription investors cease to hold any shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the subscription agreements, or (C) on the first date on which the subscription investors can sell all of their shares issued pursuant to the subscription agreements (or shares received in exchange therefor) under Rule 144 of the Securities Act within 90 days without limitation as to the manner of sale or amount of such securities that may be sold. We will bear the cost of registering these securities.
Indemnification Agreements
On the Closing Date, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers in connection with the completion of the Business Combination. The indemnification agreements and our charter and our bylaws requires us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
LIVK Related Party Transactions and Agreements
In October 2019, the sponsor purchased 1,725,000 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0145 per share. On December 10, 2019, LIVK effected a share dividend resulting in there being an aggregate of 2,012,500 founders shares outstanding.
The sponsor purchased 2,811,250 private warrants for a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of LIVK’s initial public offering. Each private warrant may be exercised for one share of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. The private warrants (including the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the private warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by it until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.
LIVK entered into an Administrative Services Agreement pursuant to which LIVK paid the sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of the Business Combination, LIVK ceased paying any of these monthly fees. As of August 23, 2021, the sponsor was paid an aggregate of $0.27 million for office space, administrative and support services and was entitled to be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses.
The sponsor, LIVK’s officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, were reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on LIVK’s behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. As of August 23, 2021, the sponsor, and its respective affiliates were paid an aggregate of $0.27 million.
The sponsor agreed to loan LIVK up to $150,000 under an unsecured promissory note to be used to pay for a portion of the expenses of our initial public offering. The outstanding amounts under this promissory note with the sponsor were repaid.
The sponsor committed to providing LIVK with an aggregate of $650,000 in loans. The loans were to be non-interest bearing, unsecured and due upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
Legacy AT Related Party Transactions
Transactions with Principal Stockholders
Agreements with Nexxus Funds and CS Investors
The Nexxus Funds, and CS Investors are each principal stockholders of Legacy AT.
Second Lien Facility
On January 30, 2020, Legacy AT entered into the Second Lien Facility, with GLAS USA LLC, as administrative agent, GLAS AMERICAS LLC, as collateral agent, and certain entities affiliated with the CS Investors and Nexxus Capital, or the Second Lien Lenders. The Second Lien Facility was secured by a second lien on substantially all of Legacy AT’s assets and provided for a term loan facility in an initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $29 million,
130
consisting of two $12.5 million tranches, or the tranche A term loans and the tranche B term loans, respectively, and two approximately $2 million tranches, or the tranche A-2 term loans and the tranche B-2 term loans, respectively. The Second Lien Facility had an original maturity date in July 2024. The outstanding borrowings under the Second Lien Facility as of August 15, 2021 were $38.1 million. In connection with the Business Combination, the outstanding obligations under the Second Lien Facility of $38.1 million were converted into 115,923 common shares of Legacy AT stock. Upon the effective time, such shares of Legacy AT common stock were converted into the right to receive Class A Common Stock.
Interest on the loans under the Second Lien Facility accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to 13.73%. Interest on the tranche A term loans and the tranche A-2 term loans was payable semi-annually in arrears by capitalizing such interest and adding such capitalized interest to the outstanding principal amount of the tranche A term loans and the tranche A-2 term loans; provided that so long as Legacy AT’s consolidated total leverage ratio was less than or equal to 2.50:1.00, each tranche A term loan Second Lien Lender and tranche A-2 term loan Second Lien Lender had the right to require all or a portion of such interest to be paid in cash. Interest on the tranche B term loan and the tranche B-2 term loans was payable at maturity date or on demand at any time an event of default existed under the Second Lien Facility.
Legacy AT was required to make mandatory prepayments of loans under the Second Lien Facility (without payment of a premium) with (i) net cash proceeds from certain non-ordinary course asset sales, (ii) casualty proceeds and condemnation awards (subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions) and (iii) net cash proceeds from issuances of equity (subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions, including with respect to net cash proceeds in connection with an initial public offering).
Legacy AT was allowed prepay the loans under the Second Lien Facility in whole (but not in part) at any time after the second anniversary of the closing date of the Second Lien Facility subject to certain conditions, including the compensation of Second Lien Lenders for the lost value of their conversion rights.
The Second Lien Facility contained customary representations and warranties, customary events of default and customary affirmative and negative covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, dispositions, prepayment of other indebtedness and dividends and other distributions. The Second Lien Facility also contained financial covenants requiring that Legacy AT not exceed a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio, that Legacy AT maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and that Legacy AT not exceed a limit on capital expenditures per fiscal year.
Each Second Lien Lender under the Second Lien Facility had the right to convert all, but not less than all, of its outstanding loans into Legacy AT’s Class A common stock under certain circumstances, including in connection with an initial public offering. Following the consummation of an initial public offering, the Second Lien Facility provided that the Lenders’ conversion rights would terminate.
On February 2, 2021, Legacy AT entered into a waiver and second amendment to the Second Lien Facility, or the Second Amendment. The Second Amendment, among other things, (i) amended certain mandatory prepayment provisions, (ii) amended certain covenants and events of default and (iii) provided for the Second Lien Lenders’ consent to the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated thereto, subject to certain conditions set forth therein.
On April 30, 2021, Legacy AT entered into a third amendment to the Second Lien Facility, or the Third Amendment. The Third Amendment, among other things, (i) amended certain covenants and (ii) amended certain conditions to the Second Lien Lenders’ consent to the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated thereto.
Conversion Agreement
Concurrently with the execution of the merger agreement, Legacy AT entered into the conversion agreement with the Second Lien Lenders pursuant to which all of the outstanding total obligations due to each Second Lien Lender under the Second Lien Facility, as amended, were converted into an aggregate of 115,923 shares of common stock of Legacy AT immediately prior to the Business Combination. Subsequently, at the effective time, such shares
131
of common stock of Legacy AT were automatically converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the common merger consideration (as defined in the conversion agreement) and each Second Lien Lender received their proportionate interest of the common merger consideration as a holder of Legacy AT common stock.
The CS Lender also agreed, with certain exceptions, to a lock-up for a period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 180 days from the closing and (b) the date on which the closing price of shares of Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the date of the closing, with respect to any of our securities that they receive as merger consideration under the Merger Agreement.
Services Agreement with Nexxus Capital
On March 1, 2017, Legacy AT entered into a services agreement, or the Nexxus services agreement, with EXTEND SOLUTIONS, S.A. de C.V. and IMPULSORA GESTION 3, S.C, an entity affiliated with Nexxus Capital, or the Nexxus affiliate, pursuant to which Legacy AT agreed to deliver Microsoft 365 platform subscription and cloud hosting services to the Nexxus affiliate, with an average monthly value of approximately $30,000. The Nexxus services agreement has no termination date. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Legacy AT received an aggregate of $31,231 and $36,641, respectively, based on the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each applicable fiscal year, pursuant to the Nexxus services agreement.
Services Agreements with Banco Credit Suisse Mexico S.A.
In 2018, 2019 and on February 15, 2020, Legacy AT entered into services agreements, or the CS services agreements, with BANCO CREDIT SUISSE MEXICO S.A. and AN DATA INTELIGENCE, S.A. DE C.V., an entity affiliated with Banco Credit Suisse Mexico S.A., or the Banco CS affiliate, pursuant to which Legacy AT agreed to deliver maintenance support for Qlik Licensing to the Banco CS affiliate, with an average monthly value of approximately $22,000. The CS services agreements are renewable on an annual basis. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, Legacy AT received an aggregate of $36,426, $35,885 and $33,853, respectively, based on the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each applicable fiscal year, pursuant to the CS services agreement.
Transactions with Executive Officers and Directors
Lease Agreement with NASOFT Systems, S.A. de C.V.
Legacy AT leases one of its offices in Mexico City pursuant to a lease agreement dated January 1, 2016 between NASOFT Systems, S.A. de C.V. and North American Software, S.A.P.I. de C.V., one of Legacy AT’s wholly owned Mexican subsidiaries. One of the members of Legacy AT’s board of directors, Alejandro Rojas Domene, owns a 33.33% equity stake in NASOFT Systems, S.A. de C.V. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, pursuant to this lease agreement, Legacy AT paid NASOFT Systems, S.A. de C.V. $265,408, $281,091 and $278,476, respectively, based on the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each applicable fiscal year.
Loan Agreements with Invertis, S.A. de C.V.
On April 5, April 12, May 25 and October 5 of 2017 and on January 10, 2018, Legacy AT entered into loan agreements with Invertis, S.A. de C.V., or Invertis, an entity wholly owned by Manuel Senderos Fernández, Legacy AT’s and our chief executive officer and chairman of Legacy AT’s and our board of directors, pursuant to which Legacy AT made certain loans to Invertis in the principal amounts of, respectively, up to 10,000,000 Mexican pesos, 10,000,000 Mexican pesos, 1,600,000 Mexican pesos, 12,000,000 Mexican pesos, and 7,500,000 Mexican pesos (approximately $519,778, $519,778, $83,164, $626,733 and $389,833, respectively, based on an exchange rate of $1.00 equals $19.2390 Mexican pesos, the exchange rate on December 31, 2018). Each of the loans bore an initial commission of 18.5%, with the exception of the loan agreement dated April 5, 2017, which bears an initial commission of 20% out of each disbursement. Each of the loans also bears an annual ordinary interest on outstanding balances equal to 23% (to be doubled in the event of a late repayment). The loan agreements are subject to the laws of Mexico City. Each loan was repaid in its entirety, and each loan agreement terminated, on November 22, 2019.
132
In June 2016, January, May, July, August 2019 and April 2020, Legacy AT entered into payable loan agreements with Invertis, pursuant to which Invertis made certain loans to Legacy AT in the principal amounts of up to 1,636,600 Mexican pesos, 7,635,625 Mexican pesos, 2,590,000 Mexican pesos, 5,100,000 Mexican pesos, 4,627,120 Mexican pesos and 30,000 Mexican pesos (approximately $85,067, based on an exchange rate of $1.00 equals 19.2390 Mexican pesos, the exchange rate on December 31, 2018, $396,512, $134,497, $264,839, and $239,971 based on an exchange rate of $1.00 equals 19.2570 Mexican pesos, the exchange rate on December 31, 2019), out of which 1,103,759 Mexican pesos (approximately $51,338, based on an exchange rate of $1.00 equals 21.5000 Mexican pesos, the exchange rate on December 31, 2020) in the aggregate was outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Each of the loans also bears an annual ordinary interest on outstanding balances equal to 8.10%, 15.95%, and 17.759% respectively. No interest was paid as of December 31, 2020. The loan agreement is subject to the laws of Mexico City. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, the loan was repaid in its entirety, and the loan agreement was terminated.
Loan Agreement with Manuel Senderos Fernández
On July 19, 2016, Legacy AT entered into a loan agreement with Manuel Senderos Fernández in the principal amount of up to 500,000 Mexican pesos (approximately $23,256, based on an exchange rate of $1.00 equals 21.5000 Mexican pesos, the exchange rate on December 31, 2020), of which the entire amount was outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The loan agreement is subject to the laws of Mexico City. Prior the consummation of the Business Combination, Mr. Senderos repaid this loan in its entirety, and the loan agreement was terminated.
Loan Agreements with Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo
In July, 2014, January 2016, March 2016, August 2016, November 2016, December 2016, January 2017, February 2017, March 2017, April 2017, June 2017, July 2017, August 2017, May 2019, June 2019, July 2019, August 2019, September 2019 and January 2020, Legacy AT entered into several loan agreements with Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo, Legacy AT’s and our VP of Business Development and a member of Legacy AT’s and our board of directors in the aggregate principal amount of up to 17,193,039 Mexican pesos (approximately $799,676 based on an exchange rate of $1.00 equals 21.5000 Mexican pesos, the exchange rate on December 31, 2020), out of which 17,193,039 Mexican pesos (approximately $799,676, based on an exchange rate of $1.00 equals 21.5000 Mexican pesos, the exchange rate on December 31, 2020) was outstanding as of December 31, 2020. No principal and no interest was paid on the loans as of December 31, 2020. Each of the loans also bears an annual ordinary interest on outstanding balances ranging from 6.796% to 17.759%. The loan agreement is subject to the laws of Mexico City. Prior the consummation of the Business Combination, Mr. Garduño repaid this loan in its entirety, and the loan agreement was terminated.
Professional Services Agreement with Diego Zavala
On January 5, 2018, Legacy AT entered into a Professional Services Agreement between North American Software S.A.P.I. de C.V., one of Legacy AT’s Mexican wholly owned subsidiaries, and Telte Holdings, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation wholly owned by Mr. Zavala. Mr. Zavala is Legacy AT’s and our Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions and one of Legacy AT’s and our principal stockholders. Pursuant to this Professional Services Agreement, Legacy AT compensated Mr. Zavala for his consulting and advisory services to Legacy AT’s company. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, Legacy AT paid Telte Holdings, S.A. de C.V. an aggregate of $347,191 (including VAT), $588,323 (including VAT) and $96,159, respectively, based on the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each applicable fiscal year. During the year ended December 31, 2018, Legacy AT also paid RW Consulting S.A. de C.V, or RW, an aggregate of $96,159 related to consulting and advisory services that Mr. Zavala provided to AT.
Loan Agreement with AGS Group LLC
On June 24, 2021, Legacy AT entered into a promissory note with AGS Group LLC, or AGS, an entity over which Diego Zavala maintains sole voting and investment control. Mr. Zavala is Legacy AT’s and our Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions and one of Legacy AT’s and our principal stockholders. Pursuant to the promissory note, Legacy AT borrowed $673,000, the outstanding principal of which will be due on December 20, 2021 (the “original maturity date”) or, at Legacy AT’s option, May 19, 2022. Interest will accrue on the unpaid balance of the promissory note at a rate of 14.0% per annum until the original maturity date, after which it will accrue at a rate of 20.0% per annum. No interest has been paid as of September 30, 2021.
133
Credit Facility with Exitus Capital
On July 26, 2021, AgileThought Digital Solutions S.A.P.I. de C.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of AT, entered into a credit facility with Exitus Capital S.A.P.I. de C.V., SOFOM E.N.R. (the “Exitus Facility”), pursuant to which it borrowed $3.7 million. There are no regular interest payments on the debt, however in the event of a payment default, interest will accrue on the overdue balance at a rate equal to 36.0% per annum until such balance is paid. The principal balance of the loan is payable at maturity, which is six months from the date of execution, or January 26, 2022. The Exitus Facility is secured by a pledge of certain real property by Diego Zavala, Legacy AT’s and our Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions and one of Legacy AT’s and our principal stockholders.
Employment Arrangements
Legacy AT entered into consulting and employment arrangements with several of our executive officers. See “Executive Compensation — Executive Consulting and Employment Arrangements” and “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control .”
Compensation Arrangements with Manuel Senderos Fernández
On January 10, 2017, Legacy AT entered into a Professional Services Agreement between NASOFT Servicios Administrativos, S.A. de C.V., one of Legacy AT’s Mexican wholly owned subsidiaries, and Invertis, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation wholly owned by Mr. Senderos. Pursuant to this Professional Services Agreement, Legacy AT compensated Mr. Senderos for his services to Legacy AT as a provider of professional services. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, Legacy AT paid Invertis, S.A. de C.V. $337,500, $478,718 and $370,965, plus $150,000 to Invertis LLC, respectively, based on the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each applicable fiscal year. Invertis LLC is controlled by Mr. Senderos. For more information regarding the compensation paid to Mr. Senderos, see “Executive Compensation — Executive Consulting and Employment Arrangements” and “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”
Compensation Arrangements with Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo
Mauricio Garduño Gonzalez Elizondo was paid for his services to Legacy AT as a consultant and advisor through the following companies during 2018-2020. During the year ended December 31, 2018, Legacy AT paid Talentee, S. de R.L. de C.V. $271,492, during the year ended December 31, 2019, Legacy AT paid Util Soluciones $225,892, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, Legacy AT paid $218,217 through Servicios Kian SA de CV and $24,000 through Aplicaciones Tecnologicas Ingentil. All amounts were paid in Mexican pesos and translated to dollars based on the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each applicable fiscal year.
Employment Arrangements with Christopher Desautelle
Employment Agreement
On November 15, 2018, Legacy AT entered into an Employment Agreement between 4th Source, LLC, Legacy AT’s U.S. wholly owned subsidiary, and Christopher Desautelle, Legacy AT’s former Chief Operating Officer, under which Legacy AT compensated him for his services to AT. In the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, Legacy AT paid Mr. Desautelle $659,596, $751,466 and $39,375, respectively, pursuant to this Employment Agreement.
Performance Incentive Plan
On November 12, 2018, Legacy AT entered into a Performance Incentive Plan with Mr. Desautelle pursuant to which Legacy AT was obligated to pay Mr. Desautelle shares of its common stock if specified performance targets are achieved. Mr. Desautelle was awarded 861 and 613 shares for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
134
Employment Arrangements with Federico Alberto Tagliani
Legacy AT entered into the following Professional Services Agreements with respect to compensation paid to Federico Alberto Tagliani:
• Professional Services Agreement with IMPULSO EMPRESARIAL ALMERIA SA DE CV, a Mexican company that is one of Legacy AT’s third-party service providers, dated February 1, 2017, pursuant to which Legacy AT paid $36,263.87, for the year ended December 31, 2019.
• Professional Services Agreement with Armenia Asesoria Integral, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican company that is one of Legacy AT’s third-party service providers, dated November 1, 2017, pursuant to which Legacy AT has paid $232,632.29 and $154,860.50 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
• Mr. Tagliani also was paid through Nasoft Servicios Administrativos SA de CV, one of Legacy AT’s subsidiaries, the amount of $42,408 and $68,220 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 respectively.
• Mr. Tagliani also was paid through 4th Source LLC, one of Legacy AT’s subsidiaries, the amount of $288,881 and $87,719 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 respectively plus $35,901 of rent allowance during 2020.
Employment Arrangements with Jorge Pliego Seguin
Legacy AT entered into the following agreements with respect to compensation paid to Jorge Pliego Seguin:
• Professional Services Agreement with ARMENIA ASESORIA INTEGRAL, S.A. DE C.V., a Mexican company that is one of Legacy AT’s third-party service providers, dated July 18, 2016, pursuant to which Legacy AT paid $67,496.98, for the year ended December 31, 2018.
• Professional Services Agreement with SANELEC ADMINISTRADORA, SA DE CV, a Mexican company that is one of Legacy AT’s third-party service providers, dated November 1, 2017, pursuant to which Legacy AT has paid $292,894.24 and $98,048.69 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
• Professional Services Agreement with SAN ISIDRO OPERACION S.A. DE C.V., a Mexican company that is one of Legacy AT’s third-party service providers, dated November 1, 2017, pursuant to which Legacy AT has paid $249,771.45 and $58,148.75 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
• Employment Agreement with AN Consorcio Administrativo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican company that is one of Legacy AT’s third-party service providers, dated July 18, 2016, pursuant to which Legacy AT has paid $7,100.93, $10,312.87 and $9,879.15 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
AgileThought LLC, one of Legacy AT’s subsidiaries, paid directly to Mr. Pliego $82,500 for the year ended December 31, 2020 plus $34,920 for rent allowance.
Consulting Agreements with RW Consulting
In 2020 we paid $31,483, in 2019 we paid $35,743 and in 2018 we paid $218,482 to RW Consulting S.A. de C.V. for professional services. Mauricio Rioseco, one of our directors, is the managing partner and founder of RW Consulting S.A. de C.V.
Shareholders Agreement
On December 15, 2017, Legacy AT entered into a shareholders agreement which was subsequently amended and restated on February 15, 2019 and amended on March 19, 2021. All of the current holders of Legacy AT’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock and preferred stock are party to this shareholders agreement. The shareholders agreement, among other things:
• grants rights to Legacy AT’s major shareholders to appoint members of Legacy AT’s board of directors and provides for specified board observer rights;
135
• grants rights to Legacy AT’s major shareholders with respect to the appointment and removal of certain executive officers and the appointment of Legacy AT’s auditors;
• sets forth the board and shareholder approvals required for Legacy AT to engage in specified transactions;
• provides limited anti-dilution rights to two of Legacy AT’s large shareholders;
• grants preemptive rights to Legacy AT’s shareholders, subject to specified conditions;
• provides for restrictions on the transfer of shares and rights of first refusal and tag-along rights with respect to any permitted transfers of shares by Legacy AT’s shareholders;
• grants Legacy AT’s major shareholders specified rights with respect to the initiation and conduct of a public offering of Legacy AT’s shares and change of control transactions; and
• obligates Legacy AT to deliver periodic financial statements and reports to Legacy AT’s shareholders.
The shareholders agreement automatically terminated upon the completion of the Business Combination.
Equity Contribution Agreement
On February 2, 2021, Legacy AT entered into the equity contribution agreement with LIV Fund IV, pursuant to which such funds purchased, on March 19, 2021, 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock of Legacy AT for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $20,000,000 would be converted to shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis in connection with the Business Combination. The proceeds from the purchase were used to partially repay the First Lien Facility. In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination and pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, the Legacy AT preferred stock ceased to be outstanding and LIV Fund IV received 2,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
Related Person Transaction Policy
Prior to the completion of the Business Combination, Legacy AT did not have a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. Effective as of the completion of the Business Combination, our board of directors adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants and in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.
Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that it deems reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy.
136
In addition, under our Code of Conduct, which we adopted effective upon the completion of the Business Combination, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:
• the risks, costs and benefits to us;
• the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;
• the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and
• the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.
The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.
All of the transactions described above that were entered into after the adoption of the written policy or were approved in accordance with the policy.
137
Principal Stockholders
The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the actual beneficial ownership of the Company’s Class A Common Stock as of November 26, 2021, by:
• each person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock;
• each of the Company’s named executive officers and directors;
• all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
The beneficial ownership percentages set forth in the table below are based on 41,970,915 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding as of November 26, 2021. The following table does not take into account the issuance of:
• 10,861,250 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2021, at an exercise price of $11.50 per share;
• 2,898,551 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable to the administrative agent under the First Lien Facility on December 17, 2021 pursuant to the terms of the First Lien Facility, based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021;
• up to 676,329 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the First Lien Warrants, based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021; or
• up to 1,942,099 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Second Lien Facility, excluding up to 599,054 shares that may be payable-in-kind in lieu of cash interest payments, in each case based on last sales price of $10.35 of our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on November 26, 2021.
In addition, the following table prospectus assumes (1) no exercise of outstanding warrants or settlement of unvested restricted stock units referred to above, (2) no issuance of approximately 1,110,000 shares of Class A Common stock upon the conversion of approximately $11.5 million of the Second Lien Facility and (3) no exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase from us up to an additional 360,000 shares of Class A Common Stock
138
in this offering. Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the following table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their beneficially owned Class A Common Stock.
Name of Beneficial Owner(1) |
Number of
|
% of
|
|||
Directors and Named Executive Officers |
|
||||
Alexander R. Rossi(2)
|
582,818 |
1.4 |
% |
||
Alejandro Rojas Domene
|
127,929 |
* |
|
||
Mauricio Jorge Rioseco Orihuela
|
1,077,703 |
2.6 |
% |
||
Arturo José Saval Pérez(5)
|
10,012,377 |
23.9 |
% |
||
Roberto Langenauer Neuman(5)
|
10,012,377 |
23.9 |
% |
||
Andrés Borrego y Marrón
|
— |
— |
|
||
Gerardo Benítez Peláez
|
— |
— |
|
||
Marina Diaz Ibarra
|
— |
— |
|
||
Manuel Senderos(3)
|
4,595,176 |
10.9 |
% |
||
Jorge Pliego Seguin
|
75,768 |
* |
|
||
Kevin Johnston
|
31,121 |
* |
|
||
Federico Alberto Tagliani
|
90,954 |
* |
|
||
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo(4)
|
997,628 |
2.4 |
% |
||
Diego Zavala
|
2,281,167 |
5.4 |
% |
||
All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons) |
19,872,641 |
47.0 |
% |
||
Five Percent Holders: |
|
||||
Nexxus Funds(5) |
10,012,377 |
23.9 |
% |
||
CS Investors(6) |
9,596,232 |
22.9 |
% |
||
Invertis, LLC(3) |
4,595,176 |
10.9 |
% |
||
Diego Zavala |
2,281,167 |
5.4 |
% |
||
Fideicomiso LIV Mexico Growth IV No. F/2416(7) |
3,319,400 |
7.7 |
% |
____________
* Less than 1%
(1) Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of those listed in the table above is 222 W. Las Colinas Blvd. Suite 1650E, Irving, Texas, 75039.
(2) Includes 300,125 shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of private warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of the Closing Date.
(3) Mr. Senderos holds his shares through Invertis, LLC. Includes 1,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock pledged as security for indebtedness, which was reviewed and approved by the board of directors as a grandfathered pledge prior to
139
the business combination. Also includes approximately 1,090,000 shares of Class A Common Stock pledged as security for indebtedness in the amount of $4.5 million, used by Mr. Senderos to provide the Company with a portion of the New Second Lien Facility. The pledge and related waivers to our insider trading policy were reviewed and approved by the board of directors.
(4) Includes 30,000 shares of Class A Common Stock pledged as security for indebtedness, which was reviewed and approved by the board of directors as a grandfathered pledge prior to the business combination.
(5) Consists of (i) 5,237,261 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the irrevocable trust No. F/173183, and (ii) 4,775,116 shares Class A Common Stock held of record by Nexxus Capital Private Equity Fund VI, L.P. (collectively, the “Nexxus Funds”). The Nexxus Funds’ investors are the record holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the manager of the Nexxus Funds, Nexxus Capital Administrador VI, S.C., has, via the Nexxus Funds’ agreements, certain voting rights and investment discretion. Nexxus Capital Administrador VI, S.C., wholly owned by Nexxus Capital, S.A.P.I. de C.V. and such entity´s majority ownership maintained by Roberto Langenauer and Arturo José Saval, thus such individuals have voting rights and investment discretion of Nexxus Capital, S.A.P.I. de C.V., hence have voting rights and investment discretion of the Class A Common Stock. The business address of Nexxus Capital is Av. Vasco de Quiroga No. 3880 — 2nd fl., Lomas de Santa Fe, Cuajimalpa, 05348, Mexico City, Mexico.
(6) Consists of (i) 6,259,138 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17938-6 and (ii) 3,337,094 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17937-8. The business address of the CS Investors is Av. Paseo de la Reforma 115, Lomas — Virreyes, Lomas de Chapultepec, Miguel Hidalgo, 11000 Ciudad de Mexico, CDMX.
(7) Number of shares of Class A Common Stock being registered for sale hereby consists of (i) 2,259,486 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) 1,059,914 shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of private warrants held by Banco Invex, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Invex Grupo Financiero acting solely and exclusively in its capacity as trustee of the Contrato de Fideicomiso Irrevocable de Emisión de Certificados Bursátiles Fiduciario de Desarrollo No. F/2416 identified as “Fideicomiso LIV Mexico Growth IV No. F/2416” whose record holders are the trust investors. The manager of Fideicomiso LIV Mexico Growth IV No. F/2416, Administradora LIV Capital, S.A.P.I. de C.V. has full voting powers. Pursuant to the instructions of the Fideicomiso corporate bodies, the Investment Committee (Comité Técnico) and Noteholders Meeting (Asamblea de Tenedores), as applicable, Administradora LIV Capital, S.A.P.I. de C.V. has dispositive power of the shares of Class A Common stock. Administradora LIV Capital, S.A.P.I. de C.V. is wholly owned by Miguel Ángel Dávila Guzmán, Humberto Zesati González and Alexander Roger Rossi. All indirect holders of the above referenced securities disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable securities except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.
140
Description of SECURITIES
The following is a summary of the rights of our Class A Common Stock and preferred stock. This summary is qualified by reference to the complete text of our charter and our bylaws filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
General
Our charter authorizes the issuance of 220,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of (x) 210,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share and (y) 10,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
As of September 30, 2021, there were 41,970,915 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding. No shares of preferred stock are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.
Class A Common Stock
Listing
Our Class A Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “AGIL.” On November 26, 2021, the last sales price of our Class A Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq was $10.35 per share.
Voting Rights
Each holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters properly submitted to the stockholders for their vote; provided, however, that except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Class A Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the proposed charter that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to applicable law or the proposed charter (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any one or more series of preferred stock). The holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class.
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors of out of funds legally available therefor.
Rights upon Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding-Up
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, the holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of our debts and other liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the shares of Class A Common Stock, then outstanding, if any.
Preemptive or Other Rights
The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the shares of Class A Common Stock.
Preferred Stock
No shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding immediately after the completion of the Business Combination. Our charter authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock, and to fix the number of shares of any such series. Our board of directors is authorized to determine for such series the powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such the designation, preferences and
141
relative, participating, optional or other rights, any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, all as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the designation and issue of such shares of preferred stock from time to time adopted by our board of directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The number of authorized shares of preferred stock, or any series thereof, may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the preferred stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any one or more series of preferred stock.
The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us without further action by the stockholders. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of the Class A Common Stock of us by restricting dividends on the shares of Class A Common Stock, diluting the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the shares of Class A Common Stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of the shares of Class A Common Stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.
Warrants
As of September 30, 2021, there were 10,861,250 warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock outstanding, consisting of 8,050,000 public warrants and 2,811,250 private warrants. Each warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share at any time commencing 30 days after the closing of the business combination. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of the closing of the business combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
Our warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “AGILW.”
Public Warrants
Each whole public warrant will entitle the registered holder to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing thirty (30) days after the closing of the business combination, provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their public warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement). A warrant holder may exercise its public warrants only for a whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrant holder. The public warrants will expire five years after the closing of the business combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
We will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a public warrant and will have no obligation to settle such public warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to us satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No public warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their public warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption is available. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a public warrant, the holder of such public warrant will not be entitled to exercise such public warrant and such public warrant may have no value and expire worthless.
We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) business days, after the closing of the business combination, we will use our reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC and have an effective registration statement for covering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants, and we will use our reasonable best efforts to cause the same to become effective within sixty (60) business days after the closing and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a
142
current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the public warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within 60 business days following the consummation of our business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, provided that such exemption is available. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. On September 14, 2021, we filed a resale shelf registration statement covering the resale of all registrable securities, which was declared effective on September 27, 2021.
Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the public warrants for redemption:
• in whole and not in part;
• at a price of $0.01 per public warrant;
• upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of redemption to each public warrant holder;
• if, and only if, the reported last sales price of the shares of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of redemption to the public warrant holders; and
• if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such warrants.
If and when the public warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the public warrants, each public warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its public warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $11.50 public warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
If we call the public warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its public warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of public warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their public warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” will mean the average last reported sale price of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five (5) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of public warrants.
Public warrant holders may elect to be subject to a restriction on the exercise of their public warrants such that an electing public warrant holder would not be able to exercise their warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, such holder would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding.
The exercise price and number of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of Class A Common Stock at a price below their respective exercise prices.
The public warrants are issued in registered form under the warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the public warrants. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the public warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants.
143
The public warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to the Company, for the number of public warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their public warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the public warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by holders of shares of Class A Common Stock.
No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrant holder.
Private Warrants
The private warrants (including the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the private warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until thirty (30) days after the completion of an initial business combination, including the business combination, subject to certain exceptions and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P. or its permitted transferees. LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P., as well as its permitted transferees, has the option to exercise the private warrants on a cashless basis and has certain registration rights related to such private warrants. Otherwise, the private warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants. If the private warrants are held by holders other than LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P. or its permitted transferees, the private warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the public warrants.
If holders of the private warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their public warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” will mean the average last reported sale price of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five (5) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of public warrants.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends is within the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future.
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Charter and Our Bylaws
We are a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which we refer to as “Section 203,” regulating corporate takeovers.
Section 203 prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with:
• a stockholder who owns fifteen percent or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”);
• an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or
• an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder.
A “business combination” includes a merger or sale of more than ten percent of our assets.
144
However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if:
• our board of directors approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction;
• after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or
• on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.
Our charter, our bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the members of our board of directors or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. For instance, our charter does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors and provides for a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors. Our board of directors are empowered to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director in certain circumstances; and our advance notice provisions in our bylaws require that stockholders must comply with certain procedures in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting.
Our authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Charter and Bylaws
Among other things, our charter and our bylaws:
• not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors;
• provides for the exclusive right of the board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director by stockholders;
• permits the board of directors to determine whether to issue shares of our preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval;
• prohibits stockholder action by written consent;
• requires that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer or the board of directors;
• limits the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;
• controls the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of stockholder meetings;
• provides for a classified board, in which the members of the board of directors are divided into three classes to serve for a period of three years from the date of their respective appointment or election;
• grants the ability to remove directors with cause by the affirmative vote of 66 2⁄3% in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote at an election of directors;
145
• requires the affirmative vote of at least 66 2⁄3% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, to amend the bylaws or Articles V, VI, VII and VIII of the charter; and
• provides for advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to the board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting.
The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares of Class A Common Stock and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
Our charter provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for actions or proceedings brought under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any claim or cause of action for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company, to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any claim or cause of action against the Company or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the charter or the bylaws of the Company (as each may be amended from time to time); (D) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the charter or the bylaws of the Company (as each may be amended from time to time, including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (E) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (F) any claim or cause of action against the Company or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Our charter further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act.
Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision of our charter will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.
Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, a court may determine that this provision is unenforceable, and to the extent it is enforceable, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder and therefore bring a claim in another appropriate forum. Additionally, we cannot be certain that a court will decide that this provision is either applicable or enforceable, and if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
146
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
See “Management — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification.”
Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent
The transfer agent for Class A Common Stock and warrant agent for warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
147
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock. All prospective holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of such shares.
This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock. This summary is based upon current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative pronouncements and rulings of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change and differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to holders described in this discussion. There can be no assurance that a court or the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock. We assume in this discussion that a holder holds such shares as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of that holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, any alternative minimum, Medicare contribution, estate or gift tax consequences, or any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion also does not address consequences relevant to holders subject to special tax rules, such as holders that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, governmental organizations, banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, tax-qualified retirement plans, holders who hold or receive our shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders holding our shares as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, holders deemed to sell our shares under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, passive foreign investment companies, controlled foreign corporations, and certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents.
In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold our shares through such partnerships. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partners and partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our shares.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A Common Stock(other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
• a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
• a trust if (a) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A Common Stock that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
148
Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders
Taxation of Distributions
If we make distributions of cash or other property in respect of our Class A Common Stock, or constructive distributions are deemed to occur, (other than certain pro rata distributions of our stock or rights to acquire our stock) to U.S. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A Common Stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock and will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock” below.
Dividends we pay to a U.S. Holder that is a taxable corporation will generally qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. Holder will generally constitute “qualified dividend income” that will be subject to tax at the maximum tax rate accorded to long-term capital gains. If the holding period requirements are not satisfied, a corporation may not be able to qualify for the dividends received deduction and would have taxable income equal to the entire dividend amount, and non-corporate holders may be subject to tax on such dividend at ordinary income tax rates instead of the preferential rates that apply to qualified dividend income.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock
A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A Common Stock. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock so disposed of exceeds one year. The amount of gain or loss recognized will generally be equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (2) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock so disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock will generally equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost for such Class A Common Stock, less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally eligible for reduced rates of tax. If the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock so disposed of is one year or less, any gain on a sale or other taxable disposition of the shares would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at ordinary income tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.
In general, information reporting requirements may apply to dividends paid to a U.S. Holder and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our shares of Class A Common Stock, unless the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if the U.S. Holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number (or furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number) or a certification of exempt status, or has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding (and such notification has not been withdrawn).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Taxpayers should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption.
Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders
Taxation of Distributions
In general, any distributions (including constructive distributions) we make to a non-U.S. Holder of shares on our Class A Common Stock, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the
149
United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless such non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable). Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of Class A Common Stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock, which will be treated as described under “Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock” below.
Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (or, if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. Holder) will generally not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. Holder complies with certain certification and disclosure requirements (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same individual or corporate rates applicable to U.S. Holders. If the non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, dividends that are effectively connected income may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock
A non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of gain recognized on a sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A Common Stock, unless:
• the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. Holder within the United States (and, if an applicable tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. Holder);
• the non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or
• we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. Holder held our Class A Common Stock and, in the case where shares of our Class A Common Stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the non-U.S. Holder is disposing of our Class A Common Stock and has owned, directly or constructively, more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for the shares of our Class A Common Stock. There can be no assurance that our Class A Common Stock will be treated as regularly traded or not regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose.
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates as if the non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. resident. Any gains described in the first bullet point above of a non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or lower applicable treaty rate). Gain described in the second bullet point above will generally be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding possible eligibility for benefits under income tax treaties.
If the third bullet point above applies to a non-U.S. Holder and applicable exceptions are not available, gain recognized by such holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock, as applicable, will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. We will be classified as a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not believe we currently are or will become a United States real property holding corporation, however there can be no assurance in this regard. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules.
150
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder commonly referred as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” (“FATCA”) generally impose withholding at a rate of 30% in certain circumstances on dividends (including constructive dividends) in respect of shares of our Class A Common Stock which are held by or through (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied or an exemption from these rules applies. Withholding under FATCA was scheduled to apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of property that produces U.S.-source interest or dividends, however, the IRS released proposed regulations that, if finalized in their proposed form, would eliminate the obligation to withhold on such gross proceeds. Although these proposed Treasury Regulations are not final, taxpayers generally may rely on them until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in shares of our Class A Common Stock.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.
Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock. A non-U.S. Holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty generally will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding as well. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
151
UNDERWRITING
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (“A.G.P.” or the “underwriter”) is acting as the sole book-running manager in this offering. We and A.G.P. will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock being offered. In connection with this offering and subject to certain terms and conditions, the underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell, all of the securities in this offering to the underwriter.
Underwriter |
Number of
|
|
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners |
|
The underwriter has agreed to purchase all the securities offered by us other than those covered by the option to purchase additional securities described below, if it purchases any such securities. The obligations of the underwriter may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriter’s obligations are subject to customary conditions and representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriter of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.
The underwriter is offering the securities, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by it, subject to approval of legal matters by the underwriter’s counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
We have also granted the underwriter an option, exercisable for up to 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 360,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the total public offering price, underwriting compensation (including discounts, but not including any other compensation described hereunder) and proceeds to us before offering expenses will be approximately $ million, $ million and $ million, respectively.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
Underwriter Compensation
We have agreed to sell the securities to the underwriter at the combined public offering price of $ per share of Class A Common Stock, which represents the public offering price of such securities set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less the applicable % underwriting discount (or, in the case of certain identified investors, the underwriting discount will be %).
We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriter for expenses incurred by it in connection with this transaction in the amount of $200,000. We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the total underwriting discount but including the $200,000 expense reimbursement, will be approximately $0.6 million.
152
Discount, Commissions and Expenses
The underwriter has advised us that it proposes to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After this offering, the public offering price and concession to dealers may be changed by the underwriter. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The shares of Class A Common Stock are offered by the underwriter as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by it and subject to its right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriter has informed us that it does not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority.
The following table summarizes the underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriter.
Per Share |
||||
Total without
|
Total with
|
|||
Combined public offering size |
|
|
||
Total underwriting discount (%) |
|
|
||
Proceeds to us, before expenses |
|
|
Lock-Up Agreements
The underwriting agreement will provide that we will not, for a period of 90 days following the effective date of this prospectus, offer, sell or distribute any of our securities, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions. The underwriting agreement will also provide that we will not, for a period of 90 days following the effective date of this prospectus, file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of shares of our capital stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for our shares of capital stock.
In connection with our Business Combination, certain of our directors and executive officers also agreed, with certain exceptions, to a lock-up for a period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 180 days from the closing of the Business Combination and (b) the date on which the closing price of shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the date of the closing, with respect to any securities that they held as of immediately following the closing of the Business Combination.
In addition, in connection with the amendment of the First Lien Facility on November 15, 2021, certain directors and executive officers agreed to extend their lock-up period. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Voting and Support Agreements.”
Stabilization
The rules of the SEC generally prohibit the underwriter from trading in our securities on the open market during this offering. However, the underwriter is allowed to engage in some open market transactions and other activities during this offering that may cause the market price of our securities to be above or below that which would otherwise prevail in the open market. These activities may include stabilization, short sales and over-allotments, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.
• Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the underwriter for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.
• Short sales and over-allotments occur when the underwriter sells more of our shares of Class A Common Stock than it purchases from us in this offering. To cover the resulting short position, the underwriter may exercise the option to purchase additional shares described above or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The
153
underwriter will make available a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriter are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of shares covered by the registration statement.
• Covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the underwriter in order to reduce a short position.
If the underwriter commences these activities, it may discontinue them at any time without notice. The underwriter will carry out any such transactions on the Nasdaq.
Listing
Our Class A Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq under the symbol “AGIL.”
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter of this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter.
Other Relationships
The underwriter and its affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In the course of its businesses, the underwriter and its affiliates may actively trade our securities or loans for its own account or for the accounts of customers, and, accordingly, the underwriter and its affiliates may at any time hold long or short positions in such securities or loans.
Except for services provided in connection with this offering, and except as set forth in this section, the underwriter has not provided any investment banking or other financial services during the 180-day period preceding the date of this prospectus and we do not expect to retain the underwriter to perform any investment banking or other financial services for at least 60 days after the date of this prospectus.
Selling Restrictions
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of shares of our Class A Common Stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or shares of our Class A Common Stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares of our Class A Common Stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with our securities may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction, except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
United Kingdom
This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
154
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Member State”), no shares of our common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall require the company or the underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
Each person in a Relevant State (other than a Relevant State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the underwriter that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the board has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale. The Company, the board and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements. (a) For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129. (b) References to the Prospectus Regulation includes, in relation to the United Kingdom, the Prospectus Regulation as it forms part of United Kingdom domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018. The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.
Canada
The sales of Class A Common Stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
155
Legal Matters
The validity of the issuance of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Mayer Brown LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed on for the underwriter by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.
Experts
The consolidated financial statements of AgileThought, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
156
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
On August 23, 2021, our board of directors approved the engagement of KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2021. KPMG served as the independent registered public accounting firm of Legacy AT prior to the Business Combination. Accordingly, Marcum LLP (“Marcum”), the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm prior to the Business Combination, was informed on August 23, 2021 that it would be dismissed and replaced by KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm.
Marcum’s report on the Company’s balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from October 2, 2019 (inception) to December 31, 2019, and the related notes to the financial statements (collectively, the “financial statements”) did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except for the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
During the period from October 2, 2019 (inception) to December 31, 2020 and the subsequent interim period through June 30, 2021, there were no: (i) disagreements with Marcum on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures or audited scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to Marcum’s satisfaction would have caused Marcum to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report or (ii) reportable events as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
During the period from October 2, 2019 (inception) to December 31, 2020, and the interim period through September 30, 2021, the Company did not consult KPMG with respect to either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and no written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by KPMG that KPMG concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement, as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act, or a reportable event, as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.
We provided Marcum with a copy of the disclosures made by us in response to Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act, and requested that Marcum furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements made by us in response to Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A letter from Marcum is attached hereto as Exhibit 16.1.
157
Where You Can Find More Information
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to AgileThought and the securities offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for review at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.AgileThought.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
158
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. |
||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
||
F-2 |
||
F-3 |
||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss |
F-4 |
|
F-5 |
||
F-7 |
||
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-8 |
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements |
||
F-31 |
||
F-32 |
||
F-33 |
||
F-34 |
||
F-35 |
||
F-36 |
||
F-38 |
F-1
AgileThought, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets |
(in thousands USD, except share data) |
September 30,
|
December 31,
|
||||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
||||
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
$ |
4,126 |
|
$ |
9,432 |
|
||
Accounts receivable, net |
|
39,444 |
|
|
23,800 |
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
8,316 |
|
|
3,940 |
|
||
Current VAT receivables |
|
11,374 |
|
|
10,776 |
|
||
Total current assets |
|
63,260 |
|
|
47,948 |
|
||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
3,257 |
|
|
3,428 |
|
||
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets |
|
86,781 |
|
|
88,809 |
|
||
Finite-lived intangible assets, net |
|
67,727 |
|
|
71,511 |
|
||
Operating lease right of use assets, net |
|
6,678 |
|
|
8,123 |
|
||
Other noncurrent assets |
|
1,564 |
|
|
463 |
|
||
Total noncurrent assets |
|
166,007 |
|
|
172,334 |
|
||
Total assets |
$ |
229,267 |
|
$ |
220,282 |
|
||
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
||||
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accounts payable |
$ |
20,812 |
|
$ |
16,486 |
|
||
Accrued liabilities |
|
15,141 |
|
|
15,080 |
|
||
Income taxes payable |
|
628 |
|
|
164 |
|
||
Other taxes payable |
|
9,439 |
|
|
8,203 |
|
||
Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
|
4,032 |
|
|
3,286 |
|
||
Deferred revenue |
|
1,179 |
|
|
2,143 |
|
||
Current portion of obligation for contingent purchase price |
|
8,608 |
|
|
8,104 |
|
||
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
36,588 |
|
|
11,380 |
|
||
Total current liabilities |
|
96,427 |
|
|
64,846 |
|
||
Obligation for contingent purchase price, net of current portion |
|
— |
|
|
2,200 |
|
||
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
|
40,296 |
|
|
125,963 |
|
||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
|
3,124 |
|
|
3,073 |
|
||
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion |
|
2,810 |
|
|
5,010 |
|
||
Warrant liability |
|
6,072 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
|
4,214 |
|
|
992 |
|
||
Total liabilities |
|
152,943 |
|
|
202,084 |
|
||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stockholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
||||
Class A common stock $0.0001 par value, 210,000,000 shares authorized, 41,970,915 and 34,557,480 shares issued as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively |
|
4 |
|
|
3 |
|
||
Treasury stock, 151,950 shares at cost |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
173,815 |
|
|
101,494 |
|
||
Accumulated deficit |
|
(80,234 |
) |
|
(66,181 |
) |
||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
(17,109 |
) |
|
(16,981 |
) |
||
Total stockholders’ equity attributable to the Company |
|
76,476 |
|
|
18,335 |
|
||
Noncontrolling interests |
|
(152 |
) |
|
(137 |
) |
||
Total stockholder’ equity |
|
76,324 |
|
|
18,198 |
|
||
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
$ |
229,267 |
|
$ |
220,282 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-2
AgileThought, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations |
(in thousands USD, except share data) |
Three Months Ended
|
Nine Months Ended
|
||||||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ |
40,420 |
|
$ |
40,114 |
|
$ |
116,573 |
|
$ |
129,513 |
|
||||
Cost of revenue |
|
29,666 |
|
|
26,018 |
|
|
82,709 |
|
|
87,850 |
|
||||
Gross profit |
|
10,754 |
|
|
14,096 |
|
|
33,864 |
|
|
41,663 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
11,188 |
|
|
8,978 |
|
|
30,145 |
|
|
23,403 |
|
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
1,746 |
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
5,239 |
|
|
5,254 |
|
||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations |
|
— |
|
|
(555 |
) |
|
(2,200 |
) |
|
(6,046 |
) |
||||
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities |
|
(1,884 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(4,406 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
Change in fair value of warrant
|
|
(759 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(759 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
Equity-based compensation expense |
|
6,469 |
|
|
55 |
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
180 |
|
||||
Impairment charges |
|
— |
|
|
7,565 |
|
|
— |
|
|
16,699 |
|
||||
Restructuring (income) expenses |
|
(135 |
) |
|
1,084 |
|
|
(113 |
) |
|
2,559 |
|
||||
Other operating (income) expenses,
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
3,205 |
|
|
1,011 |
|
|
3,704 |
|
||||
Total operating expense |
|
16,529 |
|
|
22,041 |
|
|
35,398 |
|
|
45,753 |
|
||||
Loss from operations |
|
(5,775 |
) |
|
(7,945 |
) |
|
(1,534 |
) |
|
(4,090 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest expense |
|
(4,065 |
) |
|
(4,400 |
) |
|
(12,117 |
) |
|
(12,803 |
) |
||||
Other (expense) income |
|
(851 |
) |
|
3,002 |
|
|
(436 |
) |
|
(330 |
) |
||||
Loss before income taxes |
|
(10,691 |
) |
|
(9,343 |
) |
|
(14,087 |
) |
|
(17,223 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
96 |
|
|
1,012 |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
2,460 |
|
||||
Net loss |
|
(10,787 |
) |
|
(10,355 |
) |
|
(14,074 |
) |
|
(19,683 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
|
(188 |
) |
|
(28 |
) |
|
(21 |
) |
|
(127 |
) |
||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ |
(10,599 |
) |
$ |
(10,327 |
) |
$ |
(14,053 |
) |
$ |
(19,556 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Loss per share (Note 16): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Basic and Diluted Class A
|
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
$ |
(0.30 |
) |
$ |
(0.39 |
) |
$ |
(0.57 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Weighted average number of shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Basic and Diluted Class A
|
|
37,633,267 |
|
|
34,557,480 |
|
|
35,612,677 |
|
|
34,557,480 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
AgileThought, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss |
(in thousands USD) |
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended
|
||||||||||||||
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ |
(10,787 |
) |
$ |
(10,355 |
) |
$ |
(14,074 |
) |
$ |
(19,683 |
) |
||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
(886 |
) |
|
(4,578 |
) |
|
(122 |
) |
|
(15,354 |
) |
||||
Comprehensive loss |
|
(11,673 |
) |
|
(14,933 |
) |
|
(14,196 |
) |
|
(35,037 |
) |
||||
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
|
(154 |
) |
|
(4 |
) |
|
(15 |
) |
|
(253 |
) |
||||
Comprehensive loss attributable to the Company |
$ |
(11,519 |
) |
$ |
(14,929 |
) |
$ |
(14,181 |
) |
$ |
(34,784 |
) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
AgileThought, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 |
(in thousands USD, except share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2020, as previously reported |
431,682 |
|
$ |
— |
37,538 |
|
$ |
— |
— |
$ |
— |
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
101,497 |
|
$ |
(66,181 |
) |
$ |
(16,981 |
) |
$ |
(137 |
) |
$ |
18,198 |
|
|||||||||||||
Retroactive application of recapitalization |
(431,682 |
) |
|
— |
(37,538 |
) |
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
(3 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||||||||||||
December 31, 2020, as adjusted |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
101,494 |
|
|
(66,181 |
) |
|
(16,981 |
) |
|
(137 |
) |
|
18,198 |
|
|||||||||||||
Net (loss) income |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(3,865 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
30 |
|
|
(3,835 |
) |
|||||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
12 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
12 |
|
|||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(223 |
) |
|
5 |
|
|
(218 |
) |
|||||||||||||
March 31, 2021 |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
101,506 |
|
|
(70,046 |
) |
|
(17,204 |
) |
|
(102 |
) |
|
14,157 |
|
|||||||||||||
Net income |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
411 |
|
|
— |
|
|
137 |
|
|
548 |
|
|||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,015 |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
982 |
|
|||||||||||||
June 30, 2021 |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
101,506 |
|
|
(69,635 |
) |
|
(16,189 |
) |
|
2 |
|
|
15,687 |
|
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(10,599 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(188 |
) |
|
(10,787 |
) |
|||||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
6,469 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
6,469 |
|
|||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(920 |
) |
|
34 |
|
|
(886 |
) |
|||||||||||||
Business combination |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
7,413,435 |
|
1 |
— |
|
— |
|
65,840 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
65,841 |
|
|||||||||||||
September 30, 2021 |
— |
|
$ |
— |
— |
|
$ |
— |
41,970,915 |
$ |
4 |
151,950 |
$ |
— |
$ |
173,815 |
|
$ |
(80,234 |
) |
$ |
(17,109 |
) |
$ |
(152 |
) |
$ |
76,324 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
AgileThought, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 |
(in thousands USD, except share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
Noncontrolling Interests |
Total Stockholders’ Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2019, as previously reported |
431,682 |
|
$ |
— |
37,538 |
|
$ |
— |
— |
$ |
— |
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
101,286 |
|
$ |
(40,004 |
) |
$ |
(3,074 |
) |
$ |
163 |
|
$ |
58,371 |
|
|||||||||||||
Retroactive application of recapitalization |
(431,682 |
) |
|
— |
(37,538 |
) |
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
(3 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||||||||||||
December 31, 2019, as adjusted |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
101,283 |
|
|
(40,004 |
) |
|
(3,074 |
) |
|
163 |
|
|
58,371 |
|
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(8,183 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
(8,312 |
) |
|||||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
69 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
69 |
|
|||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(11,552 |
) |
|
(143 |
) |
|
(11,695 |
) |
|||||||||||||
March 31, 2020 |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
101,352 |
|
|
(48,187 |
) |
|
(14,626 |
) |
|
(109 |
) |
|
38,433 |
|
|||||||||||||
Net loss (income) |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(1,046 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
30 |
|
|
(1,016 |
) |
|||||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
56 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
56 |
|
|||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
926 |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
919 |
|
|||||||||||||
June 30, 2020 |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
34,557,480 |
|
3 |
151,950 |
|
— |
|
101,408 |
|
|
(49,233 |
) |
|
(13,700 |
) |
|
(86 |
) |
|
38,392 |
|
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(10,327 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
(10,355 |
) |
|||||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
55 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
55 |
|
|||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(4,602 |
) |
|
24 |
|
|
(4,578 |
) |
|||||||||||||
September 30, 2020 |
— |
|
$ |
— |
— |
|
$ |
— |
34,557,480 |
$ |
3 |
151,950 |
$ |
— |
$ |
101,463 |
|
$ |
(59,560 |
) |
$ |
(18,302 |
) |
$ |
(90 |
) |
$ |
23,514 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
AgileThought, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows |
(in thousands USD) |
Nine Months Ended
|
|||||||
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||
Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
||||
Net loss |
$ |
(14,074 |
) |
$ |
(19,683 |
) |
||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accretion of interest from convertible notes |
|
3,068 |
|
|
3,097 |
|
||
Gain on forgiveness of debt |
|
(1,306 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Provision for bad debt expense |
|
(78 |
) |
|
(27 |
) |
||
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets |
|
— |
|
|
16,699 |
|
||
Equity-based compensation |
|
6,481 |
|
|
180 |
|
||
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment |
|
— |
|
|
22 |
|
||
Right-of-use asset amortization |
|
1,709 |
|
|
2,101 |
|
||
Foreign currency remeasurement |
|
1,216 |
|
|
(598 |
) |
||
Deferred income tax provision |
|
120 |
|
|
(3,656 |
) |
||
Obligations for contingent purchase price |
|
(1,648 |
) |
|
(6,046 |
) |
||
Embedded derivative liabilities |
|
(4,406 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Warrant liability |
|
(759 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Gain on divestiture, net of cash retained |
|
— |
|
|
(1,302 |
) |
||
Amortization of debt issue costs |
|
1,479 |
|
|
685 |
|
||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
5,239 |
|
|
5,254 |
|
||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accounts receivable |
|
(15,953 |
) |
|
6,525 |
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
(5,616 |
) |
|
(2,666 |
) |
||
Accounts payable |
|
7,927 |
|
|
2,937 |
|
||
Accrued liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities |
|
(2,909 |
) |
|
(1,167 |
) |
||
Deferred revenue |
|
(929 |
) |
|
(1,720 |
) |
||
Current VAT receivables and other taxes payable |
|
(437 |
) |
|
(437 |
) |
||
Income taxes payable |
|
1,430 |
|
|
2,174 |
|
||
Operating lease liabilities |
|
(1,717 |
) |
|
(2,090 |
) |
||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
(21,163 |
) |
|
282 |
|
||
Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
|
(732 |
) |
|
(977 |
) |
||
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
(732 |
) |
|
(977 |
) |
||
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
||||
Proceeds from loans |
|
3,873 |
|
|
13,370 |
|
||
Repayments of borrowings |
|
(27,517 |
) |
|
(1,838 |
) |
||
Payments of transaction costs |
|
(13,033 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Proceeds from PIPE investors |
|
27,600 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Payments of contingent consideration |
|
— |
|
|
(4,314 |
) |
||
Proceeds from capital contributions |
|
25,749 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
16,672 |
|
|
7,218 |
|
||
Effect of exchange rates on cash |
|
(83 |
) |
|
(850 |
) |
||
Net (decrease) increased in cash and cash equivalents |
|
(5,306 |
) |
|
5,673 |
|
||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period |
|
9,432 |
|
|
6,366 |
|
||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period(1) |
$ |
4,126 |
|
$ |
12,039 |
|
||
__________ |
|
|
|
|
||||
(1) Amount of restricted cash at end of period |
$ |
180 |
|
$ |
169 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities and financing activities & cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
||||
Assumption of merger warrants liability |
$ |
15,123 |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
Transaction costs included in accounts payable |
|
2,605 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Contingent considerations related to acquisition (disposition) |
|
— |
|
|
1,413 |
|
||
Forgiveness of loans |
|
1,306 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities |
|
981 |
|
|
383 |
|
||
Cash paid during the period for interest |
|
6,252 |
|
|
7,787 |
|
||
Fees due to creditor |
|
4,000 |
|
|
— |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7
AgileThought, Inc. Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 1 — Organization and Basis of Consolidation and Presentation
Organization
AgileThought, Inc. (“AgileThought”) is a global provider of agile-first, end-to-end digital transformation services in the North American market using on-shore and near-shore delivery.
On August 23, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), LIV Capital Acquisition Corp. (“LIVK”), a special purpose acquisition company, and AgileThought (“Legacy AgileThought”) consummated the transactions contemplated by the definitive agreement and plan of merger (“Merger Agreement”), dated May 9, 2021 (“Business Combination”). Pursuant to the terms, Legacy AgileThought merged with and into LIVK, whereupon the separate corporate existence of Legacy AgileThought ceased, with LIVK surviving such merger (the “Surviving Company”). On the Closing Date, the Surviving Company changed its name to AgileThought, Inc. (the “Company”, “AgileThought”, “we” or “us”).
Basis of Consolidation and Presentation
The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”)
The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse capitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP (the “Recapitalization”). Under this method of accounting, LIVK is treated as the acquired company and Legacy AgileThought is treated as the accounting acquirer for financial reporting purposes, resulting in no change in the carrying amount of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations prior to the Recapitalization are those of Legacy AgileThought. The shares and corresponding capital amounts and losses per share, prior to the Business Combination, have been retroactively restated based on shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the Business Combination.
The Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial reporting and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the financial information, which are of normal and recurring nature, have been made for the interim periods reported. Operating results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 has been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements at that date but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. The unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 that are included in our Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on May 14, 2021 (“Registration Statement”). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Liquidity and Going Concern
These condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.
The increase in net loss associated with losses from operations due to increases in selling, general, and administrative expenses, and equity-based compensation expense, along with significant interest expense, generated the Company a net loss of $14.1 million and net cash outflows from operations of $21.2 million for the period ended September 30, 2021. At September 30, 2021, the Company had negative working capital of $33.2 million and available cash and cash equivalents of $3.9 million. Additionally, as discussed in Note 8, Long-term Debt and Note 19, Subsequent Events, the Company breached its Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio covenant requirements for September 30, 2021. The closing of the amendment dated November 15, 2021, reset the covenants for the quarterly periods of September 30, 2021 to December 31, 2022. In return, the Company was required to make a $20 million principal prepayment, which included the $4 million principal payment due November 19, 2021, payable
F-8
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 1 — Organization and Basis of Consolidation and Presentation (cont.) |
November 29, 2021. The Company made the $20 million principal payment with proceeds from the debt financing from related party shareholders, as described below. Furthermore, the Company agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 15, 2021, which subject to certain terms and regulatory restrictions, may sell the Company’s Class A Common Stock and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of AgileThought’s Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. The First Lien lenders charged an additional $2.9 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. As of September 30, 2021, total fees payable at the end of the term loan, including fees recognized from prior amendments, totaled $6.9 million. Absent any other action, the Company will require additional liquidity to meet its debt service requirement over the next 12 months.
The Company’s board of directors has provided approval to obtain additional financing to meet our debt service requirements over the next 12 months. As of the issuance of these financial statements, the Company has received letters of best efforts from related party shareholders to provide additional debt financing in the form of convertible debt for up to $25 million. Management believes it is probable that such debt financing will be finalized and received during the fourth quarter of 2021. Our related party shareholders understand proceeds from the debt financing will be applied to satisfy our immediate $20 million payment due for the First Lien Facility on November 29, 2021.
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, within our annual Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Final Prospectus for the full listing of significant accounting policies.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Further, certain estimates and assumptions include the direct and indirect impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. We make significant estimates with respect to intangible assets, goodwill, depreciation, amortization, income taxes, equity-based compensation, contingencies, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, obligations related to contingent consideration in connection with business combinations, fair value of embedded derivative liabilities, fair value of warrant liability, and asset and liability valuations. The economic impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business depends on its severity and duration, which in turn depend on highly uncertain factors such as the nature and extent of containment efforts, the spread and effects of variants, and the timing and efficacy of vaccines. The high level of uncertainty regarding this economic impact means that management’s estimates and assumptions are subject to change as the situation develops and new information becomes available. To the extent the actual results differ materially from these estimates and assumptions, the Company’s future financial statements could be materially affected.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company records fair value of assets and liabilities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Account Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value as the price received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity.
F-9
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.) |
ASC 820 includes disclosures around fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reporting in one of three levels, which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are as follows:
Level 1: |
Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. |
|||
Level 2: |
Other valuations that include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets that are directly or indirectly observable. |
|||
Level 3: |
Valuations made through techniques in which one or more of its significant data are not observable. |
See Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for further discussion.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net assets purchased and is allocated to a reporting unit when the acquired business is integrated into the Company. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually on October 1st. The Company will also perform an assessment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may be more than its recoverable amount. Under FASB guidance, management may first assess certain qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test.
When needed, the Company performs a quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment if it determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In the quantitative test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit with the respective carrying value. Management uses a combined income and public company market approach to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
This analysis requires significant assumptions, such as estimated future cash flows, long-term growth rate estimates, weighted average cost of capital, and market multiples. The estimates used to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit change from year to year based on operating results, market conditions, and other factors. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.
Intangible Assets
The Company has customer relationships (finite-lived intangible assets) and trade names (finite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets) on its Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed. We test for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of a finite-lived intangible asset may not be recoverable. Consistent with other long-lived assets, if the carrying value is not determined to be recoverable, we calculate an impairment loss based on the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. The fair value is determined using the discounted cash flow approach of multi-period excess earnings.
During the first quarter of 2021, the Company reassessed and changed the estimated economic life of a certain trade name from indefinite to finite-lived as a result of the shift in operations towards a global strategy as “One AgileThought.” As a result, the Company began amortizing a certain trade name using straight-line method over their average remaining economic life of five years.
F-10
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.) |
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are instead assessed for impairment annually and as needed whenever events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. An impairment loss is recognized if the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. The Company uses the relief from royalty method to determine the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Embedded Derivative Liabilities
The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to interest rate, market, or foreign currency risks. The Company has evaluated the terms and features of its redeemable convertible preferred stock issued in February 2021 and identified two embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation from the underlying host instrument pursuant to ASC 815-15, Embedded Derivatives. Embedded derivatives met the criteria for bifurcation due to the instruments containing conversion options and mandatory redemption features that are not clearly and closely related to the host instrument.
Embedded derivatives are bifurcated from the underlying host instrument and accounted for as separate financial instruments. Embedded derivatives are recognized at fair value, with changes in fair value during the period are recognized in “Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities” in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of September 30, 2021 and in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination that occurred on August 23, 2021, the preferred stock was converted into common stock of the Company and the Embedded derivative ceased to exist. Refer to Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for additional information.
Warrants
The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”).
For warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are recorded as liabilities. At the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value during the period are recognized in “Change in fair value of warrant liability” in the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in the fair value until the earlier of a) the exercise or expiration of the warrants or b) the redemption of the warrants.
Our public warrants meet the criteria for equity classification and accordingly, are reported as a component of stockholders’ equity while our private warrants do not meet the criteria for equity classification and are thus classified as a liability.
Accounting Pronouncements
The authoritative bodies release standards and guidance, which are assessed by management for impact on the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Accounting Standards Updates (“ASUs”) not listed below were assessed and determined to be not applicable to the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following standards were recently adopted by the Company:
• In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes, to simplify the accounting for income taxes based on changes suggested by stakeholders as part of the FASB’s simplification initiative. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. This ASU was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2021, resulting in no material impact to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-11
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.) |
• In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform. In response to concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs), and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. This may impact the Company’s borrowing costs in which LIBOR is used as a reference. The amendments in this update are effective immediately for all entities. This ASU was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2021, resulting in no material impact to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
• In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts in an entity’s own equity. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. This ASU was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2021, resulting in no material impact to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
• In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform, that refined the scope of ASU No. 2020-04 and clarified some of its provisions. The amendments permit entities to elect certain optional expedients and exceptions when accounting for derivative contracts and certain hedging relationships affected by the discounting transition. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. This ASU was adopted by the Company during the second quarter of 2021, resulting in no material impact to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following recently released accounting standards have not yet been adopted by the Company:
• In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-04, Earnings Per Share, Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments, Compensation-Stock Compensation, and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. This ASU reduces diversity in an issuer’s accounting for modifications or exchanges of freestanding equity-classified written call options (for example, warrants) that remain equity classified after modification or exchange. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the effect the adoption of this ASU will have on the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Note 3 — Recapitalization
As discussed in Note 1, Organization and Basis of Consolidation and Presentation, the Company consummated the Business Combination on August 23, 2021, pursuant to the Merger Agreement dated May 9, 2021. In connection with the Business Combination, the following occurred:
• On August 20, 2021, LIVK changed jurisdiction of incorporation from the Cayman Islands to the State of Delaware by deregistering as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands and domesticating and continuing as a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware. As a result, each of LIVK’s issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares automatically converted by operation of law, on a one-for-one basis, into shares of Class A common stock. Similarly, all of LIVK’s outstanding warrants became warrants to acquire shares of Class A common Stock.
F-12
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 3 — Recapitalization (cont.) |
• LIVK entered into subscription agreements with certain investors pursuant to which such investors collectively subscribed for 2,760,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at $10.00 per share for aggregate proceeds of $27,600,000 (the “PIPE Financing”).
• Holders of 7,479,065 of LIVK’s Class A ordinary shares originally sold in LIVK’s initial public offering, or 93% of the shares with redemption rights, exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.07 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of $75.3 million.
• The Business Combination was effected through the merger of Legacy AgileThought with and into LIVK, whereupon the separate corporate existence of Legacy AgileThought ceased and LIVK was the surviving corporation.
• On the Closing Date, the Company changed its name from LIV Capital Acquisition Corp. to AgileThought, Inc.
• An aggregate of 34,557,480 shares of Class A common stock were issued to holders of Legacy AT common stock and 2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock were issued to holders of Legacy AT preferred stock as merger consideration.
• After adjusting its embedded derivative liabilities to fair value, upon conversion of the preferred stock, the Company’s embedded derivative liabilities were extinguished during the third quarter of 2021. Refer to Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for additional information.
• The Company’s private placement warrants meet the criteria for liability classification. During the third quarter of 2021, the Company recognized a gain of $0.8 million on private placement warrants to reflect the change in fair value. For additional information on our warrants, refer to Note 14, Warrants, and Note 4, Fair Value Measurements.
The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the additional paid-in capital in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2021:
(in thousands USD) |
Business Combination |
|||
Cash – LIVK trust and cash, net of redemptions |
$ |
5,749 |
|
|
Cash – PIPE Financing |
|
27,600 |
|
|
Less: Transaction costs |
|
(13,033 |
) |
|
Net proceeds from the Business Combination |
|
20,316 |
|
|
Less: Initial fair value of warrant liabilities recognized in the Business Combination |
|
(15,123 |
) |
|
Equity classification of Public Warrants |
|
8,292 |
|
|
Surrender of related party receivables |
|
(1,359 |
) |
|
Debt conversion |
|
38,120 |
|
|
Conversion of mezzanine equity(a) |
|
15,594 |
|
|
Net adjustment to total equity from the Business Combination |
$ |
65,840 |
|
____________
(a) Relates to the transfer from mezzanine equity to permanent equity of the preferred contribution received from LIV Capital on February 02, 2021, which was considered part of the PIPE financing and upon the transaction close, was reclassified to permanent equity of the Company.
F-13
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 3 — Recapitalization (cont.) |
The number of shares of Class A common stock issued immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination:
Number of Shares |
|||
Class A ordinary shares of LIVK outstanding prior to the Business Combination |
8,050,000 |
|
|
Less: redemption of LIVK’s Class A ordinary shares |
(7,479,065 |
) |
|
Shares of LIVK’s Class A ordinary shares |
570,935 |
|
|
Shares held by LIVK’s sponsor and its affiliates |
2,082,500 |
|
|
Shares issued in the PIPE Financing |
2,760,000 |
|
|
Shares issued to convert Legacy AgileThought’s preferred stock to Class A common stock |
2,000,000 |
|
|
Shares issued to Legacy AgileThought’s common stock holders |
34,557,480 |
|
|
Total shares of Class A common stock immediately after the Business Combination |
41,970,915 |
|
Note 4 — Fair Value Measurements
The carrying amount of assets and liabilities including cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated their fair value as of September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, due to the relative short maturity of these instruments.
Long-term Debt
Our debt is not actively traded and the fair value estimate is based on discounted estimated future cash flows or a fair value in-exchange assumption, which are significant unobservable inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Our convertible notes payable include the probability of a liquidity event. As such, these estimates are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
The following table summarizes our instruments where fair value differs from carrying value:
(in thousands USD) |
Fair Value
|
September 30, 2021 |
December 31, 2020 |
|||||||||||
Carry Amount |
Fair Value |
Carry Amount |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||
Bank credit agreement |
Level3 |
$ |
65,871 |
$ |
67,621 |
$ |
93,388 |
$ |
92,363 |
|||||
Convertible notes payable |
Level3 |
|
— |
|
— |
|
32,930 |
|
43,303 |
The above table excludes our revolving credit facility, subordinated promissory note payable and subordinated zero-coupon loan as these balances approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of our borrowings. The above table also excludes our Paycheck Protection Program loans (“PPP loans”) as the carrying value of the Company’s PPP loans approximates fair value based on the current yield for debt instruments with similar terms. During the third quarter of 2021, the Company’s convertible notes payable were converted into shares of the Company Class A common stock. Refer to Note 3, Recapitalization and Note 8, Long-term Debt, for additional information.
Embedded Derivative Liabilities
In connection with the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company bifurcated embedded derivatives associated with redemption and conversion features. Embedded derivative liabilities are carried at fair value and classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The Company determined the fair values of the bifurcated embedded derivatives by using a scenario-based analysis that estimated the fair value of each embedded derivative based on a probability-weighted present value of all possible outcomes related to the features.
F-14
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 4 — Fair Value Measurements (cont.) |
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of the Company’s embedded derivative liabilities include the probabilities of the Company’s change in control or qualified financing events, the period in which the outcomes are expected to be achieved and the discount rate. As a result of the Business Combination, the Company settled its embedded derivative liabilities and wrote off the remaining fair value during the third quarter of 2021.
(in thousands USD) |
Redemption &
|
|||
Opening balance, December 31, 2020 |
$ |
— |
|
|
Recognition of embedded derivative liabilities |
|
4,406 |
|
|
Change in fair value |
|
(4,406 |
) |
|
Ending balance, September 30, 2021 |
|
— |
|
Contingent Purchase Price
The Company carries its obligations for contingent purchase price at fair value. The Company recorded the acquisition-date fair value of these contingent liabilities based on the likelihood of contingent earn-out payments and stock issuances based on the underlying agreement terms. The earn-out payments and value of stock issuances are subsequently remeasured to fair value each reporting date using an income approach that is determined based on the present value of future cash flows using internal models. This estimate is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of the Company’s obligation for contingent purchase price are the discount rate, growth assumptions, and earnings thresholds. As of September 30, 2021, the fair value of the contingent liability used a discount rate of 13.5%. For all significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Level 3 liabilities, a change in one of the inputs would not necessarily result in a directionally similar change in the other inputs. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement.
The following table provides a roll-forward of the obligations for contingent purchase price:
(in thousands USD) |
Contingent Purchase Price |
|||
Opening balance, December 31, 2020 |
$ |
10,304 |
|
|
Cash payments |
|
— |
|
|
Change in fair value |
|
(2,200 |
) |
|
Accrued interest on the contingent consideration |
|
552 |
|
|
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations |
|
(48 |
) |
|
Ending balance, September 30, 2021 |
|
8,608 |
|
|
Less: Current portion |
|
8,608 |
|
|
Obligation for contingent purchase price, net of current portion |
$ |
— |
|
Warrant Liability
As of September 30, 2021, the Company has private placement warrants, which are liability classified, as discussed in Note 14, Warrants. The Company’s private placement warrants are classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to use of significant inputs that are unobservable in the market. Private placement warrants are
F-15
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 4 — Fair Value Measurements (cont.) |
fair valued using the Black-Scholes model, which required a risk-free rate assumption based upon constant-maturity treasury yields. Other significant inputs and assumptions in the model are the stock price, exercise price, volatility, and term or maturity. The volatility input was determined using the historical volatility of comparable publicly traded companies which operate in a similar industry or compete directly against the Company.
The following table presents the changes in the fair value of private warrant liability at September 30, 2021:
(in thousands USD) |
Private
|
|||
Beginning balance, January 1 |
$ |
— |
|
|
Assumed in business combination |
|
6,831 |
|
|
Change in valuation inputs and other assumptions |
|
(759 |
) |
|
Ending balance, September 30, 2021 |
$ |
6,072 |
|
Note 5 — Balance Sheet Details
The following table provides detail of selected balance sheet items:
(in thousands USD) |
September 30,
|
December 31,
|
||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: |
|
|
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
3,946 |
$ |
9,256 |
||
Restricted cash |
|
180 |
|
176 |
||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
$ |
4,126 |
$ |
9,432 |
(in thousands USD) |
September 30,
|
December 31,
|
||||||
Accounts receivable, net: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accounts receivables |
$ |
21,948 |
|
$ |
13,974 |
|
||
Unbilled accounts receivables |
|
17,039 |
|
|
7,578 |
|
||
Related party receivables – shareholders & key personnel |
|
— |
|
|
1,305 |
|
||
Other receivables |
|
778 |
|
|
1,210 |
|
||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
(321 |
) |
|
(267 |
) |
||
Total accounts receivable, net |
$ |
39,444 |
|
$ |
23,800 |
|
The following table is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts:
Nine Months Ended
|
||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||
Beginning balance, January 1 |
$ |
267 |
|
$ |
388 |
|
||
Charges to expense |
|
78 |
|
|
27 |
|
||
Foreign currency translation |
|
(24 |
) |
|
(46 |
) |
||
Ending balance |
$ |
321 |
|
$ |
369 |
|
F-16
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 6 — Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following:
(in thousands USD) |
September 30,
|
December 31,
|
||||||
Computer equipment |
$ |
4,311 |
|
$ |
3,727 |
|
||
Leasehold improvements |
|
2,285 |
|
|
2,333 |
|
||
Furniture and equipment |
|
1,639 |
|
|
1,631 |
|
||
Computer software |
|
2,097 |
|
|
1,475 |
|
||
Transportation equipment |
|
57 |
|
|
107 |
|
||
|
10,389 |
|
|
9,273 |
|
|||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(7,132 |
) |
|
(5,845 |
) |
||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
$ |
3,257 |
|
$ |
3,428 |
|
Depreciation expense was $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $0.7 million and $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company did not recognize impairment expense related to property, plant, and equipment for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 or 2020.
Note 7 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
The Company performs an assessment each year to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, or more frequently in certain circumstances where impairment indicators arise. In the second quarter of 2020, the Company determined a triggering event had occurred requiring an interim impairment assessment resulting from the disposition of a business within the Latin America (previously Commerce) reporting unit. As a result, the Company recognized a $4.9 million impairment charge related to goodwill allocated to its Commerce reporting unit which is included within Impairment charges in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
In the third quarter of 2020, we made organizational changes to adopt a customer-centric model and align operations around the two primary regions in which we operate (Latin America and the United States), resulting in a change in our reporting unit structure from five to two reporting units. Accordingly, we first assessed our goodwill for impairment under our previous five reporting unit structure as of September 30, 2020. Upon completion of this assessment, the Company determined that impairments existed in our Analytics and Cloud reporting units, resulting from negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, we recognized a $6.7 million impairment charge as of September 30, 2020, which is included within Impairment charges in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020.
The following table presents changes in the goodwill balances as of September 30, 2021:
(in thousands USD) |
LATAM |
USA |
Total |
||||||||
January 1, 2021 |
$ |
40,470 |
|
$ |
30,694 |
$ |
71,164 |
|
|||
Foreign currency translation |
|
(733 |
) |
|
— |
|
(733 |
) |
|||
September 30, 2021 |
$ |
39,737 |
|
$ |
30,694 |
$ |
70,431 |
|
F-17
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 7– Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net (cont.) |
Summary of our finite-lived intangible assets is as follows:
(in thousands USD) |
As of September 30, 2021 |
Weighted
|
||||||||||||||
Gross Carrying Amount |
Currency
|
Accumulated Amortization |
Net Carrying Amount |
|||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ |
89,915 |
$ |
3,399 |
|
$ |
(26,607 |
) |
|
66,707 |
12.2 |
|||||
Tradename |
|
1,234 |
|
(31 |
) |
|
(183 |
) |
|
1,020 |
4.1 |
|||||
Total |
$ |
91,149 |
$ |
3,368 |
|
$ |
(26,790 |
) |
$ |
67,727 |
12.1 |
As of December 31, 2020 |
Weighted
|
|||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
Gross Carrying Amount |
Currency
|
Accumulated Amortization |
Net Carrying Amount |
||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ |
89,915 |
$ |
4,040 |
(22,444 |
) |
$ |
71,511 |
12.8 |
In 2021, the Company changed the estimated life of a certain trade name from indefinite to finite-lived and began amortizing it over the average remaining economic life of five years (See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). No impairment charges were recognized related to finite-lived intangible assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.
The impairment of goodwill in the Commerce reporting unit as of June 30, 2020, signaled us to test its long-lived asset group in accordance with ASC 360. Upon completion of this testing, the Company determined that the customer relationship within the Commerce reporting unit was fully impaired, resulting from the disposition of a business within the Commerce reporting unit, the termination of the relationships with established customers in this reporting unit and the negative impacts of COVID-19 on this reporting unit. Accordingly, we recognized a $3.5 million impairment charge as of June 30, 2020, which is included within Impairment charges in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020.
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets relate to trade names acquired in connection with business combinations. The trade names balance was $16.4 million and $17.6 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. We recognized an impairment charge of $0.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020 related to the Commerce reporting unit, which is recorded within Impairment charges in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. We subsequently recognized an impairment charge of $0.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 related to the Analytics and Cloud reporting unit, which was recorded within Impairment charges in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-18
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 8 — Long-term Debt
Long-term debt as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 consists of the following:
(in thousands USD) |
September 30, 2021 |
December 31, 2020 |
||||||
Borrowings under bank revolving credit agreement, principal due
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
||
Borrowings under bank credit agreement, principal due November 10, 2023 |
|
65,871 |
|
|
93,388 |
|
||
Unamortized debt issuance costs(a) |
|
(5,776 |
) |
|
(2,978 |
) |
||
Borrowing under bank credit agreements, net of unamortized debt issuance costs |
|
65,095 |
|
|
95,410 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Borrowings under convertible note payable to related party, 13.73% interest capitalized every nine months, principal due July 18, 2024 |
|
— |
|
|
16,465 |
|
||
Borrowings under convertible note payable to related party, 13.73% interest capitalized every nine months, principal due July 18, 2024 |
|
— |
|
|
16,465 |
|
||
Unamortized debt issuance costs(a) |
|
— |
|
|
(126 |
) |
||
Convertible notes payable, net of unamortized debt issuance costs |
|
— |
|
|
32,804 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Paycheck Protection Program loans, 1% interest, due May 1, 2022 |
|
7,722 |
|
|
9,129 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Subordinated promissory note payable, guaranteed by a related party,
|
|
673 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Subordinated debt with related party, principal due January 26, 2022 |
|
3,700 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Unamortized debt issuance costs(a) |
|
(306 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Subordinated debt with related party, net of unamortized debt issuance costs |
|
3,394 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance cost |
|
76,884 |
|
|
137,343 |
|
||
Less: current portion of debt |
|
36,588 |
|
|
11,380 |
|
||
Long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs |
$ |
40,296 |
|
$ |
125,963 |
|
____________
(a) Debt issuance costs are presented as a reduction of the Company’s debt in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. $1.5 million and $0.7 million of debt issuance cost amortization was charged to interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Credit Agreements
In 2018, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC that permits the Company to borrow up to $1.5 million through November 10, 2023. In 2019, the agreement was amended to increase the borrowing limit to $5.0 million. Interest is paid monthly and calculated as LIBOR plus a margin of 8.0% to 9.0%, based on the Total Leverage Ratio as calculated in the most recent Compliance Certificate. An additional 2.0% interest may be incurred during periods of loan covenant default. As of September 30, 2021, the interest rate was 10.0%. The Company must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the commitment. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had no availability under this facility.
In 2018, the Company entered into a term loan credit agreement with Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC (“Monroe term loan”) that permits the Company to borrow up to $75.0 million through November 10, 2023. In 2019, the agreement was amended to increase the borrowing amount to $98.0 million. Interest is paid monthly and calculated as LIBOR plus a margin of 8.0% to 9.0%, based on the Total Leverage Ratio as calculated in the most recent Compliance Certificate. An additional 2.0% interest may be incurred during periods of loan covenant default. As of September 30, 2021, the interest rate was 10.0%. Principal payments of $0.6 million are due quarterly until
F-19
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 8 — Long-term Debt (cont.) |
maturity, at which time the remaining outstanding balance is due. Based on amendment dated February 2, 2021, the Company shall pay, in place of the first two regular quarterly principal installments of 2021, from February 2021 through and including July 2021, monthly principal installments of $1.0 million on the last business day of each of these six calendar months.
On March 22, 2021, the Company used $20.0 million from proceeds of issuance of preferred stock to partially pay the Monroe term loan. Refer to Note 15, Stockholders’ Equity, for additional information on issuance of preferred stock.
On June 24, 2021, an amendment was signed to modify the debt covenants for the periods September 30, 2021 and thereafter. In addition to the covenant modifications, the amendment also established the deferral of the monthly $1.0 million principal payments previously due in April and May, along with the $1.0 million payments due in June and July to September 30, 2021. As a result, the regular quarterly principal installments resumed, and the First Lien lenders charged a $4.3 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. The amendment resulted in a debt modification, thus the fees payable to the First Lien lenders were capitalized and are amortized over the remaining life of the Monroe term loan. The fees have been netted against the debt as of September 30, 2021.
On September 30, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to extend the due date of the $4.0 million in principal payments previously due for April, May, June and July, from September 30, 2021 to October 15, 2021. On October 14, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to extend the due date from October 15, 2021 to October 29, 2021. On October 29, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to further extend the due date from October 29, 2021 to November 19, 2021.
On November 15, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to reset the First Lien Facility’s Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenants for the quarterly periods of September 30, 2021 to December 31, 2022. In return, the Company was required to make a $20 million principal prepayment, which included the $4 million principal payment due November 19, 2021, payable November 29, 2021. The Company made the $20 million principal payment with proceeds from the debt financing from related party shareholders, as described in Note 19. Furthermore, the Company agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 15, 2021, which subject to certain terms and regulatory restrictions, may sell the Company’s Class A Common Stock and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of AgileThought’s Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. The First Lien lenders charged an additional $2.9 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. As of September 30, 2021, total fees payable at the end of the term loan, including fees recognized from prior amendments, totaled $6.9 million.
Convertible Notes
On July 18, 2019, the Company entered into separate credit agreements with Nexxus Capital and Credit Suisse (“the Creditors”) that permits the Company to borrow $12.5 million from each bearing 13.73% interest. On January 31, 2020, the agreements were amended to increase the borrowing amount by $2.05 million under each agreement. Interest is capitalized every six months and is payable when the note is due. Immediately prior to the Business Combination, the Creditors exercised their option to convert their combined $38.1 million of debt outstanding (including interest) into 115,923 shares of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, which were converted into the Company’s Class A common stock as a result of the Business Combination. As a result, the Company amortized the remaining $0.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and recognized incremental interest expense in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-20
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 8 — Long-term Debt (cont.) |
Paycheck Protection Program Loans
On April 30, 2020 and May 1, 2020, the Company received PPP loans through four of its subsidiaries for a total amount of $9.3 million. The PPP loans bear a fixed interest rate of 1% over a two-year term, are guaranteed by the United States federal government, and do not require collateral. The loans may be forgiven, in part or whole, if the proceeds are used to retain and pay employees and for other qualifying expenditures. The $9.3 million in PPP loans are eligible for forgiveness, and the Company expects a significant amount to be forgiven which would result in a gain to the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company submitted its forgiveness applications to the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) between November 2020 and January 2021. The monthly repayment terms will be established in the notification letters with the amount of loan forgiveness. On December 25, 2020, $0.1 million of a $0.2 million PPP loan was forgiven. On March 9, 2021, $0.1 million of a $0.3 million PPP loan was forgiven. On June 13, 2021, $1.2 million of a $1.2 million PPP loan was forgiven. The Company is awaiting a response on its forgiveness application related to a $7.6 million PPP loan. All loan forgiveness was recognized in other income (expense) of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Subordinated Promissory Note
On June 24, 2021, the Company entered into a credit agreement with AGS Group LLC (“AGS Group”) for a principal amount of $0.7 million. The principal amount outstanding under this agreement matures on December 20, 2021 (“Original Maturity Date”) but can be extended until May 19, 2022 (“Extended Maturity Date”). Interest is due and payable in arrears on the Original Maturity Date at a 14.0% per annum until and including December 20, 2021 and at 20% per annum from the Original Maturity Date to the Extended Maturity Date calculated on the actual number of days elapsed.
Exitus Capital Subordinated Debt
On July 26, 2021, the Company agreed with existing lenders and Exitus Capital (“Subordinated Creditor”) to enter into a zero-coupon subordinated loan agreement with Exitus Capital in an aggregate principal amount equal to $3.7 million (“Subordinated Debt”). No periodic interest payments are made and the loan is due on January 26, 2022, with an option to extend up to two additional six month terms. Net loan proceeds totaled $3.2 million, net of $0.5 million in debt discount. Payment of any and all of the Subordinated Debt shall be subordinate of all existing senior debt. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or bankruptcy proceedings, all senior debt shall first be paid in full before any distribution shall be made to the Subordinated Creditor. The loan is subject to a 36% annual interest moratorium if full payment is not made upon the maturity date.
Financial Covenants
The Monroe term loan and the convertible notes payable establish the following financial covenants for the consolidated group:
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio applies to the consolidated group and is determined in accordance with US GAAP. For each Computation Period, it is the ratio of (a) EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) minus permitted tax distributions (or other provisions for taxes based on income) made during the Computation Period, minus all unfinanced capital expenditures made thereby in such Computation Period to (b) fixed charges (as defined in the credit agreement).
Capital Expenditures. Requires the Company’s aggregate capital expenditures in any fiscal year to not exceed the capital expenditures limit for that fiscal year.
Total Leverage Ratio. The Total Leverage Ratio applies to the consolidated group and is determined in accordance with US GAAP. It is calculated as of the last day of any Computation Period as the ratio of (a) total debt (as defined in credit agreement) to (b) EBITDA for the Computation Period ending on such day.
F-21
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 8 — Long-term Debt (cont.) |
As of September 30, 2021, the Company was in default of the Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenants. The closing of the amendment dated November 15, 2021, reset the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio covenant ratios for the compliance periods between September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2022, effectively waiving the Company’s default of the Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the period September 30, 2021.
Per the amendment dated November 15, 2021, the amended covenants that will be in place as of September 30, 2021 will be the following:
Computation Period Ending |
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to exceed |
Total Leverage Ratio not to exceed |
||
September 30, 2021 |
0.20:1.00 |
18.00:1.00 |
||
December 31, 2021 and March 31, 2022 |
0.20:1.00 |
6.10:1.00 |
||
June 30, 2022 and September 30, 2022 |
0.20:1.00 |
4.00:1.00 |
||
December 31, 2022 and each Computation Period ending thereafter |
1.00:1.00 |
4.00:1.00 |
The capital expenditure annual limit that will be in place as of December 31, 2021 will be the following:
Computation Period Ending |
Capital Expenditure Annual Limit |
||
December 31, 2021 and the Computation Periods ending March 31, June 30,
|
$ |
2.10 million |
|
December 31, 2022 and each Computation Period ending thereafter |
$ |
2.20 million |
Note 9 — Other (Expense) Income
Items included in other (expense) income in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows:
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended
|
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||||
Foreign exchange (loss) gain |
$ |
(790 |
) |
$ |
3,109 |
|
$ |
(1,530 |
) |
$ |
(1,289 |
) |
||||
Forgiveness of PPP loans |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,306 |
|
|
— |
|
||||
Gain on disposition of a business |
|
— |
|
|
129 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,381 |
|
||||
Interest income |
|
20 |
|
|
36 |
|
|
66 |
|
|
85 |
|
||||
Other non-operating expense |
|
(81 |
) |
|
(272 |
) |
|
(278 |
) |
|
(507 |
) |
||||
Total other (expense) income |
$ |
(851 |
) |
$ |
3,002 |
|
$ |
(436 |
) |
$ |
(330 |
) |
Note 10 — Income Taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) and effective income tax rate were as follows for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended
|
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
$ |
96 |
|
$ |
1,012 |
|
$ |
(13 |
) |
$ |
2,460 |
|
||||
Effective tax rates |
|
(0.9 |
)% |
|
(10.8 |
)% |
|
0.1 |
% |
|
(14.3 |
)% |
The Company computes its year-to-date provision for income taxes by applying the estimated annual effective tax rate to year-to-date pretax income or loss and adjusts the provision for discrete tax items recorded in the period.
F-22
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 10 — Income Taxes (cont.) |
For the three months ended September 30, 2021, the Company reported a tax expense of $0.1 million on a pretax loss of $10.7 million which resulted in a negative effective tax rate of 0.9%. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory rate of 21% due to the mix of earnings in international jurisdictions with relatively higher tax rates and losses incurred in jurisdictions for which no tax benefit is recognized.
For the three months ended September 30, 2020, the Company reported a tax expense of $1.0 million on a pretax loss of $9.3 million, which resulted in a negative effective tax rate of 10.8%. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. Statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the mix of earnings in international jurisdictions with relatively higher tax rates, discrete tax items recorded in the third quarter related to impairment charges, and losses incurred in jurisdictions for which no tax benefit is recognized.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company reported a nominal tax benefit on a pretax loss of $14.1 million which resulted in an effective tax rate of 0.1%. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory rate of 21% due to losses incurred in jurisdictions for which no tax benefit is recognized.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company reported a tax expense of $2.5 million on a pretax loss of $17.2 million, which resulted in a negative effective tax rate of 14.3%. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. Statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the mix of earnings in international jurisdictions with relatively higher tax rates, discrete tax items recorded in the third quarter related to impairment charges, and losses incurred in jurisdictions for which no tax benefit is recognized.
Note 11 — Net Revenues
Disaggregated revenues by contract type and the timing of revenue recognition are as follows:
Timing of Revenue Recognition |
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended
|
||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||
Revenues by Contract Type |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Time and materials |
overtime |
$ |
33,858 |
$ |
34,730 |
$ |
96,650 |
$ |
112,786 |
|||||
Fixed price |
overtime |
|
6,562 |
|
5,384 |
|
19,923 |
|
16,727 |
|||||
Total |
$ |
40,420 |
$ |
40,114 |
$ |
116,573 |
$ |
129,513 |
Liabilities by contract related to contracts with customers
As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, deferred revenues were $1.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized revenue of $1.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, that was deferred in the previous period.
Major Customers
The Company derived 13%, 10% and 10% of its revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from three significant customers, as well as 15%, 14% and 12% of our revenues for the three months September 30, 2020 from three significant customers. In addition, the Company derived 13% and 10% of its revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from two significant customers, as well as 19%, 13% and 12% of our revenues for the nine months September 30, 2020 from three significant customers. Sales to these customers occur at multiple locations and the Company believes that the loss of these customers would have only a short-term impact on our operating results. There is risk, however, that the Company would not be able to identify and access a replacement market at comparable margins.
F-23
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 12 — Segment Reporting and Geographic Information
The Company operates as a single operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the CEO, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.
The following table presents the Company’s geographic net revenues based on the geographic market where revenues are accumulated, as determined by customer location:
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended
|
|||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||
United States |
$ |
26,925 |
$ |
28,212 |
$ |
76,868 |
$ |
88,927 |
||||
Latin America |
|
13,495 |
|
11,902 |
|
39,705 |
|
40,586 |
||||
Total |
$ |
40,420 |
$ |
40,114 |
$ |
116,573 |
$ |
129,513 |
The following table presents certain of our long-lived assets by geographic area, which includes property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right of use assets, net:
(in thousands USD) |
September 30, 2021 |
December 31, 2020 |
||||
United States |
$ |
6,351 |
$ |
7,748 |
||
Latin America |
|
3,584 |
|
3,803 |
||
Total long-lived assets |
$ |
9,935 |
$ |
11,551 |
Note 13 — Restructuring
Restructuring expenses consist of costs associated with the ongoing reorganization of our business operations and expense re-alignment efforts, which primarily relate to severance costs from workforce reductions due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and organizational changes to capture synergies from past acquisitions as we move toward one global AgileThought. We also incurred an immaterial amount of facility-related exit costs. When business slowed as a result of COVID-19, there was a reduction in force to control expenses, as not all resources could be usefully reallocated. As of September 30, 2021, the majority of the COVID-related expenses had been paid. At this time, we do not anticipate material additional restructuring charges related to COVID-19, and remaining payments will occur in 2021.
In December 2020, the Company communicated a restructuring plan to transition to an integrated, one AgileThought approach rather than managing recent acquisitions and regions separately. By creating a global organization for the information technology, human resources, and finance functions, the Company was able to capture synergies, resulting in the elimination of certain positions. The Company incurred severance costs related to these terminations, and all activity is expected to be completed by March 31, 2022.
The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring activities included in accrued liabilities:
(in thousands USD) |
One AgileThought |
COVID
|
Restructuring Total |
||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2020 |
$ |
2,222 |
$ |
717 |
|
$ |
2,939 |
|
|||
Restructuring charges |
|
— |
|
(113 |
) |
|
(113 |
) |
|||
Payments |
|
1,974 |
|
514 |
|
|
2,488 |
|
|||
Balance as of September 30, 2021 |
$ |
248 |
$ |
90 |
|
$ |
338 |
|
F-24
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 14 — Warrants
The Company reviewed the accounting for both its public warrants and private warrants and determined that its public warrants should be accounted for as equity while the private warrants should be accounted for as liabilities in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In connection with the Business Combination, each public and private placement warrant of LIVK was assumed by the Company and represents the right to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock upon exercise of such warrant. The fair value of private placement warrants was remeasured as of September 30, 2021. Refer to Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for additional information.
As of September 30, 2021, there were 8,050,000 public warrants and 2,811,250 private placement warrants outstanding.
As part of LIVK’s initial public offering, 8,050,000 public warrants (“Public Warrants”) were sold. The Public Warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants became exercisable when the Company completed an effective registration statement. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
Additionally, LIVK consummated a private placement of 2,811,250 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”). The Private Placement Warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants were not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis and are non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants are redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.
The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No Public Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Public Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available.
Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:
• in whole and not in part;
• at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
• upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder and if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations), for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period commencing after the warrants become exercisable and ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders; and
• if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the Class A common stock underlying such warrants.
F-25
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 14 — Warrants (cont.) |
If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants.
Note 15 — Stockholders’ Equity
As a result of the Business Combination, the Company authorized two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and preferred stock.
Class A Common Stock
As of September 30, 2021, the Company has 210,000,000 shares of Class A common stock authorized, and 41,970,915 shares issued and outstanding. Class A common stock has par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share.
Preferred Stock
Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock having par value of $0.0001 per share. The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to determine preferences, privileges, and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares. As of September 30, 2021, no shares were issued and outstanding.
Prior to the Business Combination, the Company had three classes of equity: Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares and redeemable convertible preferred stock.
Class A and Class B Shares
As of December 31, 2020, the capital stock is represented by 431,682 Class A Shares and 37,538 Class B Shares. Holders of Class A Shares were entitled to one vote per share and Holders of Class B Shares are not entitled to vote. The common shares have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. In connection with the Business Combination, the Company converted its Class A and Class B ordinary shares outstanding into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. As of September 30, 2021, no shares of Class A and Class B were outstanding.
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
On February 2, 2021, LIV Capital Acquisition Corp (“LIVK”), related parties to LIVK (and together with LIVK, the “Equity Investors”) and the Company entered into an equity contribution agreement. Per the agreement, the Equity Investors purchased 2 million shares of a newly created class of preferred stock at a purchase price of $10 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $20 million.
The redeemable convertible preferred stock would be redeemable for an amount in cash equal to the greater of $15 per share (the “Required Price”), or $10 per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock plus 18% interest if the Business Combination did not occur (defined in the agreement as the “Required Return”), other than as a result of LIVK’s failure to negotiate in good faith or failure to satisfy or perform any of its obligations under the merger agreement.
F-26
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 15 — Stockholders’ Equity (cont.) |
Additionally, the redeemable convertible preferred stock would be convertible into common shares of the Company either on a one to one basis in the event of the closing of the merger agreement, or if the merger agreement were terminated and the Company subsequently consummated an initial public offering, into a number of common shares of the Company equal to the Required Return divided by 0.9, or $16.6667, multiplied by the price at which the shares of voting common stock of the Company are initially priced in such initial public offering.
The redeemable convertible preferred stock had no voting and dividend rights until converted into common stock and had a liquidation preference equal to the amount of the Required Return.
The Company concluded that because the redemption and conversion features of the Preferred Stock were outside of the control of the Company, the instrument was recorded as temporary or mezzanine equity in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Series Release No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stocks.
In connection with the Business Combination, all redeemable convertible preferred stock was converted into shares of Class A common stock on a one for one basis. As of September 30, 2021, no shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock were outstanding.
Note 16 — Loss Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share, retroactively restated based on the Business Combination, attributable to common stockholders:
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended
|
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands USD, except share and loss per share data) |
2021 |
2020 |
2021 |
2020 |
||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted |
$ |
(10,599 |
) |
$ |
(10,327 |
) |
$ |
(14,053 |
) |
$ |
(19,556 |
) |
||||
Weighted average number of common stock – basic and diluted |
|
37,633,267 |
|
|
34,557,480 |
|
|
35,612,677 |
|
|
34,557,480 |
|
||||
Net loss per common stock – basic and diluted |
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
$ |
(0.30 |
) |
$ |
(0.39 |
) |
$ |
(0.57 |
) |
The following table presents securities that are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common stock as of the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:
September 30, |
||||
2021 |
2020 |
|||
Public and private placement warrants |
10,861,250 |
— |
||
Unvested stock based compensation awards with service and performance vesting conditions |
1,500 |
3,150 |
Note 17 — Equity-based Arrangements
The Company has granted various equity-based awards to its employees and board members as described below. The Company issues, authorized but unissued shares, for the settlement of equity-based awards.
2020 Equity Plan
On August 4, 2020, the Company adopted the 2020 Equity Plan with the intent to encourage and retain certain of the Company’s senior employees, as well as board members. Pursuant to the 2020 Equity Plan, senior employees may receive up to 7,465 of Class A restricted stock units (“RSUs”) subject to time-based vesting and the occurrence
F-27
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 17 — Equity-based Arrangements (cont.) |
of a liquidity event while board members may receive up to 300 Class A RSUs subject to time-based vesting. The awards were granted on August 4, 2020 and generally vest ratably over a three-year service period on each successive August 4th. The grant date fair value for the RSUs under the 2020 Equity Plan was approximately $5.8 million.
On May 9, 2021, the Company announced the acceleration of 1,372 performance-based RSUs that the Board previously granted which covered shares of the Company’s Class A common stock pursuant to the Company’s 2020 Equity Plan. The liquidity requirement of the accelerated of RSU’s was removed per the Board approval on August 19, 2021. The acceleration of RSUs became effective immediately prior to the Business Combination. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized $1.0 million of equity-based compensation expense related to acceleration of RSUs pursuant to the 2020 Equity Plan.
On May 9, 2021 and August 16, 2021, the Company entered into RSU cancellation agreements with existing shareholders, cancelling a total of 4,921 RSUs. The RSU cancellation agreements were effective immediately prior to the Business Combination. Additionally, the remaining 1,472 RSUs were forfeited.
Additionally, during the three months ended September 30, 2021, the Company granted additional fully vested stock awards covering shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation expense related to this award recognized during the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $5.5 million.
Expense during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 related to board members’ RSUs pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
AgileThought, LLC PIP
In connection with the AgileThought, LLC acquisition in July 2019, the Company offered a performance incentive plan (“AT PIP”) to key AgileThought, LLC employees. Pursuant to the AT PIP, participants may receive up to an aggregate of 3,150 Class A shares based on the achievement of certain EBITDA -based performance metrics during each of the fiscal years as follows: up to 1,050 shares for 2020, up to 1,050 shares for 2021, and up to 1,050 shares for 2022. The EBITDA-based performance metric was not met in 2020 and the related awards were cancelled. The remaining AT PIP will be paid to the participants as follows:
Performance incentive 2021: 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2022; and the remaining 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2023
Performance incentive 2022: 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2023; and the remaining 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2024.
Participants do not begin to vest in the performance share units (“PSUs”) granted under the AT PIP until January 1, 2020. In order to qualify for payment, the Participant: (a) has to be actively employed by the Company or one of its affiliates, and (b) has to not have breached any of his or her noncompetition covenants in the definitive documents. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not recognize any equity-based compensation expense related to this plan as performance metrics were not probable of being achieved. The grant date fair value for the PSUs under the AT PIP was approximately $1.2 million.
4th Source Performance Incentive Plan
On November 15, 2018, the Company acquired 4th Source and offered shares to key 4th Source employees under a Performance Incentive Plan (“the 4th Source PIP”).
Pursuant to the 4th Source PIP, participants may receive up to an aggregate of 8,394 shares based on the achievement of certain EBITDA-based performance metrics during each of the fiscal years as follows: up to 3,222 shares for 2018, up to 4,528 shares for 2019, and up to 644 shares for 2020. The EBITDA-based performance metric was not met in 2020 and the related PSUs were cancelled. As of September 30, 2021 the 4th Source PIP has been cancelled.
F-28
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 17 — Equity-based Arrangements (cont.) |
The grant date fair value for the PSUs was approximately $2.9 million. The Company estimated the fair value of the awards that are subject to service-based vesting requirements and performance vesting requirements, based upon our common shares’ fair value, as of the grant dates.
AgileThought Inc. Management Performance Share Plan
In 2018, the Company adopted the Management Performance Share Plan, which provides for the issuance of PSUs. These awards representing an aggregate of 1,232 Class A shares vest upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, attainment of certain performance metrics and service-based vesting criteria. On May 9, 2021 and August 16, 2021, the Company entered into RSU cancellation agreements with existing shareholders, cancelling a total of 1,232 RSUs pursuant to the 2018 AN Management Compensation Plan. The RSU cancellation agreements were effective immediately prior to the Business Combination.
2017 AN Management Stock Compensation Plan
On May 9, 2021 and August 16, 2021, the Company entered into RSU cancellation agreements with existing shareholders, cancelling a total of 1,880 RSUs pursuant to the 2017 AN Management Compensation Plan. The RSU cancellation agreements were effective immediately prior to the Business Combination.
The following table summarizes all of our equity-based awards activity for the plans described above:
Number of Awards |
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||
Awards outstanding as of December 31, 2020 |
20,127 |
|
$ |
577.18 |
||
Awards granted |
— |
|
|
— |
||
Awards forfeited/cancelled |
(17,255 |
) |
|
569.80 |
||
Awards vested |
(1,372 |
) |
|
745.92 |
||
Awards outstanding as of September 30, 2021 |
1,500 |
|
$ |
389.00 |
||
|
|
|||||
Awards vested as of September 30, 2021 |
1,372 |
|
$ |
745.92 |
||
Awards unvested as of September 30, 2021 |
1,500 |
|
$ |
389.00 |
As of September 30, 2021, the Company had $0.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the AT PIP. The unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the AT PIP is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.8 years.
Note 18 — Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is, from time to time, involved in certain legal proceedings, inquiries, claims and disputes, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although management cannot predict the outcomes of these matters, management does not believe these actions will have a material, adverse effect on the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations or Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had labor lawsuits in process, whose resolution is pending. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company has recorded liabilities for labor lawsuits and/or litigation of $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively.
F-29
AgileThought, Inc. |
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Note 19 — Subsequent Events
On September 30, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to extend the due date of the $4.0 million in principal payments previously due for April, May, June and July, on the First Lien Facility from September 30, 2021 to October 15, 2021. On October 14, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to extend the due date from October 15, 2021 to October 29, 2021. On October 29, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to further extend the due date from October 29, 2021 to November 19, 2021.
On November 15, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to reset the First Lien Facility’s Total Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenants for the quarterly periods of September 30, 2021 to December 31, 2022. In return, the Company was required to make a $20 million principal prepayment, which included the $4 million principal payment due November 19, 2021, payable November 29, 2021. The Company made the $20 million principal payment with proceeds from the debt financing from related party shareholders, as described below. Furthermore, the Company agreed to issue $30 million worth of Class A Common Stock to the administrative agent for the First Lien Facility by December 15, 2021, which subject to certain terms and regulatory restrictions, may sell the Company’s Class A Common Stock and apply the proceeds to the outstanding balance of the loan. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the administrative agent to purchase $7 million worth of AgileThought’s Class A Common Stock for nominal consideration; this amount will reduce to $5 million if the First Lien Facility is paid in full on or before February 28, 2022. The warrants will be issued on the date that all amounts under the First Lien Facility have been paid in full. The First Lien lenders charged an additional $2.9 million fee paid upon the end of the term loan in exchange for the amended terms. As of September 30, 2021, total fees payable at the end of the term loan, including fees recognized from prior amendments, totaled $6.9 million. As of the issuance of these financial statements, the Company has received letters of best efforts from certain existing shareholders to provide additional debt financing in the form of convertible debt for up to $25 million. Management believes it is probable that such debt financing will be finalized and received during the fourth quarter of 2021. These shareholders understand proceeds from the debt financing will be applied to satisfy our immediate $20 million payment due for the First Lien Facility on November 29, 2021. Refer to Note 8, Long-term Debt, for additional information.
Management has evaluated all subsequent events until November 15, 2021, when the condensed consolidated financial statements were issued. Accordingly, where applicable, the notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements have been updated and adjustments to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements have been reflected.
F-30
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
AgileThought, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AgileThought, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
Dallas, Texas
May 5, 2021
F-31
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2020 and 2019
December 31, |
||||||||
(In thousands USD, except share data) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
||||
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
$ |
9,432 |
|
$ |
6,366 |
|
||
Accounts receivable, net |
|
23,800 |
|
|
43,797 |
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
3,940 |
|
|
2,547 |
|
||
Current tax assets |
|
10,776 |
|
|
9,116 |
|
||
Total current assets |
|
47,948 |
|
|
61,826 |
|
||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
3,428 |
|
|
3,203 |
|
||
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets |
|
88,809 |
|
|
106,816 |
|
||
Finite-lived intangible assets, net |
|
71,511 |
|
|
82,823 |
|
||
Operating lease right of use assets, net |
|
8,123 |
|
|
10,823 |
|
||
Other noncurrent assets |
|
463 |
|
|
1,101 |
|
||
Total noncurrent assets |
|
172,334 |
|
|
204,766 |
|
||
Total assets |
$ |
220,282 |
|
$ |
266,592 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and equity |
|
|
|
|
||||
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accounts payable |
$ |
16,486 |
|
$ |
19,866 |
|
||
Accrued liabilities |
|
15,080 |
|
|
18,777 |
|
||
Income taxes payable |
|
164 |
|
|
3,893 |
|
||
Other taxes payable |
|
8,203 |
|
|
4,247 |
|
||
Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
|
3,286 |
|
|
3,380 |
|
||
Deferred revenue |
|
2,143 |
|
|
3,246 |
|
||
Current portion of obligation for contingent purchase price |
|
8,104 |
|
|
10,066 |
|
||
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
11,380 |
|
|
6,473 |
|
||
Total current liabilities |
|
64,846 |
|
|
69,948 |
|
||
Obligation for contingent purchase price, net of current portion |
|
2,200 |
|
|
12,555 |
|
||
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
|
125,963 |
|
|
115,334 |
|
||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
|
3,073 |
|
|
2,823 |
|
||
Operating lease liability, net of current portion |
|
5,010 |
|
|
7,561 |
|
||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
|
992 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Total liabilities |
|
202,084 |
|
|
208,221 |
|
||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18) |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Equity |
|
|
|
|
||||
Class A shares $.001 par value, 1,500,000 shares authorized, 431,682 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Class B shares $.001 par value, 1,600,000 shares authorized, 37,538 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
101,497 |
|
|
101,286 |
|
||
Accumulated deficit |
|
(66,181 |
) |
|
(40,004 |
) |
||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
(16,981 |
) |
|
(3,074 |
) |
||
Total equity attributable to the Company |
|
18,335 |
|
|
58,208 |
|
||
Noncontrolling interests |
|
(137 |
) |
|
163 |
|
||
Total equity |
|
18,198 |
|
|
58,371 |
|
||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ |
220,282 |
|
$ |
266,592 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-32
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(In thousands USD, except share data) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
Net revenues |
$ |
163,987 |
|
$ |
173,695 |
|
$ |
110,527 |
|
|||
Cost of revenue |
|
113,465 |
|
|
114,447 |
|
|
73,506 |
|
|||
Gross profit |
|
50,522 |
|
|
59,248 |
|
|
37,021 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
31,955 |
|
|
33,854 |
|
|
22,101 |
|
|||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
6,959 |
|
|
6,401 |
|
|
3,878 |
|
|||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations |
|
(6,600 |
) |
|
2,349 |
|
|
(3,799 |
) |
|||
Equity-based compensation expense |
|
211 |
|
|
1,689 |
|
|
1,506 |
|
|||
Impairment charges |
|
16,699 |
|
|
6,639 |
|
|
547 |
|
|||
Restructuring expenses |
|
5,524 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Other operating expenses, net |
|
6,997 |
|
|
3,285 |
|
|
604 |
|
|||
Total operating expense |
|
61,745 |
|
|
54,217 |
|
|
24,837 |
|
|||
Income (loss) from operations |
|
(11,223 |
) |
|
5,031 |
|
|
12,184 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Interest expense |
|
(17,293 |
) |
|
(13,046 |
) |
|
(3,603 |
) |
|||
Other income (expense) |
|
4,525 |
|
|
(2,654 |
) |
|
(2,309 |
) |
|||
Income (loss) before income tax |
|
(23,991 |
) |
|
(10,669 |
) |
|
6,272 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax expense |
|
2,341 |
|
|
5,474 |
|
|
2,158 |
|
|||
Net income (loss) |
|
(26,332 |
) |
|
(16,143 |
) |
|
4,114 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
|
(155 |
) |
|
564 |
|
|
(188 |
) |
|||
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company |
$ |
(26,177 |
) |
$ |
(16,707 |
) |
$ |
4,302 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings (loss) per share (Note 16): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Basic Class A |
$ |
(54.87 |
) |
$ |
(37.07 |
) |
$ |
9.84 |
|
|||
Diluted Class A |
$ |
(54.87 |
) |
$ |
(37.07 |
) |
$ |
7.80 |
|
|||
Basic and Diluted Class B |
$ |
(54.87 |
) |
$ |
(37.07 |
) |
$ |
9.84 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted average number of shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Basic Class A |
|
439,530 |
|
|
413,192 |
|
|
399,733 |
|
|||
Diluted Class A |
|
439,530 |
|
|
413,192 |
|
|
407,255 |
|
|||
Basic and Diluted Class B |
|
37,538 |
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
37,538 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-33
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(In thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ |
(26,332 |
) |
$ |
(16,143 |
) |
$ |
4,114 |
|
|||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
(14,052 |
) |
|
3,231 |
|
|
(185 |
) |
|||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
|
(40,384 |
) |
|
(12,912 |
) |
|
3,929 |
|
|||
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
|
(300 |
) |
|
35 |
|
|
(177 |
) |
|||
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company |
$ |
(40,084 |
) |
$ |
(12,947 |
) |
$ |
4,106 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-34
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(In thousands USD, except share data) |
U.S. Shares |
Additional paid-in capital |
Accumulated deficit |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
Non- controlling interests |
Total Stockholders’ Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mexico Shares |
Class A |
Class B |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares |
Value |
Shares |
Par value |
Shares |
Par
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2017 |
432,356 |
|
$ |
85,395 |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
(27,599 |
) |
$ |
(6,638 |
) |
$ |
305 |
|
$ |
51,463 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
4,302 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(188 |
) |
|
4,114 |
|
|||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
1,506 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,506 |
|
|||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(196 |
) |
|
11 |
|
|
(185 |
) |
|||||||||||
December 31, 2018 |
432,356 |
|
|
85,395 |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
1,506 |
|
(23,297 |
) |
|
(6,834 |
) |
|
128 |
|
|
56,898 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Redomiciling in the United States (See Note 1) |
(432,356 |
) |
|
(85,395 |
) |
394,818 |
|
— |
37,538 |
|
— |
|
85,395 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(16,707 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
564 |
|
|
(16,143 |
) |
|||||||||||
Shares issued in connection with contingent purchase price |
— |
|
|
— |
|
35,415 |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
12,696 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
12,696 |
|
|||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
1,449 |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
1,689 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,689 |
|
|||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
3,760 |
|
|
(529 |
) |
|
3,231 |
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2019 |
— |
|
|
— |
|
431,682 |
|
— |
37,538 |
|
— |
|
101,286 |
|
(40,004 |
) |
|
(3,074 |
) |
|
163 |
|
|
58,371 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(26,177 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
(26,332 |
) |
|||||||||||
Equity-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
211 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
211 |
|
|||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(13,907 |
) |
|
(145 |
) |
|
(14,052 |
) |
|||||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
431,682 |
$ |
— |
37,538 |
$ |
— |
$ |
101,497 |
$ |
(66,181 |
) |
$ |
(16,981 |
) |
$ |
(137 |
) |
$ |
18,198 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-35
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(In thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ |
(26,332 |
) |
$ |
(16,143 |
) |
$ |
4,114 |
|
|||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Accretion of interest from convertible notes |
|
4,380 |
|
|
1,573 |
|
|
— |
|
|||
(Gain on forgiveness) loss on extinguishment of debt |
|
(142 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
524 |
|
|||
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets |
|
16,699 |
|
|
6,639 |
|
|
547 |
|
|||
Provision for bad debt expense |
|
11 |
|
|
70 |
|
|
80 |
|
|||
Equity-based compensation |
|
211 |
|
|
1,689 |
|
|
1,506 |
|
|||
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment |
|
43 |
|
|
26 |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Right-of-use asset amortization |
|
2,899 |
|
|
2,266 |
|
|
1,113 |
|
|||
Foreign currency remeasurement |
|
(3,597 |
) |
|
1,962 |
|
|
2,194 |
|
|||
Deferred income tax provision |
|
1,398 |
|
|
1,135 |
|
|
(277 |
) |
|||
Obligations for contingent purchase price |
|
(6,240 |
) |
|
2,349 |
|
|
(3,799 |
) |
|||
Gain on divestiture, net of cash retained |
|
(1,302 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Amortization of debt issue costs |
|
925 |
|
|
728 |
|
|
116 |
|
|||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
6,959 |
|
|
6,401 |
|
|
3,878 |
|
|||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Accounts receivable |
|
16,866 |
|
|
444 |
|
|
(3,503 |
) |
|||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
(1,393 |
) |
|
(55 |
) |
|
(988 |
) |
|||
Accounts payable |
|
(3,380 |
) |
|
2,911 |
|
|
(16,210 |
) |
|||
Accrued liabilities |
|
(3,697 |
) |
|
(1,872 |
) |
|
16,526 |
|
|||
Deferred revenues |
|
(1,103 |
) |
|
647 |
|
|
1,131 |
|
|||
Other current tax assets |
|
2,296 |
|
|
(4,967 |
) |
|
1,284 |
|
|||
Income taxes payable |
|
(3,729 |
) |
|
2,919 |
|
|
1,736 |
|
|||
Lease liabilities |
|
(2,838 |
) |
|
(2,216 |
) |
|
(1,023 |
) |
|||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
(1,066 |
) |
|
6,506 |
|
|
8,949 |
|
|||
Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired |
|
— |
|
|
(47,250 |
) |
|
(50,629 |
) |
|||
Sale of a business, net of cash and cash equivalents |
|
— |
|
|
890 |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
|
(1,585 |
) |
|
(676 |
) |
|
(1,522 |
) |
|||
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
(1,585 |
) |
|
(47,036 |
) |
|
(52,151 |
) |
|||
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Proceeds from loans |
|
13,370 |
|
|
51,500 |
|
|
96,059 |
|
|||
Payments of debt issue costs |
|
— |
|
|
(1,358 |
) |
|
(3,495 |
) |
|||
Repayments of borrowings |
|
(2,450 |
) |
|
(2,161 |
) |
|
(33,288 |
) |
|||
Payments of contingent consideration |
|
(4,314 |
) |
|
(14,360 |
) |
|
(10,696 |
) |
|||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
6,606 |
|
|
33,621 |
|
|
48,580 |
|
|||
Effect of exchange rates on cash |
|
(889 |
) |
|
(752 |
) |
|
(5,066 |
) |
|||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
3,066 |
|
|
(7,661 |
) |
|
312 |
|
|||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning
|
|
6,366 |
|
|
14,027 |
|
|
13,715 |
|
|||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the year (1) |
$ |
9,432 |
|
$ |
6,366 |
|
$ |
14,027 |
|
|||
$ |
176 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
7,808 |
|
____________
(1) Amount of restricted cash at end of period
F-36
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Year ended December 31, |
|||||||||
(In thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
||||||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities & cash flow information |
|
|
|
||||||
Contingent considerations paid in shares |
$ |
— |
$ |
12,696 |
$ |
— |
|||
Acquisition of business, paid with contingent consideration |
$ |
— |
$ |
11,200 |
$ |
— |
|||
Contingent consideration forgiven upon disposition of business |
$ |
1,413 |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
|||
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities |
$ |
572 |
$ |
7,804 |
$ |
5,139 |
|||
Forgiveness of loans |
$ |
142 |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
|||
Cash paid during the year for interest |
$ |
10,289 |
$ |
9,079 |
$ |
3,536 |
|||
Cash paid during the year for income tax |
$ |
2,532 |
$ |
4,322 |
$ |
547 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
F-37
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 1 — Organization and Basis of Consolidation and Presentation
Organization
AgileThought, Inc. (“AgileThought”) is a global provider of agile-first, end-to-end digital transformation services in the North American market using on-shore and near-shore delivery. As used in these financial statements, and unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”, “ours” and similar terms refer to AgileThought.
Prior to our incorporation in Delaware, we were a variable stock corporation organized under the laws of Mexico. We filed a Certificate of Domestication and a Certificate of Incorporation to become a Delaware corporation in February 2019 and changed our name to AN Global Inc. On October 23, 2019, we filed a Certificate of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to change our name to AgileThought, Inc., under which we operate today. As part of redomiciling and incorporating in the United States, Mexico-registered shares were converted into Class A and Class B common shares. Earnings per share for both years have been presented as though the share conversion took place on January 1, 2018.
Our mission is to fundamentally change the way people and organizations view, approach and achieve digital transformation. We combine our agile-first approach with expertise in next-generation technologies and our clients’ existing technology investments to help our clients overcome the challenges of digital transformation to innovate, build, run and continually improve new solutions at scale. We offer client-centric, on-shore and near-shore digital transformation services. Our professionals have direct industry operating expertise that allows them to assess the business context and the technology pain points that enterprises encounter. We leverage this expertise to create customized frameworks and solutions throughout clients’ digital transformation journeys. We invest in understanding the specific needs and requirements of our clients and tailor our services for them. We believe our personalized, hands-on approach allows us to demonstrate our differentiated capabilities and build trust and confidence with new clients and strengthen relationships with current ones. We leverage a model called AgileThought Scaled Framework, enhanced by elements such as continuous discovery, opportunity prioritization and team health, to rapidly and predictably deliver enterprise-level software solutions at scale. Our deep expertise in next-generation technologies facilitates our ability to provide enterprise-class capabilities in key areas of digital transformation.
AgileThought’s solutions are delivered through an end-to-end cycle that has the following phases:
Innovate — Our experienced teams provide consulting and training to organizations seeking to embrace and optimize an agile DevOps culture. We help our clients to rapidly adapt to the changing needs of their marketplace and their internal stakeholders.
Build — Build focuses on enterprise application development engineered to meet the complex ideation and development needs of a large, modern enterprise. Scalable high-performance teams offer deep technical and business skill sets in next-gen technologies and agile delivery across client, employee and partner ecosystems.
Run — The Run practice provides operational horsepower to optimize application performance as client technology landscape evolves. Run teams provide critical guidance, management, and real-time support to enhance the user experience and maximize return on investment.
AgileThought’s principal solutions are designed to build the best business outcomes enabling customers to:
• Transform their core business processes to compete in their market,
• Improve user engagement of customers and workers,
• Optimize digital infrastructure to meet digital-business requirements and
• Simplify their management (infrastructure and service delivery).
F-38
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 1 — Organization and Basis of Consolidation and Presentation (cont.)
The Company has complemented its organic growth with several strategic acquisitions. Most recently, we completed the acquisition of Agile Thought LLC and 4th Source, LLC (“4th Source”) in July 2019 and November 2018, respectively. The results of operations from these acquired businesses have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from each acquisition date. See Note 3 for additional disclosures related to these acquisitions.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) a global pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the global economy, disrupted global supply chains and created significant volatility and disruption across many industries, including Travel & Transportation, Restaurants, and traditional Retailers. While the Company’s exposure to these sectors is limited given our largest clients are in Financial Services, Healthcare, and E-Commerce (online retail), most sectors implemented some-level of cost-containment measures which did impact our 2020 revenues. In response, the Company took actions during 2020 and committed to restructuring plans and cost reduction initiatives to strengthen its financial position and operations (see Note 14 for further discussion). Additionally, the negative impacts of COVID-19 was a significant driver in the Company’s 2020 intangible asset impairment charges (see Note 7 for further discussion).
Although we are continuing to monitor and assess the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and clients, the ultimate impact of the outbreak in both the economic and operating fronts remains unknown.
Basis of Consolidation and Presentation
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Consolidated Financial Statements include AgileThought and all its subsidiaries and entities in which the Company maintains a controlling interest. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Further, certain estimates and assumptions include the direct and indirect impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The economic impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business depends on its severity and duration, which in turn depend on highly uncertain factors such as the nature and extent of containment efforts and the timing and efficacy of vaccines. The high level of uncertainty regarding this economic impact means that management’s estimates and assumptions are subject to change as the situation develops and new information becomes available. To the extent the actual results differ materially from these estimates and assumptions, the Company’s future financial statements could be materially affected. We also make significant estimates with respect to intangible assets, goodwill, depreciation, amortization, income taxes, equity-based compensation, contingencies, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired and obligations related to contingent consideration in connection with business combinations, and asset and liability valuations.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Account Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
Revenue is recognized when or as control of promised products or services are transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. In instances where revenue is recognized over time, the Company uses an appropriate input or output measurement method, typically based on the contract or labor volume.
F-39
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
The Company applies judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intention to pay based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience. If there is uncertainty about the receipt of payment for the services, revenue recognition is deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved. Our payment terms are based on customary business practices and can vary by region and customer type, but are generally 30-90 days. Since the term between invoicing and expected payment is less than a year, we do not adjust the transaction price for the effects of a financing component.
The Company may enter into arrangements that consist of any combination of our deliverables. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised deliverables, the Company determines whether promised deliverables are distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria are not met, the promised deliverables are accounted for as a single performance obligation. For arrangements with multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate consideration among the performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. The standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service on an individual basis to a customer. When not directly observable, the Company generally estimates standalone selling price by using the expected cost plus a margin approach. The Company reassesses these estimates on a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change.
Revenues related to software maintenance services are recognized over the period the services are provided using an output method that is consistent with the way in which value is delivered to the customer.
Revenues related to cloud hosting solutions, which include a combination of services including hosting and support services, and do not convey a license to the customer, are recognized over the period as the services are provided. These arrangements represent a single performance obligation.
For software license agreements that require significant customization of third-party software, the software license and related customization services are not distinct as the customization services may be complex in nature or significantly modify or customize the software license. Therefore, revenue is recognized as the services are performed in accordance with an output method which measures progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation.
Revenues related to our non-hosted third-party software license arrangements that do not require significant modification or customization of the underlying software are recognized when the software is delivered as control is transferred at a point in time.
Revenues related to consulting services (time-and-materials), transaction-based or volume-based contracts are recognized over the period the services are provided using an input method such as labor hours incurred.
The Company may enter into arrangements with third party suppliers to resell products or services, such as software licenses and hosting services. In such cases, the Company evaluates whether the Company is the principal (i.e., report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., report revenues on a net basis). In doing so, the Company first evaluates whether it controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer. In instances where the Company controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, the Company is the principal; otherwise, the Company is the agent. Determining whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the customer may require judgment.
Some of our service arrangements are subject to customer acceptance clauses. In these instances, the Company must determine whether the customer acceptance clause is substantive. This determination depends on whether the Company can independently confirm the product meets the contractually agreed-upon specifications or if the contract requires customer review and approval. When a customer acceptance is considered substantive, the Company does not recognize revenue until customer acceptance is obtained.
Client contracts sometimes include incentive payments received for discrete benefits delivered to clients or service level agreements and volume rebates that could result in credits or refunds to the client. Such amounts are estimated at contract inception and are adjusted at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.
F-40
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
Segments
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who has been identified as the CODM, reviews financial information at the consolidated group level in order to assess Company performance and allocate resources. As such, the Company has determined that it operates a single operating and reporting segment.
Fair value measurements
The Company records fair value of assets and liabilities in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value as the price received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity.
ASC 820 includes disclosures around fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reporting in one of three levels, which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are as follows:
Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2: Other valuations that include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets that are directly or indirectly observable.
Level 3: Valuations made through techniques in which one or more of its significant data are not observable.
See Note 4 for further discussion.
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents balances with major financial institutions. At times, these balances exceed federally insured limits. The Company periodically assesses the financial condition of these financial institutions where the funds are held and believes the credit risk is remote. In 2020, the Company held restricted cash in connection with litigation. In 2018, the Company held restricted cash in conjunction with a 2017 acquisition; these funds were associated with contingent consideration that was subsequently paid in 2019.
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced or to be invoiced amount, do not bear interest, and are due within one year or less. Amounts collected on trade accounts receivable are included in net cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As of January 1, 2020, the Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated credit losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio consistent with the requirements of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses of Financial Instruments. In establishing the required reserve, management considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances and current payment patterns, and current economic conditions that may affect a client’s ability to pay. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its clients.
F-41
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Expenditures for replacements and improvements are capitalized, whereas the costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred. The Company depreciates property, plant and equipment using the straight-line method over the following estimated economic useful lives of the assets:
Useful life
|
||
Furniture and fixtures |
5 – 10 |
|
Computer equipment |
3 – 5 |
|
Computer software |
3 |
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease term or the useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. When these assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the asset and related depreciation and amortization is relieved, and any gain or loss is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with its internal-use software. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, payroll and payroll-related expenses of employees, are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over three years, the estimated useful life of the software.
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We test for recoverability by comparing the sum of estimated future discounted cash flows to an asset’s carrying value. If we determine the carrying value is not recoverable, we calculate an impairment loss based on the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. The fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow approach.
Business combinations
The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, by recognizing the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquired business, measured at their acquisition date fair values. Contingent consideration is included within the acquisition cost and is recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date. A liability resulting from contingent consideration is re-measured to fair value as of each reporting date until the contingency is resolved, and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred within other operating expenses, net.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net assets purchased and is allocated to a reporting unit when the acquired business is integrated into the Company. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually. The Company changed its annual assessment date from December 31st to October 1st in 2020. The Company will also perform an assessment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may be more than its recoverable amount. Under FASB guidance, Management may first assess certain qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test.
When needed, the Company performs a quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment if it determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In the quantitative test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit with the respective carrying value. Management uses a combined
F-42
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
income and public company market approach to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
This analysis requires significant assumptions, such as estimated future cash flows, long-term growth rate estimates, weighted average cost of capital, and market multiples. The estimates used to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit change from year to year based on operating results, market conditions, and other factors. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and goodwill impairment for each reporting unit. See Note 7 for additional information on Goodwill.
Intangible assets
The Company has customer relationships (finite-lived intangible assets) and trade names (indefinite-lived intangible assets) on its Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed. We test for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of a finite-lived intangible asset may not be recoverable. Consistent with other long-lived assets, if we determine the carrying value is not recoverable, we calculate an impairment loss based on the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. The fair value is determined using the discounted cash flow approach of multi-period excess earnings.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are instead assessed for impairment annually and as needed. The Company changed its annual assessment from December 31st to October 1st in 2020. The Company will also perform an assessment whenever events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. An impairment loss is recognized if the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. The Company uses the relief from royalty method to determine the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. Refer to Note 7 for additional information.
Leases
The Company is a lessee in several non-cancellable leases, primarily for office space and computer equipment. The Company accounts for leases under ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”). We determine if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. For operating leases, the lease liability is initially measured at the present value of future lease payments at the lease commencement date. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability are comprised of the following:
• Fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments, owed over the lease term;
• Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the lease commencement date;
• Amounts expected to be payable under a Company-provided residual value guarantee; and
• The exercise price of a Company option to purchase the underlying asset if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the option.
Key estimates and judgments include how the Company determines (1) the discount rate it uses to calculate the present value of future lease payments and (2) lease term. These are described in more detail as follows:
• ASC 842 requires a lessee to calculate its lease liability using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, its incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Company cannot determine the interest rate implicit in the lease because it does not have access to the lessor’s estimated
F-43
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
residual value or the amount of the lessor’s deferred initial direct costs. Therefore, the Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate for the lease. This is the rate the Company would have to pay on a collateralized basis to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments under similar terms.
• The lease term for all of the Company’s leases includes the non-cancellable period of the lease plus any periods covered by a Company option to extend (or not to terminate) the lease that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise, or an option to extend (or not to terminate) the lease controlled by the lessor.
The right of use (“ROU”) asset is initially measured at the initial amount of the lease liability, adjusted for lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred less any lease incentives received. The ROU asset is subsequently amortized over the lease term. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Variable lease payments are immaterial and our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
The Company uses the long-lived assets impairment guidance in ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment — Overall, to determine whether an ROU asset is impaired, and if so, the amount of the impairment loss to recognize.
The Company has elected to apply the short-term lease recognition and measurement exemption and not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. The Company recognizes the lease payments associated with its short-term leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments associated with these leases are recognized and presented in the same manner as for all other Company leases.
We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, for which we have elected the practical expedient to account for as a single lease component. Additionally, for certain equipment leases, we apply a portfolio approach to effectively account for the operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities. Refer to Note 8 for additional information.
Foreign currency
The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are reported in US dollars. The Company has determined that its international subsidiaries’ functional currency is the local currency in each country. The translation of the functional currencies of subsidiaries into US dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date and for revenues and expense accounts using a monthly average exchange rate prevailing during the respective period. The gains or losses resulting from such translation are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of equity.
Monetary assets and liabilities of each subsidiary denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency are translated into their respective functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date. Transactions of each subsidiary in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency are translated into the respective functional currencies at the average monthly exchange rate prevailing during the period of the transaction. The gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
F-44
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases and all operating loss and tax credit carry forwards, if any. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws or rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Pursuant to FASB guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the tax position and also the past administrative practices and precedents of the taxing authority.
Equity-based compensation
We recognize and measure compensation expense for all equity-based awards based on the grant date fair value.
For performance share units (“PSUs”), we are required to estimate the probable outcome of the performance conditions in order to determine the equity-based compensation cost to be recorded over the vesting period. Vesting is tied to performance conditions that include the achievement of EBITDA-based metrics and/or the occurrence of a liquidity event.
The grant date fair value is determined based on the fair market value of the Company’s shares on the grant date of such awards. Because there is no public market for the Company’s equity, the Company determines the fair value of shares by using an income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow method, and in consideration of a number of objective and subjective factors, including the Company’s actual operating and financial performance, expectations of future performance, market conditions and liquidation events, among other factors.
Determining the fair value of equity-based awards requires estimates and assumptions, including estimates of the period the awards will be outstanding before they are exercised and future volatility in the price of our common shares. We periodically assess the reasonableness of our assumptions and update our estimates as required. If actual results differ significantly from our estimates, equity-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially affected. The Company’s accounting policy is to account for forfeitures of employee awards as they occur.
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) savings plan covering all U.S. employees. Participating employees may contribute a portion of their salary into the savings plan, subject to certain limitations. The Company matches 100% of the first 4% of each employee’s contributions and 50% of the next 1% of the employee’s base compensation contributed, with a maximum contribution of $6,000 per employee. Prior to April 2020, the Company match for the former 4th Source employees was 100% of each employee’s contributions up to 4% of the employee’s eligible earnings, with no maximum contribution per employee. All matching contributions vest immediately. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s matching contributions totaled $1.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and were expensed as incurred. Given 4th Source was acquired on November 15, 2018, the Company’s matching contributions in 2018 were minimal.
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Class A and B common shares have identical liquidation and distribution rights. The net earnings (loss) is allocated on a proportionate basis to Class A and B. Basic net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net earnings (loss) by the
F-45
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period using the if-converted or treasury stock method, as applicable. For purpose of this calculation, the convertible notes, contingent consideration payable in shares, and outstanding stock awards are considered and included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share, except for where the result would be anti-dilutive or the required conditions for issuance of common shares have not been met as of the balance sheet date. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period.
Commitments and contingencies
Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with such liabilities are expensed as incurred.
Accounting pronouncements
The authoritative bodies release standards and guidance, which are assessed by management for impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) not listed below were assessed and determined to be not applicable to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following standards were adopted by the Company during the current year:
• In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes accounting requirements for the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses from an incurred or probable methodology to a current expected credit loss methodology. Trade accounts receivable, including the allowance for credit losses, is the only financial instrument currently held by the Company that is in scope for ASU 2016-13. Effective January 1, 2020, we adopted this standard using the modified retrospective approach. This adoption had no cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2020 and no material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. See “Accounts Receivable” above for additional information.
• In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. The ASU modifies the capitalization requirements with respect to implementation costs incurred by the customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. This ASU was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2020, resulting in no material impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following recently released accounting standards have not yet been adopted by the Company:
• In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts in an entity’s own equity. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
• In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform. In response to concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs), and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable
F-46
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)
or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. This may impact the Company’s borrowing costs in which LIBOR is used as a reference. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
• In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes, to simplify the accounting for income taxes based on changes suggested by stakeholders as part of the FASB’s simplification initiative. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We expect to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2021. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
Note 3 — Business combinations
2019
On July 19, 2019, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in AgileThought, LLC for consideration of approximately $60.8 million. Total consideration was comprised of $49.6 million in cash, including a working capital adjustment, and $11.2 million in the estimated fair value of contingent consideration. We incurred $3.9 million in acquisition-related costs that are recognized in other operating expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Contingent consideration is based on AgileThought, LLC’s earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization for the three years ending June 30 following the date of acquisition. The fair value of the recognized liability for contingent consideration was estimated using an income approach. Refer to Note 4 for additional information.
AgileThought, LLC is a full-service software consulting firm that specializes in custom software development, user interface and experience design, rapid prototyping, managed cloud services, data analytics and collaboration, SharePoint and business intelligence solutions, and agile and DevOps consulting and training. The Company acquired AgileThought, LLC to further expand the Company’s services and positioning, and to provide long-term business relationships with reputable clients.
Goodwill is calculated as the difference between the acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred and the fair value of the net assets acquired, and represents the future economic benefits that we expect to achieve as a result of the acquisition. All of the goodwill recorded for the AgileThought, LLC acquisition is tax deductible.
The allocation of purchase price to the estimated fair value of the aggregate assets acquired and liabilities assumed was as follows:
(in thousands USD) |
Fair value |
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
2,325 |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
8,452 |
|
Unbilled client charges |
|
4,831 |
|
Prepaid expenses & other |
|
75 |
|
Prepaid insurance |
|
21 |
|
Security deposits |
|
72 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
1,094 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
29,300 |
|
Trade name |
|
8,300 |
|
Deferred tax asset |
|
1,679 |
|
Operating lease right of use assets |
|
6,995 |
|
Assets acquired |
|
63,144 |
F-47
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 3 — Business combinations (cont.)
(in thousands USD) |
Fair value |
||
Accounts payable |
|
1,469 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
2,595 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
2,846 |
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
6,995 |
|
Deferred tax liability |
|
1,679 |
|
Liabilities assumed |
|
15,584 |
|
Goodwill |
|
13,217 |
|
Total consideration |
$ |
60,777 |
2018
On November 15, 2018, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the common stock of 4th Source for cash consideration of approximately $52.8 million. 4th Source provides consulting, software development and application management services and was acquired to expand the Company’s healthcare industry knowledge, positioning, and to provide several long-time business relationships with reputable companies in healthcare and retail. We incurred $1.3 million in acquisition-related costs that are recognized in other operating expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Goodwill is calculated as the difference between the acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred and the fair value of the net assets acquired, and represents the future economic benefits that we expect to achieve as a result of the acquisition. All of the goodwill recorded for the 4th Source acquisition is tax deductible.
The allocation of purchase price to the estimated fair value of the aggregate assets acquired and liabilities assumed was as follows:
(in thousands USD) |
Fair value |
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
2,160 |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
5,189 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
594 |
|
Due from related party |
|
235 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
791 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
26,800 |
|
Operating lease right of use assets |
|
1,110 |
|
Trade name |
|
5,900 |
|
Deferred tax asset |
|
266 |
|
Assets acquired |
|
43,045 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
802 |
|
Accrued payroll and payroll taxes |
|
2,542 |
|
Accrued other expenses |
|
1,824 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
36 |
|
Current portion of income taxes payable |
|
342 |
|
Other liability |
|
811 |
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
1,110 |
|
Deferred tax liability |
|
266 |
|
Liabilities assumed |
|
7,733 |
|
Goodwill |
|
17,477 |
|
Total consideration |
$ |
52,789 |
F-48
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 3 — Business combinations (cont.)
Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Information
The unaudited supplemental pro forma information presented below includes the effects of the Company’s acquisitions of 4th Source and AgileThought, LLC as if the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects certain adjustments related to the acquisitions, such as to record certain adjustments resulting from purchase accounting, such as depreciation and amortization expense in connection with fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. The unaudited pro forma financial information is for illustrative purposes only and should not be relied upon as being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the acquisitions had actually occurred on that date, nor the results of operations in the future.
The following supplemental unaudited pro forma combined financial information assumes that the acquisitions had occurred as of January 1, 2018:
December 31, |
||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2019 |
2018 |
||||
Consolidated net revenues |
$ |
173,695 |
$ |
110,527 |
||
AgileThought, LLC |
|
44,543 |
|
73,283 |
||
4th Source |
|
— |
|
30,153 |
||
Pro forma combined revenues |
$ |
218,238 |
$ |
213,963 |
December 31, |
|||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||
Consolidated net income (loss) |
$ |
(16,143 |
) |
$ |
4,114 |
||
AgileThought, LLC |
|
3,258 |
|
|
7,180 |
||
4th Source |
|
— |
|
|
3,313 |
||
Pro forma combined net income (loss) |
$ |
(12,885 |
) |
$ |
14,607 |
Note 4 — Fair value measurements
The carrying amount of assets and liabilities including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated their fair value as of December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, due to the relative short maturity of these instruments.
Our debt is not actively traded and the fair value estimate is based on discounted estimated future cash flows or a fair value in-exchange assumption, which are significant unobservable inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Our convertible notes payable include the probability of a liquidity event. As such, these estimates are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The following table summarizes our debt instruments where fair value differs from carrying value:
Fair Value
|
December 31, 2020 |
December 31, 2019 |
||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
Carry Amount |
Fair Value |
Carry Amount |
Fair Value |
||||||||||
Bank credit agreement |
Level 3 |
$ |
93,388 |
$ |
92,363 |
$ |
95,816 |
$ |
95,816 |
|||||
Convertible notes payable |
Level 3 |
$ |
32,930 |
$ |
43,303 |
$ |
25,000 |
$ |
25,000 |
The above table excludes our revolving credit facility as these balances approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of our borrowings. The above table also excludes our PPP loans as the carrying value of the Company’s PPP loans approximates fair value based on the current yield for debt instruments with similar terms.
The Company carries its obligations for contingent purchase price at fair value. The Company recorded the acquisition-date fair value of these contingent liabilities based on the likelihood of contingent earn-out payments and stock issuances based on the underlying agreement terms. The earn-out payments and value of stock issuances are subsequently remeasured to fair value each reporting date using an income approach that is determined based on the present value of future cash flows using internal models. This estimate is classified as Level 3 in the fair
F-49
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 4 — Fair value measurements (cont.)
value hierarchy. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of the Company’s obligation for contingent purchase price are the discount rate, growth assumptions, and earnings thresholds. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the contingent liability used a discount rate of 13.5%. For all significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Level 3 liabilities, a change in one of the inputs would not necessarily result in a directionally similar change in the other inputs. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement.
The following table provides a roll-forward of the obligations for contingent purchase price:
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||||
Opening balance |
$ |
22,621 |
|
$ |
34,982 |
|
||
Contingent consideration payable in connection with acquisition |
|
— |
|
|
11,200 |
|
||
Cash payments |
|
(4,314 |
) |
|
(14,360 |
) |
||
Equity-based payments |
|
— |
|
|
(12,696 |
) |
||
Contingent consideration derecognized in connection with divesture of a business |
|
(1,413 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Change in fair value |
|
(6,600 |
) |
|
2,349 |
|
||
Accrued interest on the contingent consideration |
|
360 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations |
|
(350 |
) |
|
1,146 |
|
||
Ending balance |
|
10,304 |
|
|
22,621 |
|
||
Less: Current portion |
|
8,104 |
|
|
10,066 |
|
||
Obligation for contingent purchase price, net of current portion |
$ |
2,200 |
|
$ |
12,555 |
|
Note 5 — Balance sheet details
The following table provides detail of selected balance sheet items:
December 31, |
||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||||
Accounts receivable: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accounts receivables |
$ |
13,974 |
|
$ |
27,312 |
|
||
Unbilled accounts receivables |
|
7,578 |
|
|
12,686 |
|
||
Related party receivables – shareholders & key personnel |
|
1,305 |
|
|
1,491 |
|
||
Other receivables |
|
1,210 |
|
|
2,696 |
|
||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
(267 |
) |
|
(388 |
) |
||
Total accounts receivable, net |
$ |
23,800 |
|
$ |
43,797 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Income tax receivables |
$ |
1,119 |
|
$ |
77 |
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
2,821 |
|
|
2,470 |
|
||
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets |
$ |
3,940 |
|
$ |
2,547 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Accrued liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accrued wages, vacation & other employee related items |
$ |
5,871 |
|
$ |
4,209 |
|
||
Accrued interest |
|
2,223 |
|
|
3,175 |
|
||
Accrued incentive compensation |
|
795 |
|
|
2,442 |
|
||
Receipts not vouchered |
|
1,791 |
|
|
5,146 |
|
||
Other accrued liabilities |
|
4,400 |
|
|
3,805 |
|
||
Total accrued liabilities |
$ |
15,080 |
|
$ |
18,777 |
|
F-50
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 5 — Balance sheet details (cont.)
The following table is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
Beginning balance, January 1 |
$ |
388 |
|
$ |
436 |
|
$ |
346 |
|
|||
Charges to expense |
|
11 |
|
|
70 |
|
|
94 |
|
|||
Write-offs and recoveries |
|
(126 |
) |
|
(130 |
) |
|
(5 |
) |
|||
Foreign currency translation |
|
(6 |
) |
|
12 |
|
|
1 |
|
|||
Ending balance, December 31 |
$ |
267 |
|
$ |
388 |
|
$ |
436 |
|
Note 6 — Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following:
December 31, |
||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||||
Computer equipment |
$ |
3,727 |
|
$ |
3,187 |
|
||
Leasehold improvements |
|
2,333 |
|
|
2,079 |
|
||
Furniture and equipment |
|
1,631 |
|
|
1,622 |
|
||
Computer software |
|
1,475 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Transportation equipment |
|
107 |
|
|
114 |
|
||
|
9,273 |
|
|
7,002 |
|
|||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(5,845 |
) |
|
(3,799 |
) |
||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
$ |
3,428 |
|
$ |
3,203 |
|
Depreciation expense was $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company did not recognize impairment expense in 2020, 2019 or 2018.
Note 7 — Goodwill and intangible assets, net:
The Company performs an assessment each year to test goodwill for impairment, or more frequently in certain circumstances where impairment indicators arise. In the second quarter of 2020, the Company determined a triggering event had occurred requiring an interim impairment assessment resulting from the disposition of a business within the Commerce reporting unit. As a result, the Company recognized a $4.9 million non-cash impairment charge related to goodwill allocated to its Commerce reporting unit which is included within Impairment charges in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.
In the third quarter of 2020, we made organizational changes to adopt a customer-centric model and align operations around the two primary regions in which we operate (Latin America and the United States), resulting in a change in our reporting unit structure from five to two reporting units. Accordingly, we first assessed our goodwill for impairment under our previous five reporting unit structure as of September 30, 2020. Upon completion of this assessment, the Company determined that impairments existed in our Analytics and Cloud reporting units, resulting from negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, we recognized a $6.7 million non-cash impairment charge as of September 30, 2020, which is included within Impairment charges in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Subsequent to this review and after allocating goodwill to the two new reporting units based on relative fair value, the Company reassessed goodwill for impairment under the new regional reporting unit structure as of October 1st, our new annual testing date. The Company historically tested goodwill for impairment as of December 31st each year; however, in 2020, we elected to change the date of our annual goodwill impairment test to October 1st. We believe this new testing date allows the Company to better align the annual goodwill impairment testing procedures with the
F-51
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 7 — Goodwill and intangible assets, net: (cont.)
Company’s year-end financial reporting, as well as its annual budgeting and forecasting process. This change does not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. Based upon the October 1st assessments, no impairments existed for the new Latin America (“LATAM”) and United States (“USA”) reporting units.
The Company performed an assessment as of December 31, 2020, to identify potential indicators of impairment for our two reporting units. Among qualitative and quantitative factors considered, management reviewed key assumptions and information, including updated macroeconomic indicators that impact the markets we serve, and fourth quarter 2020 performance compared to forecast used in the last October 1st assessment. As a result, we did not identify impairment indicators and no interim impairment test for goodwill was performed as of December 31, 2020.
During 2019, we performed a quantitative assessment as of December 31st and determined that our Commerce reporting unit was impaired due to discontinued fixed-price projects and a shift in how the Company manages the reporting unit. Accordingly, we recognized a $6.5 million non-cash impairment charge which is included within Impairment charges in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no goodwill impairment charges recognized in 2018.
The following table presents goodwill by reporting unit and changes in goodwill through September 30, 2020:
(in thousands USD) |
Analytics |
Commerce |
Cloud |
Agile
|
Transformation |
Total |
|||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2018 |
$ |
14,922 |
|
$ |
12,853 |
|
$ |
5,717 |
|
$ |
17,477 |
$ |
27,416 |
|
$ |
78,385 |
|
||||||
Acquisitions |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
13,217 |
|
— |
|
|
13,217 |
|
||||||
Disposals |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
(494 |
) |
|
(494 |
) |
||||||
Impairments |
|
— |
|
|
(6,480 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(6,480 |
) |
||||||
Foreign currency translation |
|
644 |
|
|
505 |
|
|
248 |
|
|
— |
|
959 |
|
|
2,356 |
|
||||||
December 31, 2019 |
|
15,566 |
|
|
6,878 |
|
|
5,965 |
|
|
30,694 |
|
27,881 |
|
|
86,984 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Disposals |
|
— |
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(69 |
) |
||||||
Impairments |
|
(5,652 |
) |
|
(4,915 |
) |
|
(1,027 |
) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(11,594 |
) |
||||||
Foreign currency translation |
|
(2,431 |
) |
|
(1,243 |
) |
|
(932 |
) |
|
— |
|
(3,716 |
) |
|
(8,322 |
) |
||||||
September 30, 2020 |
$ |
7,483 |
|
$ |
651 |
|
$ |
4,006 |
|
$ |
30,694 |
$ |
24,165 |
|
$ |
66,999 |
|
As discussed above, we revised our reporting unit structure on October 1, 2020. The following table presents changes in the goodwill balances for the fourth quarter of 2020:
(in thousands USD) |
LATAM |
USA |
Total |
||||||
October 1, 2020 |
$ |
36,305 |
$ |
30,694 |
$ |
66,999 |
|||
Foreign currency translation |
|
4,165 |
|
— |
|
4,165 |
|||
December 31, 2020 |
$ |
40,470 |
$ |
30,694 |
$ |
71,164 |
Summary of our finite-lived intangible assets is as follows:
December 31, 2020 |
||||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
Gross
|
Currency
|
Accumulated Amortization |
Net
|
Weighted
|
|||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ |
89,915 |
$ |
4,040 |
$ |
(22,444) |
$ |
71,511 |
12.8 |
December 31, 2019 |
||||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
Gross
|
Currency
|
Accumulated Amortization |
Net
|
Weighted
|
|||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ |
95,498 |
$ |
3,120 |
$ |
(15,795) |
$ |
82,823 |
13.5 |
F-52
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 7 — Goodwill and intangible assets, net: (cont.)
The impairment of goodwill in the Commerce reporting unit as of June 30, 2020, signaled us to test its long-lived asset group in accordance with ASC 360. Upon completion of this testing, the Company determined that the customer relationship within the Commerce reporting unit was fully impaired, resulting from the disposition of a business within the Commerce reporting unit, the termination of the relationships with established customers in this reporting unit and the negative impacts of COVID-19 on this reporting unit. Accordingly, we recognized a $3.5 million non-cash impairment charge as of June 30, 2020, which is included within Impairment charges in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.
The Analytics and Cloud asset groups were tested in accordance with ASC 360 at September 30, 2020, resulting in no further impairment charges to customer relationships. No impairment charges were recognized related to customer relationships during 2019 or 2018.
The estimated amortization schedule for the Company’s intangible assets for future periods is as follows:
(in thousands USD) |
Year ending December 31, |
||
2021 |
$ |
5,567 |
|
2022 |
|
5,567 |
|
2023 |
|
5,567 |
|
2024 |
|
5,567 |
|
2025 |
|
5,567 |
|
Thereafter |
|
43,676 |
|
Total |
$ |
71,511 |
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets relate to trade names acquired in connection with business combinations. The trade names balance was $17.6 million and $19.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We recognized impairment expense of $1.6 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which is recorded within Impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Of the $1.6 million impairment in 2020, $0.7 million relates to the Commerce reporting unit and was recognized in the second quarter, and the remaining $0.9 million impairment related to Analytics and Cloud was recognized in the third quarter of 2020.
Note 8 — Leases:
The Company enters into operating leases for office space, IT equipment, and furniture and equipment used in operations. As of December 31, 2020, these leases have remaining terms of up to 6 years, some of which may contain options to extend or terminate the lease before the expiration date. As of December 31, 2020 the Company did not have any finance lease arrangements.
The components of lease expense were as follows for the years ended:
December 31, |
|||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
||||||||
Operating lease costs(a) |
$ |
4,224 |
|
$ |
2,585 |
|
$ |
1,334 |
|||
Reimbursement from third party |
|
(1,010 |
) |
|
(423 |
) |
|
— |
|||
Total lease expense, net |
$ |
3,214 |
|
$ |
2,162 |
|
$ |
1,334 |
____________
(a) Includes short-term and variable lease costs.
F-53
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 8 — Leases: (cont.)
Supplemental information related to leases is as follows for the year ended:
December 31, |
||||||||
2020 |
2019 |
|||||||
Weighted average remaining lease term, in years: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Operating leases |
|
3.39 |
|
|
2.77 |
|
||
Weighted average discount rate: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Operating leases |
|
8.5 |
% |
|
8.9 |
% |
||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities, (in thousands USD) |
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash paid for operating leases included in the measurement of lease liabilities |
$ |
3,699 |
|
$ |
3,000 |
|
Future expected maturities of lease obligations as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
(in thousands USD) |
Lease Payments |
||
2021 |
$ |
3,416 |
|
2022 |
|
2,647 |
|
2023 |
|
1,414 |
|
2024 |
|
910 |
|
2025 |
|
775 |
|
Thereafter |
|
289 |
|
Total undiscounted lease payments |
|
9,451 |
|
Less: imputed interest |
|
1,155 |
|
Present value of operating lease liability |
$ |
8,296 |
Note 9 — Long-term debt
Long-term debt at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consists of the following:
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||||
Borrowings under bank revolving credit agreement, principal due Nov. 15, 2023 |
$ |
5,000 |
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
||
Borrowings under bank credit agreement, principal due Nov. 15, 2023 |
|
93,388 |
|
|
95,816 |
|
||
Unamortized debt issuance costs(a) |
|
(2,978 |
) |
|
(3,857 |
) |
||
Borrowing under bank credit agreements, net of unamortized debt issuance costs |
|
95,410 |
|
|
96,959 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Borrowings under convertible note payable to related party, 13.73% interest capitalized every six months, principal due July 18, 2024 |
|
16,465 |
|
|
12,500 |
|
||
Borrowings under convertible note payable to related party, 13.73% interest capitalized every six months, principal due July 18, 2024 |
|
16,465 |
|
|
12,500 |
|
||
Unamortized debt issuance costs(a) |
|
(126 |
) |
|
(152 |
) |
||
Convertible notes payable, net of unamortized debt issuance costs |
|
32,804 |
|
|
24,848 |
|
||
Paycheck Protection Program loans, 1% interest, due May 1, 2022 |
|
9,129 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt |
|
137,343 |
|
|
121,807 |
|
||
Less: current portion of long-term debt |
|
11,380 |
|
|
6,473 |
|
||
Long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs and current portion |
$ |
125,963 |
|
$ |
115,334 |
|
____________
(a) Debt issuance costs are presented as a reduction of the Company’s long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. $0.9 million, $0.7 million, and $0.1 million of debt issuance cost amortization was charged to interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and 2018 respectively.
F-54
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 9 — Long-term debt (cont.)
Credit Agreements
In 2018, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC that permits the Company to borrow up to $1.5 million through November 15, 2023. In 2019, the agreement was amended to increase the borrowing limit to $5.0 million. Interest is paid monthly and calculated as LIBOR plus a margin of 8.0% to 9.0%, based on the Total Leverage Ratio as calculated in the most recent Compliance Certificate. An additional 2.0% interest may be incurred during periods of loan covenant default. At December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 10.0%. The Company must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the commitment. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no availability under this facility.
In 2018, the Company entered into a term loan credit agreement with Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC (“Monroe term loan”) that permits the Company to borrow up to $75.0 million through November 15, 2023. In 2019, the agreement was amended to increase the borrowing amount to $98.0 million. Interest is paid monthly and calculated as LIBOR plus a margin of 8.0% to 9.0%, based on the Total Leverage Ratio as calculated in the most recent Compliance Certificate. An additional 2.0% interest may be incurred during periods of loan covenant default. At December 31, 2020, the interest rate was 10.0%. Principal payments of $0.6 million are due quarterly until maturity, at which time the remaining outstanding balance is due. Based on amendments dated February 2, 2021, the Company shall pay, in place of the first two regular quarterly principal installments of 2021, from February 2021 through and including July 2021, monthly principal installments of $1.0 million on the last business day of each of these six calendar months.
Convertible Notes
On July 19, 2019, the Company entered into separate credit agreements with Nexxus Capital Equity Fund VI, L.P. and Credit Suisse (The Creditors) that permits the Company to borrow $12.5 million from each bearing 13.73% interest. On January 31, 2020, the agreements were amended to increase the borrowing amount by $2.05 million under each agreement. Interest is capitalized every six months and is payable when the note is due. The Creditors have the option, but not the obligation, to convert the loan to common shares (a) before January 31, 2022 if the Company files for an IPO or enters into a merger agreement or (b) on or after January 31, 2022. If The Creditors decide to exercise their option, the number of shares will be determined at the redemption date at a value equal to the outstanding loan balance.
Paycheck Protection Program Loans
On April 30, 2020 and May 1, 2020, the Company received Paycheck Protection Program loans (“PPP loans”) through four of its subsidiaries for a total amount of $9.3 million. The PPP loans bear a fixed interest rate of 1% over a two-year term, are guaranteed by the United States federal government, and do not require collateral. The loans may be forgiven, in part or whole, if the proceeds are used to retain and pay employees and for other qualifying expenditures. The $9.3 million in PPP loans are eligible for forgiveness, and the Company expects a significant amount to be forgiven which would result in a gain to the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company submitted its forgiveness applications to the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) between November 2020 and January 2021. The monthly repayment terms will be established in the notification letters with the amount of loan forgiveness. On December 25, 2020, $0.1 million of a $0.2 million PPP loan was forgiven, and this was recognized in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. See Note 19, Subsequent Events, for the forgiveness notifications received after year-end.
Previous Loan Arrangement
On November 15, 2018, the Company paid in full the debt held with our previous lender, Banco Santander, with proceeds from the Monroe term loan.
F-55
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 9 — Long-term debt (cont.)
Financial Covenants
The Monroe term loan and the convertible notes payable establish the following financial covenants for the consolidated group:
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio applies to the consolidated group and is determined in accordance with US GAAP. For each Computation Period, it is the ratio of (a) EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) minus permitted tax distributions (or other provisions for taxes based on income) made during the Computation Period, minus all unfinanced capital expenditures made thereby in such Computation Period to (b) fixed charges (as defined in the credit agreement). As a result of an April 30, 2021 amendment, the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was modified as presented in the below table for each Computation Period.
Capital Expenditures. Requires the Company’s aggregate capital expenditures in any fiscal year to not exceed the capital expenditures limit for that fiscal year.
Total Leverage Ratio. The Total Leverage Ratio applies to the consolidated group and is determined in accordance with US GAAP. It is calculated as of the last day of any Computation Period as the ratio of (a) total debt (as defined in credit agreement) to (b) EBITDA for the Computation Period ending on such day. As a result of the aforementioned February 2, 2021 amendment, and an April 30, 2021 amendment, the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio was modified as presented in the below table for each Computation Period.
Computation Period Ending |
Fixed Charge
|
Capital
|
Total
|
|||
June 30, 2019 |
1.15:1.00 |
3.75:1.00 |
||||
September 30, 2019 |
1.15:1.00 |
3.50:1.00 |
||||
December 31, 2019 |
1.20:1.00 |
$1.90 million |
3.50:1.00 |
|||
March 31, 2020 and each Computation Period ending thereafter |
1.25:1.00 |
3.25:1.00 |
||||
June 30, 2020 |
|
3.00:1.00 |
||||
September 30, 2020 |
|
3.50:1.00 |
||||
December 31, 2020 |
1.15:1.00 |
$2.00 million |
5.40:1.00 |
|||
March 31, 2021 |
1.10:1.00 |
5.25:1.00 |
||||
June 30, 2021 |
1.10:1.00 |
5.25:1.00 |
||||
September 30, 2021 |
1.20:1.00 |
4.50:1.00 |
||||
December 31, 2021 and each Computation Period ending
|
1.25:1.00 |
$2.10 million |
3.50:1.00 |
|||
March 31, 2022 and each Computation Period ending thereafter |
|
3.00:1.00 |
||||
December 31, 2022 |
|
$2.20 million |
The Company was compliant with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Capital Expenditures covenants. For the September 30, 2020 Computation Period, in connection with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s operations, the Company was not in compliance with the Total Leverage Ratio covenant, as described in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 18, 2019. On February 2, 2021, we received a waiver from Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC for the September 30, 2020 covenant violation. In addition, the Total Leverage Ratio covenant was modified for the periods from December 31, 2020 to March 31, 2022. On April 30, 2021, the Total Leverage Ratio covenant was increased to 5.40:1.00 as of December 31, 2020, and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was modified for the Computation Period ending December 31, 2020 and thereafter. The above table presents the modified covenants.
F-56
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 9 — Long-term debt (cont.)
The annual maturities of our long-term debt for the next five years and beyond are as follows:
Year, (in thousands USD) |
Amount |
|||
2021 |
$ |
12,378 |
|
|
2022 |
|
11,426 |
|
|
2023 |
|
83,713 |
|
|
2024 |
|
32,930 |
|
|
2025 |
|
— |
|
|
Thereafter |
|
— |
|
|
Total long-term debt |
|
140,447 |
|
|
Less: unamortized debt issuance cost |
|
(3,104 |
) |
|
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs |
$ |
137,343 |
|
Note 10 — Other income (expense)
Items included in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows:
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
Foreign exchange gain (loss), net |
$ |
3,597 |
|
$ |
(1,962 |
) |
$ |
(2,194 |
) |
|||
Gain (loss) on disposition of a business |
|
1,110 |
|
|
(890 |
) |
|
— |
|
|||
Loss on debt extinguishment |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(524 |
) |
|||
Forgiveness of PPP loan |
|
142 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Interest income |
|
112 |
|
|
380 |
|
|
498 |
|
|||
Other non-operating income (expense) |
|
(436 |
) |
|
(182 |
) |
|
(89 |
) |
|||
Total |
$ |
4,525 |
|
$ |
(2,654 |
) |
$ |
(2,309 |
) |
Note 11 — Income taxes
Income (loss) before income tax for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 is allocated as follows:
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
USA |
$ |
(2,608 |
) |
$ |
(18,004 |
) |
$ |
(1,656 |
) |
|||
Mexico |
|
(22,082 |
) |
|
6,122 |
|
|
6,657 |
|
|||
Other Countries |
|
699 |
|
|
1,213 |
|
|
1,271 |
|
|||
Total |
$ |
(23,991 |
) |
$ |
(10,669 |
) |
$ |
6,272 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 is allocated as follows:
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||
Current income tax |
$ |
943 |
$ |
4,339 |
$ |
2,435 |
|
|||
Deferred income tax |
|
1,398 |
|
1,135 |
|
(277 |
) |
|||
Total income tax expense |
$ |
2,341 |
$ |
5,474 |
$ |
2,158 |
|
F-57
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 11 — Income taxes (cont.)
The reconciliation between our effective income tax rate and the statutory tax rates were as follows:
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense |
$ |
(23,991 |
) |
$ |
(10,669 |
) |
$ |
6,272 |
|
|||
Statutory tax rates |
|
21 |
% |
|
21 |
% |
|
30 |
% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Computed expected income tax expense (benefit) |
|
(5,038 |
) |
|
(2,240 |
) |
|
1,882 |
|
|||
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance |
|
4,751 |
|
|
4,680 |
|
|
226 |
|
|||
Permanent amortization |
|
3,498 |
|
|
713 |
|
|
(931 |
) |
|||
Non-deductible expenses |
|
1,724 |
|
|
1,607 |
|
|
904 |
|
|||
Foreign tax rate differential |
|
(2,320 |
) |
|
808 |
|
|
144 |
|
|||
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit |
|
(51 |
) |
|
(187 |
) |
|
(30 |
) |
|||
Taxable inflation adjustment |
|
23 |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
114 |
|
|||
Non deductible interest |
|
210 |
|
|
113 |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Provision to return |
|
483 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Effect of change in state rate |
|
(167 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
CARES Act |
|
(337 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Tax loss carryforwards applied |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(386 |
) |
|||
Net GILTI Inclusion |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
313 |
|
|||
Other, net |
|
(435 |
) |
|
7 |
|
|
(78 |
) |
|||
Reported income tax expense (benefit) |
$ |
2,341 |
|
$ |
5,474 |
|
$ |
2,158 |
|
|||
Effective tax rate |
|
(9.8 |
)% |
|
(51.3 |
)% |
|
34.4 |
% |
The statutory tax rate changed from 2018 to 2019 because of a change in jurisdiction, as a result of the Company redomiciling from Mexico to the United States.
The Company has the following tax rates in relevant jurisdiction:
Tax rates |
||||||
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
||||
United States |
21% |
21% |
21% |
|||
Mexico |
30% |
30% |
30% |
|||
Brazil |
34% |
34% |
34% |
|||
Spain |
25% |
25% |
25% |
|||
Argentina |
30% |
30% |
30% |
The components of the Company’s deferred tax balances are as follows:
December 31, |
||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
||||
Tax loss carryforward |
$ |
6,353 |
$ |
3,878 |
||
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
67 |
|
83 |
||
Fixed assets |
|
250 |
|
220 |
||
Accrued liabilities and other expenses |
|
3,444 |
|
4,738 |
||
Deferred revenues |
|
445 |
|
422 |
||
Business interest limitation |
|
2,225 |
|
1,433 |
F-58
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 11 — Income taxes (cont.)
December 31, |
||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||||
Operating lease liability |
|
2,178 |
|
|
2,900 |
|
||
Equity-based compensation |
|
648 |
|
|
558 |
|
||
Intangible assets |
|
177 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Other |
|
369 |
|
|
347 |
|
||
Gross deferred tax assets: |
|
16,156 |
|
|
14,579 |
|
||
Less: Valuation allowance |
|
(10,010 |
) |
|
(5,124 |
) |
||
Total deferred tax assets |
|
6,146 |
|
|
9,455 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Intangible assets |
|
5,123 |
|
|
6,580 |
|
||
Operating lease ROU assets |
|
2,130 |
|
|
2,851 |
|
||
Insurance |
|
21 |
|
|
365 |
|
||
Fixed assets |
|
515 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Obligation for contingent purchase price |
|
777 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Other |
|
653 |
|
|
2,482 |
|
||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
9,219 |
|
|
12,278 |
|
||
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) |
$ |
(3,073 |
) |
$ |
(2,823 |
) |
The change in the total valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is as follows:
December 31, |
||||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||
Opening balance January 1, |
$ |
5,124 |
|
$ |
535 |
$ |
— |
|||
Utilization during the year |
|
(99 |
) |
|
— |
|
— |
|||
Increases during the year |
|
4,985 |
|
|
4,589 |
|
535 |
|||
Closing balance December 31, |
$ |
10,010 |
|
$ |
5,124 |
$ |
535 |
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are deductible.
Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected taxable income in making this assessment. In order to fully realize a deferred tax asset, the Company must generate future taxable income prior to the expiration of the deferred tax asset under applicable law. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods during which the Company’s deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances as of December 31, 2020. The amount of the Company’s deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company is in a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets for which the Company does not has enough evidence to support its realization. The total amount of valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020 is $10.0 million, primarily related to a full valuation allowance on the Company’s tax loss carryforwards in Mexico and a partial valuation allowance for the Company’s net deferred tax assets in the U.S.
F-59
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 11 — Income taxes (cont.)
The Company’s remaining tax loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2020, expire as follows:
Year of expiration, (in thousands USD) |
Amount |
||
2027 |
$ |
764 |
|
2028 |
$ |
600 |
|
2029 |
$ |
11,371 |
|
2030 |
$ |
7,156 |
The Company has not accrued any income, distribution or withholding taxes that would arise if the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, which cannot be repatriated in a tax-free manner, were repatriated.
The Company accounts for tax contingencies by assessing all material positions, including all significant uncertain positions, for all tax years that are open to assessment or challenge under tax statutes. Those positions that have only timing consequences are separately analyzed based on the recognition and measurement model.
As required by the uncertain tax position guidance, the Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, Mexico, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2017. The Company applies the uncertain tax position guidance to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remains open. The Company’s policy is to classify interest accrued as interest expense and penalties as other income (expense). As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have any amounts accrued for interest and penalties or recorded for uncertain tax positions.
Note 12 — Net Revenues
Disaggregated revenues by contract type and the timing of revenue recognition are as follows:
(in thousands USD) |
Timing of Revenue Recognition |
|
|||||||||
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||
Time and materials |
over time |
$ |
144,658 |
$ |
151,980 |
$ |
87,270 |
||||
Fixed price |
over time |
|
19,329 |
|
21,715 |
|
23,257 |
||||
Total |
$ |
163,987 |
$ |
173,695 |
$ |
110,527 |
Liabilities by contract related to contracts with customers
Details of our liabilities related to contracts with customers and related timing of revenue recognition are as follows:
December 31, |
||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||
Deferred revenues |
$ |
2,143 |
$ |
3,246 |
||
Revenue recognized, that was deferred in the previous year |
$ |
1,649 |
$ |
2,131 |
F-60
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 12 — Net Revenues (cont.)
Major Customers
The Company derived 18%, 13% and 12% of its revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 from three significant customers. In addition, 13%, 13%, 12%, and 11% of our revenues for 2019 were from four significant customers, and 23% and 12% of our revenues in 2018 came from two significant customers. Sales to these customers occur at multiple locations and we believe that the loss of these customers would have only a short-term impact on our operating results. There is risk, however, that we would not be able to identify and access a replacement market at comparable margins.
Note 13 — Segment reporting and geographic information
The Company operates as a single operating segment. The Company’s CODM is the CEO, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.
The following table presents the Company’s geographic net revenues based on the geographic market where revenues are accumulated, as determined by customer location:
Year ended December 31, |
|||||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
||||||
United States |
$ |
113,073 |
$ |
84,931 |
$ |
13,721 |
|||
Latin America and other(a) |
|
50,914 |
|
88,764 |
|
96,806 |
|||
Total |
$ |
163,987 |
$ |
173,695 |
$ |
110,527 |
____________
(a) Other represents an insignificant amount of Europe revenues in 2019 and 2018; there were no Europe sales in 2020.
The following table presents certain of our long-lived assets by geographic area, which includes property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease ROU assets, net:
December 31, |
||||||
(in thousands USD) |
2020 |
2019 |
||||
United States |
$ |
7,748 |
$ |
8,842 |
||
Latin America |
|
3,803 |
|
5,184 |
||
Total long-lived assets |
$ |
11,551 |
$ |
14,026 |
Note 14 — Restructuring
Restructuring expenses of $5.5 million in 2020 consist of costs associated with the ongoing reorganization of our business operations and expense re-alignment efforts, which primarily relate to severance costs from workforce reductions due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and organizational changes to capture synergies from past acquisitions as we move toward one global AgileThought. We also incurred an immaterial amount of facility related exit costs. When business slowed as a result of COVID-19, there was a reduction in force to control expenses, as not all resources could be usefully reallocated. As of December 31, 2020, the majority of the $3.1 million pre-tax COVID-related expenses had been paid. At this time, we do not anticipate additional restructuring charges related to COVID-19, and remaining payments will occur in the first half of 2021.
In December 2020, we communicated a restructuring plan to transition to an integrated, one AgileThought approach rather than managing recent acquisitions and regions separately. By creating a global organization for the information technology, human resources, and finance functions, we were able to capture synergies, resulting in the elimination of certain positions. The Company incurred severance costs related to these terminations, and all activity is expected to be completed by March 31, 2022.
F-61
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 14 — Restructuring (cont.)
The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring activities included in accrued liabilities:
(in thousands USD) |
One AgileThought |
COVID Plan |
Restructuring
|
||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2019 |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
|||
Restructuring charges |
|
2,376 |
|
3,148 |
|
5,524 |
|||
Payments |
|
154 |
|
2,431 |
|
2,585 |
|||
Balance as of December 31, 2020 |
$ |
2,222 |
$ |
717 |
$ |
2,939 |
Note 15 — Stockholders’ Equity
As of December 31, 2020, the capital stock is represented by 431,682 Class A Shares and 37,538 Class B Shares. Holders of Class A Shares are entitled to one vote per share and Holders of Class B Shares are not entitled to vote. The common shares have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.
Note 16 — Earnings (loss) per share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:
(dollar amounts in thousands USD, except earnings per share) |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
Class B |
Class A |
Class B |
Class A |
Class B |
||||||||||||||||||
Net earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholders for Basic |
$ |
(24,117 |
) |
$ |
(2,060 |
) |
$ |
(15,316 |
) |
$ |
(1,391 |
) |
$ |
3,933 |
|
$ |
369 |
||||||
Effect of dilutive instruments |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(758 |
) |
|
— |
||||||
Net earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholders for Diluted |
$ |
(24,117 |
) |
$ |
(2,060 |
) |
$ |
(15,316 |
) |
$ |
(1,391 |
) |
$ |
3,175 |
|
$ |
369 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Weighted average number of common shares used in computing basic earnings per common share |
|
439,530 |
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
413,192 |
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
399,733 |
|
|
37,538 |
||||||
Effect of dilutive instruments |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7,492 |
|
|
— |
||||||
Weighted average number of common shares used in computing dilutive earnings per common share |
|
439,530 |
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
413,192 |
|
|
37,538 |
|
|
407,225 |
|
|
37,538 |
||||||
Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Basic |
$ |
(54.87 |
) |
$ |
(54.87 |
) |
$ |
(37.07 |
) |
$ |
(37.07 |
) |
$ |
9.84 |
|
$ |
9.84 |
||||||
Diluted |
$ |
(54.87 |
) |
$ |
(54.87 |
) |
$ |
(37.07 |
) |
$ |
(37.07 |
) |
$ |
7.80 |
|
$ |
9.84 |
F-62
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 16 — Earnings (loss) per share (cont.)
As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company’s potentially dilutive securities were related to contingent consideration payable in Class A and Class B shares which have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, and granted but unvested stock awards which have been excluded from diluted earnings (loss) per share because the conditions for issuance of common shares had not been met at the balance sheet date. The potential shares of common stock that were antidilutive are as follows:
December 31, |
||||||
2020 |
2019 |
2018 |
||||
Contingent consideration payable in Class A shares |
— |
— |
4,491 |
|||
Contingent consideration payable in Class B shares |
— |
— |
209 |
|||
Unvested stock based compensation awards for Class A shares with service and performance vesting conditions |
1,517 |
3,794 |
5,172 |
|||
Unvested stock based compensation awards for Class A shares that vest upon occurrence of liquidity event |
10,858 |
3,112 |
3,112 |
Note 17 — Equity-based Arrangements
The Company has granted various equity-based awards to its employees and board members as described below. The Company issues, authorized but unissued shares, for the settlement of equity-based awards.
2020 Equity Plan
On August 4, 2020, the Company adopted the 2020 Equity Plan with the intent to encourage and retain certain of the Company’s senior employees, as well as board members. Pursuant to the 2020 Equity Plan, senior employees may receive up to 7,746 of Class A restricted stock units (RSUs) subject to time-based vesting and the occurrence of a liquidity event while board members may receive up to 300 Class A RSUs subject to time-based vesting. The awards were granted on August 4, 2020 and generally vest ratably over a three-year service period on each successive August 4th. On the grant date, the Company determined the achievement of a liquidity event was not probable as it is outside of the control of the Company, and therefore has not recognized any stock compensation expense for employee RSUs as of December 31, 2020. Expense in 2020 related to board members’ RSUs was $0.2 million. The grant date fair value for the RSUs under the 2020 Equity Plan was approximately $6.0 million.
AgileThought, LLC PIP
In connection with the AgileThought, LLC acquisition in July 2019, the Company offered a performance incentive plan (“AT PIP”) to key AgileThought, LLC employees. Pursuant to the AT PIP, participants may receive up to an aggregate of 3,150 Class A shares based on the achievement of certain EBITDA -based performance metrics during each of the fiscal years as follows: up to 1,050 shares for 2020, up to 1,050 shares for 2021, and up to 1,050 shares for 2022. The EBITDA-based performance metric was not met in 2020 and the related awards were cancelled. The remaining AT PIP will be paid to the participants as follows:
Performance incentive 2021: 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2022; and the remaining 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2023
Performance incentive 2022: 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2023; and the remaining 50% within the first 60 days of calendar year 2024.
Participants do not begin to vest in the PSUs granted under the AT PIP until January 1, 2020. In order to qualify for payment, the Participant has to be (a) actively employed by the Company or one of its affiliates, and (b) has not
F-63
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 17 — Equity-based Arrangements (cont.)
breached any of his or her noncompetition covenants in the definitive documents. In fiscal 2020, the Company did not recognize any equity-based compensation expense related to this plan as performance metrics were not achieved. The grant date fair value for the PSUs under the AT PIP was approximately $1.2 million.
4th Source Performance Incentive Plan
On November 15, 2018, the Company acquired 4th Source and offered shares to key 4th Source employees under a Performance Incentive Plan (PIP).
Pursuant to the 4th Source PIP, participants may receive up to an aggregate of 8,394 shares based on the achievement of certain EBITDA-based performance metrics during each of the fiscal years as follows: up to 3,222 shares for 2018, up to 4,528 shares for 2019, and up to 644 shares for 2020. The EBITDA-based performance metric was not met in 2020 and the related PSUs were cancelled. Shares for vested PSUs will be issued in 2021, 30 days after the issuance of 2020 audited financial statements.
In fiscal 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized approximately $1.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in compensation expense for these awards. There was no expense recognized in fiscal 2020.
The grant date fair value for the PSUs was approximately $2.9 million. We estimated the fair value of the awards that are subject to service-based vesting requirements and performance vesting requirements, based upon our common shares’ fair value, as of the grant dates.
AgileThought Inc. Management Performance Share Plan
In 2018, the Company adopted the Management Performance Share Plan, which provides for the issuance of PSUs. These awards representing an aggregate of 1,232 Class A shares vest upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, attainment of certain performance metrics and service-based vesting criteria. In 2018, the metrics were achieved and the Company recognized $0.4 million of expense related to this plan. During 2019, this expense was reversed as the awards were also subject to a liquidity event which was not considered probable of being met.
The following table summarizes all of our equity-based awards activity for the plans described above:
Number of Awards |
Weighted
|
|||||
Awards outstanding as of January 1, 2018 |
1,880 |
|
$ |
358.00 |
||
Awards granted – 4th Source PIP |
8,394 |
|
$ |
348.67 |
||
Awards granted – Management Performance Share Plan |
1,232 |
|
$ |
297.63 |
||
Awards outstanding as of December 31, 2018 |
11,506 |
|
$ |
345.53 |
||
Awards granted – AgileThought, LLC PIP |
3,150 |
|
$ |
389.00 |
||
Awards outstanding as of December 31, 2019 |
14,656 |
|
$ |
355.79 |
||
Awards granted – 2020 Equity Plan |
8,046 |
|
$ |
745.92 |
||
Awards forfeited/cancelled – AgileThought, LLC PIP |
(1,650 |
) |
$ |
389.00 |
||
Awards forfeited/cancelled – 4th Source PIP |
(644 |
) |
$ |
348.67 |
||
Awards outstanding as of December 31, 2020 |
20,408 |
|
$ |
580.61 |
||
|
|
|||||
Awards vested as of December 31, 2020 |
8,033 |
|
$ |
377.45 |
||
Awards expected to vest as of December 31, 2020 |
1,517 |
|
$ |
396.59 |
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $6.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the AT PIP and 2020 Equity Plan. The unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the AT PIP is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years. No stock-based compensation expense for RSUs granted to senior employees under the 2020 Equity Plan will be recognized until a liquidity event is probable.
F-64
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2020, and 2019
Note 18 — Commitments and contingencies
In accordance with Ley del Impuesto Sobre la Renta (Mexico’s Income Tax Law or “LISR”) provisions, companies that carry out transactions with related parties must execute these transactions at prices comparable to those used with third parties in similar operations. If legal authorities test the prices and determine the amounts deviate from the assumption foreseen in the Law, they could impose fines in addition to the tax and late fees.
The Company and its subsidiaries hire professional service providers, administrative, consulting, etc. In the normal course of business, there is a possibility third parties take legal action against subcontractors or workers hired by the Company and its subsidiaries. In order to reduce this exposure, we ensure service providers comply with all legal and contractual obligations applicable to them.
The Company is, from time to time, involved in certain legal proceedings, inquiries, claims and disputes, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although management cannot predict the outcomes of these matters, management does not believe these actions will have a material, adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had labor lawsuits in process, whose resolution is pending. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has recorded liabilities for labor lawsuits and/or litigation of $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Note 19 — Subsequent events
Equity Contribution
On March 19, 2021, LIVK, related parties to LIVK (and together with LIVK, the “Equity Investors”) and the Company entered into an equity contribution agreement (the “Contribution Agreement”) in which the Company created and issued 2.0 million shares of a new class of Preferred Stock to the Equity Investors in exchange for a capital investment in the aggregate amount of $20.0 million. The proceeds were used to partially repay the Monroe term loan.
Also in March 2021, we received notification that $0.1 million of a $0.3 million PPP loan was forgiven. This gain was recognized on the Statement of Operations in the first quarter of 2021.
In June 2021, we received notification that the full amount of a $1.2 million PPP loan was forgiven. This gain will be recognized on the Statement of Operations in the second quarter of 2021.
As these events arose after the reporting date and did not provide evidence of a condition that existed at December 31, 2020, these are considered non-adjusting subsequent events. Management has evaluated subsequent events up until June 24, 2021, the date the financial statements were issued.
F-65
2,400,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock
AgileThought, Inc.
____________________
PROSPECTUS
____________________
Sole Book-Running Manager
A.G.P.
The date of this prospectus is , 2021
Part II
Information Not Required in Prospectus
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee.
Amount |
|||
SEC registration fee |
$ |
2,648 |
|
FINRA filing fee |
|
4,785 |
|
Accountants’ fees and expenses |
|
185,000 |
|
Legal fees and expenses |
|
350,000 |
|
Miscellaneous |
|
75,000 |
|
Total expenses |
$ |
617,433 |
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.
II-1
Additionally, our charter eliminates our directors’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. The DGCL provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:
• for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;
• for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
• for any unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
• for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.
If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the Company’s directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
In addition, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Class B Ordinary Shares
On October 4, 2019, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,725,000 Class B ordinary shares to LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. On December 10, 2019, LIVK effected a share dividend resulting in there being an aggregate of 2,012,500 Class B ordinary shares outstanding.
Private Warrants
LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P. purchased 2,575,000 private warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement that occurred concurrently with the closing of LIVK’s initial public offering and generated gross proceeds of $2,575,000. In connection with the exercise of the over-allotment option, on December 18, 2019, LIVK consummated the sale of an additional 236,250 private warrants, at $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $236,250. Each private warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The private warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P. or its permitted transferees. The sale of the private warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
Subscription Agreements
In August 2021, the subscribers purchased from the Company an aggregate of 2,760,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $27,600,000, pursuant to subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination. The sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock to the subscribers was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
II-2
Issuance of RSUs and shares to employees
From June 30, 2021 through September 30, 2021, prior to the consummation of the Business Combination we granted to certain officers and employees an aggregate of 8,443 shares of Legacy AgileThought Class A Common Stock, which converted into a total of 398,163 shares of Class A common stock of the Company immediately after the transaction closed. The aggregate 8,443 shares of Legacy AgileThought Class A Common Stock consisted of 7,570 RSUs and 873 shares to employees, which converted to 348,034 and 50,129 Class A common stock of the Company, respectively. The issuance of the securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits.
The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this registration statement
Exhibit No. |
Description |
|
1.1* |
||
2.1+ |
||
3.1 |
||
3.2 |
||
4.1 |
||
4.2 |
||
4.3 |
||
5.1* |
||
10.1 |
||
10.2 |
||
10.3 |
||
10.4 |
||
10.5 |
||
10.6+ |
II-3
Exhibit No. |
Description |
|
10.6.1+ |
||
10.6.2+ |
||
10.6.3+ |
||
10.6.4+ |
||
10.6.5+ |
||
10.6.6+ |
||
10.6.7+ |
||
10.6.8+ |
||
10.6.9+ |
||
10.6.10+* |
||
10.6.11 |
II-4
Exhibit No. |
Description |
|
10.7+ |
||
10.7.1+ |
||
10.7.2+ |
||
10.7.3+ |
||
10.7.4+ |
||
10.7.5 |
||
10.8+ |
||
10.9+ |
||
10.10 |
||
10.11# |
||
10.12# |
||
10.13(a)# |
||
10.13(b)# |
||
10.14# |
||
10.15# |
II-5
Exhibit No. |
Description |
|
10.16# |
||
10.17# |
||
10.18# |
||
10.19# |
||
10.20 |
||
10.21 |
||
10.22 |
||
10.23* |
||
10.24* |
||
10.25+ |
||
10.26 |
||
16.1 |
||
21.1 |
||
23.1* |
||
23.2* |
||
24.1 |
||
101.INS* |
Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because iXBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document). |
|
101.SCH* |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. |
|
101.CAL* |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. |
|
101.DEF* |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. |
|
101.LAB* |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. |
|
101.PRE* |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. |
|
104* |
Cover Page Interactive Data File, formatted in Inline XBRL (included within the Exhibit 101 attachments). |
____________
+ The schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Filed Herewith.
II-6
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings.
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
(i) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
(ii) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5) or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii) or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.
II-7
(5) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or our securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the undersigned pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the undersigned has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the undersigned of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the undersigned in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the undersigned will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-8
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Irving, State of Texas, on this 30th day of November, 2021.
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. |
||||
By: |
/s/ Manuel Senderos Fernández |
|||
Manuel Senderos Fernández |
||||
Chief Executive Officer |
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Manuel Senderos Fernández and Jorge Pliego Seguin, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Manuel Senderos Fernández |
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the |
November 30, 2021 |
||
Manuel Senderos Fernández |
Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer) |
|||
/s/ Jorge Pliego Seguin |
Chief Financial Officer |
November 30, 2021 |
||
Jorge Pliego Seguin |
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|||
/s/ David Santos Molero |
Chief Accounting Officer |
November 30, 2021 |
||
David Santos Molero |
(Principal Accounting Officer) |
|||
/s/ Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo |
Director |
November 30, 2021 |
||
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo |
||||
/s/ Diego Zavala |
Director |
November 30, 2021 |
||
Diego Zavala |
||||
/s/ Alexander R. Rossi |
Director |
November 30, 2021 |
||
Alexander R. Rossi |
||||
/s/ Alejandro Rojas Domene |
Director |
November 30, 2021 |
||
Alejandro Rojas Domene |
||||
/s/ Mauricio Jorge Rioseco Orihuela |
Director |
November 29, 2021 |
||
Mauricio Jorge Rioseco Orihuela |
||||
/s/ Arturo José Saval Pérez |
Director |
November 29, 2021 |
||
Arturo José Saval Pérez |
||||
/s/ Roberto Langenauer Neuman |
Director |
November 29, 2021 |
||
Roberto Langenauer Neuman |
||||
/s/ Andrés Borrego y Marrón |
Director |
November 29, 2021 |
||
Andrés Borrego y Marrón |
||||
/s/ Gerardo Benítez Peláez |
Director |
November 29, 2021 |
||
Gerardo Benítez Peláez |
||||
/s/ Marina Diaz Ibarra |
Director |
November 30, 2021 |
||
Marina Diaz Ibarra |
II-9
Exhibit 1.1
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
between
AgileThought, Inc.
and
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners
as Representative of the Several Underwriters
[ ] Shares
AGILETHOUGHT, INC.
Class A Common Stock
($0.0001 par value)
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
New York, New York
[●], 2021
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners
As Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto
590 Madison Avenue, 28th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, AgileThought, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (“A.G.P.”) (hereinafter referred to as “you” (including its correlatives) or the “Representative”) and with the other underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto for which the Representative is acting as representative (the Representative and such other underwriters being collectively called the “Underwriters” or, individually, an “Underwriter”) set forth below. If no other underwriters are listed on Schedule 1 hereto, then references to the underwriters shall refer, mutatis mutandis, to the Representative.
1. | Purchase and Sale of Shares. |
1.1 Firm Shares.
1.1.1. Nature and Purchase of Firm Shares.
(i) On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [●] shares (“Firm Shares”) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).
(ii) The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof at a purchase price of $[●] per share ([●]% of the per Firm Share offering price). The Firm Shares are to be offered initially to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof).
1.1.2. Shares Payment and Delivery.
(i) Delivery and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, on [●], 2021 or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017 (“Representative Counsel”), or at such other place (or remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “Closing Date.”
(ii) Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery of the certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Shares (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all of the Firm Shares. The term “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York, New York.
1.2 Underwriter Option.
1.2.1. Option Shares. The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [●] additional shares of Common Stock, representing fifteen percent (15%) of the Firm Shares sold in the offering, from the Company (the “Underwriter Option”). Such [●] additional shares of Common Stock, the net proceeds of which will be deposited with the Company’s account, are hereinafter referred to as “Option Shares.” The purchase price to be paid per Option Share shall be equal to the price per Firm Share set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter referred to together as the “Public Securities.” The offering and sale of the Public Securities is hereinafter referred to as the “Offering.”
1.2.2. Exercise of Option. The Underwriter Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Shares within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date (as defined below). The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Shares prior to the exercise of the Underwriter Option. The Underwriter Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company from the Representative, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission setting forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Shares (the “Option Closing Date”), which shall not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of Representative Counsel or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Option Shares does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Underwriter Option with respect to all or any portion of the Option Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares specified in such notice and (ii) each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, shall purchase that portion of the total number of Option Shares then being purchased as set forth in Schedule 1 opposite the name of such Underwriter.
1.2.3. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Option Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to you of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Option Shares (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The Option Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representative for applicable Option Shares.
- 2 -
2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Applicable Time (as defined below), as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, if any, as follows:
2.1 Filing of Registration Statement.
2.1.1. Pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[●]), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Public Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the “Securities Act Regulations”) and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations (the “Rule 430A Information”)), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.
Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion, dated [●], 2021, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.
“Applicable Time” means [TIME] [a.m./p.m.], Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement.
“Pricing Disclosure Package” means the Pricing Prospectus and the information included on Schedule 2-A hereto, all considered together.
2.1.2. Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 001-39157) providing for the registration pursuant to Section 12(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the shares of Common Stock. The registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof. The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.
2.2 Stock Exchange Listing. The shares of Common Stock have been approved for listing and are listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Exchange”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the shares of Common Stock from the Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Exchange is contemplating terminating such listing except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.3 No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.
- 3 -
2.4 Disclosures in Registration Statement.
2.4.1. Compliance with Securities Act and 10b-5 Representation.
(i) Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(ii) Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information (as defined below).
(iii) The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists solely of the following disclosure contained in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus: [(a) the first two sentences and the fifth sentence set forth under the sub-caption “Discount, Commissions and Expenses”, (b) the information set forth under the sub-captions “Stabilization,” and “Electronic Distribution”] and (c) the table showing the number of securities to be purchased by each Underwriter (the “Underwriters’ Information”); and
(iv) Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information.
2.4.2. Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder except for a default or event which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change (as such term is defined in Section 2.5.1 below). To the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses (each, a “Governmental Entity”), including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.
- 4 -
2.4.3. Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Preliminary Prospectus.
2.4.4. Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign regulation on the Offering and the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and no other such regulations are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.
2.5 Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.
2.5.1. No Material Adverse Change. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, nor any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise (a “Material Adverse Change”); (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) no officer or director of the Company has resigned from any position with the Company.
2.6 Independent Accountants. To the knowledge of the Company, KPMG LLP (the “Auditor”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Auditor has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.
2.7 Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable. Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses of the Company and its consolidated Subsidairies. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) neither the Company nor any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including each entity disclosed or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being a subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock, (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, other than in the course of business, any grants under any stock compensation plan, and (d) there has not been any Material Adverse Change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt.
- 5 -
2.8 Authorized Capital; Options, etc. The Company had, at the date or dates indicated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth therein. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, there will be no stock options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible or exercisable into shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.
2.9 Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.
2.9.1. Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized shares of Common Stock conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the outstanding shares of Common Stock were at all relevant times either registered under the Securities Act and the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such Shares, exempt from such registration requirements.
2.9.2. Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement. The Public Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Public Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.10 Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Securities Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.
2.11 Validity and Binding Effect of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
2.12 No Conflicts, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Charter”) or the by-laws of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity as of the date hereof, except, with respect to clauses (i) and (iii), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
- 6 -
2.13 No Defaults; Violations. No default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, except, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter or by-laws. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is not in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any Governmental Entity, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.14 Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.
2.14.1. Conduct of Business. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.14.2. Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof. No consent, authorization, approval or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Public Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).
2.15 D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers immediately prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”), as supplemented by all information concerning the Company’s directors, officers and principal shareholders as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided to the Underwriters, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires to become materially inaccurate and incorrect.
2.16 Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any executive officer or director in their capacity as such which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Public Securities on the Exchange that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or such executive officer or director would either (a) reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or (b) prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
2.17 Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware as of the date hereof, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify, singularly or in the aggregate, would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
- 7 -
2.18 Insurance. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance in such amounts and covering such risks which the Company believes are adequate, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.19 Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA.
2.19.1. Finder’s Fees. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Public Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.
2.19.2. Payments Within Twelve (12) Months. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve (12) months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.
2.19.3. Use of Proceeds. None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any FINRA member or its affiliates participating in the Offering, except as specifically authorized herein.
2.19.4. FINRA Affiliation. Except as disclosed in their respective FINRA questionnaires, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no (i) officer or director of the Company, (ii) beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement that is an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).
2.19.5. Information. All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to Representative Counsel specifically for use by Representative Counsel in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.
2.20 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Change or (iii) if not continued in the future, might result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
- 8 -
2.21 Compliance with OFAC. None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
2.22 Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, applicable money laundering statutes in applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
2.23 Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to Representative Counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
2.24 Subsidiaries. All direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Company are duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the place of organization or incorporation, and each Subsidiary is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a Material Adverse Change. The Company’s ownership and control of each Subsidiary is as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.25 Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that have not been described as required.
2.26 Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Regulations, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) applicable to the Company and the listing rules of the Exchange. At least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent,” as defined under the listing rules of the Exchange.
2.27 Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance.
2.27.1. Disclosure Controls. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has developed and currently maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations) that are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, and such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.
2.27.2. Compliance. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company is, or at the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
- 9 -
2.28 Accounting Controls. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are known to the Company’s management and that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud known to the Company’s management, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
2.29 No Investment Company Status. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
2.30 No Labor Disputes. No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent.
2.31 Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, software, domain names, licenses, inventions, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) and all other similar rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, the foregoing) (“Intellectual Property Rights”) necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.31, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company and its Subsidiaries have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.31, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.31, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company and could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which has not been patented has been kept confidential, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property Rights, the value of which to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the technology employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their respective officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.
- 10 -
2.32 Cyber Security; Data Protection. The Company and its Subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications and databases (including the data of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third-party data maintained by or on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries) (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. The Company and its Subsidiaries have implemented and maintained all commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards necessary to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Data”)) used in connection with their businesses. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and its Subsidiaries have used reasonable efforts to establish and maintain, and have established, maintained, implemented and complied with in all material respects, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or Data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ businesses (“Breach”). To the knowledge of the Company, there has been no such Breach other than any Breach that did not or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not been notified of and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in, any such Breach.
2.33 Privacy. The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance, in all material respects, with all internal and external privacy policies, contractual obligations, industry standards, applicable laws, statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority and any legal obligations regarding the collection, use, transfer, import, export, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company and its Subsidiaries of Data (“Data Security Obligations”). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notification of or complaint regarding, and are aware of any other facts that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably indicate non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation in any material respect. There is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or threatened alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation. The Company and its Subsidiaries have at all times taken steps reasonably necessary in accordance with industry standard practices (including, without limitation, implementing and monitoring compliance with adequate measures with respect to technical and physical security) to protect such information against loss and against unauthorized access, use, modification, disclosure or other misuse, except in each case to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, taken as a whole. To the knowledge of the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or as would not individually or in the aggregate result in a Material Adverse Change, taken as a whole, there has been no unauthorized access to such information. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken all necessary actions to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations with respect to Data, including but not limited to any laws and regulations that have been announced as of the date hereof as becoming effective within 12 months after the date hereof, and for which any non-compliance with same would be reasonably likely to create a material liability as soon they take effect.
- 11 -
2.34 Taxes. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has timely filed all material returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all material taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all material taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such respective Subsidiary, except for any such assessed taxes that are currently being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, (i) no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) there are no current tax audits, assessments or other claims or proceedings with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its Subsidiaries. The term “taxes” mean all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.
2.35 ERISA Compliance. The Company and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) established or maintained by the Company or its “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”) of which the Company is a member. No “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.
2.36 Ineligible Issuer. The Company is an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405. The Company has not prepared or used, and will not prepare or use, any “free writing prospectus” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 405”) in connection with the Offering.
2.37 Smaller Reporting Company. As of the time of filing of the Registration Statement, the Company was a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Regulations.
2.38 Industry Data. The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.
- 12 -
2.39 Emerging Growth Company. As of the time of filing of the Registration Statement (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly in or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.
2.40 Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not (i) alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the written consent of the Representative and with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company confirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule 2-B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
2.41 Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the shares of Common Stock to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.
2.42 Environmental Laws. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all foreign, federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment which are applicable to their businesses (“Environmental Laws”), except where the failure to comply would not, singularly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may otherwise be liable) upon any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or upon any other property, in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any law, statute, ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, give rise to any liability, except for any violation or liability which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such violations and liabilities, a Material Adverse Change; and there has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company has knowledge, except for any such disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such discharges and other releases, a Material Adverse Change. In the ordinary course of business, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries conducts periodic reviews of the effect of Environmental Laws on their business and assets, in the course of which they identify and evaluate associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or governmental permits issued thereunder, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such reviews, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.
- 13 -
2.43 Real Property. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real or personal property which are material to their business, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, claims and defects that do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, and under which the Company and each of its Subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiaries has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease that would result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.44 Contracts Affecting Capital. There are no transactions, arrangements or other relationships between and/or among the Company, any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) and any unconsolidated entity, including, but not limited to, any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity that could reasonably be expected to materially affect the Company’s liquidity or the availability of or requirements for their capital resources required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which have not been described as required.
2.45 Loans to Directors or Officers. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees or indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company, or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
3. | Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees as follows: |
3.1 Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company shall deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably object in writing.
3.2 Federal Securities Laws.
3.2.1. Compliance. The Company, subject to Section 3.2.2, shall comply with the requirements of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations, and will notify the Representative promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission; (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information; (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the Offering of the Public Securities. The Company shall effect all filings required under Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and shall take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company shall use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
- 14 -
3.2.2. Continued Compliance. The Company shall comply with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Public Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Public Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representative notice of such event; (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representative with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representative notice of any filings made pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Exchange Act Regulations within forty-eight (48) hours prior to the Applicable Time. The Company shall give the Representative notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time until the later of the Closing Date and the exercise in full or expiration of the Underwriter Option specified in Section 1.2 hereof and will furnish the Representative with copies of the related document(s) a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.
3.2.3. Exchange Act Registration. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act. The Company shall not voluntarily deregister the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided that such provision shall not prevent a sale, merger or similar transaction involving the Company.
3.2.4. Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that it shall not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act Regulations a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of an Underwriter that such Underwriter would not have been required to file thereunder.
3.2.5. Testing-the-Waters Communications. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly notify the Representative and shall promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
3.3 Delivery to the Underwriters of Registration Statements. The Company has delivered or made available or shall deliver or make available to the Representative and counsel for the Representative, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Underwriters, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
- 15 -
3.4 Delivery to the Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered or made available or will deliver or make available to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
3.5 Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Public Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and shall notify the Representative immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in this Section 3.5 that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in (a) the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (b) in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.
3.6 [Reserved]
3.7 Listing. The Company shall use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the shares of Common Stock (including the Public Securities) on the Exchange for at least three (3) years from the date of this Agreement; provided that such provision shall not prevent a sale, merger or similar transaction involving the Company.
3.8 Reports to the Representative.
3.8.1. Periodic Reports, etc. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the Representative upon request copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish to the Representative upon request: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission under the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations; (ii) a copy of every press release issued by the Company; (iii) a copy of each Form 8-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) a copy of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Representative shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and Representative Counsel in connection with the Representative’s receipt of such information. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system or otherwise publicly filed or made available shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section 3.9.1.
3.8.2. Transfer Agent. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to maintain a transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Stock.
3.8.3. [Reserved]
- 16 -
3.9 Payment of Expenses
3.9.1. General Expenses Related to the Offering. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Public Securities with the Commission; (b) all Public Filing System filing fees associated with and expenses relating to the review of the Offering by FINRA (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of FINRA counsel); (c) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Public Securities on the Exchange and such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Representative together determine; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Public Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of “blue sky” counsel); (f) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Public Securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (g) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Representative may reasonably deem necessary; (h) the costs and expenses of the Company’s public relations firm; (i) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering any certificates representing the Public Securities; (j) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock; (k) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (m) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (n) the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (o) the fees and expenses of the Underwriter’s legal counsel not to exceed $150,000; and (p) the Underwriter’s actual accountable “road show” expenses for the Offering. The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, if any, the expenses set forth herein (which amount shall be mutually agreed upon between the Company and the Representative prior to such Closing Date) to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters.
3.9.2. Non-accountable Expenses. The Company further agrees that, in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Section 3.9.1, on the Closing Date it shall pay to the Representative, by deduction from the net proceeds of the Offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to $50,000 in the aggregate.
3.10 Application of Net Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
3.11 Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first (1st) day of the fifteenth (15th) full calendar month following the date of this Agreement, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent registered public accounting firm unless required by the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning after the date of this Agreement.
3.12 Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken or shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.
- 17 -
3.13 [Reserved]
3.14 [Reserved]
3.15 FINRA. The Company shall advise the Representative (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it becomes aware that (i) any officer or director of the Company, (ii) any beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the one hundred and eighty (180) days immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).
3.16 No Fiduciary Duties. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
3.17 Restriction on Sales of Capital Stock. The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not, for a period of 90 days after the date of this Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions contained in this Section 3.17 shall not apply to (i) the shares of Common Stock to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of a stock option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, of which the Representative has been advised in writing, (iii) the issuance by the Company of stock options or shares of capital stock of the Company under any equity compensation plan of the Company, or (iv) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
3.18 Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company shall use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, if necessary, to qualify the Public Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representative may designate with the consent of the Company and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Public Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
3.19 Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, will use commercially reasonable efforts to file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Public Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act Regulations.
3.20 Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company shall promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Public Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) fifteen (15) days following the completion of the Lock-Up Period.
- 18 -
4. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Public Securities, as provided herein, shall be subject to (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any; (ii) the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof; (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and (iv) the following conditions:
4.1 Regulatory Matters.
4.1.1. Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement has become effective not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by you, and, at each of the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the Securities Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. The Prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
4.1.2. FINRA Clearance. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.
4.1.3. Exchange Stock Market Clearance. On the Closing Date, the Company’s shares of Common Stock, including the Firm Shares, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance. On the first Option Closing Date (if any), the Company’s shares of Common Stock, including the Option Shares, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.
4.2 Company Counsel Matters.
4.2.1. Closing Date Opinion of Counsel. On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representative, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
4.2.2. Option Closing Date Opinions of Counsel. On the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinions of counsel listed in Section 4.2.1, dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, confirming as of the Option Closing Date, the statements made by such counsel in their respective opinions delivered on the Closing Date.
4.2.3. Reliance. In rendering such opinions, such counsel may rely: (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Representative, familiar with the applicable laws; and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to Representative Counsel if requested. The opinion of Mayer Brown LLP and any opinion relied upon by Mayer Brown LLP shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by Representative Counsel in its opinion, if any delivered to the Underwriters.
- 19 -
4.3 Comfort Letters.
4.3.1. Cold Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed you shall have received a cold comfort letter containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ comfort letters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to you and to the Auditor, dated as of the date of this Agreement.
4.3.2. Bring-down Comfort Letter. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received from the Auditor a letter, dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, to the effect that the Auditor reaffirms the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 4.3.1, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable.
4.4 Officers’ Certificates.
4.4.1. Officers’ Certificate. The Company shall have furnished to the Representative a certificate, dated the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date (if such date is other than the Closing Date), of its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer stating that (i) such officers have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, in their opinion, the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of the respective date thereof and as of the Closing Date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, (ii) since the effective date of the Registration Statement, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (iii) to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Pricing Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company, or any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change or a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company, except as set forth in the Prospectus.
- 20 -
4.4.2. Secretary’s Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying: (i) that each of the Charter and Bylaws is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.
4.5 No Material Changes. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any: (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
4.6 Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date (if any) Representative Counsel shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling Representative Counsel to deliver an opinion to the Underwriters, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities a as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and Representative Counsel.
- 21 -
5. | Indemnification. |
5.1 Indemnification of the Underwriters.
5.1.1. General. Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and each of its and their respective directors, officers, members, employees, representatives and agents and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and the Company or between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and any third party, or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (ii) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the Offering, including any “road show” or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called “application”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Public Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, the Exchange or any other national securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1.1 shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter Indemnified Party to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Public Securities to such person as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.3 hereof.
5.1.2. Procedure. If any action is brought against an Underwriter Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter Indemnified Party) and payment of actual expenses. Such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party unless (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action, or (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the institution of the action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter Indemnified Party (in addition to local counsel) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Underwriter Indemnified Party shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
- 22 -
5.2 Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2. The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representative of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or any person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication.
5.3 Contribution.
5.3.1. Contribution Rights. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 5.1 or 5.2 in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the Offering of the Public Securities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such Offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering of the Public Securities purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the shares of the Public Securities purchased under this Agreement, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the other hand. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.3.1 were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 5.3.1 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 5.3.1, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1 in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the Offering of the Public Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
5.3.2. Contribution Procedure. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid fifteen (15) days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section 5.3.2 are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available. Each Underwriter’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.3 are several and not joint.
- 23 -
6. | Default by an Underwriter. |
6.1 Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, if the Underwriter Option is exercised hereunder, and if the number of the Firm Shares or Option Shares with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.
6.2 Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares. In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 relates to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, you may in your discretion arrange for yourself or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If, within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, you do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Shares or Option Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to you to purchase said Firm Shares or Option Shares on such terms. In the event that neither you nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement will automatically be terminated by you or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.9 and 5 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided, however, that if such default occurs with respect to the Option Shares, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Shares; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.
6.3 Postponement of Closing Date. In the event that the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriter may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such shares of Common Stock.
7. | Additional Covenants. |
7.1 [Reserved]
7.2 Prohibition on Press Releases and Public Announcements. The Company shall not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), for a period ending on the earlier of (a) 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the first (1st) Business Day following the fortieth (40th) day after the Closing Date and (b) the completion of the distribution of the Public Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.
- 24 -
8. | Effective Date of this Agreement and Termination Thereof. |
8.1 Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective when both the Company and the Representative have executed the same and delivered counterparts of such signatures to the other party (the “Effective Date”).
8.2 Termination. The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in your opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities; or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority; or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets; or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Firm Shares or Option Shares; or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a Material Adverse Change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representative’s judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Public Securities or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Public Securities.
8.3 Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if this Agreement shall be terminated by the Company or in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out by the Company for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, or if the Underwriters shall terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.2 above or if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1 above, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket documented expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein then due and payable (including the fees and disbursements of Representative Counsel) up to $200,000, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof up to the cap to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters; provided, however, that such expense cap in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any advance received by the Representative will be reimbursed to the Company to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).
- 25 -
8.4 Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be in any way affected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.
8.5 Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or (ii) delivery of and payment for the Public Securities.
9. | Miscellaneous. |
9.1 Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested), personally delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or faxed and confirmed or if mailed, two (2) days after such mailing.
If to the Representative:
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners
590 Madison Avenue, 28th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn: Mr. Thomas J Higgins, Managing Director
Fax No.: (212) 813-1047
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Attn: Derek Dostal, Esq.
Fax No.: 212-701-5322
If to the Company:
AgileThought, Inc.
222 W. Las Colinas Blvd. Suite 1650E
Irving, Texas 75039
Attn: [●]
Fax No: [●]
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Mayer Brown LLP
3000 El Camino Real
Palo Alto, CA 94306
Attn: Jennifer Carlson, Esq.
Tel: 650-331-2000
- 26 -
9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.
9.3 Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.
9.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, it is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that all other terms and conditions of that certain engagement letter between the Company and A.G.P, dated November [●], 2021, shall remain in full force and effect.
9.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives, heirs and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from any of the Underwriters.
9.6 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
9.7 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
9.8 Waiver, etc. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
[Signature Page Follows]
- 27 -
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.
Very truly yours, | |||
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: |
Confirmed as of the date first written above mentioned, on behalf of itself and as Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto:
A.G.P./ALLIANCE GLOBAL PARTNERS | |||
By: | |||
Name: | Thomas J. Higgins | ||
Title: | Managing Director, Investment Banking |
[Signature Page]
AgileThought, Inc. – Underwriting Agreement
SCHEDULE 1
Underwriter |
Total
Number of Firm Shares to be Purchased |
Number of Option
Shares to be Purchased if the Underwriter Option is Fully Exercised |
||||||
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners | ||||||||
TOTAL |
Sch. 1 - 1
SCHEDULE 2-A
Pricing Information
Number of Firm Shares: [●]
Number of Option Shares: [●]
Public Offering Price per Share: $[●]
Underwriting Discount per Share: $[●]
Proceeds to Company per Share (before expenses): $[●]
Sch. 2 - A
[SCHEDULE 2-B]
Written Testing-the-Waters Communications
[None.]
Sch. 2 - B
EXHIBIT A
[Provided separately]
Ex. A
Exhibit 5.1
Mayer Brown LLP
71 South Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606-4637
Main Tel +1 312 782 0600
Main Fax +1 312 701 7711
www.mayerbrown.com
November 30, 2021
AgileThought, Inc.
222 W. Las Colinas Blvd. Suite 1650E
Irving, Texas 75039
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to AgileThought, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”), to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). The Registration Statement relates to, the registration of 2,400,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Shares”), which will be offered and may be sold by the Company (including up to 360,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted by the Company). This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus (the “Prospectus”), other than as expressly stated herein.
In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have examined (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and all amendments thereto; (iii) the Bylaws of the Company and all amendments thereto; and (iv) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company relating to the offering of the Shares. We have also examined such other documents and instruments and have made such further investigations as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with this opinion.
In expressing the opinions set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to the originals of all documents reviewed by us as copies, the authenticity and completeness of all original documents reviewed by us in original or copy form and the legal competence of each individual executing any document. As to all parties other than the Company, we have assumed the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents and the validity and enforceability thereof against all parties thereto in accordance with their respective terms. We have also assumed that (i) the Registration Statement has become, and remains, effective under the Act; (ii) all of the Shares will be issued and sold in compliance with applicable federal and state laws and in the manner stated in the Registration Statement; (iii) a definitive underwriting and any other necessary agreement with respect to the Shares will have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the parties thereto; and (iv) the Shares will be sold and delivered at the price and in accordance with the terms of such agreement and as set forth in the Registration Statement.
Mayer Brown is a global services provider comprising
an association of legal practices that are separate entities including
Mayer Brown LLP (Illinois, USA), Mayer Brown International LLP (England), Mayer Brown (a Hong Kong partnership)
and Tauil & Chequer Advogados (a Brazilian partnership).
Mayer Brown llp
AgileThought, Inc.
November 30, 2021
Page 2
As to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent we deemed proper, we have relied on certificates of responsible officers of the Company.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and having regard for legal considerations which we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when they have been issued and sold in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
This opinion is limited to matters governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and such applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution).
The opinions and statements expressed herein are as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update or supplement this opinion letter to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in applicable law which may hereafter occur.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.
Very truly yours, | |
/s/ Mayer Brown LLP |
JJC:CMT
Exhibit 10.6.10
EXECUTION VERSION
TENTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
This TENTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of November 15, 2021, is entered into by and among IT GLOBAL HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“IT Global”), 4TH SOURCE LLC a Delaware limited liability company (“4th Source”), AGILETHOUGHT, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“AgileThought”), AN EXTEND, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico (“AN Extend”), AN EVOLUTION S. DE R.L. DE C.V., a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico (“AN Evolution,” and together with IT Global, 4th Source, AgileThought, and AN Extend, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), AN GLOBAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Intermediate Holdings”), AGILETHOUGHT, INC. (f/k/a AN GLOBAL INC.), a Delaware corporation (“Ultimate Holdings” and together with Intermediate Holdings, the “Holdings Companies”), the Guarantors (as defined in the Credit Agreement defined below) listed on the signature pages hereto, the financial institutions party hereto as lenders (together with their respective successors and assigns, the “Lenders”), and MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Monroe Capital”), as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (the “Administrative Agent”).
recitals
WHEREAS, Borrowers, Holdings Companies, the Lenders party thereto, and the Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2019, as amended by that certain Waiver and First Amendment, dated as of January 30, 2020, that certain Waiver and Second Amendment, dated as of May 14, 2020, that certain Waiver and Third Amendment, dated as of February 2, 2021, that certain Fourth Amendment, dated as of April 30, 2021, that certain Fifth Amendment, dated as of June 24, 2021, that certain Sixth Amendment, dated as of July 26, 2021, that certain Seventh Amendment, dated as of September 30, 2021, that certain Eighth Amendment, dated as of October 14, 2021 and that certain Ninth Amendment, dated as of October 29, 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and as amended by this Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the Borrowers and Holdings Companies now desire that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so, but only on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the matters set forth in the above Recitals and the covenants and provisions herein set forth, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
Section
1 Amendment to Existing Credit Agreement. Effective as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, but subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below, the Existing Credit Agreement in effect immediately prior to the date
hereof is amended to delete the red, stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken
text) and to add the blue, double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined
text) as set forth in the modified version of the Credit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Section 2 Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
Section 3 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions (the date on which all such conditions precedent have been satisfied, the “Tenth Amendment Effective Date”):
3.1 Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of this Amendment signed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders and (ii) a copy of the Tenth Amendment Fee Letter signed by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent;
3.2 Except as expressly set forth in Section 4.3, Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of payment by the Borrowers of all accrued and unpaid fees, costs and expenses incurred prior to or on the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, including all Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent incurred prior to or on the Tenth Amendment Effective Date; and
3.3 All representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof are true and correct.
Section 4 Conditions Subsequent. By no later than November 29, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), Administrative Agent shall have received:
4.1 (x) an updated copy of Schedule 9.25 to the Credit Agreement, reflecting all information required thereby with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of such date (including, without limitation, the current legal name of each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof as of such date), (y) all supporting documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence any changes reflected in such updated Schedule 9.25 (including, without limitation, any name change documentation filed with any governmental authority with respect to any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof) and (z) all documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to maintain compliance with Section 10.9 of the Credit Agreement, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;
4.2 an updated copy of Schedule 9.8 to the Credit Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion; and
4.3 solely with respect to the accrued and unpaid Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent incurred by Sidley Austin LLP prior to or on the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, evidence of payment by the Borrowers of all such accrued and unpaid Attorney Costs.
For the avoidance of doubt, failure to comply with any of the conditions set forth in this Section 4 shall constitute an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.
Section 5 Representations and Warranties. To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to execute this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:
5.1 the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by the Loan Parties has been duly authorized, and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity;
2
5.2 the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by each Loan Party does not require any consent or approval of any governmental agency or authority (other than (i) any consent or approval which has been obtained and is in full force and effect, or (ii) where the failure to obtain such consent would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect);
5.3 after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, each of the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (unless any such representation or warranty is by its terms qualified by concepts of materiality, in which case that representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as if then made (except to the extent stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case that representation or warranty is true and correct in all material respects or in all respects, as applicable, as of that earlier date); and
5.4 after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the execution and effectiveness of this Amendment.
Section 6 Ratification and Reaffirmation. Each Loan Party hereby ratifies and confirms the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, in each case, as amended prior to the date hereof and as amended hereby, each of which shall remain in full force and effect according to their respective terms. In connection with the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents delivered herewith, each Loan Party, as borrower, debtor, grantor, mortgagor, pledgor, guarantor, assignor, obligor or in other similar capacities in which such Loan Party grants liens or security interests in its properties or otherwise acts as an accommodation party, guarantor, obligor or indemnitor or in such other similar capacities, as the case may be, in any case under any Loan Documents, hereby (a) ratifies, reaffirms, confirms and continues all of its payment and performance and other obligations, including obligations to indemnify, guarantee, act as surety, or as principal obligor, in each case contingent or otherwise, under each of such Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) ratifies, reaffirms, confirms and continues its grant of liens on, or security interests in, and assignments of its properties pursuant to such Loan Documents to which it is a party as security for the Obligations, and (c) confirms and agrees that such liens and security interests secure all of the Obligations. Each Loan Party hereby consents to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as amended prior to the date hereof and as amended hereby. Each Loan Party acknowledges (i) that each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party remains in full force and effect, (ii) that each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as amended prior to the date hereof and as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, continued and confirmed, (iii) that any and all obligations of such Loan Party under any one or more such documents to which it is a party is hereby ratified, continued and reaffirmed, and (iv) that, to such Loan Party’s knowledge, there exists no offset, counterclaim, deduction or defense to any obligations described in this Section 5. This Amendment shall not constitute a course of dealing with the Administrative Agent or the Lenders at variance with the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents such as to require further notice by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to require strict compliance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the future.
Section 7 Miscellaneous.
7.1 Signatures; Effect of Amendment. By executing this Amendment, each of the Loan Parties is deemed to have executed the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, as a Borrower and a Loan Party (or, in the case of the Holdings Companies and the Guarantors, solely as a Loan Party). All such Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that (a) nothing contained in this Amendment in any manner or respect limits or terminates any of the provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents other than as expressly set forth herein and further agree and acknowledge that the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and each of the other Loan Documents remain and continue in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed, and (b) other than as expressly set forth herein, the obligations under the Credit Agreement and the guarantees, pledges and grants of security interests created under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents continue in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and the Collateral secures and shall continue to secure the Loan Parties’ obligations under the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and any other obligations and liabilities provided for under the Loan Documents. Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any rights, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor constitute a novation of any of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement or obligations under the Loan Documents. This Amendment does not extinguish the indebtedness or liabilities outstanding in connection with the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. No delay on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any of their respective rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or partial or single exercise thereof, shall constitute a waiver thereof. None of the terms and conditions of this Amendment may be changed, waived, modified or varied in any manner, whatsoever, except in accordance with Section 15.1 of the Credit Agreement.
3
7.2 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed electronically and in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of the executed counterpart of this Amendment by telecopy or electronic mail shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Amendment.
7.3 Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Amendment or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Amendment or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.
7.4 Captions. Section captions used in this Amendment are for convenience only, and shall not affect the construction of this Amendment.
7.5 Entire Agreement. This Amendment embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.
7.6 References. Any reference to the Credit Agreement contained in any notice, request, certificate, or other document executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Amendment shall be deemed to include this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise require. Reference in any of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document to the Credit Agreement shall be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and as may be further amended, modified, restated, supplemented or extended from time to time.
7.7 Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT IS A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN THAT STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT-OF-LAWS PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
7.8 Payment of Costs and Expenses. Each Loan Party, jointly and severally, agree pursuant to the terms of Section 15.5 of the Credit Agreement, to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including Attorney Costs and Taxes) in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents.
[Signatures Immediately Follow]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.
LOAN PARTIES: | IT GLOBAL HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Borrower and a Guarantor | |
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | President | |
4TH SOURCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Borrower and a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | President | |
AGILETHOUGHT LLC, a Florida limited liability company, as a Borrower | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | President | |
AN EVOLUTION, S. DE R.L. DE C.V., a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Borrower |
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
By: | /s/ Mauricio Garduño | |
Name: | Mauricio Garduño | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
AN EXTEND, S.A. DE C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Borrower | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
AN GLOBAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Holdings Company and a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | President | |
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. (f/k/a AN GLOBAL INC.), a Delaware corporation, as a Holdings Company and a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Presidente | |
4TH SOURCE HOLDING CORP., a Delaware corporation, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
4TH SOURCE MEXICO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Guarantor |
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | President | |
AGS ALPAMA GLOBAL SERVICES USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Guarantor
|
||
By: | QMX INVESTMENT HOLDINGS USA,INC., Member | |
By: | /s/ Jorge Pliego Seguin | |
Name: | Jorge Pliego Seguin | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
AN USA, a California corporation, as a Guarantor |
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | President | |
QMX INVESTMENT HOLDINGS USA, INC., a Delaware corporation, as a Guarantor
|
||
By: | /s/ Jorge Pliego | |
Name: | Jorge Pliego | |
Title: | Treasurer |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
ENTREPIDS TECHNOLOGY INC., a Delaware corporation, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
AGS ALPAMA GLOBAL SERVICES MEXICO, | ||
S.A. DE C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital | ||
variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as | ||
a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
AGILETHOUGHT DIGITAL SOLUTIONS | ||
S.A.P.I. de C.V. (f/k/a North American Software, | ||
S.A.P.I. de C.V.), a sociedad anónima promotora | ||
de inversiones de capital variable incorporated | ||
under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
AgileThought Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad | ||
anonima de capital variable incorporated under the | ||
laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
AN DATA INTELLIGENCE, S.A. DE C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
ANZEN SOLUCIONES, S.A. DE C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
AN UX, S.A. DE C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
FAKTOS INC., S.A.P.I. DE C.V., a sociedad anónima promotora de inversiones de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
FACULTAS ANALYTICS, S.A.P.I. DE C.V., a sociedad anónima promotora de inversiones de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
|
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: |
Attorney-in-fact |
|
By: | /s/ Mauricio Garduño | |
Name: | Mauricio Garduño | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
AgileThought Servicios Adminitrativos, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
|
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
AgileThought Servicios Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
|
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
By: | /s/ Mauricio Garduño | |
Name: | Mauricio Garduño | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact | |
CUARTO ORIGEN, S DE R.L. DE C.V., a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor |
||
|
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: |
Manuel Senderos Fernandez
|
|
Title: | Attorney-in-fact |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
ENTREPIDS MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico, as a Guarantor | ||
|
||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | |
Title | ||
By: | /s/ Mauricio Garduño | |
Name: | Mauricio Garduño | |
Title: | Attorney-in-fact |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC, as Administrative Agent | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: |
MC FINANCING SPV I, LLC, |
||
in its capacity as a Lender |
|||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL CORPORATION, |
||
in its capacity as a Lender |
|||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III FINANCING SPV LLC, | ||
in its capacity as a Lender | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LP, | ||
as Designated Manager | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LLC, | ||
its general partner as Assignee | |||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I FINANCING SPV LLC, | ||
in its capacity as a Lender | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LP, | ||
as Designated Manager | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LLC, | ||
its general partner | |||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II FINANCING SPV LLC, | ||
in its capacity as a Lender | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II LP, | ||
as Designated Manager | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II LLC, | ||
its general partner | |||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LP, | ||
in its capacity as a Lender | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LLC, | ||
its general partner | |||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: |
MONROE
CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III
|
||
in its capacity as a Lender | |||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LLC, | ||
its general partner | |||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II (UNLEVERAGED) LP, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LLC, | |
its general partner | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | |
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND A LP, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND A LLC, | |
its general partner | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | |
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LP, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LLC, | |
its general partner | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | |
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II LP, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II LLC, | |
its general partner | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | |
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL FUND SV S.A.R.L., ACTING IN RESPECT OF ITS FUND III (UNLEVERAGED) COMPARTMENT, in its capacity as a Lender |
||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS LLC, as Investment Manager | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III (LUX) FINANCING HOLDCO LP, in its capacity as a Lender |
||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III (LUX) FINANCING HOLDCO GP LLC, its General Partner | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS LLC as Manager | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III (LUX) FINANCING SPV LP, in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III (LUX) FINANCING SPV GP LLC, its General Partner | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS LLC, as Manager | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL FUND SV S.A.R.L., ACTING IN RESPECT OF ITS MARSUPIAL COMPARTMENT | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS LLC,
as Investment Manager |
||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO 2017-1, LTD., | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC, as Collateral Manager Attorney-in Fact | ||
By: | /s/ Seth Friedman | ||
Name: | Seth Friedman | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO VI, LTD. | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT LLC,
as Asset Manager and Attorney-in-fact |
||
By: | /s/ Seth Friedman | ||
Name: | Seth Friedman | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO VII, LTD. | ||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, as Collateral Manager and Attorney-in-fact | ||
By: | /s/ Seth Friedman | ||
Name: | Seth Friedman | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO VIII, LTD. | |
By: | MONROE CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, as Servicer and Attorney-in-fact | |
By: | /s/ Seth Friedman | |
Name: | Seth Friedman | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
Exhibit A
Conformed Copy of Credit Agreement
Signature page to Tenth Amendment
5
Conformed through Waiver and First Amendment, dated as of January 30, 2020
Conformed through Waiver and Second Amendment, dated as of May 14, 2020
Conformed through Waiver and Third Amendment, dated as of February 2, 2021
Conformed through Fourth Amendment, dated as of April 30, 2021
Conformed through Fifth Amendment, dated as of June 24, 2021
Conformed through Sixth Amendment, dated as of July 26, 2021
Conformed through Seventh Amendment, dated as of September 30, 2021
Conformed through Eighth Amendment, dated as of October 14, 2021
Conformed through Ninth Amendment, dated as of October 29, 2021
Conformed through Tenth Amendment, dated as of November 15, 2021
EXECUTION VERSION
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of July 18, 2019
by and among
IT GLOBAL HOLDING LLC,
4TH SOURCE LLC,
AGILETHOUGHT, LLC,
AN EVOLUTION S. DE R.L. DE C.V.,
AN EXTEND, S.A. de C.V.,
as Borrowers,
AN GLOBAL LLC,
as Intermediate Holdings
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. (F/K/A
AN GLOBAL INC.),
as Ultimate Holdings
CERTAIN OTHER LOAN PARTIES PARTY HERETO,
THE VARIOUS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO,
as Lenders,
and
MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC,
as Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS. | 2 | ||
1.1. | Definitions | 2 | |
1.2. | Other Interpretive Provisions | 46 | |
1.3. | Accounting and Other Terms | 47 | |
SECTION 2: COMMITMENTS OF THE LENDERS; BORROWING PROCEDURES. | 48 | ||
2.1. | Commitments | 48 | |
2.2. | Loan Procedures | 50 | |
2.3. | Letter of Credit Procedures | 52 | |
2.4. | Commitments Several | 55 | |
2.5. | Certain Conditions | 55 | |
2.6. | Defaulting Lenders | 55 | |
2.7. | Increase In Term Loan Commitments | 57 | |
SECTION 3: EVIDENCING OF LOANS. | 58 | ||
3.1. | Notes | 58 | |
3.2. | Recordkeeping | 58 | |
SECTION 4: INTEREST. | 59 | ||
4.1. | Interest Rates | 59 | |
4.2. | Interest Payment Dates | 60 | |
4.3. | Setting and Notice of LIBOR Rates | 60 | |
4.4. | Computation of Interest | 60 | |
4.5. | Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate | 60 | |
SECTION 5: FEES. | 60 | ||
5.1. | Unused Fee | 60 | |
5.2. | [Intentionally Omitted] | 61 | |
5.3. | Fee Letters | 61 | |
5.4. | Prepayment Fee | 61 | |
5.5. | Letter of Credit Fees | 61 | |
SECTION 6: REDUCTION OR TERMINATION OF THE REVOLVING COMMITMENT; PREPAYMENTS. | 61 | ||
6.1. | Reduction or Termination of the Revolving Commitment | 61 | |
6.2. | Prepayments | 62 | |
6.3. | Manner and Application of Prepayments | 65 | |
6.4. | Repayments | 65 |
i
SECTION 7: MAKING AND PRORATION OF PAYMENTS; SETOFF; TAXES. | 66 | ||
7.1. | Making of Payments | 66 | |
7.2. | Application of Certain Payments | 67 | |
7.3. | Due Date Extension | 68 | |
7.4. | Setoff | 68 | |
7.5. | Proration of Payments | 68 | |
7.6. | Taxes | 69 | |
SECTION 8: INCREASED COSTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR LIBOR LOANS. | 72 | ||
8.1. | Increased Costs | 72 | |
8.2. | Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair | 73 | |
8.3. | Changes in Law Rendering LIBOR Loans Unlawful | 73 | |
8.4. | Right of Lenders to Fund through Other Offices | 74 | |
8.5. | Mitigation of Circumstances; Replacement of Lenders | 74 | |
8.6. | Conclusiveness of Statements; Survival of Provisions | 74 | |
8.7. | Funding Losses | 75 | |
8.8. | Discretion of Lenders as to Manner of Funding | 75 | |
SECTION 9: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. | 75 | ||
9.1. | Organization | 75 | |
9.2. | Authorization; No Conflict | 76 | |
9.3. | Validity and Binding Nature | 76 | |
9.4. | Financial Condition | 76 | |
9.5. | No Material Adverse Effect | 76 | |
9.6. | Litigation and Contingent Liabilities | 76 | |
9.7. | Ownership of Properties; Liens | 76 | |
9.8. | Equity Ownership; Subsidiaries | 77 | |
9.9. | Pension Plans | 77 | |
9.10. | Investment Company Act | 78 | |
9.11. | Compliance with Laws | 78 | |
9.12. | Regulation U | 78 | |
9.13. | Taxes | 78 | |
9.14. | Solvency, etc | 79 | |
9.15. | Environmental Matters | 79 | |
9.16. | Insurance | 80 | |
9.17. | Real Property | 80 | |
9.18. | Information | 80 | |
9.19. | Bank Accounts | 80 | |
9.20. | Burdensome Obligations | 80 |
ii
9.21. | Intellectual Property | 81 | |
9.22. | Material Contracts | 81 | |
9.23. | Labor Matters | 82 | |
9.24. | No Bankruptcy Filing | 82 | |
9.25. | Name; Jurisdiction of Organization; Organizational ID Number; Chief Place of Business; Chief Executive Office; FEIN | 82 | |
9.26. | Locations of Collateral | 82 | |
9.27. | Security Interests | 83 | |
9.28. | No Default | 83 | |
9.29. | Hedging Obligations | 83 | |
9.30. | OFAC | 83 | |
9.31. | Patriot Act | 84 | |
9.32. | Anti-Terrorism Laws | 84 | |
9.33. | 4th Source Related Agreements/4th Source Related Transactions | 84 | |
9.34. | AgileThought Related Agreements/AgileThought Related Transactions | 85 | |
9.35. | Holdings Representations | 86 | |
9.36. | Subordinated Debt | 87 | |
SECTION 10: AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. | 87 | ||
10.1. | Reports, Certificates and Other Information | 87 | |
10.2. | Books, Records and Inspections; Electronic Reporting System; Field Examinations and Appraisals | 90 | |
10.3. | Maintenance of Property; Insurance | 90 | |
10.4. | Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes and Liabilities | 91 | |
10.5. | Maintenance of Existence, etc | 92 | |
10.6. | Use of Proceeds | 92 | |
10.7. | Employee Benefit Plans | 93 | |
10.8. | Environmental Matters | 93 | |
10.9. | Further Assurances | 94 | |
10.10. | Deposit Accounts | 94 | |
10.11. | Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries | 95 | |
10.12. | Repatriation | 95 | |
10.13. | Post-Closing Matters | 95 | |
SECTION 11: NEGATIVE COVENANTS. | 99 | ||
11.1. | Debt | 99 | |
11.2. | Liens | 101 | |
11.3. | Restricted Payments | 103 | |
11.4. | Mergers, Consolidations, Sales | 104 | |
11.5. | Modification of Organizational Documents | 104 | |
11.6. | Transactions with Affiliates | 104 | |
11.7. | Inconsistent Agreements | 105 | |
11.8. | Business Activities; Issuance of Equity | 105 | |
11.9. | Investments | 105 | |
11.10. | Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents | 106 | |
11.11. | Fiscal Year | 107 | |
11.12. | Financial Covenants | 107 | |
11.13. | Compliance with Laws | 108 | |
11.14. | Holdings Companies Covenants | 108 | |
11.15. | No Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries | 108 |
iii
SECTION 12: EFFECTIVENESS; CONDITIONS OF LENDING, ETC. | 109 | ||
12.1. | Initial Credit Extension | 109 | |
12.2. | Conditions Precedent to all Loans and Letters of Credit | 113 | |
12.3. | Additional Conditions Precedent to each Incremental Term Loan | 114 | |
SECTION 13: EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND THEIR EFFECT. | 115 | ||
13.1. | Events of Default | 115 | |
13.2. | Effect of Event of Default | 117 | |
13.3. | Credit Bidding | 117 | |
SECTION 14: THE AGENTS. | 118 | ||
14.1. | Appointment and Authorization | 118 | |
14.2. | Issuing Lenders | 119 | |
14.3. | Delegation of Duties | 119 | |
14.4. | Exculpation of Administrative Agent | 119 | |
14.5. | Reliance by Administrative Agent | 120 | |
14.6. | Notice of Default | 120 | |
14.7. | Credit Decision | 120 | |
14.8. | Indemnification | 121 | |
14.9. | Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity | 121 | |
14.10. | Successor Administrative Agent | 122 | |
14.11. | Collateral Matters | 122 | |
14.12. | Restriction on Actions by Lenders | 123 | |
14.13. | Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim | 123 | |
14.14. | Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers | 124 | |
14.15. | Protective Advances | 124 | |
14.16. | Mexican Powers of Attorney | 125 | |
14.17. | Subordination Agreements | 125 | |
SECTION 15: GENERAL. | 125 | ||
15.1. | Waiver; Amendments | 125 | |
15.2. | Confirmations | 127 | |
15.3. | Notices | 127 | |
15.4. | Computations | 128 | |
15.5. | Costs, Expenses and Taxes | 128 | |
15.6. | Assignments; Participations | 129 | |
15.7. | Register | 130 | |
15.8. | GOVERNING LAW | 131 | |
15.9. | Confidentiality | 131 | |
15.10. | Severability | 132 | |
15.11. | Nature of Remedies | 132 | |
15.12. | Entire Agreement | 132 | |
15.13. | Counterparts | 132 | |
15.14. | Successors and Assigns | 132 | |
15.15. | Captions | 132 | |
15.16. | Customer Identification – USA Patriot Act Notice | 132 | |
15.17. | INDEMNIFICATION BY LOAN PARTIES | 133 | |
15.18. | Nonliability of Lenders | 133 | |
15.19. | FORUM SELECTION AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION | 134 | |
15.20. | WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL | 134 | |
15.21. | Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions | 134 | |
15.22. | Notice of Certain Refinancings | 135 | |
15.23. | Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs | 135 | |
SECTION 16: JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY | 136 | ||
SECTION 17: APPOINTMENT OF BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE | 139 |
iv
ANNEXES | |
ANNEX A | Lenders and Pro Rata Shares |
ANNEX B | [Intentionally Omitted] |
ANNEX C | Addresses for Notices |
SCHEDULES | |
SCHEDULE 1.1 | Debt to be Repaid |
SCHEDULE 1.1(b) | Specified Mexican Receivables |
SCHEDULE 9.6 | Litigation and Contingent Liabilities |
SCHEDULE 9.8 | Equity Ownership |
SCHEDULE 9.13 | Taxes |
SCHEDULE 9.16 | Insurance |
SCHEDULE 9.17 | Real Property |
SCHEDULE 9.19 | Deposit and Securities Accounts |
SCHEDULE 9.21 | Intellectual Property |
SCHEDULE 9.22(a) | Material Contracts |
SCHEDULE 9.22(b) | Earn-out Obligations |
SCHEDULE 9.25 | Loan Party Information |
SCHEDULE 9.26 | Locations of Collateral |
SCHEDULE 10.13 | Post-Closing Matters |
SCHEDULE 11.1 | Existing Debt |
SCHEDULE 11.1(e) | Permitted Existing Earn-out Obligations |
SCHEDULE 11.2 | Existing Liens |
SCHEDULE 11.6 | Transactions with Affiliates |
SCHEDULE 11.9 | Investments |
EXHIBITS | |
EXHIBIT A-1 | Form of Revolving Note (Section 1.1) |
EXHIBIT A-2 | Form of Closing Date Term Loan Note (Section 1.1) |
EXHIBIT B | Form of Master Intercompany Note (Section 1.1) |
EXHIBIT C | Form of Compliance Certificate (Section 10.1.3) |
EXHIBIT D | Form of Assignment Agreement (Section 15.6.1) |
EXHIBIT E | Form of Joinder Agreement (Section 1.1) |
EXHIBIT F | Notice of Conversion (Section 2.2.3) |
EXHIBIT G | Notice of Borrowing (Section 2.2.2) |
v
CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, modified, restated, or supplemented from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of July 18, 2019 is entered into by and among IT GLOBAL HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“IT Global”), 4TH SOURCE LLC (“4th Source”), AGILETHOUGHT, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“AgileThought”), AN EXTEND, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico (“AN Extend”), AN EVOLUTION S. DE R.L. DE C.V., a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico (“AN Evolution,” and together with IT Global, 4th Source, AgileThought, AN Extend and each other party that executes a joinder to the Credit Agreement as a borrower, whether pursuant to Section 10.9 or otherwise, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), AN GLOBAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Intermediate Holdings”), AGILETHOUGHT, INC. (f/k/a AN GLOBAL INC.), a Delaware corporation (“Ultimate Holdings” and together with Intermediate Holdings, the “Holdings Companies”) the other Loan Parties party hereto, the financial institutions that are or may from time to time become parties hereto (together with their respective successors and assigns, the “Lenders”), and MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Monroe Capital”), as Administrative Agent for the Lenders and as Lead Arranger.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, on November 12, 2018, the Original Borrowers (as defined below), Intermediate Holdings, Ultimate Holdings, the other Loan Parties thereto, the Administrative Agent and the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, entered into that certain Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, restated, or supplemented from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Original Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which such lenders extended credit and certain other financial accommodations to the Original Borrowers on the terms and conditions set forth therein. In connection therewith, the Original Borrowers, Intermediate Holdings, Ultimate Holdings, the other Loan Parties thereto, the Administrative Agent, and the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, also entered into various other “Loan Documents,” as that term was defined in the Original Credit Agreement (the “Existing Loan Documents”), including, without limitation, the “Collateral Documents,” as that term was defined in the Original Credit Agreement (the “Existing Collateral Documents”). Pursuant to the Existing Collateral Documents, the Original Borrowers and such Loan Parties granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and all of the other financial institutions party to the Original Credit Agreement, a security interest in substantially all of the Existing Collateral as security for the Existing Loans and other Existing Obligations;
WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties now desire that the Lenders make additional Loans to provide the funds required to complete the AgileThought Acquisition (as defined below) and the transaction expenses related thereto, to repay the Debt to be Repaid, and to provide for the ongoing general corporate purposes and working capital needs of Borrowers,
WHEREAS, as a condition precedent thereto, the parties to this Agreement agree that (a) the Existing Loans and the other Existing Obligations are governed by and deemed to be outstanding under the amended and restated terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (b) each of the Existing Loans and Existing Obligations are, and (to the extent remaining outstanding subsequent to the Closing Date) shall continue to be (and all Obligations incurred pursuant to this Agreement and all “Secured Obligations,” pursuant to and as defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, are and to the extent remaining outstanding subsequent to the Closing Date shall continue to be), secured by, among other things, all of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the Existing Collateral).
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS.
1.1. Definitions. When used herein the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“4th Source Acquisition” means the Acquisition on the Original Closing Date via merger of 4th Source Bidco with and into 4th Source Inc. (which, immediately prior to the merger shall have converted from a Nevada corporation into a Delaware limited liability company and changed its name to 4th Source LLC), with 4th Source LLC surviving the merger, as a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary of Holdings for an aggregate cash merger consideration payable on the Original Closing Date not to exceed $52,750,000, in accordance with and pursuant to the 4th Source Acquisition Purchase Agreement.
“4th Source Acquisition Purchase Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the Original Closing Date, among AN Global IT, S.A.P.I. de C.V., 4th Source Bidco, 4th Source Bidco, 4th Source, Inc. and Jason Scherr, as a Representative.
“4th Source Bidco” means 4th Source Bidco Inc., a Delaware corporation.
“4th Source Related Agreements” means, collectively, the 4th Source Acquisition Purchase Agreement, together with all related documents, including exhibits, annexes and schedules, and any amendments, modifications and supplements thereto.
“4th Source Related Transactions” means the 4th Source Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the 4th Source Related Agreements.
“Account” or “Accounts” is defined in the UCC.
“Account Debtor” is defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement.
“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the assets of a Person, or of all or a substantial portion of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the Equity Interests of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is already a Subsidiary).
2
“Administrative Agent” means Monroe in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
“Affected Loan” is defined in Section 8.3.
“Affiliate” of any Person means (a) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (b) any officer, director, member, managing member or general partner of such Person (or of any Subsidiary of such Person) and (c) with respect to any Lender, any entity administered or managed by such Lender or an Affiliate or investment advisor thereof and which is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans. A Person shall be deemed to be “controlled by” any other Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 5% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers or power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. Unless expressly stated otherwise herein, neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be deemed an Affiliate of any Loan Party. For purpose of the Loan Documents, on and after the effectiveness of the Third Amendment, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent, the Equity Investors and their Affiliates shall be deemed Affiliates of, and holders of Equity Interests in, Ultimate Holdings.
“Agent Fee Letter” means the fee letter dated as of the Closing Date between the Loan Parties and Administrative Agent.
“AgileThought” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“AgileThought Acquisition” means the Acquisition of AgileThought by IT Global for an aggregate cash consideration payable on the Closing Date not to exceed $48,075,000 (which amount is subject to working capital adjustments), in accordance with and pursuant to the AgileThought Acquisition Agreement.
“AgileThought Earn-out Obligations” means the Earn-out Obligations due and payable under the AgileThought Related Agreements.
“AgileThought Purchase Agreement” means that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2019, among IT Global, AgileThought, the AgileThought Sellers, and the AgileThought Seller Representative, as in effect on the Closing Date or may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and the AgileThought Seller Subordination Agreement.
“AgileThought Related Agreements” means the AgileThought Purchase Agreement, and all documents related to any of the foregoing, including exhibits, annexes and schedules, and any amendments, modifications and supplements to any of the foregoing, in all cases as in effect on the Closing Date or may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and the AgileThought Seller Subordination Agreement.
“AgileThought Related Transactions” means the AgileThought Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the AgileThought Related Agreements.
3
“AgileThought Seller Representative” means Charles David Romine, Jr., as Seller Representative under the AgileThought Purchase Agreement.
“AgileThought Seller Subordination Agreement” means that certain Seller Note Subordination Agreement by and between the Borrowers, the AgileThought Seller Representative, and the AgileThought Sellers, as in effect on the Closing Date as may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance therewith and with this Agreement.
“AgileThought Sellers” means Pen West Holdings, Inc., Jeffrey D. Alagood. Clare DeBoef, Taylor Howard, Steven Granese, Jason Bernier, Chris Martin, Charles David Romaine Jr., Ryan Darrell and John Wagner.
“Agreement” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.
“Allocable Amount” is defined in Section 16.
“Amendment Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in that certain Waiver and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2020, by and among the Borrowers, Intermediate Holdings, Ultimate Holdings, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.
“Amendment No. 4 Effective Date” is defined in the Fourth Amendment.
“Amendment No. 5 Effective Date” is defined in the Fifth Amendment.
“Amendment No. 6 Effective Date” is defined in the Sixth Amendment.
“AN Evolution” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“AN Extend” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Anti-Terrorism Laws” is defined in Section 9.32(a).
“Anti-Terrorism Order” is defined in Section 9.32(a).
4
“Applicable Margin” means, as of any date of determination, the applicable rate per annum set forth in the following table that corresponds to the Total Leverage Ratio calculation as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.1.3. For the period from the Closing Date through the date that Administrative Agent receives the Compliance Certificate for the Computation Period ending September 30, 2019, the Applicable Margin will be the rate per annum in the row styled “Level 3”:
Applicable Margin | |||||||||||
Level | Total Leverage Ratio | Base Rate Loans | LIBOR Loans | ||||||||
1 | Less than 2.00 to 1 | 5.25 | % | 8.00 | % | ||||||
2 | Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1 but less than 3.00 to 1 | 5.75 | % | 8.50 | % | ||||||
3 | Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1 | 6.25 | % | 9.00 | % |
Except as otherwise set forth in this definition, the Applicable Margin will be based upon the most recent Compliance Certificate, and will be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Administrative Agent of the applicable Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 10.1.3. If Borrowers fail to furnish or cause Borrower Representative to furnish any Compliance Certificate when that Compliance Certificate is due, then the Applicable Margin will be the rate per annum in the row styled “Level 3” as of the first day of the month following the date on which that Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered until the date on which that Compliance Certificate is delivered, on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver that Compliance Certificate, the Applicable Margin will be set at the rate per annum based upon the calculations disclosed by that Compliance Certificate. If any information contained in any Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 10.1.3 is shown to be inaccurate, and that inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period than the Applicable Margin actually applied for that period, then (i) Borrowers shall promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to Administrative Agent and each Lender a correct Compliance Certificate for that period, (ii) the Applicable Margin will be determined as if the correct Applicable Margin (as set forth in the table above) were applicable for that period (irrespective of whether a correct Compliance Certificate is delivered), and (iii) Borrowers shall promptly (but in any event within two Business Days after delivery of that corrected Compliance Certificate or after demand by Administrative Agent) deliver to Administrative Agent full payment in respect of the accrued additional interest as a result of the increased Applicable Margin for that period, which payment Administrative Agent shall promptly apply to the affected Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Applicable Margin otherwise determined hereby shall be automatically reduced by 1.00% on and after the Applicable Margin Reduction Date.
“Applicable Margin Reduction Date” the first day of the first complete calendar month following the later to occur of (a) the first anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) the satisfaction of all of the Applicable Margin Reduction Requirements.
“Applicable Margin Reduction Requirements” means (a) the delivery by Borrower Representative to Administrative Agent of a Compliance Certificate demonstrating that EBITDA for any Computation Period, calculated in a manner acceptable to Administrative Agent in its discretion, equal to or greater than 90% of the EBITDA for such Computation Period set forth in the Pre-Closing Projections, and (b) the demonstration by Borrower Representative, to Administrative Agent’s satisfaction in its discretion, that the monthly average working capital of the Consolidated Group, including AgileThought, for all months ended prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, is in line with the respective amounts covered by the Pre-Closing Projections.
5
“Approved Fund” means (a) any Person (other than a natural Person) engaged in making, purchasing, holding, or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit and that is advised, administered, or managed by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender (or an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender), (b) with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in loans and that is advised, administered or managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor, and (c) any third party which provides “warehouse financing” to a Person described in clause (a) or (b) (and any Person described in said clause (a) or (b) shall also be deemed an Approved Fund with respect to such third party providing such warehouse financing).
“Asset Disposition” means the sale, lease, assignment, disposition, conveyance or other transfer for value by any Loan Party to any Person of any asset or right of such Loan Party (including, the loss, destruction or damage of any thereof or any actual or threatened (in writing to any Loan Party) condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure or taking thereof).
“Assignee” is defined in Section 15.6.1.
“Assignment Agreement” is defined in Section 15.6.1.
“Attorney Costs” means, with respect to any Person, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and charges of any counsel to such Person, and all court costs and similar legal expenses.
“Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that Borrowers are entitled to borrow as Revolving Loans under Section 2.1.1 (after giving effect to the then-existing Revolving Outstandings).
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
“Bank Product Agreements” means those certain agreements entered into from time to time between any Loan Party and a Lender or its Affiliates in connection with any of the Bank Products.
“Bank Product Obligations” means all obligations, liabilities, contingent reimbursement obligations, fees, and expenses owing by the Loan Parties to any Lender or its Affiliates pursuant to or evidenced by the Bank Product Agreements, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all such amounts that a Loan Party is obligated to reimburse to Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of Administrative Agent or that Lender purchasing participations or executing indemnities or reimbursement obligations with respect to the Bank Products provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to the Bank Product Agreements.
6
“Bank Products” means any service provided to, facility extended to, or transaction entered into with, any Loan Party by any Lender or its Affiliates consisting of (a) deposit accounts, (b) cash management services, including, controlled disbursement, lockbox, electronic funds transfers (including, book transfers, fedwire transfers, ACH transfers), online reporting and other services relating to accounts maintained with any Lender or its Affiliates, (c) debit cards and credit cards, or (d) so long as prior written notice thereof is provided by the Lender (or its Affiliate) providing that service, facility, or transaction and Administrative Agent consents in writing to its inclusion as a Bank Product, any Hedging Agreements, Hedging Obligations or other service provided to, facility extended to, or transaction entered into with, any Loan Party by a Lender or its Affiliates.
“Bankruptcy Code” means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. §101, et seq.), as amended and in effect from time to time and the regulations issued from time to time thereunder.
“Base Rate” means at any time a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the Prime Rate, (c) 5.00%, and (d) the LIBOR Rate.
“Base Rate Loan” means any Loan which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate.
“Borrower Representative” means (a) IT Global; or (b) any other Person appointed as “Borrower Representative” under and in accordance with Section 17.
“Borrowers” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Business Day” means (a) any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, Illinois, and (b) in the case of a Business Day which relates to a LIBOR Loan, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar market.
“Business Interruption Proceeds” means cash proceeds received by any Loan Party pursuant to business interruption policies of insurance.
“Capital Expenditures” means all expenditures which, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be capitalized and shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Consolidated Group, including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Capitalized Software Development Costs, (only to the extent they would be treated as capital expenditures under GAAP) but excluding expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, or restoration of assets to the extent financed (a) from insurance proceeds (or other similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced or restored, (b) with awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced, (c) with assets traded or exchanged for that replacement, substitution, or restoration of assets, or (d) Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Asset Dispositions that are permitted to be, and are, reinvested in accordance with Section 6.2.2(b).
7
“Capital Expenditures Limit” means, for each Fiscal Year set forth below, the respective amounts set forth opposite such Fiscal Year:
Fiscal Year Ending | Capital Expenditure Limit | ||
December 31, 2019 | $ | 1.90 million | |
December 31, 2020 | $ | 2.00 million | |
December 31, 2021 | $ | 2.10 million | |
December 31, 2022 | $ | 2.20 million |
“Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any real or personal property by such Person that, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.
“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capital Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP.
“Capitalized Software Development Costs” means for any period, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, all capitalized software development costs, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
“CARES Act” means, collectively, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, as amended (including any successor thereto), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof or related thereto and any current and future guidance and rules published by the SBA.
“CARES Act Permitted Purposes” means, with respect to the use of proceeds of any PPP Loans, the purposes set forth in Section 1102 of the CARES Act and otherwise in compliance with all other provisions or requirements of the CARES Act.
“Cash Collateralize” means, with respect to (a) L/C Obligations under Letters of Credit, 105% of the aggregate L/C Obligations; and (b) any inchoate, contingent, or other Obligations, the delivery of cash to Administrative Agent, as security for the payment of those Obligations, in an amount equal to (i) with respect to any contingent indemnification obligations for which any claim with respect to Administrative Agent or any Lender has been asserted or threatened in writing, Administrative Agent’s good faith estimate of the amount due or to become due, including all fees and other amounts relating to those Obligations; and (ii) with respect to any Bank Product Obligations, Administrative Agent’s good faith estimate of the amount due or to become due, including all fees and other amounts relating to those Obligations. “Cash Collateralization” has a correlative meaning.
“Cash Equivalent Investment” means, at any time, (a) any evidence of Debt, maturing not more than one year after the date of issue, issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or any agency thereof (and in the case of Loan Parties organized under the laws of Mexico, any evidence of Debt, maturing not more than one year after the date of issue, issued or guaranteed by the government of that jurisdiction or any agency or instrumentality thereof), (b) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year from the date of issue, or corporate demand notes, in each case (unless issued by a Lender or its holding company) rated at least A-l by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business or P-l by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (c) any certificate of deposit, time deposit or banker’s acceptance, maturing not more than one (1) year after the date of issue, or any overnight federal funds transaction that is issued or sold by any Lender or its holding company (or by a commercial banking institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000) (or, in the case of any Loan Party organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any State thereof, that is issued or sold by any bank of recognized standing organized under the law of that jurisdiction), (d) any repurchase agreement entered into with any Lender (or commercial banking institution of the nature referred to in clause (c)) which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (c) above and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such Lender (or other commercial banking institution) thereunder, (e) money market accounts or mutual funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the foregoing requirements and (f) other short term liquid investments approved in writing by Administrative Agent.
8
“Cash Formula Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of all cash and Cash Equivalent Investments on such day owned by the Loan Parties and subject to a Control Agreement (and not pledged to secure any Debt or otherwise subject to any Liens, other than the Obligations and the Liens of Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, or otherwise restricted in any way). For the avoidance of doubt, the Cash Formula Amount shall not include all or any portion of the proceeds of the PPP Loans
“Change in Law” means the adoption or phase-in of, or any change in, in each case after the date of this Agreement, any applicable law, rule, or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration of any applicable law, rule, or regulation by any Governmental Authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency. For purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, will, in each case, be deemed to have been adopted and gone into effect after the date of this Agreement.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(A) at
any time prior to the consummation of the SPAC Transaction: the Permitted Holders shall cease to (i) own and control, directly or
indirectly, at least 67% of the outstanding Equity Interests of each of the Holdings Companies, (ii) possess the right to elect
(through contract, ownership of voting securities or otherwise) at all times a majority of the board of directors (or similar
governing body) of any of the Holdings Companies or any of the Borrowers, or (iii) possess the right to direct the management
policies and decisions of any of the Holdings Companies or any of the Borrowers;(B) at any time after to the consummation of the
SPAC Transaction: any “person” or “group”, but excluding the Permitted Holders, shall become
the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of more than 35.0% of the outstanding voting securities having ordinary
voting power for the election of directors of the public company that Ultimate Holdings shall have merged with and into (the
“Public Company”), unless the Permitted Holders shall have the right to appoint directors having more than 50.0% of the
aggregate votes on the board of directors of the Public Company; and
9
(C) at
any time both before or after the consummation of the SPAC Transaction: B) (a)
Ultimate Holdings shall cease to, directly or indirectly, own and control 100% of each class of the outstanding Equity Interests of Intermediate
Holdings, (b) each of the Holdings Companies shall cease to, directly or indirectly, own and control 100% of each class of the outstanding
Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers, (c) except to the extent expressly permitted under Section 11.4(i), any of the Borrowers
shall cease to, directly or indirectly, (w) own and control 100% of each class of the outstanding Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries
(other than Faktos INC, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de C.V. and Anzen
Soluciones, S.A. de C.V.), (x) prior to February 1, 2020, the ability to control 100% of the voting rights
of the Equity Interests of Faktos INC, S.A.P.I. de C.V. or Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de C.V.), (y) on and after February 1, 2020 own
and control 100% of each class of the outstanding Equity Interests of Faktos INC, S.A.P.I. de C.V. or Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de
C.V., or (z) own and control 93 and AgileThought Digital Solutions,
S.A.P.I. de C.V.), or (x) own and control 92% of each class of the outstanding Equity Interests of Anzen Soluciones, S.A. de
C.V., (d) any sale of all or substantially all of the property or assets of any of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries, other than
in a sale or transfer to a Loan Party (other than the SPAC Transaction), or (e) any “change
of control” occurs under, and as defined in, the Second Lien Loan Documents or any other Material Contract .
“Closing Date” is defined in Section 12.1.
“Closing Date Term Loan” and “Closing Date Term Loans” are defined in Section 2.1.2(a).
“Closing Date Term Loan Commitment” means, as to any Lender, such Lender’s commitment to make the Closing Date Term Loans on the Closing Date under this Agreement. The amount of each Lender’s Closing Date Term Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Annex A. The aggregate amount of the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders as of the Closing Date is $23,000,000.
“Closing Date Term Loan Note” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time and the regulations issued from time to time thereunder.
“Collateral” means, collectively, (a) the “Collateral” (as defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement), (b) the “Shares” (as defined in the Mexican Stock Pledge Agreement), (c) the “Partnership Interests” as defined in the Mexican Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement, (d) the “Pledged Assets” (as defined in the Mexican Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreements), (e) the “Trust Estate” (as defined in the Mexican Security Trust and the Mexican Administration Trust), and (f) any and all other property now or hereafter securing any of the Obligations. For avoidance of doubt, the “Collateral” shall include all of the Existing Collateral.
10
“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which collateral or books or records are stored or otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor, or other bailee of inventory or other property owned by any Loan Party, acknowledges the Liens of Administrative Agent, waives or subordinates any Liens held by that Person on that property, and, in the case of any such agreement with a mortgagee or lessor, permits Administrative Agent reasonable access to and use of the applicable real property following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to assemble, complete, and sell any Collateral stored or otherwise located on that real property.
“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, the Mexican Collateral Agreements, each Mortgage, each Mortgage-Related Document, each Collateral Access Agreement, each Control Agreement, each pledge agreement, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, and any other agreement or instrument pursuant to which any Loan Party, any Subsidiary thereof, or any other Person grants or purports to grant collateral to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent and the Lenders or otherwise relates to any such collateral.
“Commitment” means, as to any Lender, that Lender’s commitment to make Loans and to issue or participate in Letters of Credit under this Agreement. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Annex A. As of the Closing Date, there are no commitments to issue or participate in any Letter of Credit under this Agreement.
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit C.
“Computation Period” means each period of four Fiscal Quarters ending on the last day of a Fiscal Quarter.
“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated Group” means the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to the Consolidated Group for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) thereof for such period, excluding (a) any gains (or losses) from Asset Dispositions realized thereby during such period, (b) any extraordinary gains (or losses) realized thereby during such period, (c) the income (or loss) of any member of the Consolidated Group during such period in which any other Person has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to that member of the Consolidated Group during that period, (d) the income (or loss) of any Person during that period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a member of the Consolidated Group or is merged into or consolidated with a member of the Consolidated Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by a member of the Consolidated Group, (e) the income of any member of the Consolidated Group to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that member of the Consolidated Group of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents, its governing documents, or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule; or governmental regulation applicable to that member of the Consolidated Group, and (f) any gains from discontinued operations realized thereby during such period.
11
“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, the aggregate book value of the total assets of the Consolidated Group calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis as of such date.
“Contingent Liability” means, with respect to any Person, each obligation and liability of such Person and all such obligations and liabilities of such Person incurred pursuant to any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which such Person (a) guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the indebtedness, dividend, obligation or other liability of any other Person in any manner (other than by endorsement of instruments in the course of collection), including any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation which may be issued or incurred at some future time, (b) guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the Equity Interests of any other Person, (c) undertakes or agrees (whether contingently or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise acquire any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or discharge of any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to maintain solvency, assets, level of income, working capital or other financial condition of any other Person, or (iii) to make payment to any other Person other than for value received, (d) agrees to lease property or to purchase securities, property or services from such other Person with the purpose or intent of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of such other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation, (e) induces the issuance of, or is made in connection with the issuance of, any letter of credit for the benefit of such other Person, or (f) undertakes or agrees otherwise to assure a creditor against loss. The amount of any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation set forth herein) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount (or maximum permitted principal amount, if larger) of the indebtedness, obligation or other liability guaranteed or supported thereby.
“Control Agreement” means each deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement, as applicable, entered into by a Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, each depository institution or securities intermediary party thereto, and Administrative Agent in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
“Controlled Group” means all members of a controlled group of corporations, all members of a controlled group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control and all members of an affiliated service group which, together with any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
12
“Credit Bid” is defined in Section 13.3.
“Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, including, without limitation, the Second Lien Debt and all Subordinated Debt, (b) all indebtedness of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business that are not more than 60 days past due), (e) all indebtedness secured by a Lien on the property of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person; provided that if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for such indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be measured at the fair market value of such property securing such indebtedness at the time of determination, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to the face amount of all letters of credit (whether or not drawn), bankers’ acceptances and similar obligations issued for the account of such Person (including the Letters of Credit), (g) all Hedging Obligations of such Person (determined in accordance with the definition of “Hedging Agreement”), (h) all Contingent Liabilities of such Person, (i) all Debt of any partnership of which such Person is a general partner, (j) all non-compete payment obligations, earn-outs and similar obligations of such Person (including, without limitation, all Earn-out Obligations), (k) all monetary obligations under any receivables factoring, receivable sale, or similar transactions and all monetary obligations under any synthetic lease, tax ownership/operating lease, off-balance sheet financing, or similar financing, and (l) any Equity Interests or other equity instrument (other than the Warrants and the Monroe Warrants), whether or not mandatorily redeemable, that under GAAP is characterized as debt, whether pursuant to financial accounting standards board issuance No. 150 or otherwise.
“Debt to be Repaid” means, collectively, all Debt listed on Schedule 1.1.
“Default” means any event that, if it continues uncured, will, with lapse of time or notice or both, constitute an Event of Default.
“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans or participations in Letters of Credit required to be funded by it under this Agreement within two Business Days of the date required to be funded by it under this Agreement; (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it under this Agreement within two Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute; (c) has, or has a parent company that has, (i) been deemed insolvent or become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, or (ii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; (d) has notified any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless that writing or public statement relates to that Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan under this Agreement and states that that position is based on that Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, must be specifically identified in that writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied); or (e) has failed to confirm within three Business Days of a request by Administrative Agent that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund Loans and participations in Letters of Credit.
“Deposit Account” or “Deposit Accounts” is defined in the UCC.
13
“Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
“Dollar” and the sign “$” mean lawful money of the United States of America.
“Domestic Borrower” means each Borrower which is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary which is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Earn-out Obligations” means the aggregate outstanding amount under all seller notes, earn-outs or obligations of all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (other than customary purchase price adjustments or indemnification obligations) in connection with any Acquisitions (in each case determined assuming the maximum amount payable in connection with any such Earn-out Obligations), including, without limitation, the AgileThought Earn-out Obligations.
“EBITDA” means, for the Consolidated Group for any period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, Consolidated Net Income thereof for such period plus, to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:
(a) Interest Expense thereof during such period;
(b) Permitted Tax Distributions made thereby during such period;
(c) provisions for income and franchise Taxes payable by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for such period;
(d) depreciation and amortization incurred thereby during such period;
(e) non-cash compensation expense, or other non-cash expenses or charges, incurred thereby during such period arising from the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity arrangements;
(f) all extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash expenses, losses or charges thereof during such period;
(g) non-recurring cash restructuring expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed, in any period, the greater of (i) $500,000 and (ii) 7.5% of EBITDA for the most recently concluded Computation Period for which financial statements were delivered or were required to be delivered in accordance with Section 10.1.2;
14
(h) losses relating to currency translation adjustments when converting the results of Foreign Subsidiaries to Dollars for such period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during such period;
(i) the
actual amount of reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, costs, and expenses paid during thereby during such period in connection
with the negotiation, execution, and delivery of (i) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) the consummation of the 4th Source
Related Transactions and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$5,250,000, but solely to the extent such fees, costs and expenses are paid within 180 days of the Original Closing Date and (iii) the
consummation of the AgileThought Related Transactions and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
in an aggregate amount not to exceed $6,200,000, but solely to the extent such fees, costs and expenses are paid within 180 days of the
Closing Date;(i) [reserved];
(j) all losses or charges relating to the Hedging Agreements during such period; and
(k) the
actual amount of reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses paid thereby during such period in connection with the
SPAC Transaction, in an aggregate amount not to exceed, for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, $15,800,000;15,800,000.
minus,
to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income (but without duplication), (i) all extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash
gains or profits thereof during such period (including, without limitation, gains attributable to any cancellation of indebtedness in
connection with the forgiveness of any PPP Loans), (ii) all gains relating to currency translation adjustments when converting the results
of Foreign Subsidiaries to Dollars for such period, in an aggregate amount in the case of this clause (ii) not to exceed $1,000,000 during
such period and (iii) all gains or profits relating to the Hedging Agreements during such period; provided
that, if during such period, any Borrower shall have engaged in any Permitted Acquisition, EBITDA of the Consolidated Group for
such period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to such Permitted Acquisition as if such Permitted Acquisition had
occurred on the first day of such period.
15
Notwithstanding
the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, EBITDA for each of the Fiscal Quarters ended as of the dates set forth below shall
be deemed to be the amount corresponding to each such Fiscal Quarter below:
|
|
|||
September 30, 2018 | $ | 8,557,095 | ||
December 31, 2018 | $ | 8,892,499 | ||
March 31, 2019 | $ | 7,390,490 | ||
The two fiscal month period ending May 31, 2019 | $ | 5,470,699 |
Notwithstanding
the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, EBITDA of the Consolidated Group for the period commencing after May 31, 2019 shall
be calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to the AgileThought Acquisition as if the AgileThought Acquisition had occurred on June
1, 2019.
“ECF Percentage” means, with respect to the Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year, the following percentages, as applicable: if the Total Leverage Ratio of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the last day of the Computation Period ending on the most recently concluded Fiscal Year is (a) greater than or equal to 2.50, 50%; (b) is greater than or equal to 1.75 but less than 2.50, 25%; and (c) otherwise, 0%.
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority; (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition; or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Eligible Assignee” means any commercial bank, any finance company, any investment fund or other fund that invests in loans, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing.
“Environmental Claims” means all claims, however asserted, by any governmental, regulatory or judicial authority or other Person alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for the release of Hazardous Substances or injury to the environment.
“Environmental Laws” means all present or future federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative or judicial orders, consent agreements, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case relating to any matter arising out of or relating to public health and safety, or pollution or protection of the environment or workplace, including any of the foregoing relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transport, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, discharge, emission, release, threatened release, control or cleanup of any Hazardous Substance.
16
“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s capital, whether now outstanding or issued or acquired after the date of this Agreement, including common shares, preferred shares, membership interests in a limited liability company, limited or general partnership interests in a partnership, interests in a trust, interests in other unincorporated organizations or any other equivalent of such ownership interest.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time and the regulations issued from time to time thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
“Event of Default” means any of the events described in Section 13.1.
“Examination” is defined in Section 10.2.
“Excess Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to Availability minus the aggregate amount, if any, of all trade payables of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries aged in excess of 60 days past their applicable due date and all book overdrafts of Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in excess of historical practices with respect thereto, in each case as determined by Administrative Agent in its discretion.
“Excess Cash Flow” means, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of (a) EBITDA thereof for such period, minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) scheduled repayments of principal of the Term Loans and other Funded Debt (other than payments of revolving Debt that do not include a dollar-for-dollar permanent commitment reduction), plus (ii) cash payments permitted under this Agreement and made thereby in such period with respect to Capital Expenditures, plus (iii) all Permitted Tax Distributions made thereby in cash during such period, net of tax refunds actually received thereby in cash during such period, plus (iv) cash Interest Expense (net of interest income) of the Loan Parties during such period, plus (v) any increase in Working Capital for such period, plus (vi) provisions for income and franchise Taxes payable by the Consolidated Group thereby for such period plus (vii) Permitted Earn-out Payments made in cash during such period, plus (c) any decrease in Working Capital for such period.
“Excluded Deposit Accounts” means, collectively, each Deposit Account of a Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof (a) the balance of which consists exclusively of (i) withheld income taxes and federal, state or local employment taxes required to be paid to the Internal Revenue Service or state or local government agencies with respect to employees of any Loan Party and (ii) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan pursuant to DOL Reg. Sec. 2510.3 102 on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of any Loan Party, (b) that constitutes (and the balance of which consists solely of funds set aside in connection with) a segregated payroll account, trust accounts, and accounts dedicated to the payment of accrued employee benefits, medical, dental and employee benefits claims to employees of any Loan Party, and (c) that contains less than $25,000 at all times (provided that if at any time all such Deposit Accounts contain, collectively, more than $100,000, none of such Deposit Accounts shall be Excluded Deposit Accounts).
17
“Excluded Foreign Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary that (a) in each case is organized under the laws of jurisdiction outside of the United States of America and Mexico and (b) which, as of the Closing Date and thereafter, as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter, when taken together with all other Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries, have not, in the aggregate contributed (i) greater than five percent (5%) of the EBITDA of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters then most recently ended or (ii) greater than five percent (5%) of Consolidated Total Assets of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of such date; provided that, if at any time the aggregate amount of that portion of EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets of all Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties exceeds five percent (5%) of EBITDA for any such period or five percent (5%) of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of any such period, the Borrower Representative (or, in the event the Borrower Representative has failed to do so within five (5) days, the Administrative Agent) shall designate sufficient Subsidiaries as “Loan Parties” to cause that portion of EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets held by Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries to equal or be less than five percent (5%) of EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets, as applicable, and such designated Subsidiaries shall for all purposes of this Agreement constitute non-Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries on and after the date of such designation and the Borrower Representative shall cause all such Subsidiaries so designated to become a Borrower or a Guarantor in Administrative Agent’s discretion, and delivers all applicable Loan Documents in accordance with Section 10.9. No Loan Party may be designated (or re-designated) as an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt no Borrower or Loan Party shall constitute an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary.
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, each Swap Obligation as to which, and only to the extent that, such Loan Party’s guaranty of or grant of a Lien as security for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act because the Loan Party does not constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the act (determined after giving effect to any keepwell, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Loan Party and all guarantees of Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) when such guaranty or grant of Lien becomes effective with respect to the Swap Obligation. If a Hedging Agreement governs more than one Swap Obligation, only the Swap Obligation(s) or portions thereof described in the foregoing sentence shall be Excluded Swap Obligation(s) for the applicable Loan Party.
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any payment made to Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other Person pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the following: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of that Person being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing that Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes; (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of that Person with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) that Person acquires that interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 8.7(b)) or (ii) that Person changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 7.6 amounts with respect to those Taxes were payable either to that Person’s assignor immediately before that Person became a party to this Agreement or to that Person immediately before it changed its lending office; (c) Taxes attributable to that Person’s failure to comply with Section 7.6.4 or Section 7.6.6; and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
18
“Existing Collateral” means the “Collateral,” as defined in the Original Credit Agreement.
“Existing Collateral Documents” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
“Existing Fee Letter” means any fee letter executed in connection with any of the Existing Loan Documents (other than, for avoidance of doubt, the Agent Fee Letter).
“Existing Loan Documents” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
“Existing Loans” means, collectively, (a) the Existing Revolving Loans, and (b) the Existing Term Loans.
“Existing Obligations” means, collectively (a) each of the Existing Loans, and (b) each of the other “Obligations,” as defined in the Original Credit Agreement.
“Existing Revolving Loans” means, collectively, each of the “Revolving Loans,” as that term was defined in the Original Credit Agreement, made by any of the Lenders to any of the Borrowers prior to the Closing Date.
“Existing Term Loans” means, collectively, each of the “Term Loans,” as that term was defined in the Original Credit Agreement, made by any of the Lenders to any of the Borrowers prior to the Closing Date.
“Exitus Borrower”
shall mean AgileThought Digital Solutions S.A.P.I. de C.V. (f/k/a North American SoftwareAgileThought
Digital Solutions, S.A.P.I. de C.V.), formed under the laws of Mexico.
“Exitus Debt Noteholder” shall mean Exitus Capital, S.A.P.I. DE C.V. SOFOM ENR.
“Exitus Debt Promissory Note” shall mean that certain Promissory Note, dated as of and as in effect on the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, by and between Exitus Borrower and the Exitus Debt Noteholder, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent, in its discretion.
“Extraordinary Receipts” means any cash received by or paid to or for the account of any Loan Party not in the ordinary course of business consisting of: (a) pension plan reversions, (b) proceeds of insurance (other than, for avoidance of doubt, Business Interruption Proceeds), (c) litigation proceeds, judgments, proceeds of settlements or other consideration of any kind in connection with any cause of action (other than with respect to reimbursement of third party claims), (d) condemnation awards (and payments in lieu thereof), (e) indemnity payments (other than with respect to reimbursement of third party claims), (f) amounts received in respect of indemnity obligations of any party or purchase price, working capital, and other monetary adjustments in connection with the 4th Source Acquisition, the AgileThought Acquisition, or any other Acquisition, (g) amounts received in connection with or as proceeds from representation and/or warranty insurance in connection with the 4th Source Acquisition, the AgileThought Acquisition, or any other Acquisition, net of any reasonable and documented legal and accounting expenses and taxes paid in cash by the Loan Parties as a result thereof, and (h) foreign, United States, state or local tax refunds to the extent not included in the calculation of EBITDA (other than refunds of value-added or similar taxes received in the ordinary course of business).
19
“Faktos/Facultas Trust Documents” means (i) certain Administration and Investment Trust Agreement No. F/3377 including its Exhibits, dated December 15, 2017, entered into and between AN Global IT, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Antonio García González Sicilia, Guillermo Figueroa Michel, Alonso Castañeda Andrade, Tsuyoshi Hirata Palacios, Faktos Inc, S.A.P.I. de C.V., and Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de C.V., as settlors and first beneficiaries, and Banco Invex, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Invex Grupo Financiero, as trustee; (ii) certain joinder and contribution agreement, dated November 9, 2018, entered into the aforementioned parties and IT Global Holding, LLC; (iii) the call option agreement dated December 15, 2017 between the settlors mentioned before; and (iv) the current bylaws of Faktos and Facultas.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of the Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the implementation of those sections of the Code and any fiscal and regulatory legislation rules, practices, or other official guidance thereunder.
“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) 0% and (b) a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during the applicable period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for that day (or, if that day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if that rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for that day on those transactions received by Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent’s determination of the Federal Funds Rate will be binding and conclusive absent manifest error.
“Fifth Amendment” shall mean that certain Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 24, 2021.
“Fifth Amendment Fee” has the meaning assigned to it in the Fifth Amendment.
“Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of a Fiscal Year, which period is the 3-month period ending on the last day of each of March, June, September, and December of each year.
20
“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, which period shall be the 12-month period ending on December 31 of each year.
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, for the Consolidated Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for any Computation Period, the ratio of (a) the total for such Computation Period of (i) EBITDA thereof, minus (ii) Permitted Tax Distributions, (or other provisions for Taxes based on income) made thereby during such Computation Period, minus (iii) all unfinanced Capital Expenditures made thereby in such Computation Period, to (b) Fixed Charges.
Notwithstanding
any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of calculating the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period that includes any Fiscal Quarter
set forth below, the following amounts for each such Fiscal Quarter set forth below will be deemed to be the applicable amount set forth
below opposite that Fiscal Quarter:
|
|
|
|||||||
|
$ | 1,269,604 | $ | 88,766 | |||||
|
$ | 1,292,590 | $ | 333,451 | |||||
|
$ | 888,808 | $ | 206,164 | |||||
|
$ | 733,382 | $ | 115,205 |
Notwithstanding
the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, (x) Taxes and (y)unfinanced Capital Expenditures of the Consolidated Group for
the period commencing after May 31, 2019 shall be calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to the AgileThought Acquisition as if
the AgileThought Acquisition had occurred on June 1, 2019.
“Fixed Charges” means, for the Consolidated Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for any Computation Period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) cash Interest Expense thereof in such Computation Period, plus (b) scheduled principal payments of Debt thereof (including (i) the Loans, (ii) the Second Lien Debt to the extent any such payments thereof would constitute Permitted Second Lien Debt Payments, (iii) scheduled principal payments of, and any interest and fees actually paid in such Computation Period with respect to, the Permitted Investor Debt and Permitted Exitus Debt, and (iv) any Earn-out Obligations, including, without limitation, all Permitted Earn-out Obligations (other than the Permitted Earn-out Obligations paid out of funds on deposit in the Segregated Account), but excluding (x) the Revolving Loans, (y) scheduled payments of principal required to paid pursuant to Section 6.4.2 hereof during the Modified Amortization Period in such Computation Period and (z) any amendment fees payable for the account of the Lenders (including the Fifth Amendment Fee); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any Permitted Earn-out Obligation shall be excluded from Fixed Charges to the extent that, as of any date of determination, the Payment Conditions with respect to such Permitted Earn-Out Obligation are not satisfied as of such date (after giving pro forma effect to such payment).
21
“Foreign Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary (i) organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any state thereof or District of Columbia, and (ii) that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Fourth Amendment” means that certain Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2021.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.
“Funded Debt” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP, all Debt of such Person that matures more than one year from the date of its creation (or is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from that date). For the avoidance of doubt, all of the Obligations and all Subordinated Debt, including, without limitation, the Second Lien Debt shall constitute Funded Debt.
“Funding Losses” is defined in Section 2.2.4.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession) and the SEC, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any arbitral body or tribunal and any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
“Guarantor” means Ultimate Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, and each other Person that guarantees any of the Obligations, including, without limitation, 4th Source, IT Global, QMX Investment Holdings USA, Inc., North American Software, S.A.P.I. de C.V., 4th Source Holding Corp., Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Faktos INC, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Cuarto Origen, S. de R.L. de C.V., 4th Source Mexico, LLC, AGS Alpama Global Services Mexico, S.A de C.V., Entrepids Technology Inc., Entrepids Mexico, S.A. de C.V., AGS Alpama Global Services USA, LLC, AN UX, S.A de C.V., AN Data Intelligence, S.A de C.V., AN Digital S.A de C.V., Anzen Soluciones, S.A. de C.V., AN USA, AGS Nasoft Servicios Administrativos, S.A. de C.V., Nasoft Servicios Administrativos, S.A de C.V.
“Guaranty” means each guaranty executed and delivered by any Guarantor, together with any joinders thereto and any other guaranty agreement executed by a Guarantor, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion. The Guaranty and Collateral Agreement and the Mexican Collateral Agreements are a Guaranty.
22
“Guaranty and Collateral Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Guaranty and Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed and delivered by each Loan Party, together with any joinders thereto and any other guaranty and collateral agreement executed by a Loan Party, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
“Hazardous Substances” means any hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, toxic substance, oil, hazardous material, chemical or other substance regulated by any Environmental Law.
“Hedging Agreement” means any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, spot foreign exchange, forward foreign exchange, foreign exchange option (or series of options) and any other agreement or arrangement designed to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices.
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any liabilities of such Person under any Hedging Agreement determined (a) for any date on or after the date that Hedging Agreement has been closed out and termination value determined in accordance therewith, using that termination value; and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), using the amount determined as the mark-to-market value for that Hedging Agreement, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in that Hedging Agreement (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Holdings Companies” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Holdings Documents” is defined in Section 9.35.
“Incremental Term Loan” is defined in Section 2.7.
“Indemnified Liabilities” is defined in Section 15.17.
“Indemnified Taxes” means all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
“Insolvency Proceeding” means any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of a Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency, concurso mercantil, quiebra, debtor relief, or debt adjustment law (including, but not limited to, the Mexican Bankruptcy Law (Ley de Concursos Mercantiles)), (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for that Person or any part of its property, or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” is used as defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement.
“Interest Expense” means, for any period, the consolidated interest expense of the Consolidated Group for such period (including all imputed interest on Capital Leases).
23
“Interest Period” means, with respect to each Loan that is a LIBOR Loan, the period commencing on the date that Loan is borrowed or continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Loan and ending on the date one (1) month thereafter; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, then that Interest Period will be extended to the following Business Day unless the result of that extension would be to carry that Interest Period into another calendar month, in which case that Interest Period will end on the preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of that Interest Period will end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of that Interest Period; and (c) Borrower Representative may not select any Interest Period for a Loan that would extend beyond the scheduled Termination Date
“Intermediate Holdings” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“International Financial Reporting Standards” means International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
“Inventory” is defined in the UCC.
“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any investment in another Person, whether by (a) acquisition of any debt or Equity Interest, (b) making any loan or advance (including, without limitation, any loan or advance to any Subsidiary or Affiliate), (c) becoming obligated with respect to a Contingent Liability in respect of obligations of such other Person (other than travel and similar advances to employees in the ordinary course of business), or (d) making an Acquisition.
“Investor Debt Noteholder” shall mean AGS Group, LLC.
“Investor Debt Promissory Note” shall mean that certain Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of and as in effect on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, by and between Ultimate Holdings and the Investor Debt Noteholder, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent, in its discretion.
“IPO”
means any underwritten public offering of Equity Interests of Ultimate Holdings.
“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.
“Issuing Lender” means any financial institution that Administrative Agent causes to issue Letters of Credit for the account of any Borrower and that financial institution’s successors and assigns in that capacity.
“IT Global” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Joint Liability Payment” is defined in Section 16.
“L/C Application” means, with respect to any request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, a letter of credit application in the form being used by an Issuing Lender at the time of that request for the type of letter of credit requested.
24
“L/C Fee Rate” means a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time for Revolving Loans which are LIBOR Loans.
“L/C Obligations” means the sum (without duplication) of (a) all Reimbursement Obligations, and (b) the Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.
“Lead Arranger” means Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Lender Party” is defined in Section 15.17.
“Lenders” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement. The term “Lender” includes each Issuing Lender. For purposes of clarification only, to the extent that any Issuing Lender has any rights or obligations in addition to those of the other Lenders due to its status as Issuing Lender, its status as such will be specifically referred to. In addition, for purposes of identifying the Persons entitled to share in the Collateral and the proceeds of the Collateral under and in accordance with this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the term “Lender” includes any Affiliate of a Lender providing a Bank Product.
“Letter of Credit” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
“LIBOR Determination Date” means, with respect to each LIBOR Loan, the following: (a)(i) if that LIBOR Loan is made on the Closing Date, the Closing Date, and (ii) if that LIBOR Loan is made after the Closing Date, the date that is two Business Days before the date of initial advance of that LIBOR Loan; (b) with respect to each Term Loan that is a LIBOR Loan, each subsequent date that is two Business Days before the last Business Day of each month occurring while that LIBOR Loan is outstanding; and (c) with respect to each Revolving Loan that is either being continued as a LIBOR Loan at the end of its applicable Interest Period or being converted to a LIBOR Loan, the date that is two Business Days before the date of that continuation or conversion.
“LIBOR Loan” means any Loan which bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
“LIBOR Office” means, with respect to any Lender, the office or offices of that Lender which will be making or maintaining the LIBOR Loans of that Lender under this Agreement. A LIBOR Office of any Lender may be, at the option of that Lender, either a domestic or foreign office.
“LIBOR Rate” means the rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b)(i) LIBOR for a period equal to one month as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other authoritative source selected by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) on each LIBOR Determination Date divided by (ii) a number determined by subtracting from 1.00 the then-stated maximum reserve percentage for determining reserves to be maintained by member banks of the Federal Reserve System for Eurocurrency funding or liabilities as defined in Regulation D (or any successor category of liabilities under Regulation D), or, if that published rate is not available for any reason, as LIBOR is otherwise determined by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion in consultation with the Borrower Representative based on the then-prevailing convention in the syndicated loan market.
25
“Lien” means, with respect to any Person, any interest granted by such Person in any real or personal property, asset or other right owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person (including an interest in respect of a Capital Lease) which secures payment or performance of any obligation and shall include any mortgage, lien, encumbrance, title retention lien, charge or other security interest of any kind, whether arising by contract, as a matter of law, by judicial process or otherwise.
“Liquidity” means, on any date of determination, the sum of (a) Excess Availability, plus (b) the Cash Formula Amount.
“LIV
Equity Contribution Agreement” means that certain Equity Contribution Agreement, dated as of February [________],
2021 among Ultimate Holdings, LIVK, Administradora LIV Capital, S.A.P.I. de C.V. as manager of the
Contrato de Fideicomiso Irrevocable de Emisión de Certificados Bursátiles Fiduciarios de
Desarrollo Número F/2416 identified as “LIV Mexico Growth IV No. F/2416” (the “CKD”) and
LIV Mexico Growth Fund IV, L.P. (the “LIV LP” and, together with CKD, the “Equity Investors”),
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A pursuant to which the Equity Investors has agreed to provide a cash equity commitment in an aggregate
amount equal to or greater than $20,000,000.
“LIVK”
means LIV Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company.
“LIVK
PIPE” means those certain equity subscriptions consummated by LIVK prior to the closing of the SPAC Transaction
as private placements under the Securities Act and in anticipation of the merger pursuant to PIPE Subscription Agreements in customary
form.
“Loan” or “Loans” means, as the context may require, Revolving Loans and/or Term Loans.
“Loan Account” means an account maintained under this Agreement by Administrative Agent on its books of account, and with respect to Borrowers, in which Borrowers will be charged with all Loans made to, and all other Obligations incurred by, any of the Borrowers.
“Loan Documents” means (a) this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Master Letter of Credit Agreement, the L/C Applications, the Agent Fee Letter, each Perfection Certificate, the Mexican Loan Documents, the Collateral Documents, any Subordination Agreements (including the Master Intercompany Note), (b) the Existing Loan Documents, and (c) all documents, instruments, and agreements delivered in connection with the foregoing, as any of the foregoing are amended or modified in accordance with their respective terms.
“Loan Party” means, collectively (a) Ultimate Holdings, (b) Intermediate Holdings, (c) the Borrowers, (d) each Guarantor and each Subsidiary of Ultimate Holdings or any Borrower that is not an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, and (e) each other Person that (i) executes a joinder agreement to this Agreement as a Borrower and/or Loan Party in the form of Exhibit E, (ii) is liable for payment of any of the Obligations, or (iii) has granted a Lien in favor of Administrative Agent on its assets to secure any of the Obligations.
26
“Margin Stock” means any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation U.
“Master Intercompany Note” means a demand promissory note made by and among the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, and acceptable to Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, including any amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, as may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance therewith and with this Agreement.
“Master Letter of Credit Agreement” means, at any time, with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, a master letter of credit agreement or reimbursement agreement in the form, if any, being used by an Issuing Lender at that time.
“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the financial condition, operations, assets, business, prospects, profitability or properties of the Loan Parties taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of the Obligations under any Loan Document, (c) a material adverse effect upon any substantial portion of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents or upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document, or (d) a material impairment of the ability of Administrative Agent to enforce or collect any Obligations or to realize upon any Collateral.
“Material Contract” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each of the 4th Source Related Agreements and AgileThought Related Agreements, (b) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, which individually or in the aggregate comprise at least 10% of the gross revenues of the Consolidated Group, taken as a whole, over the most recently ended Computation Period, (c) (i) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (i) that relates to any Subordinated Debt (including, without limitation, the Second Lien Debt or the AgileThought Earn-out Obligations), (ii) that relates to any other Earnout Obligations, (iii) consisting of any Hedging Obligations in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more, or (iv) that relates to any other Debt in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more (other than the Loan Documents), (d) the LIV Equity Contribution Agreement, and (e) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, the breach, nonperformance, cancellation, failure to renew, or loss of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
“Maximum Revolver Amount” means $5,000,000.
“Mexican 4th Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement” means the Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement (Contrato de Prenda sin Transmisión de Posesión) dated November 15, 2018 entered into by, 4to Origen, S. de R.L. de C.V., as pledgor, and Monroe, as pledgee, as may be amended from time to time.
“Mexican Administration Trust” means the Administration and Source of Payment Trust Agreement No. F/3272 (Fideicomiso Irrevocable de Aministración y Fuente de Pago No. F/3272) including its Exhibits, as amended and restated on the Closing Date, as may be amended from time to time.
27
“Mexican AN Evolution Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement” means the Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement (Contrato de Prenda sobre Partes Sociales) to entered into on the Closing Date by, Ultimate Holdings, as pledgor, and Monroe, as pledgee, with the acknowledgement and consent of AN Evolution, S. de R.L. de C.V. and AN Extend, S.A. de C.V., as may be amended from time to time.
“Mexican AN Evolution Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement” means the Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement (Contrato de Prenda sin Transmisión de Posesión) to be entered into on the Closing Date by, among others, AN Evolution, S. de R.L. de C.V. and AN Extend, S.A. de C.V., as pledgor, and Monroe, as pledgee, as may be amended from time to time.
“Mexican AN Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement” means the Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement (Contrato de Prenda sin Transmisión de Posesión) including its Exhibits, dated November 15, 2018, entered into by, among others, AN Digital, S.A. de C.V., AN Extend, AN Data Intelligence, S.A. de C.V., Anzen Soluciones, S.A. de C.V., Faktos Inc, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de C.V. NASOFT Servicios Administrativos, S.A. de C.V., AGS NASOFT Servicios Administrativos, S.A. de C.V.; AGS Alpama Global Services Mexico, S.A. de C.V., North American Software, S.A.P.I. de C.V., AN UX, S.A. de C.V. and Entrepids México S.A. de C.V., as pledgors, and Monroe Capital, as pledgee, as may be amended from time to time.
“Mexican Collateral Agreements” means, collectively, the Mexican Equity Interest Pledge Agreements, the Mexican Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreements, the Mexican Administration Trust and the Mexican Security Trust.
“Mexican Equity Interest Pledge Agreements” means, jointly, (i) the Mexican Stock Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Mexican AN Evolution Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement and (iii) the Mexican Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement.
“Mexican Loan Documents” means the Mexican Collateral Agreements, and all documents, instruments, and agreements delivered in connection with the foregoing, as any of the foregoing are amended or modified in accordance with their respective terms.
“Mexican Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement” means the Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement (Contrato de Prenda sobre Partes Sociales) dated November 15, 2018 entered into by, among others, 4th Source Inc. and 4th Source Mexico LLC, as pledgors, and Monroe, as pledgee, with the acknowledgement and consent of 4to Origen, S. de R.L. de C.V., as may be amended from time to time.
“Mexican Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreements” means, jointly, (i) the Mexican AN Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement, (ii) the Mexican AN Evolution Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement and the (iii) Mexican 4th Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement.
“Mexican Security Trust” means certain Security Trust Agreement with identification number F/3757, including its exhibits, dated November 15, 2018, by, among others, QMX Investment Holding USA, Inc., IT Global Holding LLC, Entrepids Technology Inc., North American Software, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Ultimate Holdings, AN Digital, S.A. de C.V., Faktos Inc, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de C.V., and Entrepids México, S.A. de C.V., as settlors, Monroe Capital, as first place beneficiary, Banco Invex, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Invex Grupo Financiero; with the acknowledgment and consent of AN Digital, S.A. de C.V., AN Extend, S.A. de C.V., AN Data Intelligence, S.A. de C.V., Anzen Soluciones, S.A. de C.V., AN UX, S.A. de C.V., NASOFT Servicios Administrativos, S.A. de C.V., AGS NASOFT Servicios Administrativos, S.A. de C.V.; AGS Alpama Global Services Mexico, S.A. de C.V., North American Software, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Entrepids México S.A. de C.V., Cuarto Origen, S. de R.L. de C.V., and AN Evolution, S. de R.L. de C.V., as amended and restated on the Closing Date, and as further amended from time to time.
28
“Mexican Stock Pledge Agreement” means the Mexican Stock Pledge Agreement, dated November 15, 2018 entered into by, among others, IT Global Holding LLC, North American Software, S.A.P.I. de C.V., Invertis, S.A. de C.V., AN Global IT, S.A.P.I. de C.V. and AN Data Intelligence, S.A. de C.V., as pledgors and Monroe Capital as pledgee, as may be amended from time to time.
“Mexican Subsidiaries” means, collectively, the Subsidiaries incorporated under the laws of Mexico.
“Mexico” means the United Mexican States.
“Monroe Capital” means Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Monroe Form of Warrant” means a form of warrant with respect to the Monroe Warrants satisfactory to Monroe in its sole discretion.
“Monroe Supporting Shares” means a number of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Ultimate Holdings issued by Ultimate Holdings to Administrative Agent as provided in Section 10.16.
“Monroe Warrants” means the warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Ultimate Holdings with a value as of the Termination Date equal to $7,000,000, to be issued by Ultimate Holdings to Administrative Agent (a) pursuant to the Monroe Form of Warrant and (b) on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if the Administrative Agent and Lenders receive Payment in Full prior to or on February 28, 2022, such $7,000,000 amount shall be reduced to $5,000,000.
“Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument granting Administrative Agent a Lien on fee owned real property of any Loan Party.
“Mortgage-Related Documents” means with respect to any real property subject to a Mortgage, the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion: (a) an ALTA Loan Title Insurance Policy (or binder therefor) covering Administrative Agent’s interest under the Mortgage, in a form and amount and by an insurer acceptable to Administrative Agent, which must be fully paid on that effective date; (b) copies of all documents of record concerning such real property as shown on the commitment for the ALTA Loan Title Insurance Policy referred to above; (c) all assignments of leases, estoppel letters, attornment agreements, consents, waivers, and releases as Administrative Agent reasonably requires with respect to other Persons having an interest in the real estate; (d) a current, as-built survey of the real estate, containing a metes-and-bounds property description and certified by a licensed surveyor acceptable to Administrative Agent in its discretion; (e) a life-of-loan flood hazard determination and, if the real estate is located in a flood plain, an acknowledged notice to borrower and flood insurance in an amount, with endorsements and by an insurer acceptable to Administrative Agent; (f) a current appraisal of the real estate, prepared by an appraiser acceptable to Administrative Agent, and in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Required Lenders in each’s discretion; (g) an environmental assessment, prepared by environmental engineers acceptable to Administrative Agent and accompanied by all reports, certificates, studies, or data as Administrative Agent reasonably requires (including, without limitation, “Phase II” reports), which must all be in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Required Lenders in each’s discretion; and (h) an environmental agreement and all other documents, instruments, or agreements as Administrative Agent in its discretion requires with respect to any environmental risks regarding the real estate, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Required Lenders, in each’s discretion.
29
“Multiemployer Pension Plan” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group may have any liability.
“Net Cash Proceeds” means:
(a) with respect to any Asset Disposition, the aggregate cash proceeds (including cash proceeds received pursuant to policies of insurance or by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note, installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) received by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof pursuant to such Asset Disposition net of (i) the direct costs relating to that sale, transfer or other disposition (including sales commissions and legal, accounting and investment banking fees), (ii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated by Borrowers to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), and (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of any Debt secured by a Lien on the asset subject to that Asset Disposition (other than the Loans).
(b) with respect to any issuance of Equity Interests, the aggregate cash proceeds received by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof pursuant to such issuance, net of the direct costs of non-Affiliates relating to such issuance (including sales and underwriters’ commissions); and
(c) with
respect to any issuance of Debt, the aggregate cash proceeds received by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof pursuant to such
issuance, net of the direct costs of non-Affiliates of such issuance (including up-front, underwriters’ and placement
fees); and(D) with respect to the SPAC Transaction, the aggregate cash proceeds
received by Ultimate Holdings or Subsidiary thereof from (i) cash released from LIVK’s trust account (after giving effect to
redemptions therefrom by LIVK’s public shareholders) and (ii) the LIVK PIPE financing (including any third party financing
entered into in connection therewith) that closes substantially concurrently with the SPAC Transaction, in each case net of
attorneys’ fees, investment banking and other financial advisor fees, placement agent fees, accountants’ fees, printer
fees, public relations firm fees, and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with the SPAC
Transaction.
“Non-Consenting Lender” is defined in Section 15.1(k).
“Non-U.S. Lender” is defined in Section 7.6.4.
“Note” or “Notes” means, as means, as the context may require, a Revolving Loan Note, or a Closing Date Term Loan Note.
“Notice of Borrowing” is defined in Section 2.2.2(a).
“Notice of Conversion” is defined in Section 2.2.3(b).
30
“Obligations” means all obligations (monetary (including post-petition interest, default-rate interest, fees, and expenses, allowed or not in an Insolvency Proceeding) or otherwise) of any Loan Party under this Agreement and any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, any Existing Loan Document), including, without limitation, the Existing Obligations and any Attorney Costs, Bank Product Obligations, and Reimbursement Obligations, all in each case howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Obligations shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations. For avoidance of doubt, all of the “Obligations,” including, without limitation, the Existing Obligations, shall be secured by all of the Collateral, including, without limitation, the Existing Collateral.
“OFAC” is defined in Section 9.30(b).
“Operating Lease” means any lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any real or personal property by any Loan Party, as lessee, other than any Capital Lease.
“Original Borrowers” means the Borrowers, other than AgileThought, AN Evolution and AN Extend.
“Original Closing Date” means November 15, 2018.
“Original Credit Agreement” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Person, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between that Person and the jurisdiction imposing any such Tax (other than connections arising from that Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced any Loan Document or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
“Participant” is defined in Section 15.6.2.
“Patriot Act” is defined in Section 9.31.
31
“Payment Conditions”
means, with respect to any Permitted Investor Debt Payment, Permitted Exitus Payment or Permitted
Earn-out Payment, that (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused by the making thereof, and (b) after
giving pro forma effect to that payment, (i) Liquidity exceeds $5,000,000 and (ii) as of the last day of the most recently ended
Computation Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) to Administrative Agent under
and in accordance with Section 10.1.2, the Consolidated Group shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set
forth in Section 11.12 for the most recently concluded Computation Period.
“Payment in Full” means (a) the payment in full in cash of all Loans and other Obligations, other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claims have been asserted, (b) the termination of all Commitments, (c) either (i) the cancellation and return to Administrative Agent or all Letters of Credit or (ii) the Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit, (d) either (i) the payment in full in cash of the Obligations arising under or in connection with any Bank Products and terminating those Obligations in a manner satisfactory to the Lender or its Affiliate providing those Bank Products or (ii) the Cash Collateralization of those Obligations, (e) the Cash Collateralization of all contingent indemnification obligations for which any claim with respect to Administrative Agent or any Lender (including each Issuing Lender) has been asserted or threatened in writing, and (f) the release of any claims of the Loan Parties against Administrative Agent and Lenders arising on or before the payment date. “Paid in Full” shall have a correlative meaning.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.
“Pension Plan” means a “pension plan,” as that term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA or the minimum funding standards of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Pension Plan), and as to which any Borrower or any Subsidiary (including any contingent liability of any member of Borrowers’ Controlled Group) may have any liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA at any time during the preceding five years, or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.
“Perfection Certificate” means a perfection and “know your customer” certificate executed and delivered to Administrative Agent by a Loan Party.
“Permits” means, with respect to any Person, any permit, approval, clearance, consent, authorization, license, registration, accreditation, certificate, certification, certificate of need, concession, grant, franchise, variance or permission from, and any other contractual obligations with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or products or to which such Person or any of its property or products is subject.
32
“Permitted Acquisition” means (i) the 4th Source Acquisition, (ii) the AgileThought Acquisition, and (iii) any Acquisition by any Borrower, where:
(a) the business or division acquired are for use, or the Person acquired (i) is engaged, in the businesses engaged in by Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on the Original Closing Date and businesses reasonably related thereto, or any line of business that is reasonably related thereto, (ii) generated positive pro forma earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for each of the twelve (12) calendar months preceding the Acquisition (as determined by a calculation reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent) and (iii) is, in the case of a business or division, located in the United States or Mexico, or, in the case of a Person, organized under the laws of a state of the United States or Mexico;
(b) immediately before and after giving effect to the Acquisition, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
(c) no Debt or Liens are assumed or incurred, other than Specified Permitted Debt or any Permitted Liens;
(d) the aggregate consideration (cash and non-cash) to be paid by the Loan Parties (including any Debt incurred in connection therewith, the maximum amount payable in connection with any deferred purchase price obligation, including any Earn-out Obligations, and the value of any Equity Interests of any Loan Party issued to the seller in connection with that Acquisition) in connection with (i) such Acquisition (or any series of related Acquisitions) is less than $20,000,000 and (ii) all Acquisitions occurring after the Closing Date, is less than $50,000,000; provided that with respect to any Acquisition no more than $14,000,000 in cash shall be paid as the initial consideration of such Acquisition;
(e) (i) as of the last day of the most recent calendar month for which financial statements have been delivered to Administrative Agent under and in accordance with Section 10.1.2 and after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Consolidated Group is in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 11.12 for the most recently concluded Computation Period (calculated as if such Acquisition had occurred on the last day of such Computation Period) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered hereunder and calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Acquisition had been made on such day, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group was no greater than the Total Leverage Ratio required at such time pursuant to Section 11.12 if the numerator of such ratio required at such time was less 0.25, and (ii) after giving effect to such Acquisition, the average Liquidity over the preceding 30 day calendar period, calculated as if the Acquisition had occurred on the first day of such period, is greater than $5,000,000;
(f) in the case of the Acquisition of any Person, the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person has approved such Acquisition;
(g) not less than 10 Business Days prior to that Acquisition (or any later date approved by Administrative Agent in its discretion), Administrative Agent has received an acquisition summary with respect to the Person and/or business, division or assets to be acquired, which summary must include a reasonably detailed description thereof (including financial information) and operating results (including financial statements for the most recent 12-month period for which they are available and as otherwise available), the terms and conditions, including economic terms, of the proposed Acquisition, and Borrowers’ calculation of pro forma EBITDA relating thereto, certificated by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower Representative and supported by a quality of earnings report reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;
33
(h) not less than 5 calendar days prior to that Acquisition (or any later date approved by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), Administrative Agent has received complete drafts of each material document, instrument and agreement to be executed in connection with that Acquisition together with all lien search reports and lien release letters and other documents as Administrative Agent reasonably requires to evidence the termination of Liens on the assets, business, or division to be acquired;
(i) the execution versions of all of the documents referenced in clause (h) shall not have materially changed from the drafts provided pursuant to clause (h);
(j) consents have been obtained in favor of Administrative Agent to the collateral assignment of rights and indemnities under the related Acquisition documents and opinions of counsel for the Loan Parties and (if delivered to any Loan Party) the selling party in favor of Administrative Agent have been delivered;
(k) Borrower Representative has provided Administrative Agent with pro forma forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of the Consolidated Group, all prepared on a basis consistent with the historical financial statements of the Consolidated Group, subject to adjustments to reflect projected consolidated operations following the Acquisition;
(l) Borrower Representative has provided Administrative Agent with reasonable calculations evidencing that on a pro forma basis created by adding the historical combined financial statements of the Consolidated Group (including the combined financial statements of any other Person or assets that were the subject of a prior Permitted Acquisition during the relevant period) to the historical consolidated financial statements of the entity to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the division, business or assets to be acquired) pursuant to the Acquisition, subject to adjustments to reflect projected consolidated operations following the Acquisition, the Consolidated Group is projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 11.12 for each of the four Fiscal Quarters ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of that Acquisition;
(m) the provisions of Sections 10.9 have been satisfied, including, without limitation, simultaneously with the closing of such Acquisition, by having the target company (if such Acquisition is structured as a purchase of equity) or the Loan Party (if such Acquisition is structured as a purchase of assets or a merger and a Loan Party is the surviving entity) execute and deliver to Administrative Agent, at Administrative Agent’s discretion, (i) such documents necessary to grant to Administrative Agent a first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) in all of the assets of such target company or surviving company, and their respective Subsidiaries, each in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion, and (ii) an unlimited Guaranty of the Obligations, or at the option of Administrative Agent in Administrative Agent’s discretion, a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit E in its discretion in which such target company or surviving company, and their respective Subsidiaries become, Borrowers or Loan Parties under this Agreement and assume primary, joint and several liability for the Obligations;
34
(n) if the Acquisition is structured as a merger, a Loan Party is the surviving entity (or if a Borrower is a party to the Acquisition, a Borrower);
(o) to the extent readily available to Borrowers, Borrower Representative has provided Administrative Agent with all other information with respect to that Acquisition as reasonably requested by Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, if reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, one or more third-party due-diligence reports and quality-of-earnings reports);
(p) such Acquisition is permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents; and
(q) Borrower Representative delivers to Administrative Agent, no later than 5 Business Days prior to the Acquisition, a certificate signed by a Senior Officer of Borrowers and in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its discretion stating that the Acquisition is a “Permitted Acquisition” and demonstrating compliance with the foregoing requirements.
“Permitted AgileThought Earn-out Obligations” means the AgileThought Earn-out Obligations due and payable under Section 2.08 of the AgileThought Purchase Agreement, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $28,000,000.
“Permitted Asset Disposition” (a) the sale or lease of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of Inventory that is unmerchantable or unsaleable, in the ordinary course of business, (b) the disposition of surplus, worn-out or obsolete Equipment in the ordinary course of business, (c) the disposition of past-due Accounts in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business, (d) the disposition of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments in the ordinary course of business and for fair market value, (e) Permitted Investments and Permitted Tax Distributions, (f) the transfer of property by a Subsidiary of a Loan Party or a Loan Party to another Loan Party (other than Intermediate Holdings), (g)(i) any termination of any lease in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any expiration of any option agreement in respect of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or litigation claims (including in tort) in the ordinary course of business, (h) the licensing of intellectual property pursuant to non-exclusive licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary course of business of the Borrowers taken as a whole, (i) the lapse, abandonment, or disposition, in the ordinary course of business, of any intellectual property rights that are no longer material to the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties, or expiration of any patent or copyright in accordance with its statutory term, (j) Permitted Factoring Dispositions; (k) any disposition of AGS Alpama Global Services UK Ltd. and any disposition of Alpama Global Services SLU (including its branch in Portugal), and (l) the sale or other disposition of other assets, in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed, for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, $500,000 in any Fiscal Year.
35
“Permitted Debt” means Debt expressly permitted under this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1.
“Permitted Earn-out Obligations” means, collectively, (a) all Permitted Original Earn-out Obligations, (b) all Permitted AgileThought Earn-out Obligations, and (c) all Permitted Future Earn-out Obligations.
“Permitted Earn-out
Payments” means (a) the payment of all Permitted Original Earn-out Obligations that are payable solely in Equity Interests,
as and when due and payable under the Acquisition documents related thereto, so long as such payment is permitted under the Second Lien
Loan Documents, (b) the payment of all Permitted Original Earn-out Obligations that are payable solely in cash or cash Equivalents, as
and when due and payable under the Acquisition documents related thereto, but in the case of this clause (b) solely as long as
the Payment Conditions are met with respect thereto, (c) the payment of all Permitted AgileThought Earn-out Obligations that are payable
solely in cash or cash Equivalents, as and when due and payable under the AgileThought Purchase Agreement, so long as such payment is
permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents and the AgileThought Seller Subordination Agreement; and (d) the payment of all Permitted
Future Earn-out Obligations, as and when due and payable under the Acquisition documents related thereto, to the extent such payment is
permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents and under the Subordination Agreement entered into with respect thereto; provided
that, solely with respect to the Permitted Earn-out Obligations listed on Schedule 11.1(e) in respect of Extend and Entrepids, cash payments
in an aggregate amount not to exceed $4,100,000 shall be deemed Permitted Earn-out Payments so long as (w) all such payments are made
no later than ten Business Days after the Amendment Effective Date, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist both before and after
giving effect to any such payments, (y) such payments are funded solely with the cash proceeds of the Second
Lien Debtsecond lien debt extended on the Amendment
Effective Date; and (z) after giving effect to such payments, all Permitted Earn-out Obligations in respect of Extend and Entrepids shall
be paid in full and terminated.
“Permitted Exitus Debt” shall mean all indebtedness incurred under the Exitus Debt Promissory Note, in a maximum aggregate amount not to exceed $3,700,000 at any time.
“Permitted
Exitus Debt Payments” shall mean, solely as long as the Payment Conditions are met with respect thereto, the
payment by the Exitus Borrower to the Exitus Debt Noteholder of (a) regularly scheduled interest payments, as and when due and payable
under the Exitus Debt Promissory Note, and (b) regularly scheduled payments of principal of the Permitted Exitus Debt (for the avoidance
of doubt, excluding any prepayments), as and when due and payable under the Exitus Debt Promissory Note.
“Permitted Exitus Debt Subordination Agreement” shall mean that certain Subordination Agreement by and between the Administrative Agent and the Exitus Debt Noteholder, as in effect on the date hereof or as amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance therewith.
“Permitted Factoring Dispositions” means, so long as permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents, the disposition of Accounts via a factoring arrangement to any Person that is not an Affiliate of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, so long as the aggregate face value of all such Accounts that have been so factored and not been paid by the account debtor thereof shall not exceed, for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, $500,000 at any one time outstanding.
36
“Permitted Future Earn-out Obligations” means, collectively, the aggregate outstanding amount of all Earn-out Obligations incurred after the Closing Date (other than, for avoidance of doubt, the Permitted Original Earn-out Obligations and the Permitted Agile Earn-out Obligations), whether payable in Equity Interests or cash or Cash Equivalents, so long as (a) such Earn-out Obligations constitute Subordinated Debt subject to a Subordination Agreement, (b) such Earn-out Obligations are permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents, and (c) the aggregate amount of such Earn-out Obligations payable in cash or Cash Equivalent Investments does not exceed (i) $6,000,000 in connection with any single Acquisition (or series of related Acquisitions) and (ii) $15,000,000 for all Acquisitions after the Closing Date.
“Permitted Holders”
means (i) TP SOFOM Fideicomiso No. PF/206, (ii) Macfran S.A. de C.V., (iiiii)
Invertis, SA de CV, (iv) AGS Group, LLC, (v) Fideicomiso No. F/17938-6 entered with Banco Credit Suisse
(México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo
Financiero Credit Suisse (México), (vi) Fideicomiso No. F/173183 Nexxus entered withiii)
Diego Zavala (iv) Mauricio Rioseco, (v) Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria,
in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17938-6 (Credit Suisse), (vi) Banco Nacional de México, S.A. integrante
del, Member of Grupo Financiero Citibanamex,
División Fiduciaria, (viiBanamex, División Fiduciaria,
in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17937-8 (Credit Suisse), , (vii) Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo
Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the irrevocable trust for the issuance of senior bonds No.
F/173183 (Nexxus), (viii) Nexxus Capital Private Equity Fund, VI, LP, (viiiix)
Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo, (ixx)
Rodrigo Franco Hernández, (x) Search Servicesxi)
MZM Estrategia, S.A.P.I. de C.V., (xi) Carlosxii)
Isabelle Richard, (xiii) Georgina Rojas Mota VelascoAboumrad,
(xiixiv) Alejandro
Rojas Domene and,
(xiiixv) Miguel
Angel Ambrosi Herrera., (xvi)
Banco Invex, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Invex Grupo Financiero acting as trustee pursuant to the Contrato de Fideicomiso
Irrevocable de Emisión de Cert. Bursátiles Fid. de Desarrollo N.F2416 (LIV Mexico Growth IV N.F2416) and (xvii) LIV Mexico
Growth Fund IV, L.P.
“Permitted Investment” means any investment permitted under Section 11.9.
“Permitted Investor Debt” shall mean all indebtedness incurred under the Investor Subordinated Debt Promissory Note, in a maximum aggregate amount not to exceed $8,000,000 at any time.
“Permitted
Investor Debt Payments” shall mean, solely as long as the Payment Conditions are met with respect thereto,
the payment to the Investor Debt Noteholder of (a) regularly scheduled interest payments, as and when due and payable under the Investor
Debt Promissory Note, and (b) solely on or after January 1, 2022, regularly scheduled payments of principal of the Permitted Investor
Debt (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any prepayments), as and when due and payable under the Investor Debt Promissory Note.
“Permitted Investor Debt Subordination Agreement” shall mean that certain Subordination Agreement by and between the Administrative Agent and the Investor Debt Noteholder, as in effect on the date hereof or as amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance therewith.
37
“Permitted Lien” means a Lien expressly permitted under this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.2.
“Permitted Original Earn-out Obligations” means, collectively, the aggregate outstanding amount of all Earn-out Obligations incurred prior to or on the Original Closing Date (including, for avoidance of doubt, the Earn-out Obligations incurred on the Original Closing Date in connection with the 4th Source Acquisition, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $8,980,600), solely to the extent set forth on Schedule 11.1(e), whether payable in Equity Interests or cash or Cash Equivalents.
“Permitted Second Lien Debt Payments” means the “Permitted Second Lien Loan Payments,” as that term is defined in the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.
“Permitted Tax Distributions” means, so long as permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents, cash dividends or cash distributions made by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to Intermediate Holdings and by Intermediate Holdings to its members, in each case, to permit them (or a direct or indirect owner of such members) to pay any Tax liabilities that are attributable to the ownership or operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association, Governmental Authority, or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.
“PPP Borrowers” means AgileThought, 4th Source, AN USA and AGS Alpama Global Services USA, LLC.
“PPP Loan Account” is defined in Section 10.14(e).
“PPP Loans” means unsecured “Paycheck Protection Program” loans in an aggregate principal amount of $9,270,009 incurred by the PPP Borrowers and advanced by (i) any Governmental Authority (including the SBA) or any other Person acting as a financial agent of a Governmental Authority or (ii) any other Person to the extent such Debt under this clause (ii) is guaranteed by a Governmental Authority (including the SBA), in each case, pursuant to the CARES Act.
“PPP Unforgiven
Loans” means that amount of the PPP Loans that (x) has been determined by the lender of the PPP Loans (or the SBA) to be ineligible
for forgiveness pursuant to the provisions of the CARES Act; provided that if such determination has
not been made on or before the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of incurrence of the PPP Loans (or such longer period as
may be approved in writing by Administrative Agent), the entire outstanding amount of such PPP Loans shall be deemed “PPP Unforgiven
Loans” until such time as a final determination is made by the lender of the PPP Loans (and, to the extent required, the SBA) or
(y) is not included in any application for such forgiveness submitted in accordance with the CARES Act within the time period specified
in Section 10.14(b).
38
“Pre-Closing Projections” means the budget delivered by Borrower Representative to Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date for the period commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2023, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in its discretion.
“Prepayment Fee” is defined in the Agent Fee Letter.
“Prime Rate” means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect for that day equal to the prime rate in the United States as reported from time to time in The Wall Street Journal (or, if such rate is not available, such other authoritative source selected by Administrative Agent in its discretion), or as Prime Rate is otherwise determined by Administrative Agent in its discretion. Administrative Agent’s determination of the Prime Rate will be conclusive, absent manifest error. Any change in the Prime Rate will take effect at the opening of business on the day of that change. In the event The Wall Street Journal (or any other authoritative source) publishes a range of “prime rates,” the Prime Rate will be the highest of the “prime rates”.
“Pro Rata Share” means:
(a) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans, participate in Letters of Credit, reimburse the Issuing Lender, and receive payments of principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses with respect thereto (including, without limitation, with respect to all Existing Revolving Loans), (i) prior to the Revolving Commitment being terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, by (y) the aggregate Revolving Commitment of all Lenders and (ii) from and after the time the Revolving Commitment has been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Outstandings by (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Outstandings;
(b) with respect to a Lender’s right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Existing Term Loans, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Existing Term Loans, by (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Existing Term Loans of all Lenders;
(c) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make Closing Date Term Loans and the right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Closing Date Term Loans, (i) prior to the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments being terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) such Lender’s Closing Date Term Loan Commitment, by (y) the aggregate Closing Date Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders, and (ii) from and after the time the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Closing Date Term Loans, by (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Closing Date Term Loans of all Lenders; and
(d) with respect to all other matters as to a particular Lender, (i) prior to the time that the Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, plus the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, plus such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, by (y) the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Lenders, plus the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans of all Lenders, plus such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, and (ii) if the Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Outstandings, plus the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, by (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Outstandings, plus the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans of all Lenders.
39
“Proceeding” or “proceeding” means any investigation, inquiry, litigation, review, hearing, suit, claim, audit, arbitration, proceeding or action (in each case, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Authority or arbitrator.
“Protective Advances” is defined in Section 14.15.
“Purchase Money Debt” means Debt (other than the Obligations) (a) that is incurred at the time of, or within 20 days following, an acquisition of Equipment, and (b) evidences the deferred purchase price thereof.
“Register” is defined in Section 15.7.
“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain registration rights agreement with respect to the Monroe Supporting Shares by and between Ultimate Holdings and the Administrative Agent, entered into pursuant to Section 10.16, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the FRB.
“Regulation U” means Regulation U of the FRB.
“Reimbursement Obligations” means all amounts owing by Borrowers for any drawings (including any interest thereon) under Letters of Credit.
“Related Agreements” means, collectively (a) the 4th Source Related Agreements, together with all related documents, including exhibits, annexes and schedules, and any amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, and (b) the AgileThought Related Agreements, together with all related documents, including exhibits, annexes and schedules, and any amendments, modifications and supplements thereto.
“Related Transactions” means, collectively (a) the 4th Source Related Transactions, and (b) the AgileThought Related Transactions.
“Replacement Lender” is defined in Section 8.5(b).
“Reportable Event” means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder as to which the PBGC has not waived the notification requirement of Section 4043(a), or the failure of a Pension Plan to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code (without regard to whether the Pension Plan is a plan described in Section 4021(a)(2) of ERISA) or under Section 302 of ERISA.
40
“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders whose Pro Rata Shares exceed 50% as determined pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Pro Rata Share”; provided that (a) the Pro Rata Shares held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders and (b) at all times there are two or fewer Lenders which are not Affiliates of each other, Required Lenders shall require all such Lenders which are (i) not Affiliates of each other and (ii) not Defaulting Lenders.
“Requirement of Law” means, with respect to any Person, the common law and any federal, state, local, foreign, multinational, or international laws, statutes, codes, treaties, standards, rules and regulations, guidelines, ordinances, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees (including administrative or judicial precedents or authorities) and the interpretation or administration thereof by, and other determinations, directives, requirements, or requests of, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and that are applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or products or to which such Person or any of its property or products is subject, including, without limitation, all health care laws, the Sherman Act (15 U.S.C. § 1); Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. § 45); and the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. §§ 13, 14 & 18).
“Revolving Commitment” means, as to any Lender, such Lender’s commitment to make Revolving Loans, and to issue or participate in Letters of Credit, under this Agreement. The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Annex A. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments of all Lenders as of the Closing Date is $5,000,000.
“Revolving Loan” and “Revolving Loans” are defined in Section 2.1.1, and including, for avoidance of doubt, each Existing Revolving Loan.
“Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.
“Revolving Outstandings” means, at any time, (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Obligations.
“Sanction(s)” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government, including OFAC, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.
“SBA” means the U.S. Small Business Administration.
“Scheduled Term Loan Payment Amount” means an amount equal to 2.500% per annum (0.625% per calendar quarter) of the initial aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans extended hereunder (including, for avoidance of doubt, all Existing Term Loans, Closing Date Term Loans, and Incremental Term Loans) without giving effect to any mandatory or voluntary payments of principal thereon.
“SDN List” is defined in Section 9.30.
41
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Authority succeeding to any of the principal functions thereof.
“Second Lien Agent” means Glas USA LLC.
“Second Lien Debt”
means all Debt owed to the Second Lien Lenders pursuant to the Second Lien Loan Documents, in an amount not to exceed the sum of: $29,100,00025,000,000;
plus the aggregate amount of interest on such Second Lien Debt that has been capitalized or accrued in accordance with the terms of the
Second Lien Loan Documents.
“Second Lien Equity
Interests” means (a) the right in Article
18 of the Second Lien Loan Agreement that Second Lien Lenders have to convert Second Lien Debt into common
shares of Ultimate Holdings, and (b) subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld), in lieu of
such right in the Second Lien Loan Agreement, warrants or other Equity Interests that may be agreed between Second Lien Lenders and Ultimate
Holdings exercisable for common shares of Ultimate Holdings.
“Second Lien Intercreditor
Agreement” means the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement of even date herewithdated
as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date between the Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Agent, as may be amended, modified,
supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance therewith.
“Second Lien Lenders” means, collectively, the various financial institutions party to the Second Lien Loan Agreement as lenders.
“Second Lien Loan
Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Dateto
be entered into by and among Ultimate Holdings, AN Extend, Intermediate Holdings, certain other Loan Parties party thereto,
the Second Lien Agent, and the Second Lien Lenders, as in effect on the Closing Date or
as may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and the CS Intercreditor Agreement,
as in effect on the date of its initial execution.
“Second Lien Loan
Documents” means, collectively, the Second Lien Loan Agreement and each of the other agreements, instruments and other documents
with respect to the Second Lien Debt, all as in effect on the date hereofof
their initial execution or as may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance with this
Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.
“Segregated Account” means the account maintained by the trustee under the Faktos/Facultas Trust Documents at Banco Invex, S.A. de C.V., which account secures the obligation to make certain earn-out payments in connection with the acquisition of Faktos INC, S.A.P.I. de C.V. and Facultas Analytics, S.A.P.I. de C.V.
“Senior Officer” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any of the president, chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, or the treasurer of that Loan Party.
“Sixth Amendment” means that certain Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 26, 2021.
42
“SPAC
Transaction” means a direct or indirect sale, merger, reorganization, recapitalization or other business combination
or similar transaction by Ultimate Holdings to or with a special purpose acquisition corporation or Affiliate (the “SPAC”)
thereof pursuant to bona fide definitive documentation that contains commercially reasonable terms (including, without limitation,
reasonable closing conditions).
“Specified Mexican Receivables” means the accounts receivables set forth on Schedule 1.1(b), which will be pledged under Mexican Pledge Without Transfer of Possession Agreement.
“Specified Permitted Debt” means any Permitted Debt permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents and under Section 11.1, other than Permitted Debt permitted under Sections 11.1(f) or (o).
“Specified Permitted Investment” means any Permitted Investment permitted under Section 11.9(a), (c), (d), (f), (g), or (k).
“Stated Amount” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit at any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount available for drawing thereunder under any and all circumstances.
“Subordinated Debt”
means, collectively, any Debt of Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries which is (i) in the case of the Permitted Exitus Debt only, unsecured
or secured by the Apartment located at Calle Lorenzo de la Hidalga No. 40 Torre A-12, Colonia Tlaxala of the real estate development called
Bosques de Santa Fe, Alcaldía Cuajimalpa de Morelos, Mexico City and (ii) subject to a Subordination Agreement, including, without
limitation, the Permitted Investor Debt and,
Permitted Exitus Debt and the Second Lien Debt.
“Subordination Agreement”
means, collectively, (a) the Permitted Investor Debt Subordination Agreement, (b) the Permitted Exitus Debt Subordination Agreement, (c)
the subordination terms and covenants set forth in the Master Intercompany Note, (d)
the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (de)
any other subordination agreement or terms and covenants set forth in documents evidencing Subordinated Debt that are executed by a holder
of Subordinated Debt in favor of Administrative Agent and the Lenders from time to time on or after the Closing Date, in the cases of
clauses (a) , (b), (c) and (d) and
(e) in form and substance and on terms and conditions satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, outstanding Equity Interests having more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity. Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, each reference to Subsidiaries in this Agreement refers to Subsidiaries (including, for avoidance of doubt, Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries) of the Loan Parties.
“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to a Loan Party, its obligations under a Hedging Agreement that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
43
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Tenth Amendment” means that certain Tenth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date.
“Tenth Amendment Effective Date” means November 15, 2021.
“Tenth Amendment Fee Letter” means the fee letter dated as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date between the Loan Parties and Administrative Agent.
“Term Lender” means a Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or that has an outstanding Term Loan.
“Term Loan Commitment” means, as to any Lender, such Lender’s commitment to make Term Loans under any of the Existing Loan Documents or this Agreement (including, without limitation, such Lender’s Closing Date Term Loan Commitment). All term loan commitments under any of the Existing Loan Documents have expired prior to the Closing Date. The amount of each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Annex A. The aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders as of the Closing Date is $23,000,000.
“Term Loan Maturity Date” means the earlier of (a) November 10, 2023 or (b) the Termination Date.
“Term Loans” means, collectively (a) the Existing Term Loans, (b) the Closing Date Term Loans, and (c) any Incremental Term Loans. “Term Loan” shall have a correlative meaning.
“Termination Date” means the earlier to occur of (a) the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (b) such other date on which the Commitments terminate pursuant to Section 6 or Section 13.
“Termination Event” means, with respect to a Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, (a) a Reportable Event, (b) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or any other member of its Controlled Group from such Pension Plan during a plan year in which any Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or was deemed such under Section 4068(f) of ERISA, (c) the termination of such Pension Plan, the filing of a notice of intent to terminate the Pension Plan or the treatment of an amendment of such Pension Plan as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, (d) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate such Pension Plan or (e) any event or condition that might reasonably constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or appointment of a trustee to administer, such Pension Plan.
“Third Amendment” means that certain Waiver and Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2021, by and among the, Borrowers, the Holdings Companies, the Lenders party thereto, and the Administrative Agent.
44
“Total Debt”
means, on any date of determination, all Debt of the Consolidated Group on such day, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP, but excluding (a) contingent obligations thereof in respect of Contingent Liabilities (except to the extent constituting (i)
Contingent Liabilities thereof in respect of Debt of a Person other than any Loan Party, or (ii) Contingent Liabilities thereof in respect
of undrawn letters of credit), (b) any Hedging Obligations thereof, (c) Debt of any Borrower to any other Borrower, to the extent subordinated
to the Obligations pursuant to the Master Intercompany Note, (d) for avoidance of doubt, Permitted Earn-out Obligations to the extent
that the amount thereof is not yet due and payable, and (e) the Second Lien Debt so long as such Debt is subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor
Agreement and the outstanding principal amount of such Debt does not, in the aggregate for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, exceed
$29,100,00025,000,000
at any time plus the aggregate amount of interest on such Second Lien Debt that has been capitalized or accrued in accordance with the
terms of the Second Lien Loan Documents.
“Total Leverage Ratio” means, for the Consolidated Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of the last day of any Computation Period, the ratio of (a) Total Debt (excluding any of the Permitted Investor Debt, Permitted Exitus Debt, Permitted Earn-out Obligations and any amendment fees payable for the account of the Lenders (including the Fifth Amendment Fee)) thereof as of such day, to (b) EBITDA thereof for the Computation Period ending on such day; provided that solely for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio for all purposes other than determining compliance with Section 10.19(ii), as of (x) December 31, 2021, (y) March 31, 2022 and (z) June 30, 2022, the amount of Total Debt used in such calculation shall be reduced by an amount equal to the market value of the Monroe Supporting Shares as of such date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, solely for the purposes of determining compliance with Section 11.12.2, “Total Debt” shall not include any amount of the PPP Loans other than PPP Unforgiven Loans.
“Total Plan Liability” means, at any time, the present value of all vested and unvested accrued benefits under all Pension Plans, determined as of the then most recent valuation date for each Pension Plan, using PBGC actuarial assumptions for single employer plan terminations.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.
“Ultimate Holdings” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Unfunded Liability” means the amount (if any) by which the present value of all vested and unvested accrued benefits under all Pension Plans exceeds the fair market value of all assets allocable to those benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for each Pension Plan, using PBGC actuarial assumptions for single employer plan terminations.
“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
“Unused Fee” is defined in Section 5.1.
“Unused Fee Rate” means 0.50% per annum.
45
“Unused Revolving Commitment Fee” is defined in Section 5.1.
“Warrants”
means (a) the warrants issued by LIVK in connection with its initial public offering of units (the “"IPO”")
to buyers of its units in the IPO and (b) the warrants issued by LIVK to its sponsor, LIV Capital Acquisition Sponsor, L.P., in a private
placement occurring substantially concurrently with the IPO, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Fourth Amendment.
“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, a Subsidiary all of the Equity Interests of which (except directors’ qualifying Equity Interests) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by that Person and/or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of that Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries in this Agreement refers to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (including, for avoidance of doubt, Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries) of the Loan Parties.
“Withholding Certificate” is defined in Section 7.6.4.
“Working Capital” means, at any date of determination thereof with respect to any Person, the remainder (which may be a negative number) of (a) the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries (other than cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP minus (b) the total liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of any Loans) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions.
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b) Section, Annex, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(c) The term “in its discretion” means “in its sole and absolute discretion.” The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”
(d) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including.”
46
(e) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such statute or regulation.
(f) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and each shall be performed in accordance with its terms.
(g) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Administrative Agent, Loan Parties, the Lenders and the other parties hereto and thereto and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed against Administrative Agent or the Lenders merely because of Administrative Agent’s or Lenders’ involvement in their preparation.
(h) If any delivery due date specified in Section 10.1 for the delivery of reports, certificates and other information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 10.1 falls on a day which is not a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the immediately following Business Day.
(i) A Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred and exist at all times during the period commencing on the date that Default or Event of Default occurs to the date on which that Default or Event of Default is waived in writing pursuant to this Agreement or, in the case of a Default, is cured within any period of cure expressly provided for in this Agreement, and an Event of Default will “continue” or be “continuing” until that Event of Default has been waived in writing by the Required Lenders.
1.3. Accounting and Other Terms.
(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each accounting term used in this Agreement has the meaning given it under GAAP applied on a basis consistent with those used in preparing the financial statements and using the same inventory valuation method as used in the financial statements, except for any change required or permitted by GAAP if Borrowers’ certified public accountants concur in that change, the change is disclosed to Administrative Agent, and Section 11.12 is amended in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent to take into account the effects of the change; provided that, for purposes of any Fiscal Quarter ending on or prior to December 31, 2018, all such accounting terms shall have the meanings given to them under International Financial Reporting Standards, and all financial statements for any period ending on or prior to December 31, 2018 (other than the audited financial statements for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2018) will be prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. All financial statements delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in the English language and Dollars.
47
(b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and any of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower Representative on behalf of the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph or the definition of “Capital Lease,” or “Capital Lease Obligations” in the event of an accounting change requiring all leases to be capitalized, only those leases (assuming for purposes hereof that they were in existence on the date hereof) that would constitute Capital Leases or Capital Lease Obligations in accordance with GAAP on December 31, 2018 shall be considered Capital Leases or Capital Lease Obligations, as applicable, and all calculations and deliverables under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in accordance therewith; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, all leases entered into after the date hereof shall be capitalized, except to the extent that any such lease is a renewal, extension or replacement of any lease entered into or prior to the date hereof.
(c) All terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC and which are not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the same meanings in this Agreement as set forth therein, except that terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York on the date of this Agreement will continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of that statute except as Administrative Agent may otherwise determine
SECTION 2: COMMITMENTS OF THE LENDERS; BORROWING PROCEDURES.
2.1. Commitments. On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the Lenders, severally and for itself alone, agrees to make Loans to Borrowers as follows:
2.1.1 Revolving Commitment. Pursuant to the Existing Loan Documents, the Lenders have previously made the Existing Revolving Loans to the Borrowers. As of the Closing Date, the aggregate balance of the Existing Revolving Loans is $1,500,000.00. Each Lender with a Revolving Commitment agrees to continue to make loans to Borrowers on a revolving basis (each, including, for avoidance of doubt, each Existing Revolving Loan, a “Revolving Loan” and all such loans, collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) from time to time until the Termination Date in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amounts that Borrower Representative requests from all Lenders; provided that the aggregate amount of all Revolving Outstandings shall not at any time exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Lenders. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Commitments, the Borrowers shall be entitled to borrow, prepay and re-borrow Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided that the Borrowers shall not be entitled to borrow or re-borrow Revolving Loans from and after the Tenth Amendment Effective Date. The Revolving Commitments of all Lenders shall expire on the Termination Date.
48
2.1.2 Term Loan Commitments.
(a) Existing Term Loans. Prior to the Closing Date, the Existing Term Loans were made to the Borrowers pursuant to the Existing Loan Documents. As of the Closing Date (prior to giving effect to the funding of the loans on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof), the aggregate balance of the Existing Term Loans is $74,062,500.00. All term loan commitments under any of the Existing Loan Documents have expired prior to the Closing Date.
(b) Closing Date Term Loans. Each Lender with a Closing Date Term Loan Commitment agrees to make a Term Loan to Borrowers on the Closing Date (each such loan, a “Closing Date Term Loan,” and, collectively with each other Closing Date Term Loan, the “Closing Date Term Loans”) in such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Closing Date Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders. Immediately upon the making of such Term Loans on the Closing Date, the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments shall be reduced to zero and terminated.
(c) Incremental Term Loans. Any Incremental Term Loans shall be borrowed pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.7.
(d) Repayments. Amounts repaid with respect to any of the Term Loans (including, without limitation, any of the Existing Term Loans, Closing Date Term Loans, or Incremental Term Loans) may not be reborrowed.
2.1.3 L/C Commitment. Subject to Section 2.3.1, each Issuing Lender agrees to issue letters of credit, in each case containing terms and conditions that are permitted by this Agreement and reasonably satisfactory to that Issuing Lender (each, a “Letter of Credit”), at the request of Borrower Representative and for the account of Borrowers from time to time before the scheduled Termination Date and, as more fully set forth in Section 2.3.2, each Lender with a Revolving Commitment agrees to purchase a participation in each such Letter of Credit, but (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit may not at any time exceed $0.
49
2.1.4 No Novation. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not effectuate a novation of any of the Existing Loan Documents, or a release or discharge of any of the Existing Loans or the other Existing Obligations or any of the Existing Collateral or any other Collateral, but rather a substitution of certain of the terms governing the payment and performance of such obligations and indebtedness.
2.2. Loan Procedures.
2.2.1 Various Types of Loans. Each Loan may be divided into tranches which are, either a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan (each, a “Type” of Loan), as Borrower Representative specifies in the related Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.2.2 or Notice of Conversion pursuant to Section 2.2.3. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans may be outstanding at the same time, but no more than three (3) different groups of Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Loans may be outstanding at any time. All borrowings, conversions, and repayments of Loans will be effected so that each Lender will have a ratable share (according to its Pro Rata Share) of all Types of Loans.
2.2.2 Borrowing Procedures.
(a) Borrower Representative shall give written notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (each such written notice, a “Notice of Borrowing”) to Administrative Agent and each Lender with an applicable Commitment of each proposed borrowing not later than 10:00 A.M. (Chicago time) at least three Business Days prior to the proposed date of that borrowing (provided that such deadline may be waived in writing by Administrative Agent with the consent of all Lenders) and at least one Business Day prior to the proposed date of that borrowing (in the case of Base Rate Loans). Each such notice will be effective upon receipt by Administrative Agent, will be irrevocable, and must specify the date, amount, and Type of borrowing. On the requested borrowing date, each Lender with an applicable Commitment shall provide Administrative Agent with immediately available funds covering that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of that borrowing so long as the applicable Lender has not received written notice that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 12 with respect to that borrowing have not been satisfied. After Administrative Agent’s receipt of the proceeds of the applicable Loans from Lenders with applicable Commitments, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of those Loans available to Borrowers on the applicable borrowing date by transferring to Borrowers immediately available funds equal to the proceeds received by Administrative Agent. Each borrowing shall be on a Business Day, and shall be in an aggregate amount of at least $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of $500,000. Each Lender shall, upon request of Administrative Agent, deliver to Administrative Agent a list of all Loans made by such Lender, together with all information related thereto as Administrative Agent reasonably requests. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower Representative may not request, and Lenders shall not be required to fund, (i) any borrowing of any Loan that is not a LIBOR borrowing unless, subject to and as more particularly described in Section 8, LIBOR is unavailable or unlawful, or (ii) more than four (4) borrowings of Revolving Loans in any month.
50
(b) Unless payment is otherwise timely made by Borrowers, the becoming due of any Obligations (whether principal, interest, fees or other charges) shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate borrowing of a Revolving Loan on the due date, in the amount of those Obligations. The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be disbursed as direct payment of the relevant Obligations. In addition, Administrative Agent may, at its option, charge when and as due any Obligations against any operating, investment or other account of any Borrower maintained with Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 7.1.2, the Loan Account.
2.2.3 Conversion Procedures.
(a) Subject to Section 2.2.1 and to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower Representative may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.2.3(b), elect, as of any Business Day, to convert any Loans (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount not less than $150,000 or a higher integral multiple of $50,000) into Loans of the other Type. After giving effect to any prepayment or conversion, the aggregate principal amount of LIBOR Loans must be at least $150,000 and an integral multiple of $50,000. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower Representative may not request the conversion of, and Administrative Agent and the Lenders will not be required to convert, any Loan that is LIBOR Loan into a Base Rate Loan unless, subject to and as more particularly described in Section 8, LIBOR is unavailable or unlawful.
(b) Borrower Representative shall give written notice (each such written notice, a “Notice of Conversion”) substantially in the form of Exhibit F or telephonic notice (followed immediately by a Notice of Conversion) to the Administrative Agent of each proposed conversion not later than 1:00 P.M. (Chicago time) on the proposed date of that conversion, specifying in each case:
(i) the proposed date of conversion;
(ii) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted; and
(iii) the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion.
51
(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a Revolving Loan that is a LIBOR Loan Borrower Representative has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable to that Revolving Loan, then Borrower Representative will be deemed to have elected to continue that Revolving Loan as a LIBOR Loan for another Interest Period effective on the last day of that Interest Period.
(d) Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of a Notice of Conversion pursuant to this Section 2.2.3.
2.2.4 Funding Losses. In connection with each LIBOR Loan, each Borrower shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend, and hold Administrative Agent and the Lenders harmless against any loss, cost, or expense actually incurred by Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any LIBOR Loan on the date specified by Borrower Representative in a Notice of Borrowing or other notice delivered pursuant hereto (other than as a result of any failure of any Lender to make such LIBOR Loan to the extent required by this Agreement that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith of such Lender) (such losses, costs, or expenses, “Funding Losses”). A certificate of Administrative Agent or a Lender delivered to Borrower Representative setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that Administrative Agent or such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.2.3 shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrowers shall pay such amount to Administrative Agent or the Lender, as applicable, within 30 days of the date of its receipt of such certificate.
2.3. Letter of Credit Procedures.
2.3.1 L/C Applications. Borrowers shall execute and deliver to each Issuing Lender each Master Letter of Credit Agreement from time to time in effect with respect to that Issuing Lender. Borrower Representative shall give notice to Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Lender of the proposed issuance of each Letter of Credit on a Business Day which is at least three Business Days (or any lesser number of days as Administrative Agent and that Issuing Lender agree in any particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each such notice must be accompanied by an L/C Application, duly executed by Borrowers and in all respects satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Lender, together with all other documentation as Administrative Agent or that Issuing Lender reasonably requests in support thereof, it being understood that each L/C Application must specify, among other things, the date on which the proposed Letter of Credit is to be issued, the expiration date of that Letter of Credit (which may not be later than the scheduled Termination Date (unless that Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized)), and whether that Letter of Credit is to be transferable in whole or in part. Any Letter of Credit outstanding after the scheduled Termination Date that is Cash Collateralized for the benefit of an Issuing Lender will be the sole responsibility of that Issuing Lender. So long as the applicable Issuing Lender has not received written notice that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 12 with respect to the issuance of a requested Letter of Credit have not been satisfied, that Issuing Lender shall issue such Letter of Credit on the requested issuance date. Each Issuing Lender shall promptly advise Administrative Agent of the issuance of each Letter of Credit and of any amendment thereto, extension thereof, or event or circumstance changing the amount available for drawing thereunder. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of any Master Letter of Credit Agreement, any L/C Application and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will control.
52
2.3.2 Participations in Letters of Credit. Concurrently with the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Lender will be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Lender with a Revolving Commitment, and each such Lender will be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from that Issuing Lender, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of that Lender’s Pro Rata Share, in that Letter of Credit and Borrowers’ reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. If Borrowers do not pay any reimbursement obligations when due, Borrowers will be deemed to have immediately requested that the Lenders with Revolving Commitments make a Revolving Loan in a principal amount equal to those reimbursement obligations. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Lenders of any such deemed request and, without the necessity of compliance with the requirements of Section 2.2.2, Section 12.2, or otherwise, each such Lender shall make available to the applicable Issuing Lender its Pro Rata Share of that Revolving Loan for the account of Borrowers in satisfaction of those reimbursement obligations. For the purposes of this Agreement, the unparticipated portion of each Letter of Credit will be deemed to be the applicable Issuing Lender’s “participation” therein. Each Issuing Lender shall, upon request of Administrative Agent or any Lender, deliver to Administrative Agent or that Lender a list of all Letters of Credit issued by that Issuing Lender, together with all information related thereto as Administrative Agent or that Lender reasonably requests.
2.3.3 Reimbursement Obligations.
(a) Borrowers hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to reimburse each Issuing Lender for each payment or disbursement made by such Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit honoring any demand for payment made by the beneficiary thereunder, in each case on the date that such payment or disbursement is made. Any amount not reimbursed on the date of such payment or disbursement will bear interest from the date of that payment or disbursement to the date that the applicable Issuing Lender is reimbursed by Borrowers therefor, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans plus 2.00%. Each Issuing Lender shall notify Borrower Representative and Administrative Agent whenever any demand for payment is made under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereunder; provided that the failure of an Issuing Lender to so notify Borrower Representative or Administrative Agent will not affect the rights of any Issuing Lender or any Lender in any manner whatsoever.
53
(b) Borrowers’ reimbursement obligations under this Section 2.3.3 are irrevocable and unconditional under all circumstances, including (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense, or other right that any Loan Party may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, any Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection with any Letter of Credit, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between any Loan Party and the beneficiary named in any Letter of Credit); (iii) the validity, sufficiency, or genuineness of any document that an Issuing Lender has determined complies on its face with the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit, even if that document later proves to have been forged, fraudulent, invalid, or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein later proves to be untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or (iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no action or omission whatsoever by Administrative Agent or any Lender (excluding any Lender in its capacity as an Issuing Lender) under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or any related matters will result in any liability of Administrative Agent or any Lender to any Borrower, or relieve any Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement to any such Person.
2.3.4 Funding by Lenders to Issuing Lender. If any Issuing Lender makes any payment or disbursement under any Letter of Credit and (a) Borrowers have not reimbursed that Issuing Lender in full for such payment or disbursement by 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date of that payment or disbursement, (b) a Revolving Loan may not be made in accordance with Section 2.3.2, or (c) any reimbursement received by that Issuing Lender from Borrowers is or must be returned or rescinded upon or during any Insolvency Proceeding or reorganization of any Borrower or otherwise, each other Lender with a Revolving Commitment shall pay to the applicable Issuing Lender, in full or partial payment of the purchase price of its participation in that Letter of Credit, that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of that payment or disbursement (but no such payment will diminish the obligations of Borrowers under Section 2.3.3), and, upon notice from that Issuing Lender, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each other Lender thereof. Each other Lender with a Revolving Commitment irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to so pay to the applicable Issuing Lender in immediately available funds the amount of that other Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each such payment or disbursement. If and to the extent any such Lender has not made any such amount available to the applicable Issuing Lender by 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the Business Day on which that Lender receives notice from Administrative Agent of that payment or disbursement (it being understood that any such notice received after noon (Chicago time) on any Business Day will be deemed to have been received on the next following Business Day), that Lender shall pay interest on that amount to the applicable Issuing Lender promptly on demand, for each day from the date that amount was to have been delivered to the applicable Issuing Lender to the date that amount is paid, at a rate per annum equal to (i) for the first three days after demand, the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect, and (ii) thereafter, the Base Rate from time to time in effect. Any Lender’s failure to make available to the applicable Issuing Lender its Pro Rata Share of any such payment or disbursement will not relieve any other Lender of its obligation under this Agreement to make available to the applicable Issuing Lender that other Lender’s Pro Rata Share of that payment, but no Lender will be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make available to the applicable Issuing Lender that other Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any such payment or disbursement.
54
2.4. Commitments Several. The failure of any Lender to make a requested Loan on any date shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation (if any) to make a Loan on such date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan to be made by such other Lender.
2.5. Certain Conditions. No Lender shall have an obligation to make any Loan, or to permit any conversion or continuation of any LIBOR Loan (if otherwise permissible) and no Issuing Lender will have an obligation to issue any Letter of Credit, if an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing.
2.6. Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions will apply for so long as that Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
2.6.1 Fees will cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of the Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 5.1.
2.6.2 If any Letters of Credit are outstanding at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then:
(a) all or any part of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit will be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders with Revolving Commitments in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares as determined pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of “Pro Rata Share,” but only to the extent (i) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Outstandings plus that Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit does not exceed the aggregate of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments and (ii) the conditions set forth in Section 12.2 are satisfied at that time;
(b) if the reallocation described in Section 2.6.2(a) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by Administrative Agent Cash Collateralize the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit (after giving effect to Section 2.6.3(iii) and any partial reallocation pursuant to Section 2.6.2(a)) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.3.1 for so long as that obligation to participate in Letters of Credit is outstanding;
55
(c) if Borrowers Cash Collateralize any portion of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.6.2, Borrowers shall not be required to pay any fees to that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 5.5 with respect to that Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit during the period that Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit is Cash Collateralized;
(d) if the obligation to participate in Letters of Credit of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to Section 2.6.2, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 5.5 will be adjusted in accordance with the non-Defaulting Lenders’ Pro Rata Shares (as determined pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of “Pro Rata Share”); and
(e) if any Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit is neither Cash Collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to Section 2.6.2, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Lender or any Lender under this Agreement, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 5.5 with respect to that Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit will be payable to the applicable Issuing Lender until that Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit is Cash Collateralized and/or reallocated
2.6.3 So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Lender will be required to issue, amend, or increase any Letter of Credit unless that Issuing Lender is satisfied that the related exposure will be fully covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders with Revolving Commitments and/or Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section 2.6.2, and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit will be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.6.2(a) (and Defaulting Lenders will not participate therein). Any amount payable to a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 7.5 but excluding Section 8) will, in lieu of being distributed to that Defaulting Lender, be retained by Administrative Agent and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied as follows at such time or times as Administrative Agent determines: (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent under this Agreement; (ii) second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Lender hereunder; (iii) third, to Cash Collateralize the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.6.2, (iv) fourth, pro rata, to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by Administrative Agent; (v) fifth, if so determined by Administrative Agent and Borrowers, held as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement; (vi) sixth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrowers or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Borrower or any Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and (vii) seventh, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. If any such payment is a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans and made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 12.2 are satisfied, then that payment will be applied solely to prepay the Loans of all Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans of any Defaulting Lender.
56
2.6.4 If Administrative Agent, Borrowers, and the applicable Issuing Lender(s) each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused that Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the obligations to participate in Letters of Credit of the Lenders will be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of that Lender’s Commitment and on that date that Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as Administrative Agent determines is necessary in order for that Lender to hold those Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Share (as determined pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of “Pro Rata Share”). No Defaulting Lender will have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver, consent, or any other action the Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take under this Agreement (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 15.1) but any waiver, amendment, or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each directly affected Lender that affects a Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders will require the consent of that Defaulting Lender.
2.7. Increase In Term Loan Commitments.
2.7.1 Borrower Representative, on behalf of Borrowers, may request an increase in Term Loan Commitments from existing Term Lenders from time to time upon not less than 15 days’ notice to Administrative Agent, as long as (a) the requested increase or new tranche is offered on the same terms as the existing Term Loan Commitments, except for a closing fee to be agreed upon between Administrative Agent in its discretion and Borrowers, and such new Term Loan Commitments shall be available at any time prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) total increases under this Section 2.7 do not exceed $50,000,000, (c) such Term Loan is issued in connection with such increase or new tranche are utilized in accordance with Section 10.6, (d) as of the last day of the most recent calendar month for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered hereunder and calculated on a pro forma basis, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group was no greater than 3.50:1.00, (e) such increase is permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents, and (f) Administrative Agent consents, in its discretion, to such increase at the time of the request thereof. Such Term Loans extended pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be referred to as “Incremental Term Loans”.
2.7.2 Upon satisfaction of the criteria set forth in Section 2.7.1, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Term Lenders of the requested increase and, within 2 Business Days thereafter, each Term Lender shall notify Administrative Agent if and to what extent such Term Lender commits to increase its Term Loan Commitment. Any Term Lender not responding within such period shall be deemed to have declined an increase. Administrative Agent may allocate, in its discretion, the increased Term Loan Commitments among committing Term Lenders. Total Term Loan Commitments shall be increased by the requested amount (or such lesser amount committed) on a date agreed upon by Administrative Agent and Borrower Representative; provided that the conditions set forth in Sections 12.2 and 12.3 are satisfied at such time. Administrative Agent, Borrowers, and the existing Term Lenders making new Term Loans shall execute and deliver such customary documents and agreements as Administrative Agent deems reasonably appropriate to evidence the increase in and allocations of Term Loan Commitments. On the effective date of an increase, the outstanding Term Loans and other exposures under the Term Loan Commitments shall be reallocated among Term Lenders, and settled by Administrative Agent as necessary, in accordance with Term Lenders’ adjusted shares of such Term Loan Commitments.
57
2.7.3 Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans shall become Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Loan Parties, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.7 (including, without limitation, to preserve “fungibility” or to add premiums in respect of existing Term Loans in connection with an increase to such Term Loans).
SECTION 3: EVIDENCING OF LOANS.
3.1. Notes. At a Lender’s request, (a) the Revolving Loans of that Lender may be evidenced by a Note, with appropriate insertions, payable to the order of that Lender in a face principal amount equal to the amount of that Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (b) the Closing Date Term Loans of that Lender may be evidenced by a Note, with appropriate insertions, payable to the order of that Lender in a face principal amount equal to the principal amount of that Lender’s Closing Date Term Loans, and (c) the Incremental Term Loans of that Lender may be evidenced by a Note, with appropriate insertions, payable to the order of that Lender in a face principal amount equal to the sum of that Lender’s Incremental Term Loans.
3.2. Recordkeeping. Administrative Agent, on behalf of each Lender, shall record in its records, the date and amount of each Loan made by each Lender and each repayment or conversion (if permissible) thereof. The aggregate unpaid principal amount so recorded will be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount of the Loans owing and unpaid. The failure to so record any such amount or any error in so recording any such amount will not, however, limit or otherwise affect the Obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement or under any Note to repay the principal amount of the Loans under this Agreement, together with all interest accruing thereon.
58
SECTION 4: INTEREST.
4.1. Interest Rates. Each Borrower jointly and severally agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan for the period commencing on the date that Loan is made until that Loan is paid in full as follows:
4.1.1 Revolving Loans.
(a) at all times while a Revolving Loan is a Base Rate Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin; and
(b) at all times while a Revolving Loan is a LIBOR Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the LIBOR Rate from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin.
4.1.2 Term Loans.
(a) at all times while a Term Loan is a Base Rate Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin; and
(b) at all times while a Term Loan is a LIBOR Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the LIBOR Rate from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists, the interest rate applicable to each Loan will be increased by 2% during the existence of an Event of Default (and, in the case of Obligations not bearing interest, those Obligations will, during the existence of an Event of Default, bear interest at the highest interest rate applicable to the Loans plus 2%), but any such increase may be rescinded by Required Lenders, notwithstanding Section 15.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Sections 13.1.1 or 13.1.4, the increase provided for in this Section 4.1 will occur automatically. In no event will interest payable by Borrowers to any Lender under this Agreement exceed the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, and if any such provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law, then that provision will be deemed modified to limit that interest to the maximum rate permitted under that law.
59
4.2. Interest Payment Dates. Accrued interest on each Base Rate Loan and each LIBOR Loan shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar month, upon a prepayment of such Loan, and on the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated, and at maturity. After maturity, and at any time an Event of Default exists, accrued interest on all Loans shall be payable on demand. Each Borrower hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to, and Administrative Agent may, from time to time charge the Loan Account pursuant to Section 7.1.2 with the amount of any interest payment due under this Agreement.
4.3. Setting and Notice of LIBOR Rates. The LIBOR Rate for each Interest Period will be determined by Administrative Agent. Each determination of the applicable LIBOR Rate by Administrative Agent will be conclusive and binding upon the parties to this Agreement, absent manifest error.
4.4. Computation of Interest. Interest will be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of (a) 360 days for interest calculated at the LIBOR Rate and (b) 365/366 days for interest calculated at the Base Rate. The applicable interest rate for each Base Rate Loan will change simultaneously with each change in the Base Rate and the applicable interest rate for each LIBOR Loan will change simultaneously with each change in the LIBOR Rate.
4.5. Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate. In no event will any interest rate payable under this Agreement (including, without limitation, under Section 4.1 plus any other amounts paid in connection herewith, exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final determination, deems applicable. Borrowers and the Lenders, in executing and delivering this Agreement, intend legally to agree upon the rates of interest and manner of payment stated within this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any such rate of interest or manner of payment exceeds the maximum allowable under applicable law, then, ipso facto, as of the date of this Agreement, each Borrower is and will be liable only for the payment of such maximum amount as is allowed by law, and payment received from such Borrower in excess of such legal maximum, whenever received, will be applied to reduce the principal balance of the Obligations to the extent of that excess.
SECTION 5: FEES.
5.1. Unused Fee. Borrowers shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender with a Revolving Commitment (except as provided in Section 2.6) an unused fee (the “Unused Fee”), for the period from the Closing Date to the Termination Date, at the Unused Fee Rate in effect from time to time of that Lender’s Pro Rata Share (as adjusted from time to time) of the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitments. For purposes of calculating usage under this Section 5.1, the Revolving Commitments will be deemed used to the extent of Revolving Outstandings. Such Unused Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2018 and on the Termination Date for any period then ending for which such Unused Fees shall not have previously been paid. The Unused Fees shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 360 days.
60
5.2. [Intentionally Omitted].
5.3. Fee
Letters. All fees due and payable under the Existing Fee Letter and the
Agent Fee Letter have been paid in full, and were fully earned prior to the ClosingTenth
Amendment Effective Date and are non-refundable on or after the ClosingTenth
Amendment Effective Date. On the ClosingTenth
Amendment Effective Date, each Borrower jointly and severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent all such fees as are
mutually agreed to from time to time by Borrowers and Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, the fees set forth in the AgentTenth
Amendment Fee Letter in accordance with the terms thereof.
Such fees shall be deemed fully earned and non-refundable as of the ClosingTenth
Amendment Effective Date.
5.4. Prepayment Fee. Without limiting the generality of Section 5.3, each Borrower jointly and severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of all applicable Lenders, each Prepayment Fee in accordance with the Agent Fee Letter.
5.5. Letter of Credit Fees.
(a) Except as provided in Section 2.6, Borrowers shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender with a Revolving Commitment a letter of credit fee for each Letter of Credit equal to the L/C Fee Rate of that Lender’s Pro Rata Share (as adjusted from time to time) of the undrawn amount of that Letter of Credit (computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 360 days). Unless Administrative Agent and Required Lenders otherwise consent, the rate applicable to each Letter of Credit will be increased by 2.00% at any time that an Event of Default exists. That letter of credit fee will be payable in arrears on the last day of each month and on the Termination Date (or any later date on which that Letter of Credit expires or is terminated) for the period from the date of the issuance of that Letter of Credit (or the last day on which the letter of credit fee was paid with respect thereto) to the date that payment is due or, if earlier, the date on which that Letter of Credit expired or was terminated.
(b) In addition, with respect to each Letter of Credit, except as provided in Section 2.6, Borrowers shall pay to each Issuing Lender, for its own account, (i) all fees and expenses as that Issuing Lender customarily requires in connection with the issuance, negotiation, processing, and/or administration of letters of credit in similar situations, and (ii) a letter of credit fronting fee in the amount(s) and at the time(s) agreed to by Borrower Representative and that Issuing Lender.
SECTION 6: REDUCTION OR TERMINATION OF THE REVOLVING COMMITMENT; PREPAYMENTS.
6.1. Reduction or Termination of the Revolving Commitment.
6.1.1 Voluntary Reduction or Termination of the Revolving Commitment.
(a) Borrowers may from time to time on at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice received from the Borrower Representative to Administrative Agent (which shall promptly advise each applicable Lender thereof) permanently reduce the Revolving Commitments to an amount not less than the sum of the Revolving Outstandings. Any such reduction shall be in an amount not less than $500,000.
61
(b) Concurrently with any reduction of the Revolving Commitments to zero, Borrowers shall pay (i) all interest on the Revolving Loans, (ii) all accrued and unpaid Unused Revolving Commitment Fees and letter of credit fees, and (iii) Cash Collateralize in full all obligations arising with respect to the Letters of Credit.
(c) Concurrently with any reduction of the Revolving Commitments to zero, Borrowers shall pay (i) all interest on the Revolving Loans, (ii) all accrued and unpaid Unused Fees, and (iii) any applicable Prepayment Fee.
6.1.2 [Intentionally Omitted].
6.1.3 All Reductions of the Revolving Commitments. All reductions of the Revolving Commitments shall reduce the Revolving Commitments ratably among the Lenders according to their respective Pro Rata Shares.
6.2. Prepayments.
6.2.1 Voluntary Prepayments. Borrowers may from time to time voluntarily prepay the Term Loans in whole or in part; provided that Borrower Representative shall give Administrative Agent (which shall promptly advise each applicable Lender thereof) notice of any such prepayment not later than 10:00 A.M. Chicago time, on the day of such prepayment (which must be a Business Day), specifying the Term Loans to be prepaid and the amount of such prepayment. Any such voluntary partial prepayment shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000. All prepayments of Term Loans under this Section 6.2.1 shall be accompanied by payment of (a) all accrued interest on the Term Loans (or portion thereof) being prepaid, and (b) the Prepayment Fee, if any, due with respect thereto.
6.2.2 Mandatory Prepayments.
(a) Revolving Loans. Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Revolving Loans at any time when the aggregate amount of all Revolving Outstandings exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Lenders, to the full extent of any such excess.
62
(b) Term Loans. Borrowers shall make a prepayment of the Term Loans until paid in full upon the occurrence of any of the following at the following times and in the following amounts:
(i) concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Disposition (other than from a Permitted Factoring Disposition), in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds;
(ii) (A)
concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any other issuance
of Equity Interests of any Loan Party (other than the issuance of Equity Interests pursuant to the LIV
Equity Contribution Agreement or the SPAC Transaction), in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided
that, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Senior Officer on behalf of
the Borrowers to the effect that the Loan Parties intend to apply such Net Cash Proceeds (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate),
within 365 days after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, to consummate a Permitted Acquisition thereby, a Specified Permitted Investment
thereof, or a Capital Expenditure thereby that is otherwise permitted under this Agreement, and certifying that no Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, then no such prepayment shall be required on (a) 75% of such Net Cash Proceeds in connection with any issuance
of Equity Interests pursuant to an IPO, or (b) any Net Cash Proceeds in connection with any other issuance of Equity Interests of any
Loan Party permitted hereunder; provided, further, that
to the extent any such Net Cash Proceeds therefrom that have not been so applied by the end of such 365-day period, a prepayment shall
be required in an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds that have not been so applied unless such 365-day period is extended by the Administrative
Agent; (B) concurrently with (and in any event no later than one day after) the receipt by Ultimate Holdings or any Subsidiary or Affiliate
thereof of proceeds from the LIV Equity Contribution Agreement, in an amount equal to $20,000,000; and (C) concurrently with the consummation
of (and in any event no later than one day after) the SPAC Transaction, in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from the SPAC
Transaction; provided that no prepayment shall be required under this clause (C) in excess of
an amount that would cause the sum of (1) the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ balance sheet cash plus
(2) cash on the SPAC’s working capital balance sheet, immediately after giving effect to the SPAC Transaction and any prepayment
made under this clause (C), to be less than $15,000,000;
63
(iii) concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any Extraordinary Receipts, in an amount equal to 100% of such Extraordinary Receipts; provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (b) of the definition of the term “Extraordinary Receipts”, with respect to Extraordinary Receipts not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Senior Officer on behalf of the Borrowers to the effect that the Loan Parties intend to apply the Extraordinary Receipts from such event (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate), within 180 days after receipt of such Extraordinary Receipts, to acquire (or replace or rebuild) real property, equipment or other tangible or intangible assets (excluding inventory but expressly including Permitted Acquisitions) to be used in the business of the Loan Parties, and certifying that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this clause (iv) in respect of the Extraordinary Receipts specified in such certificate; provided, further, that to the extent any such Extraordinary Receipts therefrom that have not been so applied by the end of such 180-day period, a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Extraordinary Receipts that have not been so applied unless such 180-day period is extended by the Administrative Agent;
(iv) concurrently with the receipt of any Business Interruption Proceeds, in an amount equal to 100% of such Business Interruption Proceeds; provided that, with respect to Business Interruption Proceeds not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Senior Officer on behalf of the Borrowers to the effect that the Loan Parties intend to apply the Business Interruption Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate), within 180 days after receipt of such Business Interruption Proceeds, to acquire (or replace or rebuild) real property, equipment or other tangible or intangible assets (excluding inventory but expressly including Permitted Acquisitions) to be used in the business of the Loan Parties or to pay operating expenses of the Loan Parties, and certifying that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this clause (iv) in respect of the Extraordinary Receipts specified in such certificate; provided, further, that to the extent any such Business Interruption Proceeds therefrom that have not been so applied by the end of such 180-day period, a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Business Interruption Proceeds that have not been so applied unless such 180-day period is extended by the Administrative Agent;
64
(v) with respect to each Fiscal Year ending on or after December 31, 2019, within the earlier of (x) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year and (y) three (3) Business Days after Borrower Representative’s delivery of the Fiscal Year-end audited financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 10.1.1, in an amount equal to the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year;
(vi) concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to the issuance of the Second Lien Debt,
(1) first, in an amount equal to $4,000,000 to pay any unpaid balance of the $4,000,000 amortization payment provided for in Section 6.4.2(b), and
(2) then, $16,000,000 of the balance thereof to prepay Loans as provided in Section 6.3; and
(vii) upon each sale of any Monroe Supporting Shares, in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof; provided, that solely with respect to this clause (vii), the amount of direct costs of non-Affiliates relating to such issuance (including sales and underwriters’ commissions) used to determine the amount Net Cash Proceeds with respect to such sales shall not exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate for all such sales.
6.3. Manner and Application of Prepayments. All prepayments of Term Loans under Section 6.2 shall be subject to Section 8.7 and shall be accompanied by payment of (i) all accrued interest on the Term Loans (or portion thereof) being prepaid, and (ii) any Prepayment Fee due with respect to the Term Loans (or portion thereof) being prepaid. All prepayments of the Term Loans will be applied on a pro rata basis to the Term Loans in the inverse order of maturity to the remaining installments thereof (including, without limitation, the final installment thereof) (including, without limitation, the Existing Term Loans, the Closing Date Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans). Except as otherwise provided by this Agreement, all principal payments in respect of the Loans will be applied first to repay outstanding Base Rate Loans and then to repay outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities.
6.4. Repayments.
6.4.1 Revolving Loans. Unless sooner paid in full, Borrowers shall pay the Revolving Loans of each Lender in full on the Termination Date.
65
6.4.2 Term
Loans. Borrowers shall repay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (including, without limitation, the Existing
Term Loans, the Closing Date Term Loans, and any Incremental Term Loans) (a) in consecutive quarterly installments equal to the Scheduled
Term Loan Payment Amount on the last Business Day of each of March, June, September and December commencing on September 30, 2019 (other
than for the four consecutive months ending April 30, 2021 through and including July 31, 2021 (the “Modified Amortization Period”)
which shall amortize as set forth in clause (b)), (b) on November 19,29,
2021, an amortization payment (reflecting amortization payments that would otherwise have been due during the Modified Amortization Period)
in the amount of $4,000,000 and (c) a final installment equal to the remaining outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, payable
on the Termination Date. Unless sooner paid in full, the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans must be paid in full on the Termination
Date.
SECTION 7: MAKING AND PRORATION OF PAYMENTS; SETOFF; TAXES.
7.1. Making of Payments.
7.1.1 Borrowers shall make all payments of principal or interest on the Loans, and of all fees, to Administrative Agent in immediately available funds to not later than 12:00 P.M. (Chicago time) on the date due, and funds received after that time shall be deemed to have been received by Administrative Agent on the following Business Day. Borrowers shall make all payments to Administrative Agent and the Lenders without set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, deduction, or other defense. Subject to Section 2.6, Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to each Lender its share of all such payments received in collected funds by Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers shall make all payments under Section 8.1 directly to the Lender entitled thereto.
7.1.2 The Lenders and the Borrowers hereby authorize Administrative Agent to, and Administrative Agent may, from time to time, charge the Loan Account of Borrowers with any amount due and payable by Loan Parties under any Loan Document. Each of the Lenders and the Loan Parties agrees that Administrative Agent may make any such charges regardless of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or whether any of the conditions precedent in Section 12 have been satisfied. Any amounts charged to the Loan Account of the Borrowers (other than Protective Advances) will be deemed a Revolving Loan under this Agreement made by the applicable Lenders to the Borrowers, funded by Administrative Agent on behalf of the applicable Lenders, and subject to Section 2.1. The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties confirm that any charges that Administrative Agent may so make to the Loan Account of the Borrowers as provided in this Agreement will be made as an accommodation to the Loan Parties and solely at Administrative Agent’s discretion. Administrative Agent shall from time to time upon the request of any Lender charge the Loan Account of the Borrowers with any amount due and payable under any Loan Document to such Person.
66
7.2. Application of Certain Payments.
7.2.1 So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (a) payments matching specific scheduled payments then due shall be applied to those scheduled payments, and (b) voluntary and mandatory prepayments shall be applied as set forth in Sections 6.2 and 6.3.
7.2.2 Subject to any written agreement among Administrative Agent and the Lenders:
(a) all payments in respect of Reimbursement Obligations (including interest thereon), all payments of principal and interest in respect of outstanding Loans, all payments of fees, and all other payments in respect of any other Obligations, will be allocated by Administrative Agent among Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as applicable, in proportion to their respective Pro Rata Shares or otherwise as provided in this Agreement or, in respect of payments not made on account of Loans or L/C Obligations, as designated by the Person making payment when the payment is made.
(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent may, and upon the direction of the Required Lenders shall, apply all payments in respect of any Obligations and all proceeds of the Collateral, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, as follows: (i) first, ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees, expense reimbursements, indemnities and other amounts then due and payable to Administrative Agent and any Issuing Lender until paid in full; (ii) second, ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees (other than any letter of credit fees to any Issuing Lender and any Prepayment Fee) and indemnities then due and payable to the Lenders until paid in full; (iii) third, ratably (to Administrative Agent in accordance with Administrative Agent’s outstanding Protective Advances) to pay interest then due and payable in respect of Protective Advances until paid in full; (iv) fourth, ratably (to Administrative Agent in accordance with Administrative Agent’s outstanding Protective Advances) to pay principal of the Protective Advances until paid in full; (v) fifth, letter of credit fees then due and payable to each Issuing Lender and interest then due and payable in respect of the Revolving Loans and Reimbursement Obligations until paid in full; (vi) sixth, ratably, to pay principal of the Revolving Loans and the L/C Obligations (or, to the extent those Obligations are contingent, to Cash Collateralize those Obligations) until paid in full; (vii) seventh, ratably, to pay principal of the Revolving Loans until paid in full; (viii) eighth, ratably, to pay interest then due and payable in respect of the Term Loans until paid in full; (ix) ninth, ratably to pay principal of the Term Loans until paid in full; (x) tenth, ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any Prepayment Fee then due and payable until paid in full; and (xi) eleventh, to the ratable payment of all other Obligations (including any Bank Product Obligations) then due and payable.
67
(c) For purposes of Section 7.2.2(b), “paid in full” means payment in cash of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents (or, to the extent those Obligations are contingent, to Cash Collateralize those Obligations) according to the terms thereof, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after, or that would have accrued but for, the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, whether or not same would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.
(d) In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 7.2.2 and other provisions contained in any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that all such priority provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 7.2.2 shall control and govern.
7.3. Due Date Extension. If any payment of principal or interest with respect to any of the Loans, or of any fees, falls due on a day which is not a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the immediately following Business Day unless the result of that extension would cause such due date to occur in another calendar month, in which case such due date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day and, in the case of principal, additional interest shall accrue and be payable for the period of any such extension.
7.4. Setoff. All payments made by Borrowers hereunder or under any Loan Documents shall be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. Each Borrower, for itself and each other Loan Party, agrees that Administrative Agent and each Lender have all rights of set-off and bankers’ lien provided by applicable law, and in addition thereto, each Borrower, for itself and each other Loan Party, agrees that at any time any Event of Default exists, Administrative Agent and each Lender may apply to the payment of any Obligations of each Borrower and each other Loan Party under this Agreement, whether or not then due, any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts, or moneys of each Borrower and each other Loan Party then or thereafter with Administrative Agent or that Lender.
7.5. Proration of Payments. Except as provided in Section 2.6, if any Lender obtains any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of offset or otherwise), on account of principal of or interest on any Loan (but excluding (a) any payment pursuant to Section 8 or 15.6, (b) payments of interest on any Affected Loan or (c) its participation in any Letter of Credit) in excess of its applicable Pro Rata Share of payments and other recoveries obtained by all Lenders on account of principal of and interest on the Loans or any such participation in any Letter of Credit, then held by them, then that Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans (or subparticipations in Letters of Credit) held by them as are necessary to cause that purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably with each of them, but if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from that purchasing Lender, then that purchase will be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of that recovery.
68
7.6. Taxes.
7.6.1 The Loan Parties shall make all payments under this Agreement or under any Loan Documents without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all payments under this Agreement or under the Loan Documents (including any payment of principal, interest, or fees) to, or for the benefit, of any Person will be made by the Loan Parties free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for, or account of, any Taxes now or hereafter imposed by any taxing authority.
7.6.2 If Borrowers make any payment under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document in respect of which any Borrower is required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes, then the sum payable by such Borrower shall be increased such that after the reduction for the amount of Indemnified Taxes withheld (and any Indemnified Taxes withheld or imposed with respect to the additional payments required under this Section 7.6.2), the recipient of the payment receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding been made. To the extent Borrowers withhold any Taxes on payments under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, Borrowers shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority within the time allowed for payment under applicable law and shall deliver to Administrative Agent within 30 days after Borrowers have made payment to that taxing authority a receipt issued by that taxing authority (or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) evidencing the payment of all amounts so required to be deducted or withheld from that payment.
7.6.3 If any Lender or Administrative Agent or other recipient is required by law to make any payments of any Indemnified Taxes on or in relation to any amounts received or receivable under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, or any Indemnified Tax is assessed against a Lender or Administrative Agent or other recipient with respect to amounts received or receivable under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, Borrowers will indemnify that Person against (i) that Indemnified Tax and (ii) any Indemnified Taxes imposed as a result of the receipt of the payment under this Section 7.6.3. A certificate prepared in good faith as to the amount of any such payment by that Lender or Administrative Agent or other recipient will, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive, and binding on all parties.
69
7.6.4 (a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Lender that is not a United States person within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(30) (a “Non-U.S. Lender”) shall deliver to Borrower Representative and Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or in the case of a Lender that is an Assignee, on the date of the assignment to that Lender) two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI, or W-8IMY (or any successor or other applicable form prescribed by the IRS) certifying to that Lender’s entitlement to a complete exemption from, or a reduced rate in, United States withholding tax on interest payments to be made under this Agreement or with respect to any Loan and original signed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction to be made. If a Lender that is a Non-U.S. Lender is claiming a complete exemption from withholding on interest pursuant to Code Sections 871(h) or 881(c), then that Lender shall deliver (along with two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) a certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Borrower Representative and Administrative Agent to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (any such certificate, a “Withholding Certificate”). In addition, each Lender that is a Non-U.S. Lender shall, from time to time after the Closing Date (or in the case of a Lender that is an Assignee, after the date of the assignment to that Lender) when a lapse in time (or change in circumstances occurs) renders the prior certificates delivered under this Agreement obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, to the extent permitted under applicable law, deliver to Borrower Representative and Administrative Agent two new and accurate and complete original signed copies of an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI, or W-8IMY (or any successor or other applicable forms prescribed by the IRS), and if applicable, a new Withholding Certificate, to confirm or establish the entitlement of that Lender or Administrative Agent to an exemption from, or reduction in, United States withholding tax on interest payments to be made under this Agreement or with respect to any Loan (or such Non-U.S. Lender shall otherwise promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to deliver such forms and/or Withholding Certificate).
(b) Each Lender that is not a Non-U.S. Lender shall provide two properly completed and duly executed copies of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor or other applicable form) to Borrower Representative and Administrative Agent certifying that that Lender is exempt from United States backup withholding Tax. To the extent that a form provided pursuant to this Section 7.6.4(b) is rendered obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect as result of change in circumstances with respect to the status of a Lender or Administrative Agent, then that Lender or Administrative Agent shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, deliver to Borrower Representative and, as applicable, Administrative Agent revised forms necessary to confirm or establish the entitlement to that Lender’s exemption from United States backup withholding Tax (or such Lender or Administrative Agent shall otherwise promptly notify the Borrower Representative and, as applicable, the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to deliver such forms).
(c) No Loan Party will be required to pay additional amounts to any Lender, or indemnify any Lender, under this Section 7.6 to the extent that those obligations would not have arisen but for the failure of that Lender to comply with this Section 7.6.4.
70
(d) Each Lender shall indemnify Administrative Agent and hold Administrative Agent harmless for the full amount of any and all present or future Taxes and related liabilities (including penalties, interest, additions to Tax and expenses, and any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable to Administrative Agent under this Section 7.6 which are imposed on or with respect to principal, interest, or fees payable to that Lender under this Agreement and which are not paid by Borrowers pursuant to this Section 7.6, whether or not those Taxes or related liabilities were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification must be made within 30 days from the date Administrative Agent makes written demand therefor.
7.6.5 If Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrowers or with respect to which the Borrowers have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 7.6, then Administrative Agent or that Lender, as applicable, shall pay over that refund to the Borrowers (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrowers under this Section 7.6 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes giving rise to that refund), net of any Taxes imposed by reason of receipt of that refund and all out-of-pocket expenses of Administrative Agent or that Lender, as applicable, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to that refund, which interest must be paid to the Borrowers). Upon the request of Administrative Agent or any such Lender, Borrowers shall repay any amount paid to the Borrowers (plus any penalties, interest, or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to Administrative Agent or that Lender in the event Administrative Agent or that Lender is required to repay any such refund to any such Governmental Authority. Nothing in this Section 7.6.5 is to be construed to require Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information which it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other Person.
7.6.6 If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal income withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if that Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), then that Lender shall deliver to Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) at the time or times prescribed by law and at any other time or times reasonably requested by Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, the Lender granting the participation) all documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and all additional documentation reasonably requested by Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, the Lender granting the participation) as is necessary for Administrative Agent or Borrowers to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that that Lender has complied with that Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from that payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 7.6.6, “FATCA” is deemed to include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
71
7.6.7 For purposes of this Section 7.6, the term “applicable law” includes FATCA. Each party’s obligations under this Section 7.6 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction, or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.
SECTION 8: INCREASED COSTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR LIBOR LOANS.
8.1. Increased Costs.
(a) If any Change in Law (i) imposes, modifies, or deems applicable any reserve (including any reserve imposed by the FRB, but excluding any reserve included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate pursuant to Section 4), special deposit, or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with, or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender; (ii) subjects any Lender to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its LIBOR Loans, its Note(s) or its obligations to make LIBOR Loans, or (iii) imposes on any Lender any other condition (other than Taxes) affecting its LIBOR Loans, its Note(s), or its obligation to make LIBOR Loans, and the result of anything described in clauses (i) through (iii) above is to increase the cost to (or to impose a cost on) that Lender (or any LIBOR Office of that Lender) of making or maintaining any Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by that Lender (or its LIBOR Office) under this Agreement or under its Note(s) with respect thereto, then upon demand by that Lender (which demand must be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for that demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail, a copy of which must be furnished to Administrative Agent), Borrowers shall pay directly to that Lender such additional amount as will compensate that Lender for that increased cost or that reduction, so long as the applicable amounts have accrued on or after the day that is 180 days prior to the date on which that Lender first made demand therefor.
(b) If any Lender reasonably determines that any change in, or the adoption or phase-in of, any applicable law, rule, or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or the compliance by any Lender or any Person controlling any Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on that Lender’s or that controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of that Lender’s obligations under this Agreement or under any Letter of Credit to a level below that which that Lender or that controlling Person could have achieved but for that change, adoption, phase-in, or compliance (taking into consideration that Lender’s or that controlling Person’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by that Lender or that controlling Person to be material, then from time to time, upon demand by that Lender (which demand must be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for that demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail, a copy of which must be furnished to Administrative Agent), Borrowers shall pay to that Lender that additional amount as will compensate that Lender or that controlling Person for that reduction, so long as the applicable amounts have accrued on or after the day that is 180 days prior to the date on which that Lender first made demand therefor.
72
8.2. Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair.
(a) Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the other parties if (i) Administrative Agent reasonably determines (which determination will be binding and conclusive on Borrowers) that by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR Rate, or (ii) the Required Lenders advise Administrative Agent that the LIBOR Rate as determined by Administrative Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to those Lenders of maintaining or funding LIBOR Loans (taking into account any amount to which those Lenders may be entitled under Section 8.1) or that the making or funding of LIBOR Loans has become impracticable as a result of an event occurring after the date of this Agreement which in the opinion of those Lenders materially affects those Loans.
(b) So long as any circumstances described in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(a) continue, (i) no Lender will be required to make or convert any Base Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans, and (ii) each such Loan will, unless then repaid in full, automatically convert to a Base Rate Loan.
(c) If the circumstance described in clause (a) above and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall endeavor to establish and alternative rate of interest for the Loans that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable. Any such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.
8.3. Changes in Law Rendering LIBOR Loans Unlawful. If, after the date of this Agreement, any change in, or the adoption of any new, law or regulation, or any change in the interpretation of any applicable law or regulation by any Governmental Authority or other regulatory body charged with the administration thereof, makes it (or in the good faith judgment of any Lender causes a substantial question as to whether it is) unlawful for any Lender to make, maintain, or fund LIBOR Loans, then that Lender shall promptly notify each of the other parties to this Agreement and, so long as those circumstances continue, (a) that Lender will not be required to make or convert any Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan (but that Lender shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, make Base Rate Loans concurrently with the making of or conversion of Base Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans by the Lenders which are not so affected, in each case in an amount equal to the amount of LIBOR Loans which would be made or converted into by that Lender at that time in the absence of those circumstances), and (b) each such LIBOR Loan will, unless then repaid in full, automatically convert to a Base Rate Loan. Each Base Rate Loan made by a Lender which, but for the circumstances described in the foregoing sentence, would be a LIBOR Loan (an “Affected Loan”) will remain outstanding for the period corresponding to the LIBOR Loans of which that Affected Loan would be a part absent those circumstances.
73
8.4. Right of Lenders to Fund through Other Offices. Each Lender may, if it so elects, fulfill its commitment as to any LIBOR Loan by causing a foreign branch or Affiliate of that Lender to make that Loan, but each such Loan will be deemed to have been made by that Lender and the obligation of Borrowers to repay that Loan will be to that Lender and will be deemed held by the Lender, to the extent of that Loan, for the account of that branch or Affiliate.
8.5. Mitigation of Circumstances; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) Each Lender shall promptly notify Borrower Representative and Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge that will result in, and will use reasonable commercial efforts available to it (and not, in that Lender’s sole judgment, otherwise disadvantageous to that Lender) to mitigate or avoid (i) any obligation by Borrowers to pay any amount pursuant to Sections 7.6 or 8.1 or (ii) the occurrence of any circumstances described in Sections 8.2 or 8.3 (and, if any Lender has given notice of any such event described in clauses (i) or (ii) and thereafter that event ceases to exist, that Lender shall promptly so notify Borrower Representative and Administrative Agent). Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender shall designate a different funding office if that designation will avoid (or reduce the cost to Borrowers of) any event described in clauses (i) or (ii) and that designation will not, in that Lender’s sole judgment, be otherwise disadvantageous to that Lender.
(b) If Borrowers become obligated to pay additional amounts to any Lender pursuant to Sections 7.6 or 8.1, or any Lender gives notice of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Sections 8.2 or 8.3, or any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then Borrower Representative may designate another financial institution that is acceptable to Administrative Agent and any applicable Issuing Lender in their reasonable discretion (a “Replacement Lender”) to purchase the Loans of that Lender and that Lender’s rights under this Agreement, without recourse to or warranty by, or expense to, that Lender, for a purchase price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable to that Lender plus any accrued but unpaid interest on those Loans and all accrued but unpaid fees owed to that Lender and any other amounts owed to that Lender under this Agreement and any other Loan Document, and to assume all the obligations of that Lender under this Agreement. Upon any such purchase and assumption (pursuant to an Assignment Agreement), the applicable Lender will no longer be a party to this Agreement or have any rights under this Agreement (other than rights with respect to indemnities and similar rights applicable to that Lender prior to the date of that purchase and assumption) and will be relieved from all obligations to Borrowers under this Agreement, and the Replacement Lender will succeed to the rights and obligations of that Lender under this Agreement.
8.6. Conclusiveness of Statements; Survival of Provisions. Determinations and statements of any Lender pursuant to Sections 8.1, 8.2, or 8.3 shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error. Lenders may use reasonable averaging and attribution methods in determining compensation under Section 8.1, and the provisions of such Section 8.1 will survive repayment of the Obligations, cancellation of any Note(s), expiration or termination or Cash Collateralization of any Letter of Credit and termination of this Agreement.
74
8.7. Funding Losses. Each Borrower shall, upon demand by any Lender (which demand must be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for the amount being claimed, a copy of which must be furnished to Administrative Agent), indemnify that Lender against any net loss or expense which that Lender sustains or incurs (including any net loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by that Lender to fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan), as reasonably determined by that Lender, as a result of (a) any payment, prepayment, or conversion of any LIBOR Loan of that Lender on a date other than the last day of the applicable interest period for that Loan (including any conversion pursuant to Section 8.3), and (b) any failure of any Borrower to borrow, prepay, convert, or continue any Loan on a date specified therefor in a notice of borrowing, prepayment, conversion, or continuation pursuant to this Agreement. For this purpose, all notices to Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement will be deemed to be irrevocable.
8.8. Discretion of Lenders as to Manner of Funding. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, each Lender may fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of its Loans in any manner it sees fit, it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder will be made as if that Lender had actually funded and maintained each LIBOR Loan during each applicable Interest Period for that Loan through the purchase of deposits having a maturity corresponding to that Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the LIBOR Rate for that Interest Period.
SECTION 9: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
To induce Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make Loans and participate in Letters of Credit under this Agreement and the Issuing Lenders to issue Letters of Credit under this Agreement, Ultimate Holdings and each Loan Party represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, that on the Original Closing Date, on the Closing Date after giving effect to the consummation of the Loan Documents and the refinancing of the Debt to be Repaid, on the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, on each date of the making of any Loan (or other extension of credit), and on any other date required in any Loan Document:
9.1. Organization. Ultimate Holdings and each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of its organization (or similar requirement in jurisdictions that do not use good standing designations), and Ultimate Holdings and each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where, because of the nature of its activities or properties, that qualification is required, except for any jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
75
9.2. Authorization; No Conflict.
(a) Ultimate Holdings and each Loan Party is duly authorized to execute and deliver each Loan Document to which it is a party, each Borrower is duly authorized to borrow monies under this Agreement, and Ultimate Holdings and each Loan Party is duly authorized to perform its Obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party.
(b) The execution, delivery, and performance by Ultimate Holdings and each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party, and the borrowings by each Borrower under this Agreement, do not and will not (i) require any consent or approval of any governmental agency or authority (other than any consent or approval that has been obtained and is in full force and effect), (ii) conflict with (x) any provision of law, (y) the organizational documents or governing documents of Ultimate Holdings and any Loan Party, of (z) any agreement, indenture, instrument, or other document, or any judgment, order, or decree, that is binding upon Ultimate Holdings and any Loan Party or any of their respective properties, or (iii) require, or result in, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Ultimate Holdings or any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of Administrative Agent created pursuant to the Collateral Documents).
9.3. Validity and Binding Nature. Each of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which Ultimate Holdings or any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is a party is the legal, valid, and binding obligation of that Person, enforceable against that Person in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, and similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.
9.4. Financial Condition. The audited and unaudited financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to Section 12.1 and any annual or interim financial reports delivered to Administrative Agent following the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to Section 10.1.1 or 10.1.2, in each case (x) were prepared in accordance with GAAP or, solely with respect to for any period ending on or prior to December 31, 2018 (other than the audited financial statements for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2018) International Financial Reporting Standards, as the case may be (subject, in the case of such unaudited statements, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end adjustments) and (y) present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the applicable Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as at the dates covered in the financial statements and the results of their operations for the periods then ended.
9.5. No Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2018, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.
9.6. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities. No litigation (including derivative actions), arbitration proceeding or governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened against any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in Schedule 9.6. Other than any liability incident to such litigation or proceedings, no Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof has any material contingent liabilities which (a) are not listed on Schedule 9.6, or (b) do not constitute Permitted Debt.
9.7. Ownership of Properties; Liens. Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof owns good title to (and, in the case of (a) real property owned in fee simple, marketable title to, or (b) in the case of leased real property, a valid leasehold interest in) all of its properties and assets, real and personal, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever (including patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights), free and clear of all Liens, charges, and claims (including infringement claims with respect to any registered or issued patents, trademarks, service marks, and copyrights owned by that Loan Party and/or that Subsidiary), except for Permitted Liens. No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except filings evidencing Permitted Liens and filings for which termination statements have been delivered to Administrative Agent.
76
9.8. Equity Ownership; Subsidiaries. (a) All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof are free and clear of all Liens, other than those in favor of Administrative Agent and the Liens of the Second Lien Agent that are subordinated pursuant to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and all such Equity Interests were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities. Schedule 9.8 sets forth the authorized Equity Interests of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.1. Schedule 9.8 sets forth the Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date. All of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof are owned as set forth on Schedule 9.8 as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.1, and all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary thereof is, directly or indirectly, owned by Intermediate Holdings, except for the Equity Interests of Anzen Soluciones, S.A. de C.V. of which 93% are directly or indirectly owned by Intermediate Holdings. As of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.1, except as set forth on Schedule 9.8, there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights, or other similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition of any Equity Interests of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof (other than the Monroe Warrants); (b) all of the Monroe Supporting Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance, and, upon issuance, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (c) prior to issuance, the Monroe Warrants will be duly authorized and, upon delivery thereof, will represent valid and binding obligations of Ultimate Holdings, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, and similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity; (d) the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the Monroe Warrants have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance, and, upon issuance, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and (e) prior to issuance, Ultimate Holdings will obtain approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market to list the Class A Common Stock specified in the foregoing clauses (b) – (d), subject to official notice of issuance.
9.9. Pension Plans. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof sponsors or maintains, and no Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof (or other member of the Controlled Group) has any liability with respect to a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Pension Plan. In the event any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof (or other member of the Controlled Group) sponsors, maintains or has any liability with respect to a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Pension Plan, then:
(a) The Unfunded Liability of all Pension Plans does not in the aggregate exceed twenty percent of the Total Plan Liability for all such Pension Plans. Each Pension Plan complies in all material respects with all applicable requirements of law and regulations. No contribution failure under Section 430 of the Code, Section 303 of ERISA or the terms of any Pension Plan has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan, sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA, or otherwise to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof, threatened, claims, actions, investigations or lawsuits against any Pension Plan, any fiduciary of any Pension Plan, or any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof (or other member of the Controlled Group) with respect to a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Pension Plan which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof (or other member of the Controlled Group) has engaged in any prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) in connection with any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Pension Plan which would subject that Person to any material liability. Within the past five years, no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof (nor any other member of the Controlled Group) has engaged in a transaction which resulted in a Pension Plan with an Unfunded Liability being transferred out of the Controlled Group, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Pension Plan, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
77
(b) (i) All contributions (if any) have been made to any Multiemployer Pension Plan that are required to be made by each Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof (or other member of the Controlled Group) under the terms of the plan or of any collective bargaining agreement or by applicable law, (ii) no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof (nor any other member of the Controlled Group) has withdrawn or partially withdrawn from any Multiemployer Pension Plan, incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to any such plan or received notice of any claim or demand for withdrawal liability or partial withdrawal liability from any such plan, and no condition has occurred which, if continued, could reasonably be expected to result in a withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any such plan; and no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof (nor any other member of the Controlled Group) has received any notice that any Multiemployer Pension Plan is in reorganization, that increased contributions may be required to avoid a reduction in plan benefits or the imposition of any excise tax, that any such plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that required under Section 412 of the Code, that any such plan is or may be terminated, or that any such plan is or may become insolvent.
9.10. Investment Company Act. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” or a “subsidiary” of an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
9.11. Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all respects with the requirements of all laws and all orders, writs, injunctions, and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except where (a) that requirement of law or order, writ, injunction, or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
9.12. Regulation U. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.
9.13. Taxes. Other than as set forth on Schedule 9.13, each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof has timely filed all income and other material tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all income and other material Taxes and governmental charges due and payable with respect to each such return, except any such Taxes or charges that (a) are not delinquent, (b) remain payable without penalty or interest, or (c) are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been set aside on that Loan Party’s or that Subsidiary’s books. Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof has made adequate reserves on their books and records in accordance with GAAP for all Taxes that have accrued but which are not yet due and payable. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof has participated in any transaction that relates to a year of the taxpayer (which is still open under the applicable statute of limitations) which is a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b) (irrespective of the date when the transaction was entered into).
78
9.14. Solvency, etc.
9.14.1 On the Original Closing Date, the Closing Date, the Amendment Effective Date, the Tenth Amendment Effective Date and immediately prior to and after giving effect to the issuance of each borrowing under this Agreement, the issuance of each Letter of Credit and the use of the proceeds thereof, with respect to each Borrower, individually, and the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a) the fair value of its or their assets is greater than the amount of its or their liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as that value is established and liabilities evaluated in accordance with GAAP, (b) the present fair saleable value of its or their assets is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on its or their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) it is, and they are, able to realize upon its or their assets and pay its or their debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) it does not, and they do not, intend to, and it does not, and they do not, believe that it or they will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its or their ability to pay as those debts and liabilities mature, and (e) it is not, and they are not, engaged in or about to engage in business or a transaction for which its or their property would constitute unreasonably small capital.
9.14.2 Each Mexican Loan Party is solvent pursuant to Mexican law, including, but not limited to, pursuant to Article 2166 of the Mexican Federal Civil Code (Código Civil Federal) and its correlative provisions of the Civil Codes of the States of Mexico and Articles 9, 10, or 11 of the Mexican Bankruptcy Law (Ley de Concursos Mercantiles), and it has not been declared in concurso mercantil or bankruptcy (quiebra) or other similar insolvency procedure.
9.15. Environmental Matters. The on-going operations of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof comply in all respects with all Environmental Laws, except for non-compliance that could not (if enforced in accordance with applicable law) reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof has obtained, and maintained in good standing, all licenses, permits, authorizations, registrations, and other approvals required under any Environmental Law and required for their respective ordinary course operations, and for their reasonably anticipated future operations, and each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof is in compliance with all terms and conditions thereof, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and could not reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, any of their respective properties or operations is subject to, nor reasonably anticipates the issuance of (a) any written order from or agreement with any federal, state, or local Governmental Authority, or (b) any judicial or docketed administrative or other proceeding respecting any Environmental Law, Environmental Claim, or Hazardous Substance that could reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. There are no Hazardous Substances or other conditions or circumstances existing with respect to any property, arising from operations prior to the Amendment Effective Date, or relating to any waste disposal of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof that could reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof has any underground storage tanks that are not properly registered or permitted under applicable Environmental Laws or that at any time have released, leaked, disposed of or otherwise discharged Hazardous Substances that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.
79
9.16. Insurance. Set forth on Schedule 9.16 is a complete and accurate summary of the property and casualty insurance policies of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.2. Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and their respective (including the names of all insurers, policy numbers, expiration dates, amounts and types of coverage, annual premiums, exclusions, deductibles, self-insured retention, and a description in reasonable detail of any self-insurance program, retrospective rating plan, fronting arrangement, or other risk assumption arrangement involving any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof). Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof and its properties are insured with what are reasonably believed by the Loan Parties to be financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of the Loan Parties, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies of similar size, engaged in similar businesses, and owning similar properties in localities where the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries operate.
9.17. Real Property. Set forth on Schedule 9.17 is a true and correct list, as of the Closing Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.2, of the address of all real property owned or leased by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, together with, in the case of leased property, the name and mailing address of the lessor of such property.
9.18. Information. All information heretofore or contemporaneously with this Agreement furnished in writing by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is, and all written information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which that information is dated or certified, and none of that information is or will be incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make that information not misleading in light of the circumstances under which made (it being recognized by Administrative Agent and the Lenders that any projections and forecasts provided by Borrowers are based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Borrowers to be reasonable as of the date of the applicable projections or assumptions and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ materially from projected or forecasted results)
9.19. Bank Accounts. Schedule 9.19 sets forth a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all deposit, checking, and other bank accounts, all securities and other accounts maintained with any broker dealer or other securities intermediary, and all other similar accounts maintained by each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof, together with a description thereof (including the bank, broker dealer, or securities intermediary at which each such account is maintained and the account number and the purpose thereof).
9.20. Burdensome Obligations. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is a party to any agreement or contract or subject to any restriction contained in its organizational documents or its governing documents that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
80
9.21. Intellectual Property. Except as set forth on Schedule 9.21, each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof owns or licenses or otherwise has the right to use all licenses, permits, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, copyrights, copyright applications, franchises, authorizations, non-governmental licenses and permits, and other intellectual property rights that are necessary for the operation of its business, without infringement upon or conflict with the rights of any other Person with respect thereto, except for any infringements and conflicts that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Set forth on Schedule 9.21 is a true and correct list as of the Closing Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.2 of all such material licenses, permits, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, copyrights, copyright applications, franchises, authorizations, non-governmental licenses and permits, and other intellectual property rights of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof. No slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part, or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof infringes upon or conflicts with any rights owned by any other Person, and no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or threatened, except for any infringements and conflicts that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To each Loan Party’s and Subsidiary’s knowledge, no patent, invention, device, application, principle, or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard, or code is pending or proposed, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
9.22. Material Contracts. Set forth on Schedule 9.22(a) is a true and correct list as of the Closing Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.1 of all Material Contracts of each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, (showing the parties and subject matter thereof and amendments and modifications thereto) of the Material Contracts of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof. Each such Material Contract (a) is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against each Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof that is a party thereto and, to each Loan Party’s and Subsidiary’s knowledge, all other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, (b) has not been otherwise amended or modified, and (c) is not in default due to the action of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, any other party thereto. Set forth on Schedule 9.22(b) is a true and correct list as of the Closing Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.1 of all earn-out payment and similar obligations of the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries as in effect on such date (showing the parties and subject matter thereof and amendments and modifications thereto).
81
9.23. Labor Matters. There is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, threatened against any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof before any Governmental Authority and no grievance or arbitration proceeding pending or threatened against any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof that arises out of or under any collective bargaining agreement, (b) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown, stoppage or similar action or grievance pending or threatened against any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof or (c) to the knowledge of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof and no union organizing activity taking place with respect to any of the employees of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof or ERISA Affiliate thereof has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”) or similar state law that remains unpaid or unsatisfied. The hours worked and payments made to employees of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable legal requirements, except to the extent any such violations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material payments due from any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of that Loan Party or that Subsidiary, except where the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
9.24. No Bankruptcy Filing. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is contemplating either an Insolvency Proceeding or the liquidation of all or a major portion of that Loan Party’s or that Subsidiary’s assets or property, and no Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof has any knowledge of any Person contemplating an Insolvency Proceeding against any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof.
9.25. Name; Jurisdiction of Organization; Organizational ID Number; Chief Place of Business; Chief Executive Office; FEIN. Schedule 9.25 sets forth a complete and accurate list of (a) the exact legal name of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof, (b) the jurisdiction of organization of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof, (c) the organizational identification number of Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof (or indicates that that Loan Party or Subsidiary has no organizational identification number), (d) each place of business of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof; (e) the chief executive office of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof, and (f) the federal employer identification number (or equivalent identifying designation) of Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof.
9.26. Locations of Collateral. There is no location at which any Loan Party has any tangible Collateral (except for inventory in transit in the ordinary course of business) other than those locations listed on Schedule 9.26. Schedule 9.26 contains a true, correct, and complete list, as of the Closing Date and the date of each Compliance Certificate (as such Schedule may be supplemented thereby) delivered in connection with financial statements provided pursuant to Section 10.1.2 of the names and addresses of each warehouse at which Collateral of each Loan Party is stored. None of the receipts received by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof from any warehouse states that the goods covered thereby are to be delivered to bearer or to the order of a named Person or to a named Person and that named Person’s assigns.
82
9.27. Security Interests. The Guaranty and Collateral Agreement and the Mexican Collateral Agreements each create in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral, in each case, subject to what is provided below. Upon (a) the filing of the UCC-1 financing statements with respect to AgileThought, Administrative Agent taking possession of any certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Collateral to the extent required by the UCC with respect to AgileThought, the execution and delivery of Control Agreements with respect to Deposit Accounts and the recording of the collateral assignments referred to in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement in the United States Patent and Trademark Office with respect to AgileThought, and (b) proper registration of (i) an executed contribution agreement to the Mexican Security Trust and the transfer of all the intellectual property owned by Mexican Subsidiaries (x) before the Mexican Sole Registry of Liens over Movable Assets (Registro Único de Garantías Mobiliarias) and the Mexican Industrial Property Institute (Instituto Mexicano de la Propiedad Industrial) as expressly provided in such contribution agreement, and (z) in the partners registry book (libro especial de socios) of AN Extend, with respect to the transfer of title of the AN Extend Equity Interest in favor of the trustee of the Mexican Security Trust, as expressly provided in the contribution agreement; (ii) the AN Extend Pledge without Transfer of Possession Agreement before the Mexican Sole Registry of Liens over Movable Assets; and (iii) the security interest created pursuant to the Mexican AN Extend Equity Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement in the partners’ registry book of AN Extend, the security interests in and Liens on the Collateral granted under the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement and the Mexican Collateral Documents, respectively, are perfected, first-priority security interests, and no further recordings or filings are or will be required in connection with the creation, perfection, or enforcement of those security interests and Liens, other than (a) the filing of continuation statements in accordance with applicable law, (b) the recording of the collateral assignments referred to in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, with respect to after-acquired U.S. patent and trademark applications and registrations and U.S. copyrights, and (c) the recordation of appropriate evidence of the security interest in the appropriate foreign registry with respect to all foreign intellectual property.
9.28. No Default. No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from the incurrence by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof of any Debt hereunder or under any other Loan Document.
9.29. Hedging Obligations. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is a party to, nor will it be a party to, any Hedging Agreement or incur any Hedging Obligations, other than Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 11.1(k).
9.30. OFAC. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary and Affiliate thereof is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all U.S. economic sanctions laws, Executive Orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), and all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and all regulations issued pursuant to it. No Loan Party or Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof is (a) a Person designated by the U.S. government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”) with which a U.S. Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions; (b) a Person who is otherwise the target of U.S. economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with that Person; or (c) controlled by (including, without limitation, by virtue of that Person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any Person on the SDN List or a foreign government that is the target of U.S. economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be prohibited under U.S. law.
83
9.31. Patriot Act. Each Loan Party, each of its Subsidiaries and each of their Affiliates are in compliance with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (the “Patriot Act”), and (c) other federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used directly or indirectly for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.
9.32. Anti-Terrorism Laws.
(a) No Loan Party (and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, no joint venture or Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof) is in violation in any material respects of any United States Requirements of Law relating to terrorism, sanctions or money laundering (the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including the United States Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing (the “Anti-Terrorism Order”) and the Patriot Act.
(b) No Loan Party (and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, no joint venture or Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof) (i) is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Anti-Terrorism Order, (ii) is owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Anti-Terrorism Order, (iii) commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Anti-Terrorism Order or (iv) is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” in the most current list published by OFAC.
(c) No Loan Party (and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, no joint venture or Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof) (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person described in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iv) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transactions relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Anti-Terrorism Order or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.
9.33. 4th Source Related Agreements/4th Source Related Transactions.
(a) Borrower Representative has heretofore furnished Administrative Agent true and correct copies of the 4th Source Related Agreements.
84
(b) Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof (and, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, each other party to the 4th Source Related Agreements) has duly taken all necessary corporate, partnership or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the 4th Source Related Agreements and the consummation of transactions contemplated thereby.
(c) The 4th Source Related Transactions comply and will comply with, in all material respects, all applicable legal requirements, and all necessary governmental, regulatory, creditor, shareholder, partner and other material consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (and, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, each other party to the 4th Source Related Agreements in connection with the 4th Source Related Transactions) have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
(d) The execution and delivery of the 4th Source Related Agreements does not, and the consummation of the 4th Source Related Transactions will not, in any material respects, violate any statute or regulation of the United States (including any securities law) or of any state or other applicable jurisdiction, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental body binding on any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, any other party to the 4th Source Related Agreements, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement, indenture, instrument, or other document, or any judgment, order, or decree, to which any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is a party or by which any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is bound or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, to which any other party to the 4th Source Related Agreements is a party or by which any such party is bound.
(e) No statement or representation made in the 4th Source Related Agreements by Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
(f) The 4th Source Related Transactions were consummated on the Closing date in accordance with the 4th Source Related Agreements.
9.34. AgileThought Related Agreements/AgileThought Related Transactions.
(a) Borrower Representative has heretofore furnished Administrative Agent true and correct copies of the AgileThought Related Agreements.
(b) Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof (and, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, each other party to the AgileThought Related Agreements) has duly taken all necessary corporate, partnership or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the AgileThought Related Agreements and the consummation of transactions contemplated thereby.
85
(c) The AgileThought Related Transactions comply and will comply with, in all material respects, all applicable legal requirements, and all necessary governmental, regulatory, creditor, shareholder, partner and other material consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (and, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, each other party to the AgileThought Related Agreements in connection with the AgileThought Related Transactions) will be, prior to consummation of the AgileThought Related Transactions, duly obtained and will be in full force and effect. As of the Closing Date, all applicable waiting periods with respect to the AgileThought Related Transactions have expired without any action being taken by any competent Governmental Authority which restrains, prevents or imposes material adverse conditions upon the consummation of the AgileThought Related Transactions.
(d) The execution and delivery of the AgileThought Related Agreements does not, and the consummation of the AgileThought Related Transactions will not, in any material respects, violate any statute or regulation of the United States (including any securities law) or of any state or other applicable jurisdiction, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental body binding on any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, any other party to the AgileThought Related Agreements, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement, indenture, instrument, or other document, or any judgment, order, or decree, to which any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is a party or by which any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is bound or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, to which any other party to the AgileThought Related Agreements is a party or by which any such party is bound.
(e) No statement or representation made in the AgileThought Related Agreements by Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
9.35. Holdings
Representations. None of the Holding Companies have (a) entered into any agreement (including any agreement for the incurrence or
assumption of Debt, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service), between itself and any other
Person, other than the Loan Documents to which it is a party, the Second Lien Loan Documents to which it is a party, the 4th Source Related
Agreements to which it is a party, the AgileThought Related Agreements to which it is a party, and its governing documents (collectively,
the “Holdings Documents”), (b) engaged in any business or conduct any activity (including the making of any Investment
or payment) or transfer any of its assets, other than (i) the making
of Investments in a Borrower existing on the Closing Date (as set forth on Schedule 11.9) and entering into and performing its
obligations as “Borrower” (as defined in the Second Lien Loan Agreement), (ii) the performance of its obligations under the
Holdings Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, and (iii) the performance of
ministerial activities and the payment of taxes and administrative fees, and
(iv) in the case of Ultimate Holdings, actions in connection with the issuance and sale of its common stock and other customary activities
taken by Ultimate Holdings to the extent arising from its status as an issuer of securities that are publicly registered, or
(c) consolidated or merged with or into any other Person.
86
9.36. Subordinated Debt. The subordination provisions of the documents evidencing or relating to Subordinated Debt and each Subordination Agreement are enforceable against the holders of the Subordinated Debt and the other third parties to such Subordination Agreements by Administrative Agent and the Lenders. All Obligations constitute senior Debt entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions contained in the documents evidencing or relating to Subordinated Debt and each Subordination Agreement. No Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof has any Subordinated Debt other than its obligations under the Master Intercompany Note. Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof acknowledges that Administrative Agent and each Lender are entering into this Agreement and are extending the Commitments and making the Loans in reliance upon the subordination provisions of the documents evidencing or relating to Subordinated Debt, each Subordination Agreement and this Section 9.36.
9.37. Permitted
Original Earn-out Obligations The Permitted Earn-out Obligations listed on Schedule 11.1(e) in respect of Entrepids
and Entrepids constitute Permitted Original Earn-out Obligations.
9.38. PPP Loans. Each PPP Borrower is eligible under the CARES Act to incur the applicable PPP Loans. All applications, documents and other information submitted to any Governmental Authority with respect to the PPP Loans shall be true and correct in all respects. None of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates is deemed an “affiliate” of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries for any purpose related to the PPP Loans, including the eligibility criteria with respect thereto. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that (a) it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors with respect to all matters related to the PPP Loans (including eligibility criteria) and the CARES Act, (b) it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to the PPP Loans and the process leading thereto, and (c) it has not relied on Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any of such matters.
SECTION 10: AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
Until Payment in Full, each Loan Party agrees that, unless at any time the Required Lenders shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, it shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary thereof to:
10.1. Reports, Certificates and Other Information. Furnish or cause Borrower Representative to furnish to Administrative Agent and each Lender:
10.1.1 Annual
Report. Promptly when available and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year (or,
solely for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2020, within three Business Days of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date)
(a) a copy of the annual audit report of the Consolidated Group for such Fiscal Year, including consolidated balance sheets and statements
of earnings and cash flows of the Consolidated Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year certified without adverse reference to going concern
value and without qualification by independent auditors of recognized standing selected by Borrowers and reasonably acceptable to Administrative
Agent, and (b) a balance sheet of the Consolidated Group as of the end of that Fiscal Year and statement of earnings and cash flows for
the Consolidated Group for that Fiscal Year, certified by a Senior Officer of Borrower Representative.
87
10.1.2 Interim Reports. Promptly when available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each month, the consolidated balance sheets of the Consolidated Group as of the end of such month, together with (a) consolidated statements of earnings and a consolidated statement of cash flows for that month and for the period beginning with the first day of that Fiscal Year and ending on the last day of that month, (b) a comparison with the corresponding period of the previous Fiscal Year and a comparison with the budget for that period of the current Fiscal Year, (c) a management discussion and analysis, in the cases of clauses (a) through (c) all certified by a Senior Officer of Borrower Representative, and (d) a calculation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the number of people employed on a full-time basis by the members of the Consolidated Group as of the end of such month.
10.1.3 Compliance Certificates. Contemporaneously with the furnishing of a copy of each annual audit report pursuant to Section 10.1.1 and each set of quarterly statements pursuant to Section 10.1.2, a duly completed compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions, dated the date of such annual report or such quarterly statements and signed by a Senior Officer of the Borrower Representative, containing (a) a computation of each of the financial ratios and restrictions set forth in Section 11.12, (b) a certification to the effect that that Senior Officer has not become aware of any Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if there is any such event, describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it and a certification to the effect that that Senior Officer has not become aware of any Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if there is any such event, describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it, and (c) a written statement of the management of the Consolidated Group setting forth a discussion of the financial condition, changes in financial condition, and results of operations of the Consolidated Group.
10.1.4 Reports to the SEC and to Shareholders. Promptly upon the filing or sending thereof, copies of all regular, periodic, or special reports of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof filed with the SEC; copies of all registration statements of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof filed with the SEC (other than on Form S-8); and copies of all proxy statements or other communications made to security holders of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof generally.
10.1.5 Notice of Default, Litigation and ERISA Matters. Promptly upon becoming aware of any of the following, written notice describing the same and the steps being taken by each Loan Party or the Subsidiary affected thereby with respect thereto:
(a) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default;
(b) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof or their respective property (i) in which the amount of damages claimed is $500,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) or more in the aggregate for all such litigations or proceedings, (ii) in which the relief sought is an injunction or other stay of the performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (iii) which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
88
(c) (i) the institution of any steps by any member of the Controlled Group or any other Person to terminate any Pension Plan, (ii) the failure of any member of the Controlled Group to make a required contribution to any Pension Plan (if that failure is sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA) or to any Multiemployer Pension Plan; (iii) the taking of any action with respect to a Pension Plan that could result in the requirement that any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof furnish a bond or other security to the PBGC or that Pension Plan, (iv) the occurrence of any event with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Pension Plan that could result in the incurrence by any member of the Controlled Group of any material liability, fine, or penalty (including any claim or demand for withdrawal liability or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Pension Plan), (v) any material increase in the contingent liability of any Borrower with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefit plan or other employee benefit plan of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof; or (vi) any notice that any Multiemployer Pension Plan is in reorganization, that increased contributions may be required to avoid a reduction in plan benefits or the imposition of an excise tax, that any such plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that required under Section 412 of the Code, that any such plan is or may be terminated, or that any such plan is or may become insolvent;
(d) any cancellation or material change in any insurance maintained (or required to be maintained) by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof;
(e) any violation of, or non-compliance with, any material requirement of law by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof;
(f) any other event (including (i) any violation of any Environmental Law or the assertion of any Environmental Claim or (ii) the enactment or effectiveness of any law, rule or regulation) which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(g) the occurrence of any default or event of default under the Second Lien Loan Agreement or the receipt of any material notice with respect to the Second Lien Debt.
10.1.6 Real Estate. Promptly upon any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof acquiring or leasing any real property after the Closing Date, an updated version of Schedule 9.17 showing information as of the date of delivery.
10.1.7 Management Reports. Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all detailed financial and management reports submitted to each Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof by independent auditors in connection with each annual or interim audit made by such auditors of the books of such Loan Party or Subsidiary.
10.1.8 Projections. As soon as practicable, and in any event not later than 30 days before the commencement of each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2019, financial projections for the Consolidated Group for such Fiscal Year (including a monthly operating and cash flow budgets and a Capital Expenditures budget) prepared in a manner consistent with the Pre-Closing Projections or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Officer of Borrower Representative to the effect that (a) the projections were prepared by the Consolidated Group in good faith. (b) the Consolidated Group has a reasonable basis for the assumptions contained in the projections, as of the date of delivery, and (c) the projections have been prepared in accordance with those assumptions (it being recognized by Administrative Agent and the Lenders that any projections and forecasts provided by the Borrower Representative are based on good-faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Borrower Representative to be reasonable as of the date of the applicable projections or assumptions and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ materially from projected or forecasted results).
89
10.1.9 Subordinated Debt And Related Transaction Notices. Promptly following receipt, copies of any material notices (including notices of default or acceleration and any amendments, modifications, restatements, or supplements) received (a) from any holder, agent, or trustee of, under or with respect to any Subordinated Debt or any Earn-Out Obligations (including, without limitation, the Second Lien Debt and Permitted AgileThought Earn-out Obligations), (b) any Material Contract, (c) in connection with the 4th Source Related Agreements or the 4th Source Related Transactions, or (d) in connection with the AgileThought Related Agreements or the AgileThought Related Transactions.
10.1.10 New Subsidiaries. Within fifteen (15) Business Days following the occurrence thereof, notice of the formation or acquisition of any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any Foreign Subsidiary (whether or not constituting an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary).
10.1.11 Other Information. Promptly from time to time, such other information (including, without limitation, business or financial data, reports, appraisals and projections) concerning any of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries or their respective properties or businesses as any Lender or Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
10.2. Books, Records and Inspections; Electronic Reporting System; Field Examinations and Appraisals. (a) Keep, and cause each other Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to keep, its books and records in accordance with sound business practices sufficient to allow the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, (b) permit, and cause each and Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to permit, any Lender or Administrative Agent or any representative, agent, or advisor thereof to inspect the properties and operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, (c) permit, and cause each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to permit, at any reasonable time and with reasonable notice (or at any time without notice if an Event of Default exists), any Lender or Administrative Agent or any representative, agent, or advisor thereof to visit any or all of its offices, to discuss its financial matters with its officers and its independent auditors (and each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof hereby authorizes all such independent auditors to discuss those financial matters with any Lender or Administrative Agent or any representative, agent, or advisor thereof) and to examine (and photocopy extracts from) any of its books or other records, and (d) permit, and cause each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to permit, Administrative Agent and its representatives, agents, and advisors to inspect the inventory and other tangible assets of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, to perform appraisals of the equipment of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and to inspect, audit, conduct physical counts and perform valuations thereof, and to audit, check and make copies of and extracts from the books, records, computer data, computer programs, journals, orders, receipts, correspondence and other data relating to inventory, accounts, and any other Collateral (each such visit, discussion, examination, inspection, valuation, appraisal and audit referred to in clauses (b) through (d), collectively, an “Examination”). All such Examinations by Administrative Agent and its representatives, agents, and advisors will be at Borrowers’ expense, except that so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers will not be required to reimburse Administrative Agent for more than one such Examination each Fiscal Year (provided that, for avoidance of doubt, any Examination conduction in connection with the execution of this Agreement shall not count against any such cap).
10.3. Maintenance of Property; Insurance.
(a) Keep, and cause each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to keep, all property used and necessary in the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
(b) Maintain, and cause each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to maintain, with responsible insurance companies, all insurance coverage as may be required by any law or governmental regulation or court decree or order applicable to it, general liability insurance (and, subject to Section 10.13, business interruption insurance) in such amounts and duration, and with such deductibles, as are customary for companies of similar size and in similarly industries as the Loan Parties and consistent with past practices of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and all other insurance, to such extent and against such hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by companies similarly situated, but which must insure against all risks and liabilities of the type identified on Schedule 9.16; and, upon request of Administrative Agent or any Lender, furnish to Administrative Agent or that Lender original or electronic copies of policies evidencing that insurance and a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries. Borrowers shall cause each issuer of an insurance policy in respect of any Loan Party to provide Administrative Agent with an endorsement (i) showing Administrative Agent as lender’s loss payee with respect to each policy of property or casualty insurance and naming Administrative Agent as an additional insured with respect to each policy of liability insurance, (ii) providing that 30 days’ notice will be given to Administrative Agent prior to any cancellation of, material reduction or change in coverage provided by or other material modification to that policy, and (iii) reasonably acceptable in all other respects to Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof shall, subject to Section 10.13, execute and deliver to Administrative Agent a collateral assignment, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, of each business interruption insurance policy maintained by that Loan Party.
90
(c) Unless Borrowers provide Administrative Agent with evidence of the insurance coverage required by this Agreement, Administrative Agent may purchase insurance at Borrowers’ expense, after notice to Borrower Representative, to protect Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ interests in the Collateral. This insurance may, but need not, protect any Loan Party’s interests. The coverage that Administrative Agent purchases might not pay any claim that is made against any Loan Party in connection with the Collateral. Borrowers may later cancel any insurance purchased by Administrative Agent, but only after providing Administrative Agent with evidence that Borrowers have obtained insurance as required by this Agreement. If Administrative Agent purchases insurance for the Collateral, Borrowers will be responsible for the costs of that insurance, including interest and any other charges that might be imposed with the placement of the insurance, until the effective date of the cancellation or expiration of the insurance. The costs of the insurance may be added to the principal amount of the Loans owing under this Agreement. The costs of the insurance may be more than the cost of the insurance the Loan Parties might be able to obtain on their own.
10.4. Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes and Liabilities.
(a) Comply, and cause each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to comply, in all respects with all applicable Requirements of Law and Permits of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it, its business, or its properties, except where failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Without limiting Section 10.4(a), ensure, and cause each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to ensure, that no Person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls any of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries is (i) listed on the SDN List maintained by OFAC and/or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order, or regulation; or (ii) a Person designated under Section 1(b), (c), or (d) of the Anti-Terrorism Order, any related enabling legislation, or any other similar Executive Orders.
(c) Without limiting Section 10.4(a), comply, and cause each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering laws and regulations.
91
(d) Pay, and cause each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes and other governmental charges against it or any of its property, as well as claims of any kind which, if unpaid, could become a Lien on any of its property, but none of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries will be required under this Section 10.4(d) to pay any such tax or charge so long as that Loan Party or that Subsidiary is contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, and, in the case of a claim that could become a Lien on any Collateral, those contest proceedings stay the foreclosure of that Lien or the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy that claim.
(e) Within thirty (30) days of any owner of Intermediate Holdings filing a final U.S. federal income tax return for a taxable year (to the extent required to do so), certify as to the Permitted Tax Distributions made by Intermediate Holdings to such owner during such taxable year.
10.5. Maintenance of Existence, etc. Maintain and preserve, and (subject to Section 11.4) cause each other Loan Party to maintain and preserve, (a) its existence and good standing in the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) its qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes that qualification necessary (other than any such jurisdictions in which the failure to be qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).
10.6. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit: (a) to fund the AgileThought Acquisition and other Permitted Acquisitions, and the transaction fees and expenses related thereto, (b) to repay the Debt to be Repaid, and (c) to finance the ongoing general corporate needs of the Borrowers; provided, however, that the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans may only be used to pay all or a portion of the cash purchase price to be paid to consummate an Acquisition that is consented to by the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, that is being paid on the closing date of such Acquisition. Not use or permit any proceeds of any Loan to be used, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of “purchasing or carrying” any Margin Stock. Not use or permit any proceeds of any Loan to be used, either directly or indirectly, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such Loan or the proceeds of any Loan to any Person to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in a Designated Jurisdiction that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Administrative Agent or otherwise) of Sanctions.
92
10.7. Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) In the event any Loan Party or a member of its Controlled Group sponsors, maintains, or has any liability with respect to a Pension Plan, maintain, and cause each other member of the Controlled Group to maintain, each Pension Plan in substantial compliance with all applicable requirements of law and regulations.
(b) In the event any Loan Party or a member of its Controlled Group has any liability with respect to a Multiemployer Pension Plan, make, and cause each other member of the Controlled Group to make, on a timely basis, all required contributions to any Multiemployer Pension Plan.
(c) In the event any Loan Party or a member of its Controlled Group sponsors, maintains, or has any liability with respect to a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Pension Plan, not, and not permit any other member of the Controlled Group to (i) seek a waiver of the minimum funding standards of ERISA, (ii) terminate or withdraw from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Pension Plan or (iii) take any other action with respect to any Pension Plan that would reasonably likely be expected to entitle the PBGC to terminate, impose liability in respect of, or cause a trustee to be appointed to administer, any Pension Plan, unless the actions or events described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.8. Environmental Matters. If any release or threatened release or other disposal of Hazardous Substances occurs or has occurred on any real property or any other assets of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, cause (and cause each other Loan Party and Subsidiary to cause) the prompt containment and removal of those Hazardous Substances and the remediation of that real property or other assets as necessary to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and to preserve in all material respects the value of that real property or other assets. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, comply (and cause each other Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to comply) with any applicable federal or state judicial or administrative order requiring the performance at any real property of any of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries of activities in response to the release or threatened release of a Hazardous Substance. To the extent that the transportation of Hazardous Substances is permitted by this Agreement, dispose (and cause each other Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof to dispose) of all Hazardous Substances, or of any other wastes, only at licensed disposal facilities operating in compliance with Environmental Laws.
93
10.9. Further Assurances. Take, and cause each of its Subsidiaries and the Subsidiaries of Ultimate Holdings (other than Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries) to take, all actions as are necessary or as Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents are (a) secured by a first priority perfected Lien in favor of Administrative Agent (subject only to Permitted Liens) on substantially all of the assets of each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof (other than Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries), including any Subsidiary acquired or created after the Closing Date (and, in the case of all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries organized under the laws of, or with assets located in, Mexico, subject to the relevant Mexican Collateral Agreements); and (b) guaranteed by each Loan Party and Subsidiary thereof (other than Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries), including any Subsidiary acquired or created after the Closing Date, in each case as Administrative Agent may determine in its discretion, including (i) the execution of a joinder in the form of Exhibit E, (ii) the execution and delivery of guaranties, security agreements, pledge agreements, Mortgages, deeds of trust, financing statements, opinions of counsel and other documents (including, without limitation, any documents in connection with depositing any assets of each Loan Party and Subsidiary (other than Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries) with assets located in Mexico (including all accounts receivable other than the Specified Mexican Receivables), into the Mexican Security Trust or the Mexican Administration Trust, in accordance with their respective terms), in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion, and the filing or recording of any of the foregoing; provided that with respect to all account receivables of account debtors of the Mexican Subsidiaries that were not account debtors on the Closing Date, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries shall take best efforts to make such account receivables subject to the Mexican Administration Trust, (iii) the delivery of certificated securities and other Collateral with respect to which perfection is obtained by possession, and (iv) with respect to any fee owned real property acquired by any Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries) after the Closing Date having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000, the delivery (to the extent requested by Administrative Agent) within 30 days after the date that real property was acquired (or such longer period Administrative Agent may provide in its sole discretion) of a duly executed Mortgage with respect to that real property providing for a fully perfected Lien, in favor of Administrative Agent, in all right, title and interest of the applicable Loan Party in that real property, together with all Mortgage-Related Documents and a legal opinion of special counsel for the applicable Loan Party for the state or jurisdiction in which that real property is located in form and substance acceptable to Administrative Agent in its discretion after the Closing Date, the delivery within 30 days after the date such real property was acquired (or such longer period as Administrative Agent may provide in its discretion) of a Mortgage, the Mortgage-Related Documents, and a legal opinion of special counsel for the applicable Loan Party for the state or jurisdiction in which that real property is located in form and substance acceptable to Administrative Agent in its discretion; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.9, the Specified Mexican Receivables shall not be required to be transferred to or deposited into the Mexican Administration Trust or the Mexican Security Trust but shall instead be pledged under the relevant Mexican Pledge Without Transfer of Possession Agreements.
10.10. Deposit Accounts. On and after the 45th calendar day after the Closing Date, unless Administrative Agent otherwise consents in writing, maintain, and cause each other Loan Party to maintain, all of their deposit accounts and securities accounts located in the United States, other than Excluded Deposit Accounts, with an institution that has entered into one or more Control Agreements with Administrative Agent and the applicable Loan Party granting “control” (as defined in the UCC) of each applicable account to Administrative Agent.
94
10.11. Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries. Not create, form, or acquire, or hold any Equity Interests of any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary other than the Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries in existence on the Original Closing Date or make any other Investment in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary on or after the Closing Date other than as permitted under Section 11.9(i).
10.12. Repatriation. Within five (5) Business Days following the last day of each Fiscal Quarter (a) cause all Foreign Subsidiaries to repatriate cash to a Deposit Account located in the United States and in the name of any Domestic Borrower over which the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected Lien by virtue of “control” (as defined in the UCC) of such Deposit Account in the amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of cash on the consolidated balance sheet for all of the Foreign Subsidiaries on such day minus (ii) $3,000,000; and (b) provide (i) evidence of the amount of such repatriation to such Deposit Account and (y) Borrower Representative’s calculation of the amount of such repatriation for the applicable Fiscal Quarter, together with supporting documentation, to Administrative Agent, all in form and substance acceptable to Administrative Agent.
10.13. Post-Closing Matters. Execute and deliver the documents and comply with the requirements set forth on Schedule 10.13, in each case within the time limits specified on such schedule.
10.14. PPP Loans.
(a) (i) maintain all records required to be submitted in connection with the forgiveness of any PPP Loans and (ii) timely (and, in any event, not later than thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be agreed by Administrative Agent) after the seven-week anniversary of the initial incurrence thereof) submit all applications and required documentation necessary or desirable for the lender of the PPP Loans and/or the SBA to make a determination regarding the amount of the PPP Loans that is eligible to be forgiven; provided that, notwithstanding any term in any Loan Document to the contrary, no such submission for forgiveness of the PPP Loans shall be required if the Borrowers reasonably determine that such submission would not be in the best interest of the Loan Parties.
(b) provide to Administrative Agent copies of any amendments, modifications, waivers, supplements or consents executed and delivered with respect to the PPP Loans promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon execution and delivery thereof, and copies of any notices of default received by any Loan Party with respect to the PPP Loans.
(c) to the extent not included in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon receipt or filing thereof, as applicable, provide to Administrative Agent copies of all material documents, applications and correspondence with the applicable lender or any Governmental Authority relating to the PPP Loans, including with respect to loan forgiveness.
95
(d) (i) apply the proceeds of the PPP Loans to CARES Act Permitted Purposes prior to using any other cash on hand to pay such costs and expenses; (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct their business in a manner that will maximize the amount of PPP Loans forgiven; (iii) deposit all proceeds from the PPP Loans into a Deposit Account (the “PPP Loan Account”) that is either a segregated payroll account or otherwise specially and exclusively used to hold proceeds of the PPP Loans and that is not subject to the cash dominion of Administrative Agent or any other secured party, (iv) not commingle their funds that are not proceeds of the PPP Loans with the proceeds of PPP Loans (other than with respect to any funds held in segregated payroll accounts which constitute Excluded Deposit Accounts) and (v) ensure that the proceeds of the PPP Loans are not used to repay other Debt.
(e) On or prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days after the date that the Loan Parties obtain a final determination by the lender of the PPP Loans (and, to the extent required, the SBA) (or such longer period as may be approved in writing by Administrative Agent) regarding the amount of PPP Loans, if any, that will be forgiven pursuant to the provisions of the CARES Act, deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of a Senior Officer of the Borrower Representative certifying as to the amount of the PPP Loans that will be forgiven pursuant to the provisions of the CARES Act, together with reasonably detailed description thereof, all in form satisfactory to Administrative Agent.
(f) not make any claim that Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect in connection with any PPP Loan, the CARES Act or the process leading thereto.
10.15. (a)
LIV Equity Investment. On or prior to March 22, 2021
(or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in
its sole discretion), Ultimate Holdings shall have received cash investments in an aggregate amount equal
to or greater than $20,000,000 pursuant to the LIV Equity Contribution Agreement. Intentionally
Omitted.
(b)
LIV Transaction Fee. In the event that the LIV Equity Investment is not consummated in accordance with
Section 10.15(a) by March 22, 2021 (the “Specified Date”),
then the Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders that execute this Amendment,
a fee (the “LIV Transaction Fee”) equal to $5,000,000. The LIV Transaction Fee shall
constitute an Obligation under the Loan Documents, and shall be fully earned and due and payable on the Specified
Date; provided, however,
that at Borrowers’ election, the LIV Transaction Fee may be paid by the Borrowers
at any time prior to or on the Termination Date. The LIV Transaction Fee constitutes compensation for services rendered and does not constitute
interest or a charge for the use of money. The LIV Transaction Fee shall be paid in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds and shall
not be subject to reduction by way of setoff, defense or counterclaim and are in addition to any other fee, cost or expense payable in
connection with the Loan Documents, Failure to pay the LIV Transaction Fee on the date it is due and payable shall constitute an immediate
Event of Default.
96
10.16. Monroe Supporting Shares.
10.16.1 On or before December 17, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), cause Ultimate Holdings to (a) enter into an agreement and related documentation governing the issuance and registration for resale of the Monroe Supporting Shares, in all cases as requested by and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its discretion, which agreement will, inter alia, provide that Ultimate Holdings will issue $30,000,000 worth of Class A Common Stock of Ultimate Holdings to the Administrative Agent on such date, subject to the condition that the Administrative Agent may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of the Monroe Supporting Shares before the earlier of (i) August 29, 2022 and (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default (provided, that the Administrative Agent may transfer, assign or pledge the Monroe Supporting Shares to (A) any Person that is a permitted Assignee under Section 15.6.1, or (B) any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to Section 14.10) and (b) enter into the Registration Rights Agreement.
10.16.2 With respect to the Monroe Supporting Shares issued pursuant to Section 10.16.1:
(a) upon disposing of any Monroe Supporting Shares, the Administrative Agent shall apply 100% of the net proceeds from such disposition as the mandatory prepayment of the Loans required by Section 6.2.2(b)(vii);
(b) upon Payment in Full, the Administrative Agent shall return any Monroe Supporting Shares that have not been disposed of in accordance with Sections 10.16 and 10.16.2(a); and
(c) Ultimate Holdings may, at any time and from time to time, covenant to issue, or issue, additional shares of Class A Common Stock of Ultimate Holdings to the extent the market value of the Monroe Supporting Shares does not equal or exceed $30,000,000 and such additional shares shall be deemed to be “Monroe Supporting Shares” and
(d) the number of shares issued shall be subject to any applicable cap under the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq stock market (or any securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock of Ultimate Holdings is listed).
97
10.17. Second Lien Debt.
10.17.1 By no later than November 22, 2021, the Borrowers shall furnish to the Administrative Agent a copy of the Second Lien Agreement (which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its discretion), signed by each of the parties thereto, and a copy of the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its discretion) signed by the Second Lien Agent.
10.17.2 On or prior to November 29, 2021 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), Ultimate Holdings (or one of its Subsidiaries (x) shall have received the proceeds of the issuance of the Second Lien Debt pursuant to the Second Lien Loan Documents in an aggregate amount at least equal to $20,000,000, and (y) shall have made, or caused to be made, the mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans required by Section 6.2.2(vi).
10.18. Monroe Warrants.
10.18.1 On or prior to November 29, 2021, provide the Administrative Agent with the Monroe Form of Warrant.
10.18.2 On the Termination Date, cause Ultimate Holdings to issue the Monroe Warrants to the Administrative Agent. The parties hereto agree that the issuance of the Monroe Warrants is a material inducement to, and forms a substantial part of the consideration for, the Administrative Agent’s entry into the Tenth Amendment. The undertaking in this Section 10.18 will survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, any foreclosure under, or modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Collateral Documents, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, termination of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of Administrative Agent.
10.19. Extension of Lock-up Agreements. By no later than November 22, 2021, cause (a) each of Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17938-6 and Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the trust No. F/17937-8, (b) each Banco Nacional de México, S.A., Member of Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, in its capacity as trustee of the irrevocable trust No. F/173183, and Nexxus Capital Private Equity Fund VI, L.P. and (c) Banco Invex, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Invex Grupo Financiero acting as trustee pursuant to the Contrato de Fideicomiso Irrevocable de Emisión de Cert. Bursátiles Fid. de Desarrollo N.F2416 (LIV Mexico Growth IV N.F2416), and LIV Mexico Growth Fund IV, L.P., in each case to agree to extend its lock-up agreement with respect to the registered shares of Class A Common Stock held by it to the earlier of (i) the date of Payment in Full and (ii) the first day on or after June 30, 2022 on which the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00 to 1. Such extension shall be effective as of November 15, 2021.
98
SECTION 11: NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
Until Payment in Full, Ultimate Holdings and each Loan Party agrees that, unless at any time the Required Lenders shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, it shall:
11.1. Debt. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except the following (but solely to the extent also permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents):
(a) Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) prior to the making of the Term Loans, the Debt to be Repaid;
(c) the
Second Lien Debt (and any refinancing thereof to the extent permitted under the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement), so long as such
Debt is subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the outstanding principal amount of such Debt does not, in the aggregate
for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, exceed $29,100,00025,000,000
plus the aggregate amount of interest on the Second Lien Debt that has been capitalized or accrued in accordance with the terms of the
Second Lien Loan Documents;
(d) (i) Purchase Money Debt incurred (for avoidance of doubt, other than pursuant to an Acquisition) by a Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof with respect to Equipment that is being acquired (by, and will be used in the ordinary course of business of, such Loan Party or Subsidiary (and any extension, renewal, or refinancing thereof), and (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred (for avoidance of doubt, other than pursuant to an Acquisition) by a Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof with respect to Equipment that is being acquired by, and will be used in the ordinary course of business of, such Loan Party or Subsidiary (and any extension, renewal, or refinancing thereof), in the cases of clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal outstanding amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries under this Section 11.1(d) not to exceed the product of (x) $1,500 multiplied by (y) the number of people (A) employed on a full-time basis by members of the Consolidated Group, and (B) employed by others, but who are working on a full-time equivalent basis on projects for the Consolidated Group, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently ended Computation Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) to Administrative Agent under and in accordance with Section 10.1.2;
(e) (i) Permitted Earn-out Obligations, and (ii) Subordinated Debt (for avoidance of doubt, other than any Second Lien Debt and the Permitted Earn-out Obligations, but including all Permitted Investor Debt and Permitted Exitus Debt) incurred after the Closing Date in an aggregate outstanding amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries not to exceed $11,700,000 at any time, so long as such Subordinated Debt is subject to a Subordination Agreement;
99
(f) unsecured Debt of any Loan Party (other than Intermediate Holdings) to any other Loan Party (other than Intermediate Holdings), as long as (i) such Debt is evidenced by the Master Intercompany Note and pledged and delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents as additional collateral security for the Obligations and (ii) the obligations under the Master Intercompany Note are subordinated to the Obligations of Borrowers hereunder on terms and in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in its discretion (but which terms shall in any event permit payments to be made to any Loan Party so long as no Event of Default of the type described in Sections 13.1.1 or 13.1.4 shall be continuing);
(g) unsecured Debt in respect of netting services and overdraft protections in connection with Deposit Accounts, in an aggregate outstanding amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries under this Section 11.1(g) not to exceed $100,000 at any time;
(h) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, in an aggregate outstanding amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries not to exceed $250,000 in any Fiscal Year, made in the ordinary course of business for travel and related expenses;
(i) Contingent Liabilities of a Loan Party consisting of guarantees of trade accounts payable of another Loan Party;
(j) unsecured Debt owed to any Person providing worker’s compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries incurred in connection with such Person providing such benefits or insurance pursuant to customary reimbursement obligations to such Person;
(k) unsecured Hedging Obligations incurred for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculation with respect to risks arising in the ordinary course of Borrowers’ business, in an aggregate outstanding amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries under this Section 11.1(k) not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time;
(l) unsecured Debt in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business, but excluding (in each case) Debt incurred through the borrowing of money or Contingent Liabilities in respect thereof;
(m) unsecured, non-recourse Debt incurred by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to finance the payment of insurance premiums of such Person, in an aggregate outstanding amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries under this Section 11.1(m) not to exceed $250,000 at any time;
100
(n) Debt described on Schedule 11.1, and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof so long as the principal amount thereof is not increased;
(o) Debt of any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary to any Loan Party in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding as long as (i) such Debt is evidenced by the Master Intercompany Note and pledged and delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents as additional collateral security for the Obligations and (ii) the obligations under the Master Intercompany Note are subordinated to the Obligations of Borrowers hereunder on terms and in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in its discretion (but which terms shall in any event permit payments to be made to any Loan Party so long as no Event of Default of the type described in Sections 13.1.1 or 13.1.4 shall be continuing);
(p) Debt consisting of the PPP Loans; and
(q) other unsecured Debt owed to any Person that is not an Affiliate of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, in an aggregate outstanding amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries not to exceed $250,000 at any time.
11.2. Liens. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its real or personal properties, assets or rights of whatsoever nature (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), except the following (but solely to the extent also permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents):
(a) Liens in favor of Administrative Agent granted pursuant to the Loan Documents;
(b) Liens on the Collateral securing the Second Lien Debt, so long as such Liens are subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement;
(c) [Intentionally Omitted];
(d) Liens securing Purchase Money Debt or Capitalized Lease Obligations, in all cases solely to the extent permitted under Section 11.1(d), provided that any such Lien (i) attaches to the specific property at the time of (or within 20 days following) the original acquisition thereof, (ii) does not extend to cover any property other than such specific property and any after-acquired property that is affixed thereto, (iii) does not extend to any Equity Interests in any Person, and (iv) is limited to such specific property and is not a “blanket” or “all asset” Lien;
(e) Liens for taxes or other governmental charges not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, for which it maintains adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP and the execution or other enforcement of which is effectively stayed;
101
(f) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business of the Loan Parties and consisting of (i) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen and other similar Liens imposed by law and (ii) Liens in the form of deposits or pledges incurred in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation and other types of social security (excluding Liens arising under ERISA) or in connection with surety bonds, bids, performance bonds and similar obligations, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), (x) for sums not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (y) not involving any advances or borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, and (z) for which the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP and the execution or other enforcement of which is effectively stayed;
(g) easements, rights of way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, encroachments, and other similar real estate charges or encumbrances, minor defects or irregularities in title, and other similar real estate Liens not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;
(h) leases, subleases, licenses, or sublicenses of the assets or properties of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof;
(i) customary set-off rights against depository accounts permitted under this Agreement in favor of banks at which any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof maintains any such depository accounts, so long as those set-off rights secure only the obligations of such Loan Party or Subsidiary to pay ordinary course fees and bank charges;
(j) Liens consisting of precautionary filings of UCC financing statements filed with respect to Operating Leases permitted under this Agreement and any interest of title of a lessor under any Operating Lease permitted under this Agreement;
(k) attachments, appeal bonds, judgments, and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings, so long as (i) the aggregate outstanding amount of all such attachments, appeal bonds, judgments, and other similar Liens of all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries does not exceed the amount set forth in Section 13.1.8 at any time, and (ii) the execution or other enforcement of such attachments, appeal bonds, judgments, and other similar Liens is effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(l) as long as the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have complied with Section 10.10 with respect to such Deposit Account, normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in a Deposit Account in favor of banks or other depository institutions at which such Deposit Account is maintained, which setoff rights (i) only secure the obligations of such Loan Party to pay ordinary course fees and bank charges, or (ii) are otherwise permitted by any control agreement in favor of Administrative Agent with respect to such Deposit Account;
102
(m) Liens described on Schedule 11.2 as of the Closing Date and renewals and extensions thereof solely on the assets subject to such Liens on the Closing Date; and
(n) other Liens granted to any Person that is not an Affiliate of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Liens secure only Permitted Debt in an aggregate outstanding amount, for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, that does not exceed $100,000 at any time.
11.3. Restricted
Payments. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, (a) make any cash or non-cash dividend, distribution, or payment
to any holders of its Equity Interests, (b) purchase or redeem any of its Equity Interests, (c) pay any management fees, transaction-based
fees, or similar fees to any of its equity holders or any Affiliate thereof, (d) make any redemption, prepayment (whether mandatory or
optional), defeasance, repurchase or any other payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt (including, without limitation, the Second
Lien Debt and Permitted Earn-out Obligations) or Earn-Obligations or similar payments, make any redemption, prepayment, defeasance, repurchase
or any other payment in respect of the PPP Loans, in each case, other than (x) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest
following the deferral period provided in the CARES Act, and (y) any other payment to the extent funded solely with proceeds from the
PPP Loans in the PPP Loan Account (or such other funds approved in writing by Administrative Agent); or (fe)
set aside funds for any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely to the extent permitted by the Second Lien Loan
Documents, (i) any Loan Party may pay dividends or make distributions to a Borrower any other Domestic Subsidiary that is a Loan Party
(in each case, other than to Ultimate Holdings), (ii) any Subsidiary of a Loan Party may pay dividends or make other distributions to
any Loan Party (other than to Intermediate Holdings or Ultimate Holdings) or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party; provided that the
aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made to a Foreign Subsidiary that are not immediately distributed to a Borrower or a Domestic
Subsidiary that is a Loan Party shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate during any trailing twelve consecutive month period, (iii)
any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof may make Permitted Tax Distributions, (iv) so long as no Event of Default has occurred or would result
from the making thereof, any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof may make payments, in an aggregate amount for all Loan Parties and Subsidiaries
not to exceed $250,000 per Fiscal Year, to purchase or redeem Equity Interests of Ultimate Holdings from officers, directors, and employees
of such Loan Party or Subsidiary, (v) any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof may make Permitted Earn-out Payments,
and (vi) (x) any Loan Party may make the Permitted Second Lien Debt Payments, Ultimate
Holdings may make the Permitted Investor Debt Payments and the Exitus Borrower may make the Permitted Exitus Debt Payments,
(y) any Loan Party may, with respect to Subordinated Debt other than the Second Lien Debt, the Permitted Investor Debt and the Permitted
Exitus Debt, make payments thereof to the extent expressly permitted under the applicable Subordination Agreement, and (z) the issuance
of Second Lien Equity Interests and the issuance of common shares of Ultimate Holdings upon the exercise thereof.
103
11.4. Mergers,
Consolidations, Sales. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, (a) be a party to any merger or consolidation,
(b) sell, transfer, dispose of, convey or lease any of its assets or Equity Interests (including the sale of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary),
(c) sell or assign with or without recourse any Accounts, or (d) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets
or any Equity Interests, or any partnership or joint venture interest in, any other Person or make any Acquisition, in all cases other
than, to the extent also permitted by the Second Lien Loan Documents: (i) any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, acquisition,
conveyance, lease, or assignment of or by any Borrower or Subsidiary with and into any
Borrower or any Subsidiary so long as (t) no other provision of this Agreement would be violated thereby,
(u) in the case of any such transactions with a Borrower, a Borrower shall be the surviving Person, (v) a SPAC Transaction, so long as
such SPAC Transaction is consummated in accordance with Section 3 of the Fourth Amendment, (w) in the case of any such transactions with
a Loan Party, a Loan Party shall be the surviving Person, (x) Borrower Representative gives Administrative Agent at least 15 days’
prior written notice of such merger or consolidation, (y) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either before
or after giving effect to that transaction, and (z) the Lenders’ rights in any Collateral, including the existence, perfection and
priority of any Lien thereon, are not adversely affected by that merger or consolidation, (ii) Permitted Acquisitions,
and (iii) Permitted Asset Dispositions,
(iv) an IPO by Ultimate Holdings otherwise permitted hereunder, and (v) a SPAC Transaction, so long as such SPAC Transaction is consummated
in accordance with Section 3 of the Third Amendment.
11.5. Modification of Organizational Documents. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, to allow the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to be amended or modified in any way which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of the Lenders (it being understood that any amendment, modification, or waiver increasing or expanding the payment obligations of any Loan Party will be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of Lenders). Not change, or allow any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to change, its state of formation or its organizational form. Not agree to, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to agree to, any amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification of the PPP Loans if the effect of such amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification would be materially adverse to the Loan Parties or the Lenders.
11.6. Transactions with Affiliates. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, enter into, or cause, suffer or permit to exist any transaction, arrangement or contract with any Affiliate, other than the Second Lien Documents and the Investor Debt Promissory Note, and, to the extent also permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents, (a) those set forth on Schedule 11.6, (b) those permitted by Sections 11.3, 11.4(i), and 11.9, to the extent so permitted, (c) loans from AN Extend to IT Global Holding LLC, made solely with the proceeds of loans made under the Second Lien Loan Agreement, (d) the Second Lien Equity Interests, and (e) such other transactions, arrangements and contracts that are on terms which are no less favorable to the Loan Parties than are obtainable from any Person which is not an Affiliate.
104
11.7. Inconsistent Agreements. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, enter into any agreement containing any provision which would (a) be violated or breached by any borrowing by any Borrower hereunder or by the performance by any Loan Party of any of its Obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (b) prohibit any Loan Party from granting to Administrative Agent and the Lenders, a Lien on any of its assets, or (c) create or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make other distributions to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary, or pay any Debt owed to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or advances to any Loan Party or (iii) transfer any of its assets or properties to any Loan Party, other than, in all cases (but solely to the extent also permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents): (x) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of all or a substantial part of the assets of any Subsidiary pending such sale, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (y) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to purchase money Debt, Capital Leases and other secured Debt permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Debt and (z) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof
11.8. Business
Activities; Issuance of Equity. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, engage in any line of business, other
than the businesses engaged in on the Original Closing Date and businesses reasonably related thereto, or any line of business that is
reasonably related thereto. Not, and not permit any other Subsidiary to, issue any Equity Interests;
(provided that (x)
Ultimate Holdings may issue Equity Interests therein pursuant to an IPO or pursuant
to the Second Lien Equity Interests so long as no Change of Control or other Default or Event of Default occurs as a result thereof),
(y) Ultimate Holdings may issue the Monroe Supporting Shares and the Monroe Warrants and (z) Ultimate Holdings may issue Equity Interests
from time to time so long as it complies with its obligations under Section 6.2.2(b)(ii) with respect to such issuance..
11.9. Investments. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, make or permit to exist any Investment in any other Person, except the following (but solely to the extent also permitted under the Second Lien Loan Documents):
(a) contributions by any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof to the capital of any Borrower;
(b) Investments (including, without limitation, any Contingent Liabilities) constituting Permitted Debt;
105
(c) Cash Equivalent Investments (provided that the Cash Equivalent Investments of Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries that are not issued or guaranteed by the United States Government may not, at any time, exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate);
(d) subject to Section 10.10, bank deposits in the ordinary course of business;
(e) Investments received in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition (i) in securities of Account Debtors received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Account Debtors, or (ii) in notes received in full or partial satisfaction of Accounts owing from financially troubled Account Debtors;
(f) Investments constituting Acquisitions consented to by the Administrative Agent, in its discretion;
(g) Investments in Domestic Subsidiaries of Loan Parties that are themselves Loan Parties on the Closing Date;
(h) Investments listed on Schedule 11.9 as of the Closing Date; and
(i) Investments by any Loan Party in the Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000;
(j) Investments by the Borrowers or any Loan Party that is a Domestic Subsidiary in Loan Parties that are Foreign Subsidiaries, (x) permitted pursuant to Section 11.1(f) or (y) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000;
(k) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions; and
(l) other Investments in any Person that an Affiliate of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, in an aggregate amount for all Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries not to exceed $250,000 at any one time.
11.10. Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, amend or otherwise modify, or waive any rights under any provision of (a) any of the Related Agreements, (b) any of the Second Lien Loan Documents, except to the extent permitted by the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or as contemplated by the definition of Second Lien Equity Interests in Section 1.1, (c) any document governing the Permitted AgileThought Earn-out Obligations or any Earn-out Obligations, (d) any document governing any other Subordinated Debt, except, in the case of this clause (d), to the extent permitted under the related Subordination Agreement), or (e) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Faktos/Facultas Trust Documents.
106
11.11. Fiscal Year. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, change its Fiscal Year.
11.12. Financial
Covenants. Not, and not allow any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to:
11.12.1 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group for any Computation Period to be less than the applicable ratio set forth below for such Computation Period:
Computation Period Ending |
Fixed
Charge
Coverage |
|
June 30, 2019 | 1.15:1.00 | |
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020, and September 30, 2020 | 1.25:1.00 | |
December 31, 2020 | 1.15:1.00 | |
March 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
11.12.2 Total Leverage Ratio. Permit the Total Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group for any Computation Period to exceed the applicable ratio set forth below for such Computation Period:
Computation Period Ending |
Total
Leverage Ratio |
|
June 30, 2019 | 3.75:1.00 | |
September 30, 2019 | 3.50:1.00 | |
December 31, 2019 | 3.50:1.00 | |
March 31, 2020 | 3.25:1.00 | |
June 30, 2020 | 3.00:1.00 | |
September 30, 2020 | 3.50:1.00 | |
December 31, 2020 | 5:40:1.00 | |
March 31, 2021 | 5.25:1.00 | |
June 30, 2021 | 8.00:1.00 | |
September 30, 2021 |
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
March 31, 2022 | 6.10:1.00 | |
|
|
107
11.12.3 Capital Expenditures. Permit the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in any Fiscal Year to exceed the Capital Expenditures Limit for such Fiscal Year.
11.13. Compliance with Laws. Not, and not permit any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, fail to comply with the laws, regulations and executive orders referred to in Sections 9.30, 9.31 and 9.32.
11.14. Holdings
Companies Covenants. The Holdings Companies shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) enter into any agreement (including any agreement
for the incurrence or assumption of Debt, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service), between
itself and any other Person, other than the Holdings Documents, (b) hold any assets, incur any liabilities, or engage in any business
or conduct any activity, other than (i) the making of Investments existing on the Closing Date (as set forth on Schedule 11.9),
(ii) the performance of its obligations under the Holdings Documents in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, (iii) the performance
of ministerial activities and the payment of taxes and administrative fees, (iv) the issuance of an IPO,[reserved]
(v) entering into and performing its obligations as “Borrower” (as defined in the Second Lien Loan Agreement), (vi) the performance
of its obligations hereunder and under the Second Lien Loan Documents (and obtaining rights against AN Extend arising out of the issuance
by Ultimate Holdings of its Equity Interests pursuant to the Second Lien Loan Documents) and in the
case of Ultimate Holdings, making capital contribution to Intermediate Holdings, which
will in turn make capital contributions to IT Global Holding LLC, with the proceeds of the loans made under the Second Lien Loan Agreement,
to finance the AgileThought Acquisition and (vii) in the case of Ultimate Holdings, incurring Contingent Liabilities permitted
by Section 11.1(i), and in the case of Ultimate Holdings, actions
in connection with the issuance and sale of its common stock and other customary activities taken by Ultimate Holdings to the extent arising
from its status as an issuer of securities that are publicly registered, or (c) consolidate or merge with or into any other
Person. Each Holdings Company shall preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence.
11.15. No Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries. Absent the consent of Administrative Agent in its discretion, no Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof will create, form, or acquire, or hold any Equity Interests in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary (other than Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date) or make any other Investment in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary on or after the Closing Date other than as permitted under Section 11.9(i).
11.16. Claims
Related to PPP Loans. Not, and not permit any Subsidiary to assert any demands, actions, causes of action, suits, controversies, claims,
counterclaims, or defenses whatsoever (including, without limitation, that the Administrative Agent or any Lender provided advisory services
with respect thereto) against the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with any PPP Loan, the CARES Act, or any process related
thereto.
108
SECTION 12: EFFECTIVENESS; CONDITIONS OF LENDING, ETC.
The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligation of each Lender to make its Loans and of each Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent:
12.1. Initial Credit Extension. The effectiveness of this Agreement, and the obligation of the Lenders to make the Loans on the Closing Date and to make additional Revolving Loans on and after the Closing Date are, in addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 12.2 subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (and the date on which all such conditions precedent have been satisfied or waived in writing by Administrative Agent and the Lenders is called the “Closing Date”), it being agreed that the request by Borrower Representative for the making of any initial Loans on the Closing Date will be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrowers that the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 12.1 will be satisfied at the time of the making of those Loans (unless waived in writing by Administrative Agent, in its discretion).:
12.1.1 Agreement, Notes and other Loan Documents. Administrative Agent has received the following, each duly executed and effective as of the Closing Date (or any earlier date satisfactory to Administrative Agent), in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion (a) this Agreement, (b) to the extent requested by any Lender, one or more Notes made payable to that Lender, (c) the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, together with all instruments, transfer powers, and other items required to be delivered in connection with the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, (d) all Mexican Loan Documents, (e) the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (f) the AgileThought Seller Subordination Agreement, and (g) all other Loan Documents (except to the extent to be delivered pursuant to Section 10.13).
12.1.2 Authorization Documents. For each Loan Party, Administrative Agent has received the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion (a) that Person’s charter (or similar formation document), certified by the appropriate Governmental Authority, (b) good standing certificates in that Person’s state of incorporation (or formation) and in each other state in which that Person is qualified to do business if reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, (c) that Person’s bylaws (or similar governing document), (d) resolutions of its board of directors (or similar governing body) approving and authorizing that Person’s execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is party and the transactions contemplated thereby, and (e) signature and incumbency certificates of that Person’s officers and/or managers executing any of the Loan Documents (which certificates Administrative Agent and each Lender may conclusively rely on until formally advised by a like certificate of any changes in any such certificate), all certified by its secretary or an assistant secretary (or similar officer) as being in full force and effect without modification.
12.1.3 Consents, etc. Administrative Agent has received certified copies of all documents evidencing any necessary company action, consents and governmental approvals (if any) required for the execution, delivery, and performance by the Loan Parties of the documents referred to in this Section 12, each in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
109
12.1.4 Letter of Direction. Administrative Agent has received a letter of direction containing funds flow information with respect to the proceeds of the Loans on the Closing Date, duly executed and dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
12.1.5 Perfection Certificate. Administrative Agent has received a Perfection Certificate completed and executed by each Loan Party, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
12.1.6 Opinions of Counsel. Administrative Agent has received opinions of counsel for each Loan Party, including local counsel reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, each duly executed and dated as of the Closing Date (or any earlier date satisfactory to Administrative Agent), in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
12.1.7 Insurance. Administrative Agent has received evidence of the existence of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 10.3, together with evidence that Administrative Agent has been named as a lender’s loss payee and an additional insured on all related insurance policies, all in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
12.1.8 Related Transactions. Administrative Agent has received (a) copies of each of the Related Agreements, executed by each party thereto, certified by the secretary or assistant secretary (or similar officer) of Borrower Representative as being true, accurate and complete, and (b) evidence, reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, that the Loan Parties have completed, or concurrently with the initial credit extension hereunder will complete, the Related Transactions in accordance with the terms of the Related Agreements (without any amendment thereto or waiver thereunder unless consented to by the Lenders).
12.1.9 Payment of Fees. Administrative Agent has received evidence of payment by Borrowers of all accrued and unpaid fees, costs, and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, fees under the Agent Fee Letter), together with all Attorney Costs of Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to the Closing Date, plus all additional amounts of Attorney Costs that constitute Administrative Agent’s reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by Administrative Agent through the closing proceedings (but no such estimate will preclude a final settling of accounts between Borrowers and Administrative Agent in respect of those Attorney Costs).
12.1.10 Second Lien Loan Documents. Administrative Agent has received, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion, copies of the Second Lien Loan Documents, certified by the secretary or assistant secretary (or similar officer) of Borrower Representative as being true, accurate, and complete.
110
12.1.11 Debt to be Repaid. Administrative Agent has received evidence, satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion, that (x) all Debt to be Repaid has been (or concurrently with the initial borrowing will be) paid in full and that all agreements and instruments governing the Debt to be Repaid and that all Liens securing the Debt to be Repaid have been (or concurrently with the initial borrowing will be) terminated and (y) none of the of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries are obligated on any Debt to any shareholder of any Holdings Company.
12.1.12 Solvency Certificate. Administrative Agent has received a solvency certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion, executed by a Senior Officer of the Borrower Representative.
12.1.13 Search Results; Lien Terminations. Administrative Agent has received certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code search reports dated a date reasonably near to the Closing Date, listing all effective financing statements which name any Loan Party (under their present names and any previous names) as debtors, together with (a) copies of all such financing statements, (b) payoff letters evidencing repayment in full of all Debt to be Repaid, the termination of all agreements relating thereto, and the release of all Liens granted in connection therewith, with Uniform Commercial Code or other appropriate termination statements and documents effective to evidence the foregoing (other than Permitted Liens), (c) Uniform Commercial Code termination statements pertaining to previously terminated financing, lease, and/or consignment relationships for which financing statements remain of record, in each case as Administrative Agent reasonably requests, and (d) all other Uniform Commercial Code termination statements as Administrative Agent in its discretion requests.
12.1.14 Filings, Registrations, and Recordings. Administrative Agent has received, in form and substance satisfactory to it in its discretion, each document (including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) required by the Collateral Documents or under law or requested by Administrative Agent in its discretion to be filed, registered, or recorded in order to create in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, a perfected Lien on the collateral described therein (but only to the extent that perfection may be achieved by such a filing, registration, or recording), prior to any other Liens (subject only to Permitted Liens), in proper form for filing, registration, or recording.
12.1.15 Closing Certificate. Administrative Agent has received a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion executed by a Senior Officer of Borrower Representative on behalf of Borrowers certifying (a) the matters set forth in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 as of the Closing Date, and (b) after giving effect to the making of the Term Loans, as to the occurrence of the closing of the AgileThought Related Transactions and that the closing has been consummated in accordance with the terms of the AgileThought Related Agreements without waiver of any material condition thereof.
111
12.1.16 Financial Statements. Administrative Agent has received and is reasonably satisfied with all financial statements of the Loan Parties requested by Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, the audited financial statements of (x) AN Global Holding LLC and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year period ending December 31, 2018 and (y) AgileThought and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year period ending December 31, 2018.
12.1.17 No Material Adverse Change. There has not occurred since December 31, 2018 any developments or events that, individually or in the aggregate with any other circumstances, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.1.18 Investment Documents; Capital Structure. Administrative Agent has received confirmation of the ownership and capital structure of the Loan Parties and in its discretion is satisfied with the constituent documents of the Loan Parties and related investment agreements.
12.1.19 Financial Tests. Administrative Agent has received evidence satisfactory to it in its discretion that (a) the Consolidated Group has generated EBITDA over the trailing period of four Fiscal Quarters of not less than $33,000,000, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the AgileThought Related Transactions, (ii) the funding of the initial Loans on the Closing Date as provided under this Agreement, including the payment of all fees, costs and expenses as set forth above, and (iii) year-end and other adjustments reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent; and (b) the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have reasonably sufficient liquidity to operate their business plan and in an amount satisfactory to Administrative Agent (with no payables stretched beyond their customary payment practices.
12.1.20 Diligence. Completion by Administrative Agent of its review of all due diligence materials furnished to it by the Loan Parties.
12.1.21 Financial Condition. Administrative Agent has completed an examination of the financial condition of the Loan Parties satisfactory to it in its discretion, including, without limitation a quality-of-earnings report.
12.1.22 Background Checks. Administrative Agent has reviewed and is satisfied in its discretion with background checks on certain key management and shareholders of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.
12.1.23 Opening Balances. After giving effect to the initial Loans on the Closing Date and the payment of all fees, costs and expenses as set forth above (with no payables stretched beyond their customary payment practices), the outstanding principal balance of the Loans does not exceed an amount equal to (i) EBITDA over the trailing twelve (12) month period, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (x) the AgileThought Related Transactions, (y) the funding of the initial Loans on the Closing Date as provided under this Agreement, including the payment of all fees, costs and expenses as set forth above, and (z) year-end and other adjustments reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, multiplied by (ii) 3.00.
112
12.1.24 Non-Compete and Support Agreements. Key management and shareholders of the Loan Parties identified by Administrative Agent have entered into employment or other agreements containing customary provisions, including, without limitation, non-compete, non-solicitation, and confidentiality, all on terms satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its discretion.
12.1.25 [Intentionally Omitted].
12.1.26 Second
Lien Debt. Evidence reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent that Second Lien Lenders have a funded a minimum
of $25,000,000 of cash Second Lien Debt to the Loan Parties, on terms satisfactory to Administrative
Agent in its sole discretion. [Intentionally
Omitted].
12.1.27 Other. Administrative Agent has received all other documents identified on that certain closing checklist prepared by counsel to Administrative Agent for the transactions contemplated hereby and all other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent or any Lender
The parties hereto hereby agree and acknowledge that the Closing Date has not occurred as of the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Section 13.1.10, Section 14, and Sections 15.5, 15.8, 15.17, 15.18 and 15.19 shall be deemed effective as of the date of this Agreement, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of duly executed counterparts by the parties hereto.
12.2. Conditions Precedent to all Loans and Letters of Credit. The obligation of each Lender to make each of the Loans (including, without limitation, any Revolving Loans and Incremental Term Loans), and the obligation of the Issuing Lenders to issue each Letter of Credit, is subject to the following further conditions precedent that:
12.2.1 Compliance with Warranties/No Default. Both before and after giving effect to any borrowing (including, without limitation, any Revolving Loans and Incremental Term Loan) and the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the following shall be true and correct:
(a) the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (unless any such representation or warranty is by its terms qualified by concepts of materiality, in which that representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as if then made (except to the extent stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case that representation or warranty is true and correct in all material respects or in all respects, as applicable, as of that earlier date);
113
(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have then occurred and be continuing or would result from such borrowing; and
(c) if such borrowing is of a Revolving Loan, as of the last day of the mostly recently concluded trailing 12 month period, and calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Revolving Loan had been made on that last day, the Consolidated Group is in pro forma compliance with the level of each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 11.12 for the most recently ended month for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered under and in accordance with Section 10.1.2.
12.2.2 Confirmatory Certificate. If requested by Administrative Agent or any Lender, Administrative Agent has received (in sufficient counterparts to provide one to Administrative Agent and each Lender) a certificate dated the date of the requested Loan or Letter of Credit and signed by a duly authorized representative of Borrower Representative as to the matters set out in Section 12.2.1 and 12.3 (it being understood that each request by Borrower Representative for the making of a Loan or issuance of Letter of Credit will be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrowers that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 12.2.1 and 12.3 will be satisfied at the time of the making of that Loan or issuance of Letter of Credit), together with such other documents as Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request in support thereof.
12.3. Additional Conditions Precedent to each Incremental Term Loan. The obligation (if any) of each Lender to make each Incremental Term Loan is subject to the following further conditions precedent that:
12.3.1 Use of Proceeds. Administrative Agent is satisfied in its sole discretion that Borrowers will use the proceeds of such Incremental Term Loan on or about the requested borrowing date in connection with an Acquisition consented to by Administrative Agent, in its discretion, and otherwise in accordance with Section 10.6.
12.3.2 Total Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of the mostly recently concluded trailing 12 month period for the most recently ended month for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered under and in accordance with Section 10.1.2 and calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Incremental Term Loan and the related Acquisition had each been made on that last day, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group was no greater than 3.25:1.00.
12.3.3 Consent. (i) Such Lender, in its discretion, consents to making of such Incremental Term Loan and (ii) the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, has consented in writing to the making of the requested Incremental Term Loan.
114
SECTION 13: EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND THEIR EFFECT.
13.1. Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:
13.1.1 Non-Payment of the Loans, etc. (a) Default in the payment when due of the principal of any Loan, or (b) default, and continuance thereof for five (5) or more days, in the payment when due of any interest, fee reimbursement obligation with respect to any Letter of Credit, or other amount payable by Borrowers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document.
13.1.2 Non-Payment of Other Debt. (a) Any event of default shall occur under the terms applicable to any Subordinated Debt (including, without limitation, the Second Lien Debt and Permitted AgileThought Earn-out Obligations), or (b) any default or event of default shall occur under the terms applicable to any other Debt of any Loan Party (for all such Debt so affected and including undrawn committed or available amounts and amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) in an aggregate amount exceeding $500,000), and, and such default (i) consists of the failure to pay that Debt when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or (ii) accelerates the maturity of that Debt or permits the holder or holders thereof, or any trustee or agent for any such holder or holders, to cause that Debt to become due and payable (or require any Loan Party to purchase or redeem that Debt or post cash collateral in respect thereof) prior to its expressed maturity.
13.1.3 Other Material Obligations. Default in the payment when due, or in the performance or observance of, any Material Contract or the Faktos/Facultas Trust Documents; provided that an immaterial default in the performance or observance of the LIV Equity Contribution Agreement shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Section 13.1.3.
13.1.4 Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc. Any of the following occurs: (a) any Loan Party becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability or refusal to pay, debts as they become due, (b) any Loan Party applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or other custodian for that Loan Party or any property thereof, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (c) in the absence of any such application, consent, or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, or other custodian is appointed for any Loan Party or for a substantial part of the property of any thereof and is not discharged within days, (d) any Insolvency Proceeding, or any dissolution or liquidation proceeding, is commenced in respect of any Loan Party, and that Insolvency Proceeding or proceeding (i) is not commenced by that Loan Party, (ii) is consented to or acquiesced in by that Loan Party, or (iii) remains for 45 days undismissed, or (e) any Loan Party takes any action to authorize, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.
115
13.1.5 Non-Compliance
with Loan Documents. (a) Failure by any Loan Party to comply with or to perform any covenant set forth in Sections 10.1.1,
10.1.2, 10.1.3, 10.1.5, 10.2, 10.3(b), 10.5, 10.6, 10.10, 10.11, 10.12,
10.13, or 10.15,10.16,
10.17, 10.18, 10.19, or Section 11, or (b) failure by any Loan Party to comply with or to perform any other provision
of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (and not constituting an Event of Default under any other provision of this Section 13)
and continuance of such failure described in this clause (b) for 30 or more days after the earlier of (i) the date any Loan Party knows
or reasonably should have known of such failure or (ii) the date of receipt by Borrower Representative (or any Borrower) of notice from
Administrative Agent or Required Lenders of such failure.
13.1.6 Representations; Warranties. Any representation or warranty made by Ultimate Holdings or any Loan Party in this Agreement or any other Loan Document is breached or is false or misleading in any material respect, or any schedule, certificate, financial statement, report, notice or other writing furnished by any Loan Party to Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement is false or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which the facts therein set forth are stated or certified.
13.1.7 Pension Plans. Any of the following occurs: (a) any Person institutes steps to terminate a Pension Plan if as a result of that termination any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof could be required to make a contribution to that Pension Plan, or could incur a liability or obligation to that Pension Plan, in excess of $500,000; (b) a contribution failure occurs with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA with respect to any Borrower or any Subsidiary; (c) the Unfunded Liability of all Pension Plans sponsored and maintained by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof exceeds 20% of the Total Plan Liability for those plans; or (d) there occurs any withdrawal or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Pension Plan and the withdrawal liability (without unaccrued interest) to Multiemployer Pension Plans as a result of that withdrawal (including any outstanding withdrawal liability that any Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group have incurred on the date of that withdrawal) to which any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof is reasonably expected to incur exceeds $500,000.
13.1.8 Judgments. One or more final judgments which exceed an aggregate of $500,000 are rendered against any Loan Party (not covered by insurance as to which the insurance company has acknowledged coverage, so long as that insurance is paid to Borrowers within 30 days of the rendering of those judgments) and have not been paid, discharged or vacated or had execution thereof stayed pending appeal within 60 days after entry or filing of those judgments.
13.1.9 Invalidity of Documents, etc. Any Loan Document ceases to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party (or any Person by, through, or on behalf of any Loan Party) contests in any manner the validity, binding nature, or enforceability of any Loan Document.
116
13.1.10 Closing Date. The Required Lenders have determined, in their discretion, that the Closing Date shall have failed to occur on or prior to 5:00 p.m. Mexico City time on July 25, 2019, or such later date as the Required Lenders shall agree to in their discretion.
13.1.11 Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur.
13.1.12 [Intentionally Omitted].
13.1.13 Invalidity of Subordination Provisions, etc. Any subordination provision in any document or instrument governing any Subordinated Debt (including, without limitation, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the AgileThought Seller Subordination Agreement, the Master Intercompany Note or any other Subordination Agreement), or any subordination provision in any guaranty by any Loan Party of any Subordinated Debt, shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any such provision.
13.1.14 Entrepids and Extend Earn-out Obligations. (a) The Permitted Earn-out Obligations listed on Schedule 11.1(e) in respect of Entrepids shall not have been paid in full on by February 3, 2020; or (b) the Permitted Earn-out Obligations listed on Schedule 11.1(e) in respect of Entrepids shall not have been paid in full by February 13, 2020.
13.1.15 Non-Compliance with PPP Loan Terms; CARES Act. (a) The occurrence of any event of default under the terms of any PPP Loan, (b) any failure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary to comply with or to perform any covenants set forth in Section 10.14 or (c) any failure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the CARES Act.
13.2. Effect of Event of Default. If any Event of Default described in Section 13.1.4 occurs in respect of any Borrower, then the Commitments will immediately terminate and the Loans and all other Obligations under this Agreement will become immediately due and payable and Borrowers will become immediately obligated to Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit, all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then Administrative Agent may (and, upon the written request of the Required Lenders shall) declare, in a written notice to Borrower Representative, the Commitments to be terminated in whole or in part and/or declare all or any part of the Loans and all other Obligations under this Agreement to be due and payable and/or demand that Borrowers immediately Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit, whereupon the Commitments will immediately terminate (or be reduced, as applicable) and/or the Loans and other Obligations under this Agreement will become immediately due and payable (in whole or in part, as applicable) and/or Borrowers shall immediately become obligated to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit (all or any, as applicable), all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind (other than as expressly provided for above in this sentence). Administrative Agent shall promptly advise Borrower Representative of any such declaration, but failure to do so will not impair the effect of any such declaration. Any cash collateral delivered under this Agreement will be held by Administrative Agent (without liability for interest thereon) and applied by Administrative Agent to any remaining Obligations under this Agreement, and any excess will be delivered to Borrower Representative or as a court of competent jurisdiction elects. After the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, all such cash collateral will be applied by Administrative Agent to any remaining Obligations under this Agreement and any excess will be delivered to Borrower Representative or as a court of competent jurisdiction elects.
117
13.3. Credit Bidding. The Loan Parties and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product provider will be deemed to authorize) Administrative Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to Credit Bid and purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted by Administrative Agent in accordance with applicable law, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, under any provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, as part of any sale or investor solicitation process conducted by any Loan Party, any interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager, administrative receiver, trustee, agent, or other Person pursuant or under any insolvency laws, in each case subject to the following limitations: (a) the Required Lenders may not direct Administrative Agent in any manner that does not treat each of the Lenders equally, without preference or discrimination, in respect of consideration received as a result of any Credit Bid, (b) the acquisition documents must be commercially reasonable and contain customary protections for minority holders, such as, among other things, anti-dilution and tag-along rights, (c) the exchanged debt or equity securities must be freely transferable, without restriction (subject to applicable securities laws), and (d) reasonable efforts must be made to structure the acquisition in a manner that causes the governance documents pertaining thereto to not impose any obligations or liabilities upon the Lenders individually (such as indemnification obligations). For purposes of this Section 13.3, the term “Credit Bid” means an offer submitted by Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders), based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to acquire the property of any Loan Party or any portion thereof in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction of all or a portion (as determined by Administrative Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) of the claims and Obligations under this Agreement and other Loan Documents.
SECTION 14: THE AGENTS.
14.1. Appointment and Authorization. Each Lender hereby irrevocably (subject to Section 14.10) appoints, designates, and authorizes Administrative Agent to take any action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise any powers and perform any duties as are expressly delegated to it, as applicable, by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with all powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, Administrative Agent will not have any duty or responsibility except those expressly set forth in this Agreement, nor will Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations, or liabilities are to be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Administrative Agent, as applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement and in other Loan Documents with reference to Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, that term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
118
14.2. Issuing Lenders. The Issuing Lenders shall act on behalf of the Lenders (according to their Pro Rata Shares) with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by them and the documents associated therewith. The Issuing Lenders will have all of the benefits and immunities (a) provided to Administrative Agent in this Section 14 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Lenders in connection with Letters of Credit issued by them or proposed to be issued by them and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to those Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent,” as used in this Section 14, included the Issuing Lenders with respect to all such acts or omissions, and (b) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuing Lenders
14.3. Delegation of Duties. Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees, or attorneys-in-fact and is entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to those duties. Administrative Agent will not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
14.4. Exculpation of Administrative Agent. None of Administrative Agent and its directors, officers, employees, and agents (a) will be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except to the extent resulting from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth in this Agreement as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction), or (b) will be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Borrower, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement, or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability, or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (or the creation, perfection, or priority of any Lien or security interest therein), or for any failure of any Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its Obligations under this Agreement or under any other Loan Documents. Administrative Agent is not and will not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or to inspect the properties, books, or records of any of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates.
119
14.5. Reliance by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent may rely, and will be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, electronic mail message, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement, or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrowers), independent accountants, and other experts selected by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent will be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless Administrative Agent first receives all advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, confirmation from the Lenders of their obligation to indemnify Administrative Agent against any and all liability and expense which might be incurred by Administrative Agent by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Administrative Agent will in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders and each such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto will be binding upon each Lender. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 12, each Lender that has signed this Agreement will be deemed to have consented to, approved, or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless Administrative Agent has received written notice from that Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
14.6. Notice of Default. Administrative Agent will not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless Administrative Agent has received written notice from a Lender or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing that Event of Default or Default and stating that that notice is a “notice of default.” Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. Administrative Agent shall take all such actions with respect to each such Event of Default or Default as requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 13, but unless and until Administrative Agent has received any such request, Administrative Agent may (but will not be required to) take any action, or refrain from taking any action, with respect to any Event of Default or Default as Administrative Agent deems advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.
14.7. Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that Administrative Agent has not made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of the Loan Parties, will be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by Administrative Agent to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Administrative Agent has disclosed material information in its possession. Each Lender represents to Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent and based on documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition, and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrowers under this Agreement. Each Lender also represents to Administrative Agent that it will, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent and based on documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals, and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make all investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition, and creditworthiness of Borrowers. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required in this Agreement to be furnished to the Lenders by Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent will not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial or other condition or creditworthiness of any Borrower which may come into the possession of Administrative Agent.
120
14.8. Indemnification. Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, each Lender shall indemnify upon demand Administrative Agent and its directors, officers, employees and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of Borrowers to do so), according to its applicable Pro Rata Share, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities, except that no Lender will be liable for any payment to any such Person of any portion of the Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined by a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the applicable Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders will be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 14.8. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs and Taxes) incurred by Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to in this Agreement, to the extent that Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for any such expenses by or on behalf of Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section 14.8 will survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, any foreclosure under, or modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Collateral Documents, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, termination of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of Administrative Agent.
14.9. Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. Monroe Capital and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Loan Parties and Affiliates as though Monroe Capital were not Administrative Agent under this Agreement and without notice to or consent of any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that, pursuant to those activities, Monroe Capital or its Affiliates might receive information regarding Borrowers or their Affiliates (including information that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of any Borrower or any such Affiliate) and acknowledges that Administrative Agent will be under no obligation to provide any such information to them. With respect to their Loans (if any), Monroe Capital and its Affiliates have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though Monroe Capital were not Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Monroe Capital and its Affiliates, to the extent applicable, in their individual capacities.
121
14.10. Successor Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders. If Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall, with (so long as no Event of Default exists) the consent of Borrower Representative (which may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint from among the Lenders a successor Administrative Agent for the Lenders. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and Borrower Representative, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent under this Agreement, that successor agent will succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” will mean that successor agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent will be terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation under this Agreement as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 14.4 and Sections 15.5 and 15.17 will inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation will nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Required Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Administrative Agent under this Agreement until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.
14.11. Collateral Matters. Each Lender authorizes and directs Administrative Agent to enter into the other Loan Documents for the benefit of Lenders. Each Lender hereby agrees that, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, any action taken by Administrative Agent or Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by Administrative Agent or Required Lenders of the powers set forth in this Agreement or therein, together with all other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, will be authorized by, and binding upon, all Lenders. Administrative Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders irrevocably authorize Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to do any and all of the following: (a) to release any Lien granted to or held by Administrative Agent under any Collateral Document (i) upon Payment in Full; (ii) upon property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted under this Agreement (including the release of any Guarantor in connection with any such disposition); or (iii) subject to Section 15.1 if approved in writing by the Required Lenders; or (b) to subordinate its interest in any Collateral to any holder of a Lien on that Collateral which is permitted by Section 11.2(d) (it being understood that Administrative Agent may conclusively rely on a certificate from Borrower Representative in determining whether the Debt secured by any such Lien is permitted by Section 11.1(d)). Upon request by Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing Administrative Agent’s authority to release, or subordinate its interest in, particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 14.11. Each Lender hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to give blockage, enforcement or other notices in connection with any Subordinated Debt, including, without limitation, the Second Lien Debt and AgileThought Earn-out Obligations.
122
14.12. Restriction on Actions by Lenders. Each Lender shall not, without the express written consent of Administrative Agent, and shall, upon the written request of Administrative Agent (to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, set-off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by that Lender to a Loan Party or any deposit accounts of any Loan Party now or hereafter maintained with that Lender. Each Lender shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Administrative Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any loan or otherwise enforce any security interest in any of the Collateral or to enforce all or any part of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. All enforcement actions under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any third party with respect to the Obligations or the Collateral may be taken by only Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders or as otherwise permitted in this Agreement) or by its agents at the direction of Administrative Agent.
14.13. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.
14.13.1 In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition, or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party (including any Insolvency Proceeding), Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan is then due and payable as expressed in this Agreement or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Administrative Agent has made any demand on Borrowers) may, by intervention in any such proceeding or otherwise, do any and all of the following:
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and Administrative Agent and its respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and Administrative Agent under Sections 5, 15.5 and 15.17) allowed in such judicial proceedings; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
123
14.13.2 Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator, or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make all payments to Administrative Agent and, in the event that Administrative Agent consents to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Administrative Agent under Sections 5, 15.5, and 15.17.
14.13.3 Nothing contained in this Agreement will be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
14.14. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers. None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “co-agent,” “book manager,” “lead manager,” “arranger,” “lead arranger” or “co-arranger,” if any, has any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility, or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of any Lender, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified has or is deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.
14.15. Protective Advances. Administrative Agent may, at any time, make all disbursements and advances (“Protective Advances”) that Administrative Agent, in its discretion, deems necessary or desirable to preserve, protect, prepare for sale or lease or dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof, to enhance the likelihood or maximize the amount of repayment by the Loan Parties of the Loans and other Obligations, the Reimbursement Obligations, the L/C Obligations or to pay any other amount chargeable to the Loan Parties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, costs, fees and expenses as described in Section 15.5. Protective Advances are repayable on demand and shall be secured by the Collateral and bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans. The maximum aggregate amount of Protective Advances that Administrative Agent may make is $5,000,000. Protective Advances constitute Obligations under this Agreement and may be charged to the Loan Account in accordance with Section 7.1.2. No Protective Advance made by Administrative Agent and charged to the Loan Account will be deemed to constitute a Loan and no Lender will have any obligation to fund any amount to Administrative Agent as a result thereof. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender and the Borrower Representative in writing of each Protective Advance made by Administrative Agent, which notice must include a description of the purpose of that Protective Advance.
124
14.16. Mexican Powers of Attorney. The Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under any power of attorney granted under or in connection with the Mexican Loan Documents unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
14.17. Subordination Agreements. Each of the Lenders hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed each of the Subordination Agreements and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof as if such Lender was a signatory thereto. Each Lender (and each Person that becomes a Lender hereunder) hereby authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Subordination Agreements on behalf of such Lender and agrees that the Administrative Agent, in its various capacities thereunder, may take such actions on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
SECTION 15: GENERAL.
15.1. Waiver; Amendments.
(a) No amendment, modification, or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents will be effective unless it is in writing and acknowledged by Lenders having an aggregate Pro Rata Shares of not less than the aggregate Pro Rata Shares expressly designated in this Agreement with respect thereto or, in the absence of any such designation as to any provision of this Agreement, by the Required Lenders. Any amendment, modification, waiver, or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
(b) The Agent Fee Letter may be amended, waived, consented to, or modified by the parties thereto.
(c) No amendment, modification, waiver, or consent may extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of that Lender.
(d) No amendment, modification, waiver, or consent may extend the date scheduled for payment of any principal (excluding mandatory prepayments) of or interest on the Loans or any fees payable under this Agreement without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.
(e) No amendment, modification, waiver, or consent may reduce the principal amount of any Loan, the rate of interest thereon, or any fees payable under this Agreement without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (except (i) for periodic adjustments of interest rates and fees resulting from a change in the LIBOR Rate and the Base Rate as provided for in this Agreement, and (ii) that Required Lenders may rescind any increase in the interest rate under and in accordance with Section 4.1).
(f) No amendment, modification, waiver, or consent may do any of the following without the written consent of each Lender (i) release any Borrower or any Guarantor from its obligations, other than as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted under this Agreement, (ii) release all or any substantial part of the Collateral granted under the Collateral Documents (except as permitted by Section 14.11), (iii) change the definitions of Pro Rata Share or Required Lenders, any provision of this Section 15.1, any provision of Section 13.3, or reduce the aggregate Pro Rata Share required to effect an amendment, modification, waiver, or consent.
125
(g) No provision of Sections 6.2.2, 6.3, or 7.2.2(b) with respect to the timing or application of mandatory prepayments of the Loans may be amended, modified, or waived without the consent of Lenders having a majority of the aggregate Pro Rata Shares of the Term Loans affected thereby.
(h) No provision of Section 14 or other provision of this Agreement affecting Administrative Agent in its capacity as such may be amended, modified, or waived without the consent of Administrative Agent.
(i) No provision of this Agreement relating to the rights or duties of any Issuing Lender in its capacity as such may be amended, modified, or waived without the consent of that Issuing Lender.
(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, Administrative Agent, and the Loan Parties to (i) add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Revolving Loans, the Revolving Commitments, the Closing Date Term Loans, the Closing Date Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, and/or (ii) include appropriately the Lenders holding any such additional credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.
(k) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all Lenders, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained is referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, so long as Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, Administrative Agent and/or one or more Persons reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent may (but will not be required to) purchase from that Non-Consenting Lender, and that Non-Consenting Lenders shall, upon Administrative Agent’s request, sell and assign to Administrative Agent and/or any such Person, all of the Loans and Commitments of that Non-Consenting Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all such Loans and Commitments held by that Non-Consenting Lender and all accrued interest, fees, expenses, and other amounts then due with respect thereto through the date of sale, which purchase and sale will be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment Agreement.
126
15.2. Confirmations. Each Borrower and each holder of a Note agree from time to time, upon written request received by it from the other, to confirm to the other in writing (with a copy of each such confirmation to Administrative Agent) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans then outstanding under that Note.
15.3. Notices.
15.3.1 Generally. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.2.2 and 2.2.3, all notices under this Agreement must be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and must be sent to the applicable party at its address shown on Annex C or at any other address as the receiving party designates, by written notice received by the other parties, as its address for that purpose. Notices sent by facsimile transmission will be deemed to have been given when sent; notices sent by mail will be deemed to have been given three Business Days after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; and notices sent by hand delivery or overnight courier service will be deemed to have been given when received. For purposes of Sections 2.2.2 and 2.2.3, Administrative Agent will be entitled to rely on telephonic instructions from any person that Administrative Agent in good faith believes is an authorized officer or employee of Borrower Representative, and Borrowers shall hold Administrative Agent and each other Lender harmless from any loss, cost, or expense resulting from any such reliance.
15.3.2 Electronic Communications.
(a) Notices and other communications to any Lender under this Agreement may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Administrative Agent, but the foregoing does not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2.2 if that Lender has notified Administrative Agent and Borrower Representative that it is incapable of receiving notices under Section 2.2 by electronic communication. Administrative Agent or any Loan Party may, in its respective sole discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it under this Agreement by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, and approval of any such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
(b) Unless otherwise agreed by the sender and the intended recipient, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address will be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail, or other written acknowledgement), (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website will be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that the notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; and (iii) for both clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 15.3.2(b), any notice, e-mail or other communication that is not sent during the normal business hours of the intended recipient will be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the intended recipient.
127
15.4. Computations. Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of this Agreement, that determination or calculation will, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, be made in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, but if Borrower Representative notifies Administrative Agent that Borrowers wish to amend any covenant in Sections 10 or 11.12 (or any related definition) to eliminate or to take into account the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of that covenant (or if Administrative Agent notifies Borrower Representative that the Required Lenders wish to amend Sections 10 or 11.12 (or any related definition) for that purpose), then Borrowers’ compliance with that covenant will be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either the applicable notice under this Section 15.4 is withdrawn or the applicable covenant (or related definition) is amended in a manner satisfactory to Borrowers and the Required Lenders.
15.5. Costs, Expenses and Taxes. Each Loan Party, jointly and severally, shall pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Administrative Agent (including Attorney Costs and Taxes) in connection with the preparation, execution, primary syndication, delivery and administration (including perfection and protection of any Collateral and the costs of IntraLinks (or other similar service), if applicable) of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other documents provided for in this Agreement or delivered or to be delivered under or in connection with this Agreement (including any amendment, supplement, or waiver to any Loan Document), whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated, including, without limitation, all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to Section 10.2, and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs and any Taxes) incurred by Administrative Agent and each Lender after an Event of Default in connection with the collection of the Obligations or the enforcement of this Agreement the other Loan Documents or any such other documents or during any workout, restructuring, or negotiations in respect thereof; provided however, that the Loan Parties shall not be liable for any stamp, documentary, recording, filing or similar Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment of the Loans and Commitments (other than an assignment at the request of a Loan Party). In addition, each Loan Party shall pay, and shall save and hold harmless Administrative Agent and the Lenders from all liability for, any fees of Loan Parties’ auditors in connection with any reasonable exercise by Administrative Agent and the Lenders of their rights pursuant to Section 10.2. All Obligations provided for in this Section 15.5 will survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, and termination of this Agreement.
128
15.6. Assignments; Participations.
15.6.1 Assignments.
(a) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Persons (any such Person, an “Assignee”) all or any portion of that Lender’s Loans and Commitments, with the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders (for an assignment of the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments at any time the commitment to issue Letters of Credit hereunder exceeds $0) and, so long as no Event of Default exists, Borrower Representative (which consent of Borrower Representative may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, such consent of Borrower Representative shall not be required (i) for an assignment by a Lender to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or (ii) during the existence of an Event of Default; provided further that the Borrower Representative shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof. Except as Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, any such assignment must be in a minimum aggregate amount equal to $1,000,000 (which minimum will be $500,000 if the assignment is to an Affiliate of the assigning Lender) or, if less, the remaining Commitment and Loans held by the assigning Lender. Borrowers and Administrative Agent will be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in connection with the interests so assigned to an Assignee until Administrative Agent has received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C (an “Assignment Agreement”) executed, delivered, and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto and a processing fee of $3,500. No assignment may be made to any Person if at the time of that assignment Borrowers would be obligated to pay any greater amount under Section 7.6 or Section 8 to the Assignee than Borrowers are then obligated to pay to the assigning Lender under that section (and if any assignment is made in violation of the foregoing, Borrowers will not be required to pay any such greater amounts). Any attempted assignment not made in accordance with this Section 15.6.1 will be treated as the sale of a participation under Section 15.6.2. Borrower Representative will be deemed to have granted its consent to any assignment requiring its consent under this Agreement unless Borrower Representative has expressly objected to that assignment within three Business Days after notice thereof.
(b) From and after the date on which the conditions described above have been met, (i) the Assignee will be deemed automatically to have become a party to this Agreement and, to the extent that rights and obligations under this Agreement have been assigned to that Assignee pursuant to the Assignment Agreement, will have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and (ii) the assigning Lender, to the extent that rights and obligations under this Agreement have been assigned by it pursuant to that Assignment Agreement, will be released from its rights (other than its indemnification rights) and obligations under this Agreement. Upon the request of the Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) pursuant to an effective Assignment Agreement, Borrowers shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent for delivery to the Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) one or more Notes in accordance with Section 3.1 to reflect the amounts assigned to that Assignee and the amounts, if any, retained by the assigning Lender. Each such Note will be dated the effective date of the applicable assignment. Upon receipt by Administrative Agent of any such Note, the assigning Lender shall return to Borrower Representative any applicable prior Note held by it.
129
(c) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of that Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 15.6.1 will not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest. No such pledge or assignment of a security interest will release a Lender from any of its obligations under this Agreement or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for that Lender as a party to this Agreement
15.6.2 Participations. Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more Persons participating interests in its Loans, Commitments or other interests under this Agreement (any such Person, a “Participant”), but solely to the extent that such Participant is not a Loan Party or an Affiliate of a Loan Party. In the event of a sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant (a) that Lender’s obligations under this Agreement will remain unchanged for all purposes, (b) Borrowers and Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with that Lender in connection with that Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (c) all amounts payable by Borrowers will be determined as if that Lender had not sold that participation and will be paid directly to that Lender. No Participant will have any direct or indirect voting rights under this Agreement except with respect to any event described in Section 15.1 expressly requiring the unanimous vote of all Lenders or, as applicable, all affected Lenders. Each Lender agrees to incorporate the requirements of the preceding sentence into each participation agreement which that Lender enters into with any Participant. Borrowers agree that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and payable (as a result of acceleration or otherwise), each Participant will be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and with respect to any Letter of Credit to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement, but that right of set-off is subject to the obligation of each Participant to share with the Lenders, and the Lenders shall share with each Participant, as provided in Section 7.5. Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 7.6 or 8 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (but no Participant will be entitled to any greater compensation pursuant to Section 7.6 and 8 than would have been paid to the participating Lender on the date of participation if no participation had been sold), and each Participant must comply with Section 7.6.4 as if it were an Assignee.
15.7. Register. (a) Administrative Agent shall maintain, and deliver a copy to Borrower Representative upon written request, a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered and accepted by it and register (the “Register”) for the recordation of names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of (and stated interest on) the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time and whether that Lender is the original Lender or the Assignee. No assignment will be effective unless and until the Assignment Agreement is accepted and registered in the Register. All records of transfer of a Lender’s interest in the Register will be conclusive, absent manifest error, as to the ownership of the interests in the Loans. Administrative Agent will not incur any liability of any kind with respect to any Lender with respect to the maintenance of the Register. It is the intention that the Loans and Commitments be treated as registered obligations and in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code, and that the right, title, and interest of the Lenders in and to those Loans and Commitments be transferable only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
130
(b) Each Lender that sells a participation to a Participant shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of each Borrower, maintain at one of its offices a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of each such Participant, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of (and stated interest on) the Loans owing to, such Participant (the “Participant Register”), but no Lender will be required to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans, Commitments, or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that disclosure is required to establish that such a participation is in registered form (as described above). The entries in the Participant Register will be conclusive absent manifest error, and the applicable Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of that participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
15.8. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and each Note is a contract made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within that state, without regard to conflict-of-laws principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law).
15.9. Confidentiality. As required by federal law and Administrative Agent’s policies and practices, Administrative Agent may need to obtain, verify, and record certain customer identification information and documentation in connection with opening or maintaining accounts, or establishing or continuing to provide services. Administrative Agent and each Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts (equivalent to the efforts Administrative Agent or that Lender applies to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information) to maintain as confidential all information provided to them by any Loan Party and designated as confidential, except that Administrative Agent and each Lender may disclose any information as follows: (a) to Persons employed or engaged by Administrative Agent or that Lender or that Lender’s Affiliates or Approved Funds in evaluating, approving, structuring, or administering the Loans and the Commitments, (b) to any assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant that has agreed to comply with the covenant contained in this Section 15.9 (and any such assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant may disclose any such information to Persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (a) of this Section 15.9, (c) as required or requested by any federal or state regulatory authority or examiner, or any insurance industry association, or as reasonably believed by Administrative Agent or that Lender to be compelled by any court decree, subpoena, or legal or administrative order or process, but Administrative Agent or that Lender, as applicable, shall (i) use reasonable efforts to give the applicable Loan Party written notice prior to disclosing the information to the extent permitted by that requirement, request, court decree, subpoena, or legal or administrative order or process, and (ii) disclose only that portion of the confidential information as Administrative Agent or that Lender reasonably believes, or as counsel for Administrative Agent or that Lender, as applicable, advises Administrative Agent or that Lender, that it must disclose pursuant to that requirement, (d) as Administrative Agent or that Lender reasonably believes, or on the advice of Administrative Agent’s or that Lender’s counsel, is required by law, (e) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under the Loan Documents or in connection with any litigation to which Administrative Agent or that Lender is a party, (f) to any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to that Lender, (g) to any Affiliate of Administrative Agent or any Lender who provides or might provide Bank Products to the Loan Parties, (h) to that Lender’s independent auditors and other professional advisors as to which that information has been identified as confidential, or (i) if that information ceases to be confidential through no fault of Administrative Agent or any Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers consent to the publication by Administrative Agent or any Lender of a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Administrative Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements. If any provision of any confidentiality agreement, non-disclosure agreement, or other similar agreement between any Borrower and any Lender conflicts with or contradicts this Section 15.9 with respect to the treatment of confidential information, then this Section 15.9 will supersede all such prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings between the parties.
131
15.10. Severability. Whenever possible each provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted so as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, that provision will be ineffective to the extent of that prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of that provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. All obligations of the Loan Parties and rights of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in each case, expressed in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document are in addition to, and not in limitation of, those provided by applicable law.
15.11. Nature of Remedies. All Obligations of the Loan Parties and rights of Administrative Agent and the Lenders expressed in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document are in addition to and not in limitation of those provided by applicable law. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power, or privilege under this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege under this Agreement will preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege.
15.12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of all such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof (except as relates to the fees described in Section 5.3) and any prior arrangements made with respect to the payment by the Loan Parties of (or any indemnification for) any fees, costs, or expenses payable to or incurred (or to be incurred) by or on behalf of Administrative Agent or the Lenders.
15.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts. Each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Agreement. Receipt of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission will constitute effective delivery thereof. Electronic records of executed Loan Documents maintained by the Lenders will be deemed to be originals.
15.14. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds the Loan Parties, the Lenders, Administrative Agent, and their respective successors and assigns and will inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, the Lenders, and Administrative Agent and the successors and assigns of the Lenders and Administrative Agent. No other Person is or is intended to be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. No Loan Party may assign or transfer any of its rights or Obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and each Lender.
15.15. Captions. Section captions used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
15.16. Customer Identification – USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender and Monroe Capital (each for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow that Lender or Monroe Capital, as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.
132
15.17. INDEMNIFICATION BY LOAN PARTIES. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Administrative Agent and the Lenders and the agreement to extend the Commitments provided under this Agreement, each Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, exonerate, and hold harmless Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of the officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents, and Approved Funds of Administrative Agent and each Lender (each, a “Lender Party” or “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities, damages, and expenses, including Attorney Costs (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Lender Parties or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to (a) any tender offer, merger, purchase of Equity Interests, purchase of assets (including the Related Transactions) or other similar transaction financed or proposed to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any of the Loans; (b) the use, handling, release, emission, discharge, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Substance at any property owned or leased by any Loan Party; (c) any violation of any Environmental Laws with respect to conditions at any property owned or leased by any Loan Party or the operations conducted thereon; (d) the investigation, cleanup or remediation of offsite locations at which any Loan Party or their respective predecessors are alleged to have directly or indirectly disposed of Hazardous Substances; or (e) the execution, delivery, performance, or enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any of the Lender Parties, in each case except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising on account of the applicable Lender Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking is unenforceable for any reason, each Borrower hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. All obligations provided for in this Section 15.17 will survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, any foreclosure under, or any modification, release, or discharge of, any or all of the Collateral Documents and termination of this Agreement. This Section 15.17 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent Indemnified Liabilities arising from any non-Tax claim.
15.18. Nonliability of Lenders. The relationship between Borrowers on the one hand and the Lenders and Administrative Agent on the other hand is solely that of borrower and lender. Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor. Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to any Loan Party to review or inform any Loan Party of any matter in connection with any phase of any Loan Party’s business or operations. Each Loan Party agrees, on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party, that neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any liability to any Loan Party (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses suffered by any Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by the Loan Documents, or any act, omission, or event occurring in connection therewith, unless it is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that those losses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party from which recovery is sought. No Lender Party will be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement. No Lender Party will have any liability with respect to, and each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party, hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue for, any special, punitive, exemplary, indirect, or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). Each Loan Party acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. No joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Loan Parties and the Lenders.
133
15.19. FORUM SELECTION AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. Any litigation based hereon, or arising out of, under, or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except for the Mexican Loan Documents, which shall be governed under their own terms), will be brought and maintained exclusively in the courts of the State of New York or in the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York. Each party hereto hereby expressly and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any such litigation as set forth above and waives any right to any other jurisdiction to which each such party may be entitled to by reason of their present or future domicile or otherwise. Each Loan Party further irrevocably consents to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of New York. Each Loan Party hereby expressly and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it now has or hereafter might have to the laying of venue of any such litigation brought in any such court referred to above and any claim that any such litigation has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
15.20. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each Loan Party, Administrative Agent, and each Lender hereby waives any right to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding to enforce or defend any rights under this Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document, and any amendment, instrument, document, or agreement delivered or which might in the future be delivered in connection with this Agreement or therewith or arising from any lending relationship existing in connection with any of the foregoing, and agrees that any such action or proceeding will be tried before a court and not before a jury.
15.21. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by (a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and (b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable: (i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability; (ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in that EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.
134
15.22. Notice of Certain Refinancings. Borrower Representative and each applicable Lender that is not Monroe Capital or an Affiliate of Monroe Capital shall give Administrative Agent at least 10 Business Days’ prior written notice of an intended Payment in Full, in whole or in part, with the proceeds of any refinancing credit facility or replacement credit facility in which that Lender is a lender, the administrative agent, or a lead arranger on the closing date of that facility.
15.23. Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any Hedging Agreement or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
135
(b) As used in this Section 15.23, the following terms have the following meanings:
(A) “BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
(B) “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
(C) “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
(D) “QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
SECTION 16: JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
16.1.1 Each Loan Party and each Person comprising a Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that all of the representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, conditions, agreements, and other terms contained in this Agreement are applicable to and binding upon each Person comprising a Loan Party unless expressly otherwise stated in this Agreement.
16.1.2 Each Loan Party is jointly and severally liable for all of the Obligations of each other Loan Party, regardless of which Loan Party actually receives the proceeds or other benefits of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement or the manner in which Loan Parties, Administrative Agent, or any Lender accounts therefor in their respective books and records.
16.1.3 Each Loan Party acknowledges that it shall enjoy significant benefits from the business conducted by each other Loan Party because of, inter alia, their combined ability to bargain with other Persons including without limitation their ability to receive the Loans and other credit extensions under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents which would not have been available to any Loan Party acting alone. Each Loan Party has determined that it is in its best interest to procure the credit facilities contemplated under this Agreement, with the credit support of each other Loan Party as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
136
16.1.4 Each of Administrative Agent and the Lenders have advised each Loan Party that it is unwilling to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and make available the credit facilities extended hereby or thereby to any Loan Party unless each Loan Party agrees, among other things, to be jointly and severally liable for the due and proper payment of the Obligations of each other Loan Party. Each Loan Party has determined that it is in its best interest and in pursuit of its purposes that it so induce the Lenders to extend credit pursuant to this Agreement and the other documents executed in connection with this Agreement (a) because of the desirability to each Loan Party of the credit facilities under this Agreement and the interest rates and the modes of borrowing available under this Agreement and under those other documents; (b) because each Loan Party might engage in transactions jointly with other Loan Parties; and (c) because each Loan Party might require, from time to time, access to funds under this Agreement for the purposes set forth in this Agreement. Each Loan Party, individually, expressly understands, agrees, and acknowledges that the credit facilities contemplated under this Agreement would not be made available on the terms of this Agreement in the absence of the collective credit of all the Loan Parties, and the joint and several liability of all the Loan Parties. Accordingly, each Loan Party acknowledges that the benefit of the accommodations made under this Agreement to the Loan Parties, as a whole, constitutes reasonably equivalent value, regardless of the amount of the indebtedness actually borrowed by, advanced to, or the amount of credit provided to, or the amount of collateral provided by, any one Loan Party.
16.1.5 To the extent that applicable law otherwise would render the full amount of the joint and several obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents invalid or unenforceable, such Person’s obligations under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents shall be limited to the maximum amount that does not result in any such invalidity or unenforceability, but each Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents shall be presumptively valid and enforceable to their fullest extent in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, as if this Section 16 were not a part of this Agreement.
16.1.6 To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment under this Section 16 of all or any of the Obligations (a “Joint Liability Payment”) that, taking into account all other Joint Liability Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Loan Party, exceeds the amount that Loan Party would otherwise have paid if each Loan Party had paid the aggregate Obligations satisfied by those Joint Liability Payments in the same proportion that such Person’s Allocable Amount (as determined immediately prior to those Joint Liability Payments) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each Loan Party as determined immediately prior to the making of those Joint Liability Payments, then, following payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification Obligations not then asserted) and the termination of the Commitments, that Loan Party shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Loan Party for the amount of that excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to the applicable Joint Liability Payments. As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Loan Party is equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from that Loan Party under this Section 16 without rendering that claim voidable or avoidable under § 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, or similar statute or common law.
137
16.1.7 Each Loan Party assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of each other Loan Party, and any and all endorsers and/or guarantors of any instrument or document evidencing all or any part of each other Loan Party’s Obligations, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment by each other Loan Party of its Obligations, and each Loan Party agrees that neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender has or shall have any duty to advise that Loan Party of information known to Administrative Agent or any Lender regarding any such condition or any such circumstances or to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine. If Administrative Agent or any Lender, in its discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to a Loan Party, neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to update any such information or to provide any such information to that Loan Party or any other Person on any subsequent occasion.
16.1.8 Subject to Section 15.1, Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to, at any time and from time to time, to do any and all of the following: (a) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change the time for payment of, or other terms relating to, Obligations incurred by any Loan Party, otherwise modify, amend or change the terms of any promissory note or other agreement, document or instrument now or hereafter executed by any Loan Party and delivered to Administrative Agent or any Lender; (b) accept partial payments on an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party; (c) take and hold security or collateral for the payment of an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party under this Agreement or for the payment of any guaranties of an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party or other liabilities of any Loan Party and exchange, enforce, waive, and release any such security or collateral; (d) apply any such security or collateral and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Administrative Agent, in its discretion, determines; and (e) settle, release, compromise, collect, or otherwise liquidate an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party and any security or collateral therefor in any manner, without affecting or impairing the obligations of any other Loan Party. In accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Administrative Agent has the exclusive right to determine the time and manner of application of any payments or credits, whether received from a Borrower or any other source, and any such determination shall be binding on each Loan Party. In accordance with the terms of this Agreement, all such payments and credits may be applied, reversed and reapplied, in whole or in part, to any of an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party as Administrative Agent determines in its discretion without affecting the validity or enforceability of the Obligations of any other Loan Party. Nothing in this Section 15.1 modifies any right of any Loan Party or any Lender to consent to any amendment or modification of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof.
16.1.9 Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, its obligations under this Agreement are and shall be unconditional, irrespective of (a) the absence of any attempt to collect an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party from any Loan Party or any guarantor or other action to enforce the same; (b) failure by Administrative Agent to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its rights to, any security or collateral for an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party; (c) any Insolvency Proceeding by or against any Loan Party, or Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s election in any such proceeding of the application of § 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; (d) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any Loan Party as debtor-in-possession under § 364 of the Bankruptcy Code; (e) the disallowance, under § 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any portion of Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s claim(s) for repayment of any of an Obligation incurred by any Loan Party; or (f) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor unless that legal or equitable discharge or defense is that of a Loan Party in its capacity as a Loan Party.
138
16.1.10 Any notice given by Borrower Representative under this Agreement shall constitute and be deemed to be notice given by all Loan Parties, jointly and severally. Notice given by Administrative Agent or any Lender to Borrower Representative under this Agreement or pursuant to any other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or of any applicable other Loan Document shall constitute notice to each Loan Party. The knowledge of any Loan Party shall be imputed to all Loan Parties and any consent by Borrower Representative or any Loan Party shall constitute the consent of, and shall bind, all Loan Parties.
16.1.11 This Section 16 is intended only to define the relative rights of Loan Parties and nothing set forth in this Section 16 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Loan Parties, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents. Nothing contained in this Section 16 limits the liability of any Loan Party to pay the credit facilities made directly or indirectly to that Loan Party and accrued interest, fees, and expenses with respect thereto for which that Loan Party is primarily liable.
16.1.12 The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification under this Section 16 constitute assets of each Loan Party to which any such contribution and indemnification is owing. The rights of any indemnifying Loan Party against the other Loan Parties under this Section 16 shall be exercisable upon the full and payment of the Obligations, and the termination of the Commitments.
16.1.13 No payment made by or for the account of a Loan Party, including, without limitation, (a) a payment made by that Loan Party on behalf of an Obligation of another Loan Party, or (b) a payment made by any other Person under any guaranty, shall entitle that Loan Party, by subrogation or otherwise, to any payment from that other Loan Party or from or out of property of that other Loan Party and that Loan Party shall not exercise any right or remedy against that other Loan Party or any property of that other Loan Party by reason of any performance of that Loan Party of its joint and several obligations hereunder, until, in each case, the termination of the Commitments, the expiration, termination, or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit, and Payment in Full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification Obligations not then asserted).
SECTION 17: APPOINTMENT OF BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE
17.1. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably (until Payment in Full or a change pursuant to Section 17.4) appoints and constitutes Borrower Representative as its agent to request and receive the proceeds of advances in respect of the Loans (and to otherwise act on behalf of that Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) from the Lenders in the name or on behalf of that Loan Party. Administrative Agent may disburse those proceeds to the bank account of Borrower Representative (or any other Borrower) without notice to any other Borrower or any other Loan Party.
17.2. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably (until Payment in Full or a change pursuant to Section 17.4) appoints and constitutes the Borrower Representative as its agent to (a) receive statements of account and all other notices from Administrative Agent with respect to the Obligations or otherwise under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) execute and deliver Compliance Certificates and all other notices, certificates and documents to be executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (c) otherwise act on behalf of that Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. To such effect, AN Evolution and AN Extend shall each grant the Borrower Representative, an irrevocable power of attorney for lawsuits and collections and acts of administration, which shall be notarized and apostilled in Mexico. For the reason of granting Borrower Representative the power of attorney, it shall be considered that AN Evolution and AN Extend each irrevocable appoints the Borrower Representative as its agent in the terms abovementioned. Such power of attorney shall be delivered by each of AN Evolution and AN Extend to Monroe Capital within ten (10) Business Days following the date of execution of this Agreement. The Borrower Representative hereby accepts to act as agent of the Loan Parties.
17.3. The authorizations contained in this Section 17 are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until Payment in Full or a change pursuant to Section 17, and Administrative Agent may rely on any notice, request, information supplied by the Borrower Representative, every document executed by the Borrower Representative, every agreement made by the Borrower Representative or other action taken by the Borrower Representative in respect of any Borrower or other Loan Party as if the same were supplied, made or taken by that Borrower or Loan Party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the failure of one or more Borrowers or other Loan Parties to join in the execution of any writing in connection with this Agreement will not relieve any Borrower or other Loan Party from obligations in respect of that writing.
17.4. No purported termination of or change in the appointment of Borrower Representative as agent will be effective without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
139
The parties are signing this Credit Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.
BORROWERS: | IT GLOBAL HOLDING LLC, | |
a Delaware limited liability company | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
4TH SOURCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company |
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
AGILETHOUGHT LLC, a Florida limited liability company |
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
AN EVOLUTION, S. DE R.L. DE C.V., a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico |
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
AN EXTEND, S.A. DE C.V., a sociedad anonima de capital variable incorporated under the laws of Mexico |
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
HOLDINGS COMPANIES: |
AN GLOBAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company |
|
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. (f/k/a AN GLOBAL INC.), a Delaware corporation |
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC, as Administrative Agent | |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signatures continue on the next page.]
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
MC FINANCING SPV I, LLC, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing | |
Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
|||
|
|||
|
|||
|
|||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
|||
|
|||
|
|
||
|
|||
|
|
||
|
|||
|
|||
|
|||
|
|||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
Signature page to Credit Agreement
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL CORPORATION, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III FINANCING SPV LLC, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND III LP, | ||
as Designated Manager | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND III LLC, | ||
its general partner as Assignee | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I FINANCING SPV LLC, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: |
MONROE
CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND I LP, | ||
as Designated Manager | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND I LLC, | ||
its general partner as Assignee | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II FINANCING SPV LLC, | |
in its capacity as a Lender | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND II LP, | ||
as Designated Manager | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND II LLC, | ||
its general partner as Assignee | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LP, in its capacity as a Lender |
|
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND III LLC, | ||
its general partner | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III (UNLEVERAGED) LP, in its capacity as a Lender |
|
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND III LLC, | ||
its general partner | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II (UNLEVERAGED) LP, in its capacity as a Lender |
|
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND II LLC, | ||
its general partner | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND A LP,
in its capacity as a Lender |
|
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND A LLC, | ||
its general partner | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LP,
in its capacity as a Lender |
|
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND I LLC, | ||
its general partner | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND II LP,
in its capacity as a Lender |
|
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
|
FUND II LLC, | ||
its general partner | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | |
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL FUND SV S.A.R.L., ACTING
IN
RESPECT OF ITS FUND III (UNLEVERAGED) COMPARTMENT, in its capacity as a Lender |
||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT | ||
ADVISORS LLC, as Investment Manager | |||
By: | |||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III
(LUX) FINANCING HOLDCO LP, in its capacity as a Lender |
||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
FUND III (LUX) FINANCING HOLDCO GP LLC, its General Partner |
||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
ADVISORS LLC, as Manager |
||
By: | |||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III
(LUX) FINANCING SPV LP, in its capacity as a Lender |
||
By: |
MONROE
CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT
|
||
By: | MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS LLC, as Manager | ||
By: | |||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: |
MONROE CAPITAL FUND SV S.A.R.L., ACTING
IN
RESPECT OF ITS MARSUPIAL COMPARTMENT |
||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT
ADVISORS LLC, as Investment Manager |
||
By: | |||
Name: | Jeffrey Cupples | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO 2017-1, LTD., | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC, as |
||
By: | |||
Name: | Seth Friedman | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO VI, LTD. | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITALMANAGEMENT
LLC,
as Asset Manager and Attorney-in-fact |
||
By: | |||
Name: | Seth Friedman | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO VI, LTD. | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, as |
||
By: | |||
Name: | Seth Friedman | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
LENDER: | MONROE CAPITAL MML CLO VIII, LTD. | ||
By: |
MONROE CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, as |
||
By: | |||
Name: | Seth Friedman | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature page to Credit Agreement
Exhibit 10.23
AMENDMENT TO
VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made effective as of November 15, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and among the Person named on the signature page hereto (the “Equityholder”) and AgileThought, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, including the surviving corporation in the Merger, the “Company”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2021, by and among the Company and the additional parties thereto (the “Voting and Support Agreement”). The Amendment amends the Voting and Support Agreement and, to the extent the Amendment is inconsistent with the terms of any prior amendments to the Voting and Support Agreement, the Amendment supersedes all prior amendments thereto.
RECITALS
A. The Company and the Equityholder wish to amend the Voting and Support Agreement as set forth herein.
B. Section 20 of the Voting and Support Agreement provides that any provision of the Voting and Support Agreement may only be amended or modified by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Equityholder, LIV Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (together with its successors, including the resulting Delaware corporation after the consummation of the Domestication, “LIVK”) and the Company.
C. On August 23, 2021, the Company merged with and into LIVK, whereupon the separate corporate existence of the Company ceased, with LIVK surviving such merger and changing its name to AgileThought, Inc.
D. On November 15, 2021, the Company entered into the Tenth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among IT Global Holding LLC, 4th Source LLC, AgileThought, LLC, AN Extend, S.A. de C.V., AN Evolution S. de R.L. de C.V., AN Global LLC, AgileThought, Inc., the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC (the “First Lien Facility”).
E. The Company covenants in the First Lien Facility that it will cause certain investors to agree to extend the lock-up period required by the Voting and Support Agreement as set forth in the First Lien Facility.
F. Certain investors have requested that the Equityholders agree to extend the lock-up period required by the Voting and Support Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Equityholder and the Company agree as follows:
1. Amendment of Section 6. Section 6 of the Support Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:
“(a) The Equityholder hereby agrees and covenants that, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, (i) Transfer any equity interests of Surviving Pubco (including shares of Surviving Pubco Common Stock) received or retained as consideration under the Merger Agreement, including securities held in escrow or otherwise issued or delivered after the Closing pursuant to the Merger Agreement (collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) (a “Prohibited Transfer”). If any Prohibited Transfer is made or attempted contrary to the provisions of this Agreement, such purported Prohibited Transfer shall be null and void ab initio, and the Surviving Pubco shall refuse to recognize any such purported transferee of the Restricted Securities as one of its equity holders for any purpose. In order to enforce this Section 6, the Surviving Pubco may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Restricted Securities of the Equityholder until the end of the Lock-Up Period, as well as include customary legends on any certificates for any of the Restricted Securities reflecting the restrictions under this Section 6.
For purposes of this Section 6(a):
“Lock-Up Period” means the period from the date of the Closing and ending on the earlier of (A) the date of Payment in Full and (B) the first day on or after June 30, 2022 on which the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00 to 1.
“Payment in Full” has the meaning given to it in the First Lien Facility; and
“Total Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to it in the First Lien Facility.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 6(a), the following Transfers of Restricted Securities during the Lock-Up Period are permitted: (i) to the Surviving Pubco’s officers or directors, or any Affiliates or family members of any of the Surviving Pubco’s officers or directors; (ii) in the case of an individual, Transfers by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family, or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person, or to a charitable organization; (iii) in the case of an individual, Transfers by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (iv) in the case of an individual, Transfers pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (v) in the case of an entity, Transfers to a stockholder, partner, member or Affiliate of such entity; (vi) in the case of an entity, Transfers by virtue of the laws of the state of the entity’s organization and the entity’s organizational documents upon dissolution of the entity; (vii) transactions relating to Surviving Pubco Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Surviving Pubco Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the Closing, provided that no such transaction is required to be, or is, publicly announced (whether on Form 4, Form 5 or otherwise, other than a required filing on Schedule 13F, 13G or 13G/A) during the Lock-Up Period; (viii) the exercise of any options or warrants to purchase Surviving Pubco Common Stock (which exercises may be effected on a cashless basis to the extent the instruments representing such options or warrants permit exercises on a cashless basis); (ix) Transfers to the Surviving Corporation to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to the Surviving Corporation’s equity incentive plans or arrangements; (x) Transfers to the Surviving Corporation pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect at the Closing that provides for the repurchase by the Surviving Corporation or forfeiture of the Equityholder’s Restricted Securities in connection with the termination of the Equityholder’s service to the Company; (xi) the entry, by the Equityholder, at any time after the Closing, of any trading plan providing for the sale of Surviving Pubco Common Stock by the Equityholder, which trading plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provided, however, that such plan does not provide for, or permit, the sale of any Surviving Pubco Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing is voluntarily made or required regarding such plan during the Lock-Up Period; (xii) transactions in the event of the Surviving Pubco’s completion of a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of the equityholders of the Surviving Company or Surviving Pubco, as applicable, having the right to exchange their equity interests of Surviving Pubco for cash, securities or other property; (xiii) Transfers by the Equityholder in sell-to-cover transactions to satisfy tax obligations of the Equityholder in connection with the Equityholder’s receipt of Surviving Pubco Common Stock following the vesting and settlement of Company RSUs; and (xiv) (A) pledges by the Equityholder of Restricted Securities to any lender in connection with such Restricted Securities serving as collateral for a loan from such lender to the Equityholder or any of its Related Parties in connection with a subordinated term loan to be provided to the Surviving Pubco on or about November 29, 2021, and (B) Transfers by such lender of Restricted Securities in connection with any enforcement action on such loan; provided, however, that, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) and (xiii) , for such Transfer to be effective, the transferee must enter into a written agreement with the Surviving Pubco agreeing to be bound by this Section 6.”
2
2. Other Provisions. Except to the extent that the provisions of this Amendment expressly modify the provisions of the Voting and Support Agreement, all other provisions of the Voting and Support Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between a provision of the Voting and Support Agreement and a provision of this Amendment, the provision of this Amendment shall control.
3. Entire Agreement. The Voting and Support Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and all other arrangements and communications, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter thereof and hereof.
4. Counterparts; Facsimile. This Amendment may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature or electronic transmission and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
5. Applicable Law; Notices; Jurisdiction. This Amendment shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. Section 14 of the Support Agreement (Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.) is incorporated by reference herein.
6. Independent Counsel. Each undersigned Equityholder acknowledges that this Amendment has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Mayer Brown LLP, counsel to the Company, and that Mayer Brown LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, such Equityholder. Each undersigned Equityholder has been provided with an opportunity to consult with its own counsel with respect to this Amendment.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereby executed this Amendment to Voting and Support Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.
COMPANY: | |||
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. | |||
By: | /s/ Diana P. Abril | ||
Name: | Diana P. Abril | ||
Title: | Chief Legal Officer |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereby executed this Amendment to Voting and Support Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.
EQUITYHOLDER: | |||
INVERTIS, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ Manuel Senderos Fernandez | ||
Name: | Manuel Senderos Fernandez | ||
Title: | Attorney-in-Fact |
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereby executed this Amendment to Voting and Support Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.
EQUITYHOLDER: | |||
MAURICIO GARDUÑO GONZÁLEZ ELIZONDO | |||
By: | /s/ Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo | ||
Name: | Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo |
6
Exhibit 10.24
AMENDMENT TO
VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made effective as of November 15, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and among the Person named on the signature page hereto (the “Equityholder”)and AgileThought, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, including the surviving corporation in the Merger, the “Company”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2021, by and among the Company and the additional parties thereto (the “Voting and Support Agreement”). The Amendment amends the Voting and Support Agreement and, to the extent the Amendment is inconsistent with the terms of any prior amendments to the Voting and Support Agreement, the Amendment supersedes all prior amendments thereto.
RECITALS
A. The Company and the Equityholder wish to amend the Voting and Support Agreement as set forth herein.
B. Section 20 of the Voting and Support Agreement provides that any provision of the Voting and Support Agreement may only be amended or modified by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Equityholder, LIV Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (together with its successors, including the resulting Delaware corporation after the consummation of the Domestication, “LIVK”) and the Company.
C. On August 23, 2021, the Company merged with and into LIVK, whereupon the separate corporate existence of the Company ceased, with LIVK surviving such merger and changing its name to AgileThought, Inc.
D. On November 15, 2021, the Company entered into the Tenth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among IT Global Holding LLC, 4th Source LLC, AgileThought, LLC, AN Extend, S.A. de C.V., AN Evolution S. de R.L. de C.V., AN Global LLC, AgileThought, Inc., the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC (the “First Lien Facility”).
E. The Company covenants in the First Lien Facility that it will cause certain investors to agree to extend the lock-up period required by the Voting and Support Agreement as set forth in the First Lien Facility.
F. Certain investors have requested that the Equityholders agree to extend the lock-up period required by the Voting and Support Agreement.
1
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Equityholder and the Company agree as follows:
1. Amendment of Section 6. Section 6 of the Voting and Support Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows (modified language bolded and italicized):
“Section 6. Restriction on Sale of Securities.
(a) The Equityholder hereby agrees and covenants that, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, (i) Transfer any equity interests of Surviving Pubco (including shares of Surviving Pubco Common Stock) received or retained as consideration under the Merger Agreement, including securities held in escrow or otherwise issued or delivered after the Closing pursuant to the Merger Agreement (collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) (a “Prohibited Transfer”). If any Prohibited Transfer is made or attempted contrary to the provisions of this Agreement, such purported Prohibited Transfer shall be null and void ab initio, and the Surviving Pubco shall refuse to recognize any such purported transferee of the Restricted Securities as one of its equity holders for any purpose. In order to enforce this Section 6, the Surviving Pubco may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Restricted Securities of the Equityholder until the end of the Lock-Up Period, as well as include customary legends on any certificates for any of the Restricted Securities reflecting the restrictions under this Section 6.
For purposes of this Section 6(a):
“Lock-Up Period” means, with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests owned by the Equityholder on the date hereof, the period from the date of the Closing and ending on the earlier of (A) the date of Payment in Full and (B) the first day on or after June 30, 2022 on which the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00 to 1 and, with respect to the other fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests owned by the Equityholder on the date hereof, the period from the date of the Closing and ending on the earlier of (A) the date that is 180 days following the date of the Closing or (B) the date on which the closing price of shares of common stock of the Surviving Pubco on Nasdaq equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following 150 days following the date of the Closing.
“Payment in Full” has the meaning given to it in the First Lien Facility; and
“Total Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to it in the First Lien Facility.
“(b) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 6(a), the following Transfers of Restricted Securities during the Lock-Up Period are permitted: (i) to the Surviving Pubco’s officers or directors, or any Affiliates or family members of any of the Surviving Pubco’s officers or directors; (ii) in the case of an individual, Transfers by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family, or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person, or to a charitable organization; (iii) in the case of an individual, Transfers by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (iv) in the case of an individual, Transfers pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (v) in the case of an entity, Transfers to a stockholder, partner, member or Affiliate of such entity; (vi) in the case of an entity, Transfers by virtue of the laws of the state of the entity’s organization and the entity’s organizational documents upon dissolution of the entity; (vii) transactions relating to Surviving Pubco Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Surviving Pubco Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the Closing, provided that no such transaction is required to be, or is, publicly announced (whether on Form 4, Form 5 or otherwise, other than a required filing on Schedule 13F, 13G or 13G/A) during the Lock-Up Period; (viii) the exercise of any options or warrants to purchase Surviving Pubco Common Stock (which exercises may be effected on a cashless basis to the extent the instruments representing such options or warrants permit exercises on a cashless basis); (ix) Transfers to the Surviving Corporation to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to the Surviving Corporation’s equity incentive plans or arrangements; (x) Transfers to the Surviving Corporation pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect at the Closing that provides for the repurchase by the Surviving Corporation or forfeiture of the Equityholder’s Restricted Securities in connection with the termination of the Equityholder’s service to the Company; (xi) the entry, by the Equityholder, at any time after the Closing, of any trading plan providing for the sale of Surviving Pubco Common Stock by the Equityholder, which trading plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provided, however, that such plan does not provide for, or permit, the sale of any Surviving Pubco Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing is voluntarily made or required regarding such plan during the Lock-Up Period; (xii) transactions in the event of the Surviving Pubco’s completion of a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of the equityholders of the Surviving Company or Surviving Pubco, as applicable, having the right to exchange their equity interests of Surviving Pubco for cash, securities or other property; (xiii) Transfers by the Equityholder in sell-to-cover transactions to satisfy tax obligations of the Equityholder in connection with the Equityholder’s receipt of Surviving Pubco Common Stock following the vesting and settlement of Company RSUs; and (xiv) (A) existing pledges by the Equityholder of Restricted Securities to lenders in connection with such Restricted Securities serving as collateral for an existing loan, or any refinancing thereof, from lenders to the Equityholder or any of its Related Parties, and (B) Transfers by such lender of Restricted Securities in connection with any enforcement action on such loan; provided, however, that, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) and (xiii) and (xiv)(B), for such Transfer to be effective, the transferee must enter into a written agreement with the Surviving Pubco agreeing to be bound by this Section 6.”
2
2. Other Provisions. Except to the extent that the provisions of this Amendment expressly modify the provisions of the Voting and Support Agreement, all other provisions of the Voting and Support Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between a provision of the Voting and Support Agreement and a provision of this Amendment, the provision of this Amendment shall control.
3. Entire Agreement. The Voting and Support Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and all other arrangements and communications, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter thereof and hereof.
4. Counterparts; Facsimile. This Amendment may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature or electronic transmission and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
5. Applicable Law; Notices; Jurisdiction. This Amendment shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. Section 14 of the Support Agreement (Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.) is incorporated by reference herein.
6. Independent Counsel. Each undersigned Equityholder acknowledges that this Amendment has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Mayer Brown LLP, counsel to the Company, and that Mayer Brown LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, such Equityholder. Each undersigned Equityholder has been provided with an opportunity to consult with its own counsel with respect to this Amendment.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereby executed this Amendment to Voting and Support Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.
COMPANY: | |||
AGILETHOUGHT, INC. | |||
By: | /s/ Diana P. Abril | ||
Name: | Diana P. Abril | ||
Title: | Chief Legal Officer |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereby executed this Amendment to Voting and Support Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.
EQUITYHOLDER: | |||
MAURICIO GARDUÑO GONZÁLEZ ELIZONDO | |||
By: | /s/ Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo | ||
Name: | Mauricio Garduño González Elizondo |
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
AgileThought, Inc.:
We consent to the use of our report dated May 5, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of AgileThought, Inc., included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Dallas, Texas
November 29, 2021